TUTTLE, MOKKHOUSK & TAYLOK, ftl

Printers and Bookbinders,
(L New Haven, Ct. ' .S\

I

Hh>,. •»

«

c

.. ;

•

. •

5f

.

i . J . vVw

I f B r

BE1TISH

SESSILE-EYED CRUSTACEA,

LONDON :
PRINTED BY WOODFALL AND KINDER,

ANGKL COURT, SKINNKR STRF.KT.

SIDNEY I. SMITH,

New Haven, Conn,

A HISTORY

/

OF THE

u

BRITISH

SESSILE-EYED CRUSTACEA.

BY

C. SPENCE BATE, F.R.S., F.L.S., ETC.,

AND

J, O. WESTWOOD, M.A., F.L.S.,

HOPE PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD, ETC.

IN TWO VOLUMES.— VOL. I.

LONDON:
JOHN VAN VOORST, PATERNOSTER ROW.

M.DCCC.LXITJ.

INTRODUCTION.

THE term " Sessile-eyed '• has been applied to the order
of crustaceous animals forming the subject of this work
in contradistinction to that of the " Stalk-eyed ; order,
of which Professor Bell has given an account in a pre-
ceding volume of this series. The name, with its Greek
equivalent, Edriophthaima, was first given by Dr. Leach,
and has been recognized by all subsequent naturalists.
It must not, however, be understood to characterize every
genus that should be classed in the order. Among the
Isopoda, the genera of Tanais, Paratanals, Apseudes, and
Munna, have their eyes fixed on pedicles. In the first of
these genera, the structure differs so much in character
from that of the normal Isopoda, that it has been classed

with the Stalk-eved Crustacea bv Fritz Miiller and Anton

«/ i/

Dohrn. In this work we have placed it in an interme-
diate position between the Amphipoda and the Isopoda ; its
most important structural characters holding a position
nearer, but intermediate in relation between, these two
orders than they bear to the Stalk-eyed Crustacea.
While, therefore, the eyes may be considered (as they
have been since the davs of the Swedish naturalist,

V

Linnaeus) as a ready and convenient means of classifi-
cation, separating one great division from another, this
character must be received as only an approximation to a

a 2

2''~- O ~*
t

iv INTRODUCTION.

general law. So common, however, is it, and so ready of
discernment, that it will probably be retained, even after
a more perfect, but less readily detective, system of
natural arrangement be discovered.

The term was at first applied so as to embrace all
Crustacea that were not contained in the Stalk-eyed

tf

order, with the exception of the Cirripedia, It is still so
retained in Mr. Dana's " Classification of Crustacea/' and
consequently embraces a large number of forms, exclu-
sive of those described in this work, which vary so con-
siderably from each other, that we believe it is neither

*

natural nor desirable to group them under one definition.
In the present volumes, we speak of the Sessile-eyed
Crustacea as constituting a legion between the Stalk-eyed
(Podophthalma) and the Entomostracous Crustacea. But
the great difference of character in some animals of this
legion from the others induced Latreille to divide it into
two orders, naming them respectively after the structure
of their locomotive appendages, Amphipoda and Isopoda.
Another division was proposed by the same author, and
very generally adopted, namely, the L&mipoda, or L&modi-
poda. The animals that constituted this supposed order
differ from the normal species of the Amphipoda only in
the absence and deficiency of parts ; consequently, in this
work, they are viewed as an aberrant group of the order;
whereas Latreille first placed the animals of this group
in the order Isopoda* and Lamarck united them with the
Amphipoda and Isopoda as members of one family only,
under the name of Arthrocephales, or Capitcs. Dumeril,
in his " Zoologie Analytique," united the Amphipoda with
the Stomapoda, the point of similarity being the sepa-
ration of the head from the body.

tr

The term Tttradecapoda has been proposed for the

* Dictionnaire cl'Hist. Nat.

INTRODUCTION. V

Sessile-eyed Crustacea by M. Blainville, in contradistinc-
tion to that of Decapoda : the one being defined by having
fourteen legs, the other having only ten. But this, upon
the most superficial examination, will be found to be the
most imperfect character, not only in usefulness, but also
in appearance. Xot only all the Stomapoda, but even
the Macrura, below the family of Palcemonidce, possess
fourteen fully developed pediform limbs ; and even in the
Brachyura and Anomura, the anterior appendages that
protect and supply the mouth are legs altered for a
necessary purpose, and not really oral appendages; conse-
quently, the distinction in structure that the two separate
names would lead a student to expect, does not exist.
The only true Decapoda are Caprella arid Anceus, and
these belong, in the present system of classification, to
the Telradecapoda.

The term Choristopoda, or separate-footed, has been
applied by Mr. Dana, who uses it as synonymous with
Tetradecapoda of Blainville and our term of Sessile-eyed,
over which it appears to possess no advantage, without
which it is unwise to add to the already too numerous list
of synonyms. Thus it will be perceived that, in our con-
sideration of the orders treated of in this work, we
consider that the Sessile-eyed Crustacea bear a nearer
structural affinity with the Stalk-eyed Crustacea than with
the Trilobita, Entomostraca, and Rotatoria, which Mr.
Dana unites into the one division under the term of
Sessile-eyed Crustacea.

The classification that we have adopted nearly resembles
the system of arrangement adopted by Milne Edwards in
his " Histoire des Crustaces ;" but, in his classification, the
aberrant Amphipoda are admitted to a rank of equal im-
portance to that of the Amphipoda, whereas certain very
exceptional forms of Isopoda are only distinguished as a
separate family of Isopoda.

vi INTRODUCTION.

The aberrant group of Isopoda, although containing,
and perhaps based upon, the most characteristic genus of
Dana's supposed order of Anisopoda. yet must not be con-
sidered synonymous with it, since all the parasitic forms
that possess such extremely aberrant characters in the
adult females, possess the true character of the normal
Isopod, both in the young and adult male. Thus the
genera Arcturus, Bopyrus, and the rest of the parasitic
Amphipoda, we have classified with the normal Isopoda.
Nor can we think that the only feature that assimilates
Arcturus to the Amphipoda (the forward direction of
the second pair of pereiopoda), can be considered of suf-
ficient importance to narrow the distinction between it
and the Amphipoda, whereas other characters of greater
importance induce a natural separation that is strongly
marked.

The consideration of the structure of the Sessile-eyed
Crustacea has, until recently, but little attracted the
attention of zoologists. The observations of Loven,
Lilljeborg, Goes, De la Valette, Grube, Fritz Miiller,
Anton Dohrn, Schobl, Schiodte, and others, have done
much to show the large amount of novel and interesting
subjects of biological knowledge that have been, and still
are to be, developed by the study of this hitherto much
neglected class of animals.

The structure of these animals, though offering a very
palpable distinction from the higher forms, is indubitably
formed upon the same common type. So clearly can
this be demonstrated, that we are somewhat surprised to
find that Mr. Dana (" United States Exploring Expe-
dition," vol. i. p. 1404) should say that " they have not
a mac rural characteristic, but have a body divided into
as many segments as they have legs (hence our name
Choristopoda) ; the antennae, legs, and whole structure are
distinct in type."

INTRODUCTION. vii

That every segment has its appendage is a law common
to all Crustacea. In the Stalk-eyed order, the develop-
ment of the cephalon is carried to a monstrous extent as
a shield or carapace, covering and protecting, in some
cases, all the segments of the pereion. "When the cara-
pace is so developed, the necessity for perfect segments
in the latter does not exist, consequently the dorsal sur-
face is wanting; but the lateral portion is always present.
In the Sessile-eved Crustacea this enlargement of the

f O

cephalon does not exist, and the absence of a carapace
permits the development of the dorsal surface of the
segments of the pereion. A careful examination of the
appendages of the head will clearly show the same
number of segments associated together as is found to
exist in the macrural forms, consequently the head or
cephalon in the Sessile-eyed Crustacea homologizes with
the carapace in those Crustacea that have their eyes
supported on foot-stalks. Gradually, from the Brachyura,
it decreases through each succeeding order, and this,
apparently, in relative degree with the separation of the
nervous system into separate ganglia, obedient to a
common law of depreciation, which in the Sessile-eyed
Crustacea appears to reach a lower limit in the Isopoda
than in the Amphipoda.

The appendages that are supported by the cephalon are
various in form, and generally associated with the senses.

The first, or most anterior pair, are the eyes, which,
from the circumstance of being closely impacted within
the dermal skeleton, give the name of Sessile-eyed to the
legion, as above mentioned. This position is not invari-
ably the case, since in the genera Tanais, Paratanais,
Apseudes, &c., the eyes are carried on elevated stalks. In
the Isopoda these organs appear to be more perfectly
developed than in the Amphipoda, except, perhaps, in
Hyperina, where their monstrous development deprives

viii INTRODUCTION.

the head of its normal form. In the Isopoda generally,
the lenses of the eyes are well developed, and lodged in
the texture of the skeleton of the animal, which is fre-
quently thinned out to an extreme tenuity, and marked
with numerous facets, corresponding with the many lenses
belonging to the organ. In the Amphipoda, the lenses
either are not so numerous or are less apparent, and the
dermal tissue that covers the organ is thick and un-
changed in character. This condition is carried to the
greatest limit in the Phowides, Ampeliscides, and those
Gammarides that are inhabitants of deep and dark wells,
where no rudiments of eyes are apparent, except in the
presence of some coloured and ill-defined pigment cells,
which in the Phoocides coalesce into a single organ. In
the genus Ampelisca this pigment of colouring is associated
on each side with two solitary lenses, that appear to be
built into, and form part of, the dermal covering.

It appears to be a law in the decreasing structural
importance of Crustacea, that the segment supporting the
appendages shall disappear before the appendage that it
supports. In the Sessile-eyed legion, the eyes alone
remain, the segment and the articulating portion of the
appendage not being developed ; the eyes are developed
in most families so deeply within the head, that they
generally appear to be behind the antennse, and some-
times, as in Phoxus, at the extremity of the frontal
rostrum ; in others, as Ericthonius, on a projecting lobe
of the head, situated between the two pairs of antennae,
in which position, owing, probably, to the insufficient
depth of structure, the eye is borne on the internal
surface, where it is lodged as a protuberance. But what-
ever may be the position of these organs, the variable-
ness of situation can only be consistent with certain
advantages under peculiar conditions.

In the young animal the number of facets is fewer in

INTRODUCTION. ix

the eye than in the adult state. In the genus Gam-
mariiSj the number of lenses in the young is first eight or
ten, whilst in the adult they number from forty to fifty.

The superior or first pair of antennae we consider, con-
trary to the opinion of Mr. Dana, to be formed on the
same type as those of the Macrura. Each of them con-
sists of three distinctly formed joints and a flagellum,
with sometimes a more or less important secondary
appendage. We have long since expressed our opinion
that in these organs lies the seat of auditory consciousness,
and we are still inclined to retain that opinion. We are
aware of the elaborate experiments of Dr. Von Hensen,
which tend to demonstrate the existence of auditory cilia
on several parts of the animal, as the superior antennae,
(in which Professor Huxley was the first to demonstrate.

v «/

in some exotic Macrura, the presence of highly refracting
otolithes,) on the inferior antennae, as well on the caudal
appendages as in the external branch of the posterior
pleopoda, on which Van Beneden has discovered, and we
have seen, what appear to be well-formed otolithes, of the
same type as those found in the first joint of the anterior
pair of antennae in Mysis, &c. But we have always
attributed to certain very delicate membranous cilia of
various forms, found on the primary flagellum only of the
superior antennae, and present, under normal conditions,
in nearly every family of Crustacea, the power of convey-
ing impressions of sound. But these membranous cilia
are very distinct from the auditory hairs of Dr. Von
Hensen.*

That the superior antennae are, in their most normal
development, purely aquatic organs, we see in the depre-
ciation of their character in the partly marine genera

* An elaborate memoir on the auditory organs of the Crustacea, by Dr. V.
Hensen, was published in Zeitschr. f. Wissensch. Zoologie, xiii. Bd. 3. Hft.
1863, an abstract of which may be seen in the Zoological Record for 1864.

x INTRODUCTION.

Orchestia and Talitrus, and their rudimentary condition in
the terrestrial Isopoda.

The inferior or second pair of antennae are formed on
the simplest character of the Mac-rural type, and consist
of a peduncle with five joints, of which the first two, (the
homotypes of the coxa and basis joints of the true
leg.) are very closely associated, and carry the olfactory
denticle. In the higher groups, the two basal joints
are fused together, and often with the nearest part of the
segment to which they belong. Sometimes, so perfect is
the union, that not the slightest trace of the relation of
one part to another is capable of being detected. This
complete association of the appendage with the body of
the animal lessens with the degradation of the creature,
until we find the five separate joints distinguishable from
each other and from the body of the animal.

The denticle at the base of the second pair of antennae
in the Amphipoda (Fig. 1), homologizes with a perforated

FIG. 1.

tubercle situated on the ventral surface of the cephalon
in the Brachyura, laterally anterior to the oral apparatus,
and indeed covered by some of the appendages, in the^
higher groups of the class. The denticle in the Amphipoda,
upon close examination, appears to have an open extremity,
through which a cylindrical tube, retained in its place by
membranous ligatures, protrudes. This tube closes at the

INTRODUCTION.

XI

internal extremity rather suddenly, and encloses the
elongated bulbous extremity of a nerve-thread, that pro-
ceeds from a second bulb or nerve-ganglion implanted at
the base of the denticle. This denticle, though frequent,
is not invariably present. In the genera Orchestra and
Talitrus, the two basal joints of the antennae are built
into the anterior wall of the cephalon, so as to be
generally mistaken for it ; while in others, as also in the
Isopoda, every trace of the denticle is lost (Fig. 2).

V'

FIG. 2.

There is no secondary appendage to the inferior
antenna?, and, with the exception of the squarniform plate
in the Macrura, it is never found in Crustacea ; nor is it
invariably a macrurous condition, since in some genera it
is entirely absent ; and even in Palinurus, a most typical
form, it is lost as an appendage, being distinguishable
only in the outline impressed in the walls of the fourth
joint of the antennae.

The flagellum in all Crustacea originates, in the upper
antennae, after the third perfect joint ; in the lower, after

xii INTRODUCTION.

the fifth ; and in every case the secondary appendage,
whether in the form of a scale attached to the lower, or a
filamentary appendage, or several, invariably in upper and
lower alike arises from the distal extremity of the third.

This appears to be a very constant condition with
all the appendages of the cephalon, pereion, and pleon.
The most frequent exception exists in the first joint
or coxa, as exemplified in the branchial appendages and
the ovigerous plates of the female Amphipoda and Iso-
poda. According to our experience, whenever any
secondary appendage is developed from the second
joint or basis, it exists more as a rudimentary effort than
as a true organ. After the third joint, we are not aware
that any secondary appendage is ever produced, though
in some genera, as in Palcemon, the primary flagellum of
the anterior antennae occasionally divides or sends off a
smaller one.

The flagellum in the Sessile-eyed Crustacea is generally
multi-articulate. It attaios its most filamentary character
in the sub-family Gammarides ; bat in some genera many,
and sometimes all, the numerous articuli coalesce into one
or more joints, as in Podocerus, Corophium, Chelura, the
terrestrial Isopods, &c., in all which cases they become
organs assisting in climbing and grasping. Unlike the
superior antennae, the inferior pair appears to be always
present, and we only know of their being reduced to an
immature condition in those Crustacea that pass their
lives as parasites upon others, as the Bopyridae, Hyperiida,
and Cyamus, a circumstance that induces us to believe
that the second pair of antennae is the seat of a sense
which undergoes but slight modifications to enable it to
be equally distinguishable whether in air or water, since
the Isopoda and Orchestia, in which the antennae are well
developed, are terrestrial.

The oral apparatus in most Crustacea is a somewhat

INTRODUCTION. Xlll

complicated series of organs. It is built up of many
separate pairs of appendages, those belonging to the
higher groups of Crustacea being the most numerous.
In the Sessile-eyed orders, the mandibles are separated
from the second or posterior pair of antennae by the ven-
tral surface of the fourth or mandibular segment, and a
protuberance that, from its position, is called the labrum,
or anterior lip.

In the Amphipoda, the epistorne is generally placed
vertically, and occasionally produced anteriorly into a
sharp spear-like process. In many, however, as also in
the Isopoda, it exists as a plate that gives strength and
solidity to the fulcrum on which the mandibles rest.

tf

The labrum is divided into two parts, the lower of
which moves on the upper by a slight hinge, and assists
in perfecting the shutting of the mouth. The free margin
is generally clothed with short hairs, often of club-shaped
and deformed appearance.

The mandibles are powerful organs, impinging against
each other at their extremities, the biting edge being in
the median line. In the Sessile-eyed Crustacea, they
bear a near resemblance to the same appendages in the
larval condition of the highest order of Crustacea. The
anterior or biting margin of the mandible is generally
divided into several short and strong denticles, though in
some genera it is smooth and even. Within the denti-
cular margin a second process generally exists, a smaller
repetition of the first, and which commonly, when present,
is attached by a movable joint. Near the centre of the
mandible is a large internally projecting process, that
corresponds with and meets a similar process in the
opposite mandible, and is evidently adapted for masti-
cation, and may with propriety be named the molar
tubercle. It forms, generally, with the anterior or

xiv INTRODUCTION.

incisive margin, the two extremities or horns of a cres-
cent. The second, or articulated process, is situated
between the two, but somewhat nearer the anterior
margin. It appears to be able to assist in carrying the
food from the one point to the other, from the biting to
the grinding surfaces, between which and the molar
tubercle are frequently a row of strong and curved spines
that facilitate the process.

The mandibles are moved by powerful muscles attached
to the inner surface of the dorsal part of the cephalon,
corresponding with the homological parts that are
attached to the inner dorsal surface of the carapace
of the higher Crustacea.

The surface of the molar tubercle is granulated with
rows of minute denticles that are only visible under a

•/

strong magnifying power. In some species, a long and
slender ciliated filament is appended to the margin of the
tubercle that may be associated with the sense of taste.

The mandibles are no exception to the fact that all
appendages are but modified legs. In all Crustacea, we
think that it can readily be demonstrated that the man-
dible consists of the first three joints being closely anchy-
losed. The small appendage, that generally consists of
three freely articulated joints, represents the fourth, fifth,
and sixth joints; the seventh, or dactylos, being seldom
present. An homological examination of the genera
Nebalia and Pontia, with Homarus, together with the
homotypical parts in other appendages in the same ani-
mals, we think will readily confirm this opinion. The
small three-jointed appendage to the mandible is wanting
in but few genera, excepting in the terrestrial Isopoda and
Amphlpoda. In aquatic species it is, with few exceptions,
always present, and appears to be of efficient use in
directing floating material towards the mouth.

INTRODUCTION. XV

In some parasitic families these organs undergo an
extreme amount of modification. This is much more
exaggerated in the Isopoda than in the Amphipoda.
Among the Cyami, the oral appendages are all reduced
and somewhat modified, but in the Cymothoidce, Bopyrida,
and Anceidcs, among the Isopoda, they appear to lose
much of their normal character, and fulfil the office of a
sucking apparatus. In the formation of this organ one
or more pairs of the appendages may be implicated, as
is shown in an elaborate memoir by Schiodte* on the
subject. The manner in which the organ is developed in
lone from the mandibles, we have described at page 253,
vol. ii. of this Work.

In the Anceidce, the appendages of the mouth in the
young stage are sharp and lanceolate, the sucking organ
being apparently modified from the labrum, where, as
in the adult animals, the oral aperture, with the sup-
plying appendages, are lost, or converted into members
useful for other purposes.

In the genus Brachyscelus, and others of the family
Platyscelidae, the appendages of the oral apparatus are
reduced to a single pair of membranous leaf-like organs ;
nor have we been enabled to trace any different character
of organ to take the place of the lost ones. Both in the
adult and young animal, the mouth appears to be reduced
to a rudimentary and simple character : an aperture with
the probable power of opening and closing at will being
.the most that we have been enabled to determine.

The first or anterior maxillae (Siagnopoda) are separated
from the mandibles by a posterior lip, which differs in the
Amphipoda — or at least in some genera — in being cleft lon-
gitudinally in the median line, and is termed the labium ;

* Natur. Hist. Tidssk. 1866, p. 168—206.

xvi INTRODUCTION.

it appears to be capable of being slightly moved, and
probably assists the mandibles in the process of manduca-
tion. There are three pairs of Siagnopoda, the two ante-
rior of which are extremely delicate foliaceous appendages,
whilst the third is much more robust, yet still possessing
a foliaceous character, particularly as regards the three or
four basal joints. In some genera, as in Sulcator, some
of the plates, particularly of the two anterior pairs, are
folded so as to become two or three parallel leaves, one of
which, on the first pair in Sulcator, is developed into a
prominent lobe, containing large nucleated cells. Of the
office or use of this gland-like organ we can offer no sug-
gestion, not having met with any analogue in the order.

The two anterior pairs, the maxillae of authors, vary
somewhat in their form in genera, and very much between
the Isopoda and Amphipoda. In the parasitic species of
both orders, they are defective, and sometimes wholly
wanting.

The third Siagnopod, or first maxillipede of authors in
these orders, is a true cephalic appendage, and covers the
organs of the mouth as a protecting operculum.

These last three pairs of appendages are concentrated
about the mouth, the segments to which they belong being
represented by the ventral portions only, and these are
closely fused together, from the sides of which, in the
genus Tahtrus, originate two bony processes, that meet,
without uniting, near the internal centre of the head,
there spreading out into flattened plates, from each of
which a thin and somewhat delicate process is directed
anteriorly and slightly upwards ; the stomach is supported
by them in its position. This osseous internal arch, that we
described in the British Association Report " On the British
Edriophthalma/' 1855, Professor Huxley has, in his lec-
tures at the Royal College of Surgeons, published in the

INTRODUCTION.

XVll

Medical Times and Gazette, vol. xxxvi. p. 467, 7th Novem-
ber, 1857, named the Endophraymal arch (Fig. 3, En.).

FIG. 3.

The seven segments "which succeed the cephalon, or
head, are, in the higher orders, protected by the carapace.
This becomes gradually smaller in the descending series,
until, in the Sessile-eved Crustacea, each segment is

' V / O

exposed and developed into a perfect ring, analogous
in appearance to the segments of the pleon in the
Macrura. The several appendages that belong to the
segments of the pereion are locomotive in their charac-
ter, some being perfectly natatorial or ambulatory, others
adapted for climbing and grasping. In this respect the
two anterior pairs in the Amphipoda are most constant
in their adaptation. The probability is, that these last
are never in the Amphipoda used, except for carrying food
to the mouth, or more rarely for climbing, or occasionally
grasping the female. In this they are found to possess

b

xviii INTRODUCTION.

a feature that, with the exception of the Isopoda, is
common to most Crustacea, even including the aberrant
Isopods. We have thought it convenient to describe
them under a name distinguishing them from the true
ambulatory legs, although by doing so we must include
some genera of Isopoda, where they assimilate to and
fulfil the conditions of true walking-legs. In the
Brachyura, the gnathopoda are developed, so as to
serve chiefly as protecting the oral apparatus. In the
Macrura, they assume a pediform appearance, and are
used in seizing and holding food. In the Stomapodctj
the Squillidce have them developed into formidable pre-
hensile organs. This change takes place gradually from
the highest Crustaceans to the Amphipoda. The cha-
racter is still increased in some of the aberrant genera,
until it becomes a perfectly didactyle chela. In the
Isopoda, the prehensile character may be said to be
lost, presenting itself only occasionally in the anterior
pair, in the male animals.

The five remaining pairs of walking-legs (the pere-
iopoda) homologize with the five pairs of legs in the
Stalk- eyed Crustacea, that give the name of Decapoda
to the order. These are produced on a somewhat
different plan from the walking-legs of the Stalk-eyed
Crustacea, the modification, as it appears to us, taking
place in accordance with certain necessities that have
arisen from the depreciation of their general develop-
ment. The two anterior pairs of legs, or gnathopoda, are
developed upon one type; the two succeeding pairs, or
first and second pairs of pereiopoda, on a second ; and
the last three on a third.

The normally developed appendage of every kind in
Crustacea consists of seven joints. In the Brachyura,
the first, or coxa, is anchylosed with, and forms part of,

INTRODUCTION. xix

the sternum. In the Macrura, it also forms part of
the sternum, but the separation is distinguishable by
a free and movable articulation. In the Sessile-eyed
Crustacea, the coxa is more laterally situated, and very
firmly attached, without being fused to the segment of
the body. With few exceptions, it is developed into
a broad and scale-like joint, and is so large in the
StegocephalidcB that it covers the greater part of the
animal. ' The object of this development is evidently to
cover and protect the branchial appendages, when situated
beneath the pereion. These scale-like coxre have been
considered as parts of the segments of the body of the
animal to which the legs belong, and are described under
the name of epimera, or side-pieces, by Professor Milne
Edwards.

There is a peculiar tendency in the Amphipoda for the
joints of the legs to be produced in a scale-like form.
Besides the coxae, the basis, or second joint of the three
posterior pairs of pereiopoda, are almost always so de-
veloped. In Orchestia, the males in some species have the
carpus and posterior pair of pereiopoda enlarged ; in Podo-
cerus and Cerapus, the two anterior pairs have the basis
so produced ; but in Sulcator this predisposition appears
to reach the culminating point, where it is apparent in
almost every joint of the appendages of the head and
body.

The next division of the animal is that which we deno-
minate the pleon. It consists of seven segments, as in
each of the former divisions, and carries three kinds of
appendages. The segments generally resemble those of
the pereion, and, like them, carry on each side squamiform
coxa3, which Professor Milne Edwards has again mistaken
for epimera, or side-pieces, belonging to each respective
segment. These are, both in the Amphipoda and Isopoda,

b2

XX INTRODUCTION.

generally fused closely with the dorsal surface of the seg-
ment ; but in the genus Apseudes, as we have shown in
fig. p} page 148, vol. ii., they are free. Here we have a
distinct exposition of the relation which the squamiform
side-piece holds both to the segment and the movable
bifurcate appendage. The segment is distinctly separated
from the squamiform side-piece, which, articulating with
it, forms the first joint of the pleopoda or swimming-leg,
and is developed into a large scale-like process, to the
base of which the second joint is articulated, from whence
is suspended freely a third, which in its turn supports the
two free plates which form the terminal appendage of the
anterior pleopoda. In the Isopoda, as well as the Amphi-
podttj this interpretation illustrates the relation of the
parts of the pleopoda to the segments of the pleon. The
forms of the pleopoda may and do change, according to
the law of modification of parts, to suit their require-
ments; but under whatever condition they may exist, they
consist of three normal joints, more or less fused together,
and with the segments of the pleon and a depreciation of
the four terminal joints into one or a pair of movable
plates, as in the Isopoda, or articulated flagella, as in the
Amphipoda.

The three anterior pairs in the Amphipoda are deve-
loped upon this type ; the two succeeding have the double
appendages stiff and unyielding, and the posterior is
generally variable in the different genera. In the Isopoda,
the four anterior pleopoda are developed upon one type,
while the fifth is converted into an operculum. Some
variation of the anterior pairs also takes place in relation to
the sex of the animal. The last, or twenty-first segment,
differs from the rest in most Crustacea by not carrying
any appendage. To this we know of but one exception
among the Crustacea, and that is in a genus in the family

INTRODUCTION. xxi

Mysidce, discovered by Mr. Norman. The telson in the
Sessile-eyed Crustacea is generally an abortive, and fre-
quently a rudimentary, part. In the Isopoda, except in
the genera Apseudes and Anthura, it is always fused with
the preceding segment.

The composition of the dermal skeleton is, in all Crus-
tacea, the same. In the Sessile-eyed order the texture is
very thin, and seldom consolidated into a firm structure,
except in certain parts of some few genera where strength
is required, as in the chelte of large-handed species. This
circumstance offers the advantages of enabling the
observer to examine the internal structure of the animal
without the necessity of dissection. During the life of
the animal, we are enabled to trace the currents of circula-
tion of the blood, the motion of the cardiac vessel, and the
position of the internal organs in relation to each other.

This delicacy of the structure also enables us to dis-
cover the very diverse and varied arrangement of the
material of which it is built up. and demonstrates (con-
trary to our anticipations) that in species often closely
allied, there is a very distinct appearance in the micro-
scopic structure. It may prove to be of some importance
in determining species, but care should be taken that the
several specimens examined should be taken from the
same part of the skin of each animal. We have illus-
trated many of these varieties of structure throughout the
work, in connection with the animals to which each
belongs.

Frequently, besides the markings that illustrate the
manner in which the skin is built up, there is another
that is not always constant, consisting of a series of small
perforations through the tissue, which in some species
assume a waved appearance, as may be observed in the
genus Ampelisca.

xxii INTRODUCTION.

Although we believe that the microscopic examination
of the skeleton in these animals would frequently facili-
tate the determination of doubtful species, yet it is a con-
dition that is not to be trusted to alone, inasmuch as it
is not unfrequently found that similar appearances are
repeated in very distinct genera. Examples of this may
be found on comparing the structure of Megamoera Otho-
nis with that of Chelura terebans.

The form and structure of the hairs that are found on
these animals, when microscopically examined, are of a
very distinct and different character. They not only
vary in separate species, but differ in several parts of
the same animal. In Sulcator there are no less than
twelve varieties. Some are plain, stiff, bristle-like spines
of various lengths, which are generally attached to
the margins of the limbs. A second variety, longer in
general form, fringed on one side with a series of fine,
straight, teeth-like processes, possessing a rake-like cha-
racter, is attached to the third siagnopod ; as is also

A third, that differs from the preceding in having the
teeth bent in a curve directed to the base.

A fourth is found on the carpus of the second pair of
gnathopoda. In this position are also two varieties, which
originate from closely approximating bases. One is long,
slender, and clean to the tip, where a few exquisitely
fine cilia appear, which give to the extremity a bulbous
appearance, that can be resolved only with a high (700)
magnifying power. The other, or

The fifth, is short, broad, flat, terminating in a point that
is sharply bent upon itself; the lateral margins are like-
wise furnished with a series of sharp denticles, ranged on
each side, pointing to the base for about two-thirds of its
length.

A sixth is found on the propodos of the same appen-

INTRODUCTION. xxiii

dage; comprising two forms moulded on the type of the
two preceding ; the shorter changing the hooked extremity
for a bulbous termination, nnd the shaft being armed with
teeth on one side only.

A seventh exists on the inandibular appendage : it is
straight, enlarged and rounded at the apex, and serrated
on one side; while

An eighth differs from the preceding in being more
robust, slightly turned at the extremity, and smooth along
the margins, excepting a single short, straight, distally
directed cilium.

A ninth resembles the sixth, but wants the serrated
margin, and carries on the convex side a fine cilium.
This variety is found on the first pair of gnath(;poda.

The tenth, eleventh, and twelfth varieties are plumose,
and found mostly on the second pair of antennae, though
a few are present ou several other parts of the animal.
One is short and obtuse, being crowned with numerous
radiating cilia. It is to this variety that we understand
Professor Hensen attributes the power of hearing.

This great variety of form in the hairs of a single
species is not constant. In the genus Talitrus, there is
but a single form of hair, which is but little modified in
the various parts of the animal. It is short, stiff, and
blunt, and exhibits under the microscope a tendency to a
spiral condition for about one-fourth from the extremity,
at which distance a second but smaller process exists, so
that the hair might be characterized as being forked, but
for the unequal proportion of the two branches. This
kind of hair is by no means rare in the Amphipoda.
Those found in Orchestia, Talorchestia, Nicea, Gammarus,
&c., are but modifications of the same form. This great
variation in the form of the hairs is more or less common
to all Crustacea. Those in Carcmus mcenas have been

XXIV INTRODUCTION,

described and figured by Dr. Mclntosh in the " Linneean
Transactions' for 1862, p. 79. The hairs are not only
various in form, but sometimes they will be found con-
stant in number. Thus, in the genus Phoxus, we have
found the number of hairs on the coxse of the three or
four anterior pairs of legs to be constant in the respective
species.

EXUVIATION AND REPRODUCTION OF LIMBS.

The power of Crustacea to throw off their skin and
replace it by a new one, has long been a recognized fact
in all the higher orders. It is, however, on the authority
of Mr. Couch, stated by Mr. Bell, in a note to his intro-
duction to the " Stalk-eyed Crustacea," p. Ixi., " that the
families in which the eyes are sessile in their adult
growth .... do not exuviate, or voluntarily throw
off their limbs."

These Crustacea, however, like their higher congeners,
renew their integumentary tissues periodically. This is
equally true with regard to the alimentary canal, which is
cast in connection with the skeleton. The animal shows
no appreciable difference in its habits at the time imme-
diately anterior to its throwing off its exuviae. It swims
about very actively until the hour of moulting arrives,
when it seeks a place of comparative security, where it
may remain uninterrupted the necessary length of time
for the completion of the process.

In this position it grasps with the anterior pair of
gnathopoda some fixed and conveniently secure material
for an anchorage. Here the labour is commenced, and,
judging by the quietness and rapidity of the process,
appears to be one of no great discomfort. During the

INTRODUCTION. XXV

operation, at almost any stage, the animal, if disturbed, is
capable of removing itself to a more quiet and secure
place.

The process appears to be the result of an internal
growth of the animal, which becoming too large, the skin
splits at the margin of the dorsal and sternal arches of
the three anterior segments of the pereion, the inferior
arch carrying the legs, inclusive of the coxse.

The anterior segment of the pereion extends over the
posterior margin of the cephalon. At this point the
attachment is broken anteriorly, and the lateral disunion
of the three anterior segments allows their upper surfaces
to be raised as a movable lid, through the opening of
which the animal escapes from the old integuments.
With some exertion, the posterior portion of the body,
together with the limbs, are withdrawn, after which the
head and the anterior members are removed, and the
entire animal is free from the old exuviae, which, resem-
bling a dead individual, is left, attached to its old position.
Unless disturbed, the animal, which is now extremely
soft, generally rests for some time, as if exhausted, near
the cast-off skeleton. Upon being disturbed, it is capable
of swimming away immediately.

Mr. Harry Goodsir, in the Edinburgh Philosophical
Journal for 1842, has described the process of exuviation,
as observed by him in the genus Caprella.

He says that the animal, previously to the commence-
ment of the process, " lies for a considerable time languid,
and to all appearance dead. At length a slight quivering
takes place all over the body, attended in a short time
with more violent exertions. The skin then bursts behind
the head in a transverse direction, and also down the
mesial line of the abdominal surface ; a few more violent
exertions then free the body of its old covering. After

XXVI INTRODUCTION.

this the animal remains for a considerable time in a
languid state, and is quite transparent and colourless/'

The new creature is a perfect representation of the old
one, slightly enlarged. According to our observations,
every hair is produced complete. We have often seen
them, convoluted and bent up within the old case, from
which they only wanted to be freed to assume the erect
position of the perfect hair. It has, however, contrary to
our anticipation, appeared that all the hairs are not de-
veloped within each corresponding one. We have fre-
quently observed them as a second armature, independent
of the old one. This remark is particularly distinguish-
able in the teeth that fringe the first two siagnopoda.
These have generally a dentated and forked character,
which might be injured in their removal from the old and
hard tissue of the rejected skin, an accident that not
unfrequently befalls the branchial sacs, which are occa-
sionally torn off and retained behind in the old case.

The power of Crustacea to throw off any of the limbs
upon receiving an injury, and sometimes in consequence
of fright, is well known in relation to the higher orders.
The manner in which this is done has been described by
Daly ell, Goodsir, and ourselves. It certainly is a remark-
able power and law of reproduction, and which always
takes place at the same homotypical position in every
limb — that is, between the coxa and the next succeeding
joint. The wound that is caused by this sudden rupture
is simultaneously glazed over by a thin membrane, which
must be very suddenly formed, and probably is the ampu-
tating power. Observers have very generally added as an
appendage to the above interesting fact, that it is exceed-
ingly fortunate that there is this power of voluntary
amputation of the limbs, for otherwise, in consequence of
the non-contractile character of the dermal covering, the

INTRODUCTION. xxvii

animal, upon being wounded in either of the limbs, would
of necessity bleed to death. That such would be the case
would appear to be extremely probable, but, like all nega-
tive evidence, is only of value in the absence of direct
testimony. In the Sessile-eyed orders the animal appears
to want the power of voluntarily throwing off any of its
appendages, no matter how severely it may be wounded.
If a leg be cut off, or in any way injured, the wound
very soon after becomes cicatrized with a black scar,
which remains until the next exuviation of the animal,
when the entire limb is thrown off with it, and a new one
commences growing.

TASTE AND DIGESTION.

The sense of the enjoyment of food, even in the highest
types of the animal kingdom, exists rather in the power
of parts to receive impressions than in the presence of
any especial organ for the purpose. Arguing, therefore,
from analogy, we should suppose that the sensation of
taste in the lower animals (such as the Crustacea, and
other groups in wliich mastication is of an imperfect
character), must necessarily be rather a faculty peculiar
to the mouth in general, than the result of any especial
organ adapted for the purpose.

From the mouth the oesophagus leads directly to the
stomach. The passage is very short, being directed up-
wards and forwards; it enters the stomach at the infero-
anterior margin, and, as in all Crustacea, is within the
limit of the cephalic region.

Just within the anterior opening of the stomach are
situated two rake-like organs, the teeth being placed in
a row on an arched base ; they are slightly curved and
dentated on the margins. They are so placed as to have

XXV111

INTRODUCTION.

the points directed inwards, so that food can readily pass
into, but cannot return again from, the stomach. The
teeth on each side appear to correspond, so that they
probably play an important point in tearing and lacerating
the food as it passes into the stomach. Posterior to this

FIG. 4.

triturating apparatus there exists four leaf-like plates,
fringed with long and powerful cilia. These are attached
to the lateral walls in pairs, one anterior to the other;
immediately above the second or posterior pair, appa-
rently in a chamber of its own, is a gizzard-like apparatus.
We observed this most distinctly developed in Sulcator
and Talitrus, and we believe it to be present in all the
Ampldpoda, and we take it to be the same appendage
which Bruzelius and Loven figure and describe as the
" mellanbalkan," which is situated within the "blind-
sacklikt organ/' and not, as their figures * would lead one
to believe, on the floor of the stomach.

* 6'fversigt af K. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1859, pi. i., figs. 1, 3, 8.

INTRODUCTION. xxix

This apparatus, under a high magnifying power, is seen
to consist of several closely packed rows of fine strong
short hairs, very commonly arranged together in the form
of a heart, the apex of which, directed anteriorly, is
truncated. This appears to be the most general appear-
ance, though in various genera it is different in form.
Its appearance suggests its capability for triturating and
grinding food, though it is curious that two such kinds of
apparatus should exist at each end of the stomach, the one
at the cesophageal entrance, the other near the pyloric
outlet. The cavity in which the latter is placed has the
walls thickly covered with very short hairs.

In the genus Talitrus, posteriorly to this apparatus are
placed two long caeca, one on either side of the posterior
opening of the stomach. These caeca are not universally
present in other genera. They are delicate prolongations
of the walls of the stomach, and gradually narrow towards
their free extremity. They probably supply the stomach
with a gastric juice. Still more posteriorly, at the point
where the stomach terminates and the alimentary canal
commences, are situated from four to six long ca3ca-
like lobes, filled with hepatic cells. These are attached
to the inferior surface, forming the liver, and are
carried parallel with the alimentary canal. In the
Amphipodctj as illustrated in Gammarus, the liver con-
sists of four sub-equal lobes ; in the Isopoda, as exempli-
fied in Ligia, it is formed of six lobes, two of which are
much longer than the other four, and have a slightly
waved or tremulous-looking appearance towards the free
extremity. From the pyloric orifice of the stomach the
alimentary canal in all Crustacea passes, without curve or
inflection^ straight to the anal termination under the
telson. To this we know of but a single exception, and
that on the authority of Professor Alman, who says : —
" In Chefara, the alimentary canal is so arranged as to

XXX

INTRODUCTION.

shut one part within another, so as to admit of the head
being projected forward, that the animal might eat its
way into the wood that it penetrates." This we have not
been able to verify, nor can we see the necessity for the
disarrangement of the stomach with all its attachments,
when a prolongation of the cesophageal canal would
enable the animal to accomplish the work on far easier
conditions.

The structure of the alimentary canal is longitudinally
fibrous. In the genus Ligia, a little anterior to the anal
termination, a series of transverse muscular bands sur-
round it without uniting on the under surface, and
probably fulfil the office of sphincter muscles.

About two-thirds of the distance between the stomach
and the telson, one or two appendages are attached to the
alimentary canal in the Amphipoda. We say one or two,
because we have distinctly dissected out two in Sulcator
(Fig. 5), but have failed to determine more than one in

FIG. 5.

Gammarus (Fig. 6), Mcera, and other genera. The organ
is free at one extremity, and is borne in a forward posi-
tion, resting on the dorsal surface of the primavia. It
is more important in appearance in some Amphipoda than
in others; in Sulcator it is very long. We have never seen
it in any of the Isopoda that we have examined, but, as far
as our experience supports us, it is present both in the
male and female Amphipoda, in the adult as well as in the

INTRODUCTION.

XXXI

larval stage. In the younger form (Fig. 7) it is rudi-
mentary, but scarcely more so than in Mcera (Fig. 8).

FIG. 6.

Immediately posterior to the point of attachment of this
organ with the alimentary canal are a series of muscular
bands lying transversely across the latter, which probably
fulfil the office of sphincter muscles by compressing the
passage just posteriorly to the efferent orifice of this sup-
posed urinary organ. Muscles very similar in appearance
are situated near the terminal exit of the alimentary tube,,
and probably fulfil the office of sphincter muscles to the
anal outlet.

The contents of the appendage that we call the urinary
organ are, under an object-glass of one-fifth focus,
resolved into small round cells, containing a granular
nucleus (Fig. 9). These cells are closely packed together,

FIG. 7.

FIG. 8.

FIG. 9.

but not so as to lose their rounded character, and the
whole are confined within stout walls.

xxxii INTRODUCTION.

CIRCULATION.

The circulatory system in the Amphipoda differs very
importantly from that of the Isopoda. According to some
researches of Professor Wagner * on the genus Porcellio,
there exists a well-developed arterial system in the
Isopoda. To establish this he adopted the method that
was first shown to be practicable by M. Emile Blanchard,
and which has since been successfully pursued by M.
Kowalewsky on Idotea. A mixture of glycerine and
water coloured with carmine injected through the heart
into the circulatory system, demonstrates the existence
of distinct vessels for the passage ot the nutritive fluid.
The greatest amount of arterial development, as might
have been anticipated, is found to exist in the cephalic,
branchial, and generative regions, which the author
illustrates by diagrammatical figures. In the Amphipoda)
the heart is situated in the dorsal region of the pereion,
reaching from the posterior extremity of the first segment
to the posterior of the fifth. It is a long, simple, sack-like
vessel, consisting of elastic fibrous walls, possessing more
the features of a great arterial vessel than that of a true
heart. The blood corpuscles pass posteriorly from the
pulsating heart through the entire length of the animal
immediately above the alimentary canal, and the great
venous course returns along the dorsal surface, probably
on each side, until it reaches the last segment of the
pereion, where it dips to the ventral surface and enters
into the branchial sacs, where it passes down the anterior
margin and up the posterior, then direct to the heart,
which it enters by three lateral pulsating oblique aper-
tures.

The heart of the Isopoda is situated within the dorsal
surface of the pleon, except in Tanais, and probably

* Ann. des Sc. Nat. p. 37, vol. iv., 1865.

INTRODUCTION.

XXX111

other general of the aberrant type, where it is situated,
according to the observations of Fritz Miiller, in the dorsal
surface of the pereiou, corresponding in position with that
of the respiratory systems of the various orders.

In the Amphipoda, the branchiae are by no means the
simple sacs that they have been described. They are
situated upon the inner surface of the coxse, and assume
the form of leaf-like hollow plates, ranged in parallel lines
on each side of the sternum (Fig. 10), and are attached to

every pair of legs except the first in
the females, and generally the last
in males ; though, in Gammarus, we
have seen the seventh pair fur-
nished with branchia3 as well as the
preceding. In the Aberrantia, the
number of sacs is reduced to two
or three pairs. In this order they
homologize with the branchia3 of
the decapod type, each branchial
appendage being viewed in the light
of a single plate of the compound
organs of the higher type; or rather,
perhaps, they bear best comparison
with the same organ as it appears
in the larval condition in the
Brachyura. The great distinction
in their character is derived mostly
from the appearance which these
organs assume in the higher forms,

FIG. 10.

being that of an internal position. But this is one
of appearance only. The branchire are overcapped by
the monstrous production of the cephalic shield in the
Stalk-eyed orders of Crustacea, a circumstance that gives
to the portion of the dermal skeleton that it covers the

c

XXXIV

INTRODUCTION.

character and appearance of an internal skeleton. The
branchial organs are covered and protected, but they are,
nevertheless, essentially external appendages. In the
Amphipoda this condition does not exist ; consequently
the branchia3 are pendant in the water, and placed on the
inside of the pereiopoda, the first joints of which are
developed into large squaminiform plates for their more
efficient protection.

The internal structure of these organs appears to consist
of thick fibrous tissue attached to the inner surface of the
wall of each sac (Fig. 11). The fibrous tissue is arranged

FIG. 11.

in patches of irregular form, but which correspond in
their arrangement with one another. These patches are
largest near their centre, and thin out towards their mar-
gins : the result is that a channel is left between each. All
the channels so formed are connected together throughout
the entire organ, and exhibit a continuous labyrinth,
through which the blood circulates in many small
streams.

Should the animal become feeble, a gradual accumula-
tion of corpuscles takes place in different parts of the gills,

INTRODUCTION.

xxxv

mostly at first out of the reach of the stronger currents.
As the vitality of the animal diminishes, the arterial

!•

current is observed to lessen in force, until it is propelled
only by jerks, coexistent with every pulsation of the
heart.

RESPIRATION.

The organs of respiration in the Isopoda are homo-
logically distinct from those of the Amphipoda. We have
already stated that Professor Wagner has shown, in the
genus Porcellio, and M. Kowalewsky in Idotea, that the
blood in the Isopoda runs in arterial channels. We are

FIG. 12.

not aware that any of the Amphipoda have been put to the
same test as the two genera named in the Isopoda ; and
certainly, to microscopic observation, the structure of the

c

XXXVI

INTRODUCTION.

branchial appendages and other parts of the system that
from their transparency and tenuity may be conveniently
examined, afford presumptive evidence against the circula-
tion of the blood being confined to walled channels.

In the Isopoda, the branchial organs are variously diffe-
rentiated. In some, as Ligia, for example, the passage of
the circulating fluid through the branchial plates is clearly
and distinctly defined (Fig. 12). The main artery, com-
mencing at the base, gives off numerous lateral branches,
that divide and sub-divide into a rich plexus with abundant
capillary vessels. In the genus Spfueroma, the branchial

organs consist of a series of plates attached
to the posterior wall of the fourth and
fifth pairs of pleopoda (Fig. 13). In the
degraded family of the Bopyridae, the bran-
chial organs are depauperated to the lowest
degree, being in some genera little more
than excrescences on the veutro-lateral
margins of the pleon.

In Tanais, the true branchias have not been clearly
determined. It is the opinion of Dr. Fritz Miiller, Van

Beneden, and Doctor Anton
Dohrn, that an appendage
attached to the first pair of
gnathopoda is not a branchial
organ, but a flabelliform ap-
pendage, that by its constant
and unvarying motion induces the surrounding medium
to flow over the branchial appendages that as yet have not
been discerned.

At page 122 of the second volume of this work we
have described and figured one of the pereiopoda with a
sac-like appendage attached, that we considered as the
homologue of the branchial sac in the normal Amphipoda.

FIG. 13.

FIG. 14.

INTRODUCTION. xxxvii

This appendage appears not to be constant in all species,
nor in all specimens of the same species. If, therefore, it
be the homologue of a branchial sac, it can only be an
organ of repetition.

Fritz Muller is quite positive in the assertion that no
corpuscles of the circulating fluid pass into the caudal
appendages, which are the seat of the branchiae in the
normal Isopoda.

The terrestrial Isopoda have the respiratory organs some-
what modified from those of the aquatic species. These
have been described and figured by MM. Duvernoy, Sa-
vigny, Lereboullet, and Professor Wagner. M. Savigny,
however, was the first to show that in the genus Tylos
the system of respiration was carried on by two separate
means ; the one by branchiae, as in aquatic Crustacea,
the other by the spiracular air-tubes. This has been
recently confirmed by Professor Wagner, who shows the
relation of the opercular valves to the respiratory system,
and contends that, besides their power of protecting the
branchial plates from injury, and precluding the too rapid
escape of moisture, they fulfil, by means of a plexus of
minute vessels, situated at the base of the operculum, a
pulmonary function. This organ, which he figures, has,
he says, a kind of trachea! division into numerous rami-
fications. Seen by transmitted light it is opaque, but
viewed under a direct light it is silvery white; and he
contends that it is a pulmonary or tracheal chamber,
which serves as a supplementary organ to the true
branchiae. This view is supported by M. Milne Edwards,
as may be seen by the reference to the " Atlas du Regne
Animal," (Pl.lxx.fig.l. m.), and "Leyons sur la Physiologie
et PAnatomie comparee," t. ii. p. 141. Our owrn opinion
relative to these organs on the branchial operculum is
that they are glands for the secretion of a fluid that

xxxviii INTRODUCTION.

assists in lubricating the branchial plates in warm and
strongly evaporating atmospheres. We have been led to
this conclusion from finding that they diminish in size in
those specimens that have been long detained in dry
places.

GENERATION.

The organs of generation in the male of the Sessile-
eyed Crustacea are not to be determined without great
nicety in dissection and care in manipulation. We have,
however, in Sidcator among the Amphipoda, and Ligia
among the Is op odd, been able to examine them clearly,
besides less perfectly so in the animals of other genera in
both orders. Bruzelius and Loven have given their atten-
tion to the former order, and demonstrated the arrange-
ment in the genera Gammarus and Podocerus. The male
organs internally consist of a more or less oblong pair of
testes, which are liable to vary somewhat in form in
different genera. These testes are fitted with numerous
small seminal cells. A narrow passage, or vas deferens,
connects this organ with a second oval chamber, or
vesicula seminalis, which is filled with long fine hair-like
spermatozoa, lying thickly coiled one upon another.
From the vesicula seminalis a narrow passage leads to the
inner surface of the first joint of the seventh pair of legs,
where it penetrates in each into a soft membranous
external penis. We have kept species of Amphipoda long
under observation, and paid close attention to their habits,
but have hitherto failed to detect any communication
between the sexes which would admit of a direct passage
of the penis into the vulva of the female.

The male Amphidod grasps the female by one of its
strong subcheliforrn gnathopoda, inserting its claw
beneath the anterior edge of the first segment of the

INTRODUCTION.

XXXIX

pereion, whilst another is inserted beneath the posterior
margin of the fourth or fifth segment. Grasping the
female in this way, the male draws it into immediate
contact with itself, so that the dorsal surface of the female
presses against the ventral surface of the male. In this
attitude, more or less firmly compressed, they swim about
or rest on any convenient surface for many days. If the
two be driven asunder through fear of any danger, the
female seeks a place of shelter, while the male swims
more actively about. Should the male swim within some
little distance of its late companion, it becomes imme-
diately aware of the circumstance ; and we have seen it,
after having passed the spot, abruptly turn back, seek her
out, and seize her with avidity from amidst a numerous

V

mass of others. Immediately after securing, he strikes
her with two or three strong lashes of his tail. The
female, rolling herself closely up, is carried off by her
more powerful mate.

This contact between the two sexes is either occa-
sionally repeated, or it may last
throughout the entire period of incu-
bation. "We have frequently taken
them so coupled, even when the young
have been so far developed as to be
enabled to leave the care of the
parent. We are induced, from this
fact, to believe that a series of broods
may take place successively through
the year, and that the erotic state of
the female may exist during the period
of incubation.
The penis (Fig. 15) is a soft membranous tube, that
terminates in a small orifice. It probably has, under
certain conditions, the power of becoming harder, but

xl

INTRODUCTION.

it generally lies pendant from the inner side of the coxa,
and is longer in some species than in others. In the
genera Proto and Caprella, the penis seems to be
formed out of the anterior pairs of pleopoda, just as
is the case in the Brachyura, among the Stalk-eyed
Crustacea. These observations are further confirmed by
those of M. Rousel de Vauzeme on the genus Cyamus.

In the Isopoda, these organs have been carefully worked
out by Siebold, Lereboullet, and Schobl. In the genus
Liffia (Fig. 16), we have observed on each side three testes,

consisting of long narrow
vesicles, thinning away to
exquisitely fine filamen-
tary prolongations. These
vesicles increase in dia-
meter as they approach
towards the efferent duct,
where they rapidly be-
come constricted before
uniting with the vas defe-
rens. These vesicles are
filled with seminal cells,
and are, we believe, the
true testes. M. Lere-
boullet, however, in his
researches on the Onis-
cidce,* states that he has
observed that each of
FIG. IG. these fusiform sacs has

attached to its extremity other irregular sacs, which
he regards as the principal secreting organs, and con-
sequently the spermogenic glands or testicles. These

'"" Mem. sur les Crustaces de la Fainile des Cloportides, par A. Lereboullet.
Strasburgh, 1852.

INTRODUCTION. xli

organs, which have previously escaped the observation of
anatomists, the author says, " are very irregular sacs,
variable in form, simple or compound ; they are generally
about three-quarters of a millimetre in length, but some-
times less. They are situated deeply on each side the
stomach, and are retained in their position by delicate
but strong ligaments, which are covered with black pig-
ment, which lose themselves between the muscular fascise
of the segments of the body. These organs are full of
cells, that M. Lereboullet considers as the spermatic
cellules. The second vesicles, or those which we thought
to be the true testes, M. Lereboullet calls testicules acces-
soires. Thev are, he savs, three in number on each.

*' V *

enlarged towards the middle ; they thin out insensibly
towards the extremities : at one end they unite with the
organs that M. Lereboullet calls the testes, and at the
other they open into the spermatic reservoir — the vesicula
seminalis. These accessory testes contain cells which are
of two kinds, the larger being less numerous than the
others. From these vesicles an efferent duct leads to the
vesicula seminalis, which in Ligia is a long and narrow
vessel, increasing in breadth gradually as it approaches its
extremity, where it is suddenly constricted to a narrow
outlet, which, covered with black pigment cells, leads
direct to the external penis, which is situated near the
centre of the ventral arch of the seventh segment of the
pereion. In the males, processes of the branchial appen-
dages are developed into stylets, (vide fig. 12), that we
suppose must have some secondary influence in the pro-
cess of fertilization.

The anatomy of the reproductive organs in the females
has been carefully worked out by MM. Loven and Bru-
zelius in the Amphipoda, and by Lereboullet and Schobl
in the Isopoda.

xlii INTRODUCTION.

According to the former authors, corroborated in part
by Mr. H. Goodsir on the genus Caprella, by Roussel cle
Vauzeme on Cyamus, and from our own direct observa-
tion on Gammarus, &c., the internal organs consist of
two sets of ovaries. These are long cylindrical bodies,
having a duct near the middle,, on the inner side, that
opens into the vulva, which is situated on the inner side
of the coxa of the third pair of pereiopoda, or fifth pair of
legs. According to the latter authors, the structure of
the same organs in the Isopoda is very similar ; but
M. Lereboullet has failed to trace the connection of the
ovaries with the vulva. Herr Schobl has been more suc-
cessful in his researches on the genus Typhlonlscus, and
has figured them attached to the inner surface of the
fifth pair of legs. He has also described and figured a
pair of receptaculae seminales, in which the male animal
deposits the spermatozoa that fructifies the ovse. Accord-
ing to this statement, in the Isopoda, if not in the Amphi-
poda also, the male impregnates the female by direct
intromission — a circumstance of which we have entertained
some doubt, partly arising from the formation of the
animals themselves, particularly of the Ampkipoda, in
which the development of the coxa3 and the narrowness
of the animal would almost, it would seem, preclude the
possibility of the sternal portions of the animals being
brought into immediate contiguity, and also from the
circumstance of having watched the animals, particularly
AselluSj from previous to impregnation to the birth of
the young, we have never seen the male in any position
relative to the female except in that previously described.

The incubatory pouch, in which the ova are deposited,
from the period of their fertilization until the young are
developed sufficiently for independent existence, is the
result of the folding over of several lamelliform plates,

INTRODUCTION. xliii

generally fringed with hairs. One of these plates is
developed on the inner side of each of the two pairs of

gnathopoda (Fig. 17), and the two
an terior pairs of pereiopoda. These
plates overlie each other in a compact
form, securely protecting the ova, or
the immature young, from external
accidents, as shown in fig. 10, p. xxxiii.
It is the opinion of Von Siebold
that these appendages are periodically
developed at the " epoque du rut."
FIG. 17. This we have not, from our own obser-

vation, been able to verify, having taken females during
all periods of the year with these appendages fully de-
veloped. They are absent on the young females. We
believe, however, that, when they are once developed,
they continue permanent organs, only disappearing as the
result of accident.

In the Anceidce, the incubatory pouch appears to belong-
to the three posterior segments of the pereion. By the
continued growth of the ova, the pereion is reduced to a
most impoverished state. The alimentary canal being in
a collapsed condition, and always empty, the animal can
only be viewed in the light of a great egg-producer, after
the development of which an empty sac only is left, the
poor remains of a worn-out animal.

The history of the development of the ovum from
its impregnation to the development of the perfect larva
has been best worked out by Valette St. George in
the Amphipoda, and Anton Dohrn in the Isopoda. We
must refer the student to the memoirs of these two
authors for a detailed account of the germination and
growth of the ovum in all its stages. It will suffice for
us to say, that it appears to be clearly established by

V?£*
'*

xliv INTRODUCTION.

all observers., that in the progressive growth of the ovum,
the embryo of the Amphipoda is rolled within the egg in
an opposite manner from that of the Isopoda. The latter
is folded backwards, so that the ventral appendages are
developed on the external surface, whereas the Amphipoda
is bent on itself, the ventral appendages being developed
011 the inner surface. Dr. Fritz Miiller states that, in
Tanais, one of our aberrant genera, the development of
the larva is after the manner of the Amphipoda) and not
of the Isopoda, among which it is classified.

The length of time between the epoch of the deposi-
tion of the ovum in the incubatory pouch, and the period
of the emancipation of the young animal from the care of
the parent, is probably about six weeks. We have ob-
served that to be the time required in the genus Asellus.

At first the egg is perfectly round. It shortly after-
wards increases in one direction, becoming also somewhat
larger in Amphipoda at one extremity. Indistinct seg-
ments are now observable. The wall of the ovum is of
an elastic character, and yields to the movement of the
internal embryo.

Probably about the middle of the period of incubation
the embryo quits the egg, for we have constantly taken it
from the pouch in a very immature condition, without
being enclosed in the egg-case. The larva at this period
is very immature, and enclosed within a general tunic,
which, without having any apparent vital connection with
the animal more than the original egg-case had, adapts
itself in general form to the whole creature, and fulfils
the duty of a protective tissue. As the embryo increases
in dimensions and completeness of form, so the tunic cor-
responds in size and form. At length, freeing itself from
this case, the larva strengthens in its own development,
but does not immediately quit the care of the parent.

INTRODUCTION. xlv

We have frequently observed the young Talitrus escape
from the mother, upon the capture of the latter; and
from the active state of their existence at this time, they
appear as if they had long been capable of so acting, if
they had required it. The observation of Dr. Salter on
the common Gammarus, detailed at page 380 of the first
volume of this work, fullv confirm this fact — as does the

V

circumstance that the young of Arcturus are protected by
the mother, who supports and carries them about on the
antennae. Also we have been able to corroborate the
observation of Mr. H. Goodsir, that the Caprella carries
about its young attached to its bodv. These, together

t> o * *— '

with the fact that many genera, particularly of the
Podocerida, protect and nurse their young for some time
within nests, which they build apparently for no other
purpose, afford abundant proof that in these animals
there is a conscious love of offspring that appears to
be less marked in animals far higher in the scale of
scientific classification.

When the young; of Gammarus first swims about as a

v O

free animal, it only resembles the parent in a modified
degree. The antennte show no distinction between the
peduncle and the flagelluni. The latter is shorter, and
consists of but five articuli, while thirty to forty may be
present in the parent. This relative proportion is visible
also in the lower antennte, and in the secondary appen-
dage of the upper, which increases with advancing age,
until the adult stage is acquired.

In the structure of the eye we see the same gradual
increase going on after the animal has become free. The
lenses in the young are from ten to twelve in number,
whereas, in the adult, from sixty to eighty may be counted.
In many genera it also changes its colour, as does also
that of the animal itself.

xlvi INTRODUCTION.

The young are generally white, or of a deep orange
colour ; in the adult, the colours vary apparently in rela-
tion to the presence of light and other surrounding cir-
cumstances. Occasionally the males vary in colour from
the females. We see in Orchestia a rosy tint frequently
ornamenting the great claw, and some other parts. We
have also observed in Amphithoe littorea the well-
matured males assume a yellowish appearance. This may
also be the case in other genera of which we have not had
the opportunity of exact observation.

In Orchestia, the second hand in the larva bears a near
resemblance in form to the same appendage in the female
— a fact that is, we believe, consistent throughout the
entire class. The warty development of one of the pos-
terior legs also increases with age.

In Hyperia, the larva bears but little resemblance to
the parent. This was first pointed out by M. Milne
Edwards, and next by Mr. Gosse. But more extended
observations of the forms of these young animals were
detailed by us in a memoir published in the " Annals of
Natural History for 1861," on some exotic species. Our
observations on the larvse of the parasitic Isopods show
a wonderful similarity between the larvse of families in
distantly separated orders.

NERVOUS SYSTEM.

The nervous system was first made out in a general
memoir on the subject by MM. Milne Edwards and An-
douin. The observations of these authors have since been
generally verified by HH. Loven and Bruzelius in the
Amphipoda, and Lereboullet in the terrestrial Isopoda.
We have also carefully dissected out most of the system
in both the genera Talitrus among the Amphipoda, and
Liffia among the Isopoda. The plan of the nervous

INTRODUCTION. xlvii

system in these two orders is that of a typical crustacean.
A ganglion corresponds to every segment of the animal;
those belonging to the organs purely of sensation being
amalgamated together into a cephalic lobe. This is very
beautifully shown by HH. Loven and Bruzelius (Bidrag
till Kannedomen om Amphipodernas inre byggnad*).

Every ganglion of the several segments after the head
is united to the others by two parallel cords in the
Amphipoda, and one in the Isopoda, although in the
genus Liffia we distinctly made out two,, as in the Amphi-
poda : from each ganglion, on the right and left, is given
off two main branches, and in Liyia we observed two
other less important threads. These supply the legs and
internal viscera. From the cords, about midway between
each ganglion, branches off, on the external side of each,
a single branch, which in the Oniscida M. Lereboullet
places nearer to the preceding ganglion. In the Amphi-
poda, we found it rather nearer to the succeeding ganglion.
In Liyia, it appears to be just midway between the two,
from the base of which, both before and behind, spring
other thread-like branches.

The diagrams of the arrangement of the caudal supply
of nerves, given in the memoir of Lereboullet, differ from
that given by M. Milne Edwards in his " Histoire des
Crustaces." The latter author figures a distinct ganglion
to each of the caudal segments, illustrating his view from
observations on Cymothoe, in which the six segments are
separate, while Lereboullet illustrates the caudal ganglia
as being consolidated into a single mass, from which
numerous threads are sent back to the extremity of the
animal. Moreover, this author only figures six separate
ganglia after the cephalic mass, which would make (even
allowing the oral appendages to be supplied with small
filaments of nerves, instead of branches springing from

' Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, Jan. 1859.

xlviii INTRODUCTION.

a well-developed ganglion), the seventh segment of the
pereion to have its ganglion consolidated with those that
supply the caudal region — a view that our own observations
lead us to believe has been founded on a misconception.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

The Geographical Distribution of the two orders of the
Sessile-eyed Crustacea, if made under careful and extensive
observations, would (from the great amount of the modifi-
cation of parts, while a close assimilation of general form is
very persistent throughout great numbers of genera) afford
one of the most interesting and, we believe, instructive
chapters in the distribution of life over the globe.

The subject has not yet sufficiently been worked out
so as to approximate to correct information ; for so much
of the earth's surface has yet to be searched, that it is by
110 means improbable that new and intermediate forms
may frequent!}7" be found in places that are yet unknown,
so that forms that as yet are described as species or genera
may be only modified forms of one species, or, as has been
demonstrated by M. Hesse with respect to Anceus and Pra-
niza, that animals placed by authors in separate genera
and in distinct families may be only sexually distinct.

Such imperfect information as is at our command,
while it does not enable us to grasp the subject so as to
do justice to it as a whole, has yet enabled us to observe
some points of interest that our British species possess in
relation to exotic forms.

With the exception of a single specimen, brought from
Algiers by M. Lucas, the genus Talitrus is only known as an
inhabitant of the northern and western coasts of Europe,
while its closely allied form, Orchcstia, and its congeners,
excepting Nicea, of which we know but one or two species
(which tend to corroborate the assertion), appears to be

INTRODUCTION. xlix

very abundantly scattered over the whole world. Like
Tali tr us, Orchestia Jives out of the sea, choosing moist
places, but not burrowing a habitat for itself as Talitrus
does. With us, Orchestia lives within the reach of the
spray of the sea; but some species in the Southern Hemi-
sphere live many miles inland, choosing terrestrial plants
for their abode, sometimes at an elevation of fifteen hundred
feet above the level of the sea. In these specimens the
males, and, we believe, the males only, have some one
or other of the joints of one of the posterior pairs of legs
developed into a large internally concave scale, which, we
believe, assists in retaining moisture, so that the branchial
sacs may not suffer from desiccation.

The genus Montagua appears to be wholly confined to
the northern temperate latitudes, the species gradually
diminishing in size as they approach the warmer seas.
The close assimilation of this with Stegocephalus and
Pleustes of the colder latitudes, is shown by the inter-
change of certain parts in their structure. In Montagua,
the superior antennae have no secondary appendage,
neither have the mandibles a palpiform one, and the
posterior pair of pleopoda terminate in a single ram us.
Pleustes resembles Montagua in. ike former characteristics,
but has the posterior pair of pleopoda terminating in two
rarni. Stegocephalus resembles Pleustes in its charac-
teristics, but it has a rudimentary appendage on the
superior antennae. We have little doubt but that the
others have also such an appendage in the larval con-
dition, since it is a common feature in young Amp/ii-
pocla. Stenothoe,m the Southern Hemisphere, represents
the Stegocephalida in the Northern, and agrees with
Montagua in all important characters; it differs in having
a very large hand to the second pair of gnathopoda, — a
doubtful generic character, in our estimation.

d

1 INTRODUCTION.

The genera of the sub-family LYSIANASSINA appear to
be very generally diffused over the entire globe, increasing
in dimensions in those species that approach nearer to the
Arctic and Antarctic latitudes, in some instances reaching
to the largest known of the order, equalling three inches
in length, as may be seen in Lysianassa Magellanica, from
the Straits of Magellan, and L. gryllus, from Spitzbergeu.
These two so closely resemble one another, that they can-
not be characteristically distinguished.

The genus Ampelisca, and its near ally Haploops, we
only know as belonging- to the Northern Hemisphere, but
in that region extending from Japan to Europe, from
Greenland to North Carolina on the coast of America,
and in Europe to the Mediterranean Sea.

In the sub-family PnoxiNAall the genera but one are
only known in the north temperate region, but with a
widely diifused area, extending from Japan to Europe.
One species of the genus (Ediceros has been taken in New
Zealand, and one of Iphimedia in Terra del Fuego. Of
the former we have our doubts in its relation to the
genus ; the latter has a very near rese?nblance to /. Eblancs
of Europe. Most of the genera of this sub-family are
burrowers in mud or sand. Iscea dwells, without being
parasitic, on the back of hairy crabs, and the only
specimens of Darwinia, that have been taken alive, were
found adhering to the throat of a cod-fish. Tiie genus
Sulcalor lives on sandy shores, making tracts along the
margin of the sea, somewhat similar to those found in
older slate and sandy rocks; and it may be interesting
to remember that we have attributed to this sub-family
the only Amphipod that has been hitherto discovered as
fossil, the Prosoponiscus problcmaticus of the magnesiaii
limestone of Durham, and Zechstein-dolomite of Gliicks-
brun.

INTRODUCTION. li

The family of GAMMARID^E belongs to the Arctic and
north temperate zones. With but few exceptions of the
closely allied congeners Dexamine and Atylus, which
consist together of twenty-one species, we know of only
one taken, near Valparaiso : all the rest are northern
species. Of the genus Aora but two species are known;
one from the British seas, the other from the western
coast of South America (Valparaiso). Judging from the
figures in Gay's " Hist, de Chile/' the resemblance of the
two species is remarkably close, an apparently useless
tooth on the anterior margin of the first pair of legs
of the southern form alone distinguishing it from the
northern.

The subterranean fresh-water genus Niphargus, which
lives generally in closed pump-wells in England and
many parts of Europe, has its nearest congener in
Eriopus, from the deep sea off Bohusia. Judging by the
figure given by Bruzelius, there is little that distinguishes
one genus from the other; and it is highly probable that
Gammarus pungens, from the warm springs of Italy, is
also a species of Niphargus. Of the two species of Cran-
gonyx, another fresh-water subterranean genus, one is
found in England, the other in Kamschatka, and these
bear a very close resemblance to the female form of the
marine Gammarella, a genus, though only having three
species, found in the European seas, as well as on the
South American coast and at Pitt's Island. Species of the
genus Melita have been taken in European, Brazilian, and
Indian seas^ and Mcera extends all over the temperate zones
of both Northern and Southern Hemispheres. The genus
Amathia is essentially an Arctic form, the species losing
their size and spinose character as they approach the
temperate seas. No species has been recorded south of
the English Channel, while a species found on the Crimean

Hi INTRODUCTION.

shores of the Black Sea is as large and well developed
as the Arctic specimens. From Pondicherry, also, a
specimen is recorded that closely resembles the large
specimens of the northern type.

The genus Gammarus, even as we have restricted it,
contains between forty and fifty species, all of which are
Arctic and north temperate, and extends round the globe,
except one taken at Jamaica, another at New Holland.
Fresh-water species of the genus inhabit the rivers and
streams of Europe and North America. MegamcRra, a
near congener of Gammarus, has the largest and most
spinose species in the northern regions, while others are
found at Peru, Borneo, and the Zooloo seas.

The genus Amphitoe contains between thirty and forty
species, and is very universally spread over the globe,
species having been taken in the Arctic seas and all round
the coast of Europe, in the Black Sea, and the Medi-
terranean ; they have been found at the Cape of Good
Hope, and on the eastern and western coasts of South
America, on the Australian shores, as well as in Zooloo
and Japanese seas, in the islands of the Pacific and
Atlantic Oceans, also on the weed in the Saragossa Sea,
of the Atlantic, and on floating plants in the Pacific ; and
one species is recorded from the fresh-water marshes of
South Carolina.

Podocerus is mostly northern, extending, however,
down the coasts of Europe and America. One species is
recorded by Dana from the Bay of Sunda, and another
from the shores of Brazil.

Cerapus, including its female, Leucothoe, has a wide
range, species having been taken on the European and
North American shores, on the eastern coast of South
America, and in the Indian and Zooloo seas, while its
near ally, Siphon&cetus, has only been found on the north-

INTRODUCTION. liii

western shores of Europe. The genus Ncenia, all the
species of which arc closely allied in form, has only been
recorded from the British shores. Four species of Cyr-
tophium have been discovered, one of which is from the
East Indies, one from Bio Janeiro, and two from the north-
west of Europe. Corophium, so abundant when found,
has been taken on the western shores of Europe, the
Mediterranean, on the coasts of Japan and Brazil. It
burrows in mud; but there is reason to doubt either that
it preys on the Annelids or migrates at particular seasons.

That terrible wood-destroyer, Chelura, so devastating to
the piles and submarine timber all round the shores of
Europe, has not been recorded from other lands.

We have generally looked upon the Hyperina as pelagic
species ; but recently it has been pointed out by Mr.
Edward, that some of our British genera burrow into and
hide themselves in sand on the shores of the Moray Firth.
The two British species of Hyperia (which we have great
reason to believe to be but one, being male and female),
have an extensive geographical range, from Greenland to
Cape Horn, from Hio to the Zooloo seas.

Vibilia has apparently an equally extensive range,
though fewer species have been determined. Tfiemisto,
also, has been recorded from Greenland to sixty-three
degrees south latitude in the Atlantic Ocean, while species
of Phronima have been taken as far north as the Shet-
lands, as well as in the Atlantic, at Naples, and at
Borneo. The Caprellidce appear to be very universally
and abundantly diffused. The very close resemblance

f V

of the species from very distant and opposite localities
is suggestive of a close affinity in the respective forms.
Specimens from Japan, and the eastern coast of North
America, are not appreciably distinct from others found
on the eastern coast of South America, as well as on our
English coast ; and when we take into consideration the

liv INTRODUCTION.

changes in the forms that the animals of this genus
undergo in their growth to an adult state, it is not im-
probable that immature specimens may be misinterpreted
for adult varieties. Cyamus lives parasitically on tlie
whale, and probably thrives on no other animal. The
one or two solitary specimens that have been found
attached to the dolphin are probably young creatures that
have strayed from their natural habitat.

The genera of Isopoda appear to be more generally
diffused throughout the various regions of the sea ; and
from the various distant localities in which that species
have been found, some may be inclined to think that
they are universally distributed.

The genus Tanais has been found on the coasts of
North-Western Europe, Brazil, in the Zooloo and Feejee
seas, as well as on the western coast of North America ;
and equally varied have been the recorded habitats of the
nearly allied genera, Paratanais and Leptochelia, which
latter Fritz Miiller believes to be the male of Tanais.
The near ally, Apseudes, is only known in Europe and
Egypt, where but few specimens of two closely resem-
bling species have been found. The genera Anthura and
Paranthnra are also sparsely represented, both in the
species and specimens. They have been taken on the
southern and western coasts of Europe, at New Zealand,
the Mauritius, and the Cape of Good Hope, as well as on
the eastern coast of North America. Of the genus Anceus,
of which eleven species have been determined on the
north-west coast of France, by M. Hesse, three at most
are known to the rest of Europe, and but a single species
to the eastern coast of North America.

The Bopyridce are tolerably abundant in the temperate
regions, but few in the more tropical or Arctic latitudes,
the genera confining themselves with considerable exacti-
tude to peculiar species of Crustacea. -Thus we have failed

INTRODUCTION. lv

to detect Cryptothiria, which we have found to be tolerably
abundant in the genus Balanus, in Cthamahis, whose
habits and general appearance are so closely allied to it.

The several genera of the family ^Eyida are animals
peculiarly belonging to the temperate seas, and adequately
represent the Cymothoida of the torrid zone. It is
remarkable that, being parasitic upon fishes, no species of
the latter family has been hitherto detected on our own
coasts.

The Asellida flourish chiefly in the temperate regions
of the seas, being scarcely represented in the frigid zones,
and not at all in the torrid.

Arcturus is peculiarly an Isopod of the colder zones,
where its species grow to the greatest dimensions in both
the northern and southern seas ; but a single specimen
has been taken in the torrid zone, in thirty-one fathoms
of water, north of Borneo. The Idoteidte flourish every-
where, the largest specimens being in the Baltic Sea and
near Cape Horn. They live amongst the weed, either
fixed or floating, and species have been often taken
swimming free in mid-ocean, where they assume, as
Crustacea tinder the same condition frequently do, a deep
indigo-blue colour. The Sphceromidce are a family that
are very littoral in their habits : they range from the

*, / y cr*

equatorial latitudes to the colder regions of the temperate
zones, but die out before reaching the Arctic and Antarctic
isothermal lines. In hotter latitudes, some species, in
their depredations on submarine timber, take the place of
Limnoria, a genus of the AseHidce, and surpass it in the
extent of their capability of injuring submerged wood.

Ligia, and the other terrestrial genera, appear to find
their home best in the temperate latitudes, but live from
the equator to within a short distance of the frigid
climate.

These few observations, imperfect as they naturally

INTRODUCTION.

must be, demonstrate, we think, the great amount of
interesting information that a more complete study of the
subject must elucidate. (C. S. B.)

As the information conveyed in the following letter reached us too late to appear
in the Appendix, we think it but just to the author to publish it entire ; the
more so since, during the progress of his researches, we repeated them and know
their accuracy.

MY DEAR SPENCE BATE,

You are kind enough to ask me for a short abstract of my investiga-
tions in the anatomy of Anceidas which I tried to make when staying with _you
in Plymouth. I am the more glad to follow your request, since it is especially
your Memoir upon these animals that made me desirous to work on them. You
were quite right in directing the attention of observers to the internal structure
of these little Crustacea, for there are some points in their organization which were
not followed up by Mr. Hesse in his elaborate Memoir, and some points in which,
your opinion differing from that of the French naturalist, we had no certainty
about their real nature.

I do not think that you are right in speaking of an early distinction bet ween the
male and female Anceus. There is no doubt that the outward aspect of some of
the little Praniza?, just having left the parent, makes more the impression that they
are to become Anceus, whilst others resemble more the female, or Praniza form.
But in giving special attention to that point, I found that this impression was
only due to the expansion of the segments of the pereion being greater or smaller
than to any real difference. Besides that, I kept some animals, which had rather the
aspect of females than males, during some time in a glass, and had the opportunity
of watching their moult. Two of them enabled me to see the large projecting
mandibles of the males within the head of what I thought was a female. I examined
immediately the sexual parts of ihe specimen, and found a well-developed penis on
the last exceedingly small segment of the pereion. There cj,n be no doubt, therefore,
that Praniza changes into Aiiceus.*

This is what Mr. Hesse contended. But though I must agree with him in this, I
cannot but have another interpretation regarding the so-called larval or Praniza state.
Mr. Hesse fays, that only the Anceus state is the adult state, and that, "quelques
jours avant la transformation des Pranizes femelles en Ancees les ceufs qui prtiexistent
s'apercoivent a travers la peau." &c. In calling the eggs pre-existent, he is not, it
appears to me, justified, for they make their appearance very soon, and begin their
development in animals which are far from the Anceus period, which Mr. Hesse c~alls
their Anceus state. I agree, on the contrary, fully with you in calling the adult or
Anceus state one of a retrograde character, for every organ begins then to degene-
rate.

Regarding the digestive apparatus, my investigations have led me to other results
than your remarks seem to show. I could observe the mouth and the whole intes-
tine in the old males as well as females. Those sacs, filled with green mass, are the
liver sacs, as the study of their embryolugy clearly states. The embryology clearly
indicates the Isopodous nature of the family ; but I must say that I never found, nor
expected to find, such forms as Mr. Hesse figures with a central red eye. There
certainly must be an error in his drawings.

There is another puzzling circumstance regarding the conformation of the seg-
ments. In the adult there seems to be the want of one of the typical segments, and
you consider it to be either the first or second segment of the pereion. But my
embryological investigations show that all the typical segments are present, as in
other Isopoda. In the very early state of the embryo you will find two pairs of
antennae, one pair of mandibles, two pairs of maxillse, and seven pairs of feet. Every
one of these extremities corresponds with a segmental division of the body. But
there is between the last pair of the pereiopoda and the first pair of pleopoda a
segment whose extremities are wanting. This segment afterwards constitutes a
very small portion of the pereion, and is rather easy to be overlooked ; in the male
the penis is fastened to it. Counting that segment, you will find there is none
wanting in the composition of the body ; and you can be quite sure in calling the
first pair of the legs of the embryo the maxilliped, and the second the gnathopod,
for both are connected with the mouth in a very early state already.

I could add some more particulars about the internal structure of the animal, but
it would hardly be of much use without adding plates to what I have to say.
What I have already stated will, however, show, that though there are some
anomalies about the Anceid;e, they are not of such extent as formerly was believed.
I hope, besides, to give a complete account of niy investigations in a short time in
one of our German periodicals. Yours &c.,

Messina, October, 1868. ANTON DOHRN.

* It must not be forgotten, with reference to this too general expression, that it is 'only the male
individuals (having in the young state the form of Franizal which are transformed into the Anceus
state ; the females retaining their preceding f"vm of Praniza. I. O. W.

BRITISH
SESSILE-EYED CRUSTACEA.

Order AMPHIPODA *

THIS name was given by Latreille to the present
order f of Crustacea on account of the animals contained
in it having both swimming and walking legs, and to
distinguish it from the order Isopoda, in which the legs
are adapted for walking only.

The Amphipods exhibit the characters of the great
class of which they are a part, more typically perhaps
than any other Crustacea. In the higher orders, the
head, from its great development, encroaches upon the
body, and in the lower orders, the body encroaches upon
the head. The type J of a class, order, or indeed any
other group, is to be found in its centre, and not at
either extremity of the series.

The Amphipoda are formed upon the Macroural type,
from the normal condition of which they differ in the
three following important particulars : first, there is no

* Derived from the Greek u.p.<$ta, both ; <ra$<s, feet.

•Y It must be borne in mind that, for the considerations set forth in the
Introduction, the order Lsemodipoda, proposed by Latreille for Caprella and
its allies, has been rejected — that group being regarded as an aberrant
division of the Amphipoda.

J The following definition of a type is given by Professor Whewell, as the
92nd aphorism concerning ideas, in his " Philosophy of the Inductive
Sciences:" — "Natural groups are best described, not by any definition
which marks their boundaries, but by a type which marks their centre. The
type of any natural group is an example which possesses, in a marked degree,
all the leading characters of the class."

B

2 AMPHIPODA.

carapace covering the upper portion of the segments of
the body, consequently these segments are themselves
made dorsally perfect ; second, the gnathopoda, which,
in the Macroura, constitute the two outer pairs of mouth-
organs, become prehensile instruments, increasing the
number of legs to seven pairs ; and, third, the tail, or
caudal apparatus, consists of four segments instead of
two.

In the Amphipoda, on the other hand, the various seg-
ments are nearly equally developed throughout, whilst,
from being generally compressed at the sides, or cylin-
drical in form, the animals of this order are easily dis-
tinguished from the Isopods, which are, for the most
part, broad and flattened in shape.*

7

* Hence, to a certain degree, the Amphipoda constitute a group parallel
in their own division with the Macroura amongst the Decapoda, whilst the
Isopoda form an analogous group to the broad and flattened Brackywra,
the Caprellce offering a kind of parallelism with Squilla and its allies.

GENERAL CHARACTERS.

TABLE of the External Organs of the Amphipoda, with the Letters respec-
tively attached to each, as employed throughout the engravings in this work.

C Cephalon ....

H to 0 Pereion

P to Z Pleon

(C) a Eyes

b Superior antenna : 1, first; 2,
second; 3, third joint of pe-
duncle; 3", secondary ap-
pendage; 4, flagellum.
c Inferior antennae : 1, first; 2,
second ; 3, third ; 4, fourth ;

5, fifth joint of peduncle ;

6, flagellum.

d Mandible; d" mandibular ap-
pendage.

e First maxilla, or first siago- 1
nopodos* j

/ Second maxilla, or second \
siagonopodos . . J
g Maxillipede, or third siago- >
nopodos f

(H to 0) h 1st Gnathopodos, represent- "i
ing the 2nd maxillipede, >
or fourth siagonopodos. J
i 2nd Gnathopodos, represent- ~)
ing the 3rd maxillipede, >
or fifth siagonopodos . J
1st Pereiopodos
2nd do. ...

3rd do. ...

4th do. ...

oth do. ...

1st Pleopodos.
2nd do.

Head.

Body.

Tail.

Eye.

Superior antennas : 1, first; 2,
second; 3, third joint of pe-
duncle ; 3", secondary appen-
dage ; 4, flagellum.

Inferior antennae : 1, first; 2,
second; 3, third; 4, fourth;

5, fifth joint of peduncle;

6, flagellum.

d Mandible or jaw; d" man-
dibular appendage or
palpus.

e First maxilla.

/ Second maxilla.

g Foot-jaw or peclipalp.

h 1st

2nd

k
I

m
n
o
(P to Z) p

tl
r
s
t

V
Z

I- legs.
k 3rd
I 4th
m 5th
n 6th
o 7th
p 1st )

q 2nd [natatory legs.
r 3rd )
* 1st •)

t 2nd [ caudal appendages.
v 3rd J

z Terminal joint or middle
tail-piece.

The corresponding joints of all the limbs are marked with the same number,
and bear the same names throughout. We take one of the Gnathopoda as
the type.

3rd
4th
5th
6th
Telson

do.
do.
do.
do.

or 1st LTOpodos
2nd do.
3rd do.

1 Coxa

1" Branchia

1"' Plate of incubatory pouch

2 Basos

3 Ischium

4 Meros; 4", inferior angle .

5 Carpus; 5", inferior angle . .

6 Propodos ; 6',palma ; 6", inferior angle ;

6'", inferior margin; 6"", superior

Coxa.

Thigh.
Knee.

Metacarpus ; 4", inferior angle.
Wrist ; 5", inferior angle.
Hand; 6', palm ; 6", inferior angle ;
6"', inferior margin ; G"", supe-

margin.

Dactylos;7", Unguis

nor margin.

Finger ;

* This name is here suggested as the Greek equivalent for the Latin name of the five pairs
of appendages succeeding "the mandibles, which were collectively termed pates-mdchoires by
Cuvier, Savigny, &c. The levres superieure and iuferieure of these authors are omitted for
the reasons assigned in the following page. — (T. 0. AY.)

B 2

4 AMPHIPODA.

The animal is naturally divided into three parts : the
head (or cephalon, c), formed of a single segment ; * the
body (or pereion), consisting of seven segments (H to o) ;
and the tail (or pleon), formed of six segments (P to v),
exclusive of the terminal scale (or telson, z). These
divisions are distinctly visible, and never encroach upon
each other ; while the appendages assume characteristic
forms in each division. Those which belong to the head
are more or less connected with the organs of sense.

The eyes (a) are sessile and compound. Their normal
position is between the bases of the superior and inferior
antennae. In the Orchestiidae and near allies they are on
the top of the head, to which position they are thrust by
the great increase of the size of the two basal articula-
tions of the antennae and their absorption into the ante-
rior portion of the head. The outer integument of the
eyes is never divided into facets, except in some genera
of the Hyperina. In many of the Phoxides the eyes
appear to be wanting ; but this is probably caused by the
absence of any colouring pigment, or its dispersion after
death, rather than from the absence of the organ of
vision. In Ampelisca they appear like four simple
organs, resembling the ocelli of true insects.

The anterior or superior pair of antennae (b] are formed

* Adopting the theory of Oken, that each pair of limbs or organs indicates
a separate segment (often, indeed, coalescing with the adjacent one), the head
would consist of nine segments, namely : — 1st, that supporting the eye ; 2nd,
the upper antenna? ; 3rd, the lower antenna ; 4th, the upper lip, formed of
two lateral halves united ; 5th, the mandibles, or jaws ; 6th, the lower
lip, formed like the upper lip ; 7th, the first pair of maxillag ; 8th, the
second pair of maxilla? ; and 9th, the foot- jaws. If to these are added the
seven segments of the body, the six segments of the tail, and the segment
represented by the terminal scale, we have twenty-three segments as the
normal number in the Amphipoda. As, however, Mr. Spence Bate regards
the two lips merely as the calcified extremities of the alimentary canal, the
number of head-segments would be reduced to seven, and the entire number
to twenty-one. — (I. 0. W. )

GENERAL CHARACTERS. 5

of a peduncle consisting of three joints, and a terminal
multiarticulate filament, supplied with auditory cilia. Oc-
casionally there is a second appendage, generally rudimen-
tary, but in some of the Phoxides it is of almost equal
importance to the primary filament ; the secondary ap-
pendage is, however, never furnished with auditory cilia.

The posterior or inferior pair of antennae (c) consists
of a peduncle of five joints and a multiarticulate fila-
ment. The first two joints are closely incorporated, and
bear an olfactory denticle ; but sometimes, as in Talitrus,
the denticle is wanting, probably from the peculiarity of
its condition of existence, as the Talitri do not live in
water. Occasionally the terminal filament has the joints
fused together. This numerical decrease is invariably
attended with an increase of strength.

In some genera of the Hyperina both pairs of antennas
assume a rudimentary condition to such an extent that
their respective parts cannot be readily defined: some-
times even one or both may be absent.

The jaws or mandibles (d) are placed between an
anterior and posterior lip or labium ; they consist of a
pair of curved triangular blades, each furnished with a
cutting edge and a grinding tubercle. Within the inci-
sive margin there is frequently a second movable plate,
formed upon the type of the preceding. Each mandible
has very generally, though not universally, an articulated
palpus or appendage. The anterior pair of maxillae (e)
consist of three or four foliaceous plates, whereas the
second pair (/) have but two ; they are extremely deli-
cate, and furnished, upon their anterior margins, with
plumose hairs, some of which are strengthened into
spines of various shapes. Exceptions to th 3. ..normal
forms exist in the Hyperina.

The foot-jaws, or pedipalps (siagonopoda, I. O. ^

aL*^>*'
maxillipedes) (g\ are the posterior pair of appendages

"

L

6 AMPHIPODA.

attached to the head ; they have some of the joints foli-
aceous. They overlap the preceding appendages of the
mouth, and act as a protecting operculum. In the Hy-
perina they are small, and do not overlap the whole of
the buccal apparatus.

The two anterior pairs of legs (gnathopoda, h and i),
which in the Podophthalmata are reduced in size, and
employed as two additional pairs of foot-jaws or pedi-
palps, are here developed into arm-like legs, and are
attached to the two anterior segments of the body.
They are directed forwards, and generally formed upon
the same type, the posterior being the larger ; but to
this general rule there are several exceptions. The sixth
joint (or propodos, e) is generally enlarged into a hand
in both pairs, against the inferior margin of which the
seventh joint (or dactylos, 7) doubles back, as a finger
against the palm, and impinging against it, gives to the
organ a prehensile capability. Sometimes the fifth joint
(or carpus, 5), and also the fourth (or meros, 4), are infe-
riorly produced, so as to assist in prehension. These ap-
pendages seldom attain the form of the analogous chelae
in the higher orders ; Callisoma, Chelura, and one or two
others, being the few exceptions to this very general law.
All the legs have the first joint* (or coxa, i) developed
into a large and squamiform plate, which covers a con-
siderable portion of the second joint, and protects the
branchial organs (figure *, i" and i'" in p. 2,), as well as
the ova and embryos while confined within the incuba-
tory pouch during the period of gestation, In the four

* By preceding writers, the series of scale-lite plates at the sides of the
body have been regarded as the homologues of the epimera of the thoracic
segments of the Insecta. Mr. Spence Bate, however, considers them as the
first joints of the legs, thus dilated for special purposes in the economy of the
animals, an opinion which has been accepted by Professors Huxley, Kinahan,
and others. — (I. 0. W.) The reader will observe that we employ the term

•

joint for a portion of a limb, and articulation for the connecting hinge.

GENERAL CHARACTERS. 7

anterior (h, i, k, /), and in some genera the fifth (m,) pairs
of limbs, these plates are much larger than in the three
or two posterior pairs ; but to compensate for this diminu-
tion of size, the three posterior (m, n, o), with few generic
exceptions, have the second joint produced posteriorly
into a large and squamiform plate. In Caprella and the
allied genera, the first joint of each leg is fused with the
body of the animal, and is never shaped like scales.

The. five posterior pairs of legs (pereiopoda, k-o) are
the walking appendages ; they homologize with the ten
legs in the Decapoda, and as efficiently fulfil their design.
Like them, they consist of seven joints ; but, unlike
them, all articulate in planes vertical to the body of
the animal, having no lateral movements. The two ante-
rior pairs of walking legs are directed forwards, and the
three posterior are directed backwards. Thus the seven
pairs of legs constitute three distinct series, generally
differing from each other in their proportions, size, and
direction, the first and second pairs being subcheliferous,
the third and fourth porrected, and the fifth, sixth, and
seventh pairs directed backwards.

The branchiae (i") consist of a series of vesicles ; a
single sac being attached to, and pendent from, the first
joint of all the legs except the first, and in the males of
some genera also the last.

The ova are nurtured within a pouch formed by a
series of foliaceous plates (i'"), one of which is attached
to the first joint of the four anterior pairs of legs in
females. In this pouch the embryo continues until it
has arrived at a period when there is but a slight dis-
tinction in form between it and the parent, except in
the Hyperina, as has been shown by Milne-Edwards
and Gosse, where the form of the young animal differs
considerably from that of the parent.

Posterior to the legs used for walking, are three pairs

8 AMPHIPODA.

of flexible appendages (1st, 2nd, and 3rd pleopoda, p,
q, r), consisting of a base and two multiarticulate fila-
ments or rami fringed with plumose cilia. These are used
in swimming, and, powerful for such a purpose, they
propel the animal rapidly through the water. Succeed-
ing to these are three pairs of appendages (4th, 5th, and
6th pleopoda, s, t, v, uropoda, I. O. W.), situated upon
the inferior lateral margins of their respective segments.
They consist of a single-jointed base, supporting two
uniarticulate branches, inflexible and styliform, fringed
with spines or hairs. The posterior pair vary consider-
ably in form ; in some genera they are furnished with
hooks, whilst in others they assume a foliaceous character,
circumstances which render them valuable in the recog-
nition of species. These appendages are also powerful
organs of propulsion. By folding the tail beneath the
body, and suddenly striking it out again, those animals
which exist in the water, as well as those which live on
the shore, are enabled to dart or leap to a considerable
distance. In Caprella and its near allies, the whole of
the appendages of the tail are absent, or present only
in a rudimentary and altered condition.

The terminal segment of the animal (telson, z] is
represented by an imperfect or rudimentary appendage
or scale. From the great variety of shapes which this
appendage assumes, it becomes a valuable aid in the
determination of genera. The typical form may be con-
sidered to be that of an acute-angled triangular scale,
the apex being rounded off. Sometimes it is divided
into two, as in Gammarus ; again, it is deeply cleft ; in
one genus it is represented by a hook only ; in some, it
is broad, flat, and foliaceous, in others it is cylindrical,
the intestinal canal terminating at its extremity.

Compared with the podophthalmatous Crustaceans, the
animals forming the present order are of small size, the

GENERAL CHARACTERS. 9

great majority being less than an inch long, and none
exceeding thrice that length. Like all the productions
of nature of diminished size, the number of indivi-
duals of different species far exceeds that of the larger-
sized Crustacea. With few exceptions, there is but little
external difference of form between the opposite sexes ;
the males, however, contrary to the ordinary rule in the
Annulosa, being often larger than the females. There is
also but little difference in form between the young and
adult individuals of the several species, except where
marked characters exist, such as the enlarged form of the
hands, or spines on the different segments of the body,
which increase in size as the animals become older. The
species occur in temperate or high latitudes in greater
proportion than in tropical climates.

Thus it will be perceived that among the Amphipoda
there is a considerable variety of form, some keeping
closer to the typical idea of the Order, while others vary
more or less considerably. It is therefore desirable, both
for clearness of expression and in order to obtain a
better knowledge of the whole, that we should arrange
together those which more nearly assimilate to each other ;
whereas others, which vary in a greater or less degree,
should be grouped according to their respective details.

In the works of Leach, Latreille, Milne-Edwards,
Kroyer, Dana, Zaddach, Liljeborg, and Bruzelius, various
modes of classification of these animals have been pro-
posed. Based upon a consideration of these various ar-
rangements, as well as upon the structure and respective
habits of the different animals (resulting from a consider-
able observation of their economy and modes of life),
and having had the advantage of studying the types of
Montagu, Leach, Phipps, M. -Edwards, and others, we
have drawn up the following tabular distribution of the
Order : —

10

GENERAL CLASSIFICATION.

O

02
O>
-^3
CO
<U

r^5

O

•s

CD
O

rH

O

CO

X

t>>

a

o

a

S3

a

-i O

IrS

13

^r ss"
s 1

cf P

•+3 cS

g'35

t2 r*5

0

o

-

f3
-i-i

O

W

^ ^

w r/j
o L"

=0 ^

"-! a)

2
P

cf

d> :cu B

cop:

^ "5 o *

S cS fcfi'

»" 2 a fl

P rC er*

« 03 S

a^

r. ° k

oT-S f

r3 g aT

•££ 5

•T! . rH ;

bfl

•V I

:<a O>
o X

_ a

A 0)

Cratippus.

eg „
X CD

CD

&H

a

r^H

PH

+3 S-H

— c3

g g

a

j

Ca

.§

OQ

eg g

CD c3

s a

CM fl

^^ ,-*

j— t ""

^O

S

w

rH
«

0)

a ^

^ ^*

S -f ^1-3 rH

g 2 2 ^^

•sf 1

g a

&

P-l

o o

o
PH

^rt ^.
MH P-l

co

13

a
p ~ ^

fifio

P
O
cu

HH
HH

'a

CS

s

CO

CO

ll

H" <l PH

cc

O)

o
o

'Pn
O

?H

o
O

PH
O

§ t

PH

SB

H-a

a:

CD

r^
O
rH

•r1 :3 a

rH E '"S

2
O

rz A ci

S C3 r*l

Poo

eg
• Hi

!

H ^

cS
OQ

I

P

(5

rH

cu

AMPHIPODA. 1 1

Group— NOBMALIA.

This group comprises the typical Amphipoda, and in-
cludes the whole of the order except those forms which
have some of the appendages absent, or have the first
joint of the legs absorbed into the body of the animal.
It is synonymous writh the order of Amphipoda of
Latreille, Milne-Edwards, &c., and is separated into two
divisions — namely, GAMMARINA and HYPERINA.

Division— GAMMARINA.

Distinguished from the other division of the group by
the smallness of the eyes, the normal form of the antennae,
the size of the foot-jaws, and the largeness of the squa-
miform plates of the legs. This division corresponds
with Milne-Edwards's family of Crevettines, and also
with that of Gammaridea of Dana. It is subdivided
into VAGANTIA and DOMICOLA.

Subdivision — VAGANTIA.

The VAGANTIA have always the inferior antennae ter-
minating in a flexible multiarticulate flagellum, and the
posterior pair of caudal appendages are fringed with fine
hairs or short spines, and are never furnished with hooks.
They construct no abodes to dwell in, but wander from
place to place, swimming or walking in the sea, and
hopping or wriggling along upon their sides on land.

This subdivision represents Milne-Edwards's tribe of
Sauteurs. It consists of the two tribes SALTATORIA
and NATATORIA, each consisting of a single family.

Tribe — SALTATORIA.

In this tribe the posterior caudal appendages are never
longer than the two preceding pairs. The hairs upon the

12 ORCHESTIIDJ1.

animal are short and stiff. The mode of progression,
when out of the water, is by leaps. The animals are
generally terrestrial or subaquatic. This tribe contains
but a single family.

Fam.— ORCHESTIID^:.

The superior antennae are never longer than the inferior,
and never furnished with a secondary appendage. The
mandibles are without a palpiform appendage. The
squamiform joints of the legs are largely developed. The
caudal appendages are very short and stout, and the pos-
terior pair only possess a single branch.

The following vignette represents the Hoe Gate, Ply-
mouth, the house in which Dr. Leach was born.

r '

, ;./-,

; li

'>*;,•' 'y^/ft&'l

>m

MS
<Hl

TALITRUS. 13

A MPHIP 0 DA . ORCHESTIID.E.

> ILTATOEIA.

Genus— TALITRUS, LATREILLE.

Generic character. Superior antennae short and rudimentary.
Inferior antennae with the basal joints fused into the facial
\vall of the cephalon. Mandibular palpi obsolete. Maxillipedes
not unguiculate, First pair of gnathopoda simple ; second pair
small and feeble. Coxae of third pair of pereiopoda as deep as
the coxae of the second, and divided into two equal lobes. Telson
rudimentary.*

THE eyes are near the top of the head. The superior
antennae are very short, not reaching to the extremity of
the second free joint of the inferior. Inferior antennae
with the two basal joints absorbed into the frontal wall
of the head. Fingers of the foot-jaws not unguiculate.
First pair of legs not having a subchelate hand in either
sex : second pair of legs smaller than the first pair, and
imperfectly subchelate in both sexes. Coxae of the fifth
pair of legs subequally bilobed, and nearly as deep as the
coxae of the preceding pair. Middle scale of the tail
rudimentary or single.

The genus Talitrus was first proposed by Latreille in
his "Precis" (1796), under the name of Gammarus, for
the reception of the Amphipoda with short upper an-
tennae ; the remainder, with longer upper antennae, being
arranged in his genus Carcinus. The name Talitrus itself

* The structural terms employed in the short generic and specific characters
of the Amphipoda are those proposed by Mr. Spence Bate in his " Report on
the British Edriophthalma," published in the Reports of the British Asso-
ciation for 1855. In the text the ordinary English names of the various
parts are adopted, as given in the Table of External Organs in page 3.

14 ORCHESTI1D.E.

first appears in the year 1802, both in the third volume of
Latreille's " Histoire generale des Crustaces et Insectes,"
and in the second volume of Bosc's " Hist. nat. des
Crustaces," the latter writer giving Latreille the credit
of the invention. This must be borne in mind, because
Latreille, in his "Genera Crust, et Ins.," vol. i., 1806,
refers the genus Talitrus to Bosc as its author. In the
last-mentioned work we find the genus, according to the
views of its founder, to be as extensive as our family Or-
chestiidae (which it would consequently have been more
correct to have named, after the present genus, Talitridae),
embracing the whole of the saltatorial species. Subse-
quently Leach separated the species with the first pair of
legs cheliferous under the name of Orchestia. In this
he has been followed by all subsequent writers. Milne-
Edwards, Dana, Desmarest, and others, however, intro-
duced into this genus those species which have the second
pair of hands as large as in the males of Orchestia ; but
Nicolet* has very justly separated them from Talitrus,
under the generic name of Orchestoidea. Brandt f has
likewise done the same, but, without being aware of
what Nicolet had proposed, has given to the same
genus the name of Megalorchestia, which Stimpson
has followed. Accepting this latter separation of the
species into two genera, Talitrus appears to be peculiar
to the European coasts and the southern shores of the
Mediterranean. The species T. brevicornis of Edwards
and T. Nom-Zealandice of Dana, both from New Zealand,
have only been described from females, and since the
female specimens belonging to the genus Orchestoidea
resemble Talitri, it is not improbable that these may
likewise be the females of Orchestoidea.

* In Gay's "Hist. pliys. de Chile," iii. p. 229. Crust, pi. 2. fig. 4.
f Bull. Acad. St. Petersbourg, 1851, ix., pp. 133. 310.

TALITRUS. 15

There can be little doubt that, under the name
Cancer locusta, the great Swede grouped more than
one species. Hence the difficulty of determining the
specific name entitled to priority of publication — (if
this difficulty exists with Linnaeus, how much greater it
must be with earlier writers !) — a circumstance which
accounts "for the discrepancies of opinion among later
authors, some attributing the name to a species of Gam-
marus, and others to one of Talitrus. For our part we
think that Linnaeus included species of both genera, but
certainly Talitrus was one ; he says that it is entirely
of a blue colour, that the hands of the two fore pairs of
legs are adactyle, and hence that there are seven pairs of
slender feet, and that he had seen it " ad montem Thors-
burg, in mari juxta Gotlandiam." On the other hand,
he refers to Roesel's figure of the fresh-water Gammarus,
and adds that the tail is trifoliated, "intermedio subulato."
His disciple Fabricius has added to the confusion by
giving the Linnaean character of the legs, but adding that
the tail was furnished with bifid spines, with the locality
"in Europae maritimis frequentissimus dorso innatans,
etiam saepe in fontibus et fossis stagnantibus :" thus
comprising at least three species with different habits.
Under these circumstances, and in order to avoid the
confusion arising from the same specific name having
been also applied to the common shore species of Gam-
marus, it might have been correct to have retained for
the species of Talitrus the name of Saltatrix, given to it
by Klein, and adopted by Montagu and Milne-Edwards ;
but since Turton, in his translation of the " Systema
Naturae," as early as 1806, used the specific name which
most English authors have employed, we consider that
we are justified in continuing it.

16

ORCHESTIID.E.

AMPH1PODA.

SALTATORIA.

ORCHESTIID^E.

TALITRUS LOCUSTA, Linnaeus?
(The Sand-Hopper.)

Specific character. Superior antennae only reaching to half the length of
the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the lower. Last joint of the
peduncle of the inferior antennae nearly twice as long as the penultimate.
First pair of gnathopoda robust and powerful. Second pair of gnathopoda
feeble, membranaceous, terminating in an imperfectly-formed sub-chelate
hand ; dactylos small and remote from the extremity of the propodos. Pos-
terior pair of pleopoda very short. Telson rudimentary.

Length, half to three quarters of an inch.

Cancer Locusta,

LINN^US, Fauna Suec. No. 2042?* Syst. Nat.
ii. 1055, and Edit. TURTON, vol. iii. p. 760
(1806).

The descriptions of the species of Amphipoda given by the earlier carci-
nologists are by no means sufficiently precise to allow satisfactory identifica-

TAL1TRUS LOCUSTA.

17

Squilla saltntrir,
Cancer

Talitrus Loft'*/'',

KLEIN, Crust, p. 68, f. D.E.F.

sat tat or, MONTAUU, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 94. t. 4, f. 3
(male).

LATRKILLE, Hist. Nat. Crust, et Ins. vi. 229.
LEACH, Linn. Trans, xi. 356. PENNANT,
l!rit. Zool. iv. p. 21. PALLAS, Spic. Zool.
fasc. 9, t. 4, f. 7. LEACH, Edin. Em-v.-l.
Crustaceology, vol. vii. p. 432. DESMA-
REST, Cons. p. 260, t. 45, f. 2. Risso,
Hist. Nat. de r Europe Meridion. vol. v.
p. 98. GUERIN, Exped. Scien. de Moree, Hi.
p. 5, sect. 2, p. 44. Zool. pi. 27, f. 4, e.
PKKBISSON, Cat. des Crust, du Calvados,
1825, p. 250. BOUCHARD CHANTEREAUX,
Crust. Boulonnais, p. 128. WHITE, Cat.
Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847, Popular Hist. Brit.
Crustacea, p. 160 ; Cat. Brit. Crust. Brit.
Mus. p. 48. GrossE, Mar. Zool. vol. i. p.
142. SPEKCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd
ser. vol. six. p. 135 ; 1857, Cat. Ainph.
Pi it. Mus. p. 5, pi. 1, f. 1.

MILNE-EI>WARDS, Ann. Sc. Nat. xx. 364, Hist,
des Crust, iii. p. 13. CUVIER, Regne An.
(Ed. CROCHARD), t. 59, f. 2. LUCAS,
Exped. dans 1'Algerie. ZADDACH, Syn.
Crust. Pruss. p. 4. TEMPLETUN, Loudmi
Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. ix. p. 12.

(Female) Talitrus littoral is, LEACH, Edin. Encyclop. vol. vii. p. 402, Art.

Crustaceology.

THE general appearance of the animal is strong and
powerful, and but slightly compressed laterally. The tail
is very short, and generally lies folded beneath the body ;
from which position, when forcibly struck out, it enables
the animal to spring to a considerable distance. Plence
it derives its English name of " hopper," and its French
cognomen of " Puce de mer." Its generic name, Talitrus^
signifies a " fillip." The male is larger and more robustly
formed than the female.

tion, and unfortunately, in respect to the Linna-an species, the Liuna^an
cabinet affords us no help, as it does not contain any of his typical spe-
cimens.

C

18 ORCHESTIID^.

The eyes are large, irregularly round, and placed near
the top of the head. The upper antennae are so small
that they seem almost rudimentary. The lower antennae
in the male are long, sometimes two-thirds the length
of the animal ; in the females and young males they
are much shorter. The peduncle is longer than the fla-
gellum, and appears to consist of but three articulations,
the two basal ones being fused into the frontal wall of the
head, a circumstance which forces the superior antennae and
organs of vision nearly to the top of the head, a position
not common in the Amphipoda. The olfactory denticle
is wanting. The organ of smell probably undergoes some
change to meet the altered condition of the existence of
the animal from that of marine Crustacea generally.

The mandibles are powerful organs, armed at the biting
edge with teeth, formed more for tearing than for cutting;
below which a second row of denticles is fixed upon a
plate, which is movable. A few strong hairs or spines,
curved inwardly, are situated between the incisive margin
and the molar or grinding tubercle. This last is a
prominence at the inner base of each mandible, and is
crowned by very minute denticles, and corresponds with
a similar grinder in the opposite jaw. By the joint action
of these two molar tubercles an imperfect mastication is
effected .

The foot-jaws are not unguiculate — that is, the last ar-
ticulation does not terminate in a sharp, nail-like extre-
mity, but ends obtusely, the tip being fringed with short
hairs. A squamiform plate is developed from three of
the articulations, of which the first, the most internal, is
the largest, and is furnished at the extremity with three
small stout spines or teeth. The apparatus which com-
poses the mouth projects anteriorly beyond the head, by
which means the animal can the more easily gather its

TALITRUS LOCUSTA. 19

food from fixed positions — a circumstance, according to
Leach, from which it has earned the specific name of
Locusta.

The first pair of legs are simple, the terminal joint
being slightly curved, but not having the power to
impinge against the preceding. They are strong and
efficient for the purpose of burrowing or hooking to any
substance, but have no prehensile capability.

The second pair of legs are feeble, of a membranous
appearance, and generally lie folded up close beneath the
body. The terminal joint is short, almost obsolete, and
placed at a considerable distance from the extremity of
the preceding, appearing to be an inefficient organ.*

The two next succeeding pairs of legs are strong and
efficient members for perambulation, but they are not so
powerful as the last three pairs.

The first or scale-like joint affixed to the sides of
the body, is largely developed in each leg. That of the
fifth pair of legs is bilobed, and is anteriorly nearly as
deep as the one that precedes it.

The swimming fins are short, being never required,
since the animal never voluntarily seeks the sea. The
lateral appendages of the tail are short and stout. These,
with all the other limbs except the second pair of hands,
are furnished with fasciculi of short, spine-like hairs.
These hairs are generally blunt at the tip, and furnished
laterally with a slight secondary appendage, about one-

* In Milne-Edwards' figure of the male of T. sattator, stated to have been
copied from the living specimen (R. An. Ed. Crochard, Crust., pi. 59, fig. 2a),
the second pair of legs is represented as evidently larger than the first pair,
but destitute of spines. This figure, therefore, appears to us rather to repre-
sent Talitrus Beaucoudraii of M. -Edwards.

It must be borne in mind that, throughout the Amphipodous portion of
this work, the limbs on one side of the body are alone represented, in" order
to prevent confusion ; the opposite limbs being identical in structure.

C

'

20 ORCHESTIIDjE.

third from the apex. The structure of the hair towards

the point is obscurely spiral. Those

upon the tail are often considerably

worn down by the friction induced

by leaping. The central tail-piece is

represented in this species by two

small calcareous nodules. * The

surface of the body is highly polished. An examina-
tion of the structure of the integument by the aid of the
microscope shows traces of the original cell-character of
the tissue and the granular arrangement of the salts within
the cells. There are, moreover, certain larger markings
that assume somewhat the form of the letter T. But we
are not able to recognize them as associated with any
peculiar function.

The female exhibits the character of the species
less strikingly than the male, being considerably smaller,
and having the antennae shorter. So great indeed
is the difference, that Leach, in the " Edinburgh Ency-
clopaedia," inserted it as a distinct species, under the
name of Talitrus littoralis, an opinion which he afterwards
corrected in the " Linn 0e an Transactions," vol. xi.

The Sand-hoppers dwell near the margin of the sea,
where the highest spring-tides rise. They are never
found in the water, but dwell beneath the decaying sea-
weed, or other stray substances which preclude the eva-
poration of moisture from the scorched sandy beach. Mr.
Gosse tells us that he has found them at the depth of
several inches in half-rotten beds of algae, where the fer-

* Our figures in page 16 were taken from very large males, captured at
Weymouth, by Professor Bell. In these individuals the central tail-piece is
heart-shaped and spined (fig. z\ and the upper antennae extend to the tip of
the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the lower, of which latter the rela-
tive proportions of the joints were carefully measured for delineation. — (W.)

TALITRUS LOCUSTA. 21

mentation has induced a heat so great that he could
scarcely bear his hand.

When the summer is hot, and no moisture exists be-
neath the decomposing seaweed, they burrow into the
sand two or three inches deep, until they find moisture
enough to suit their comfort ; whence they come out to
feed upon any carrion left by the retiring tide. Offal,
which would otherwise decompose and infect the air, is
thus by their assistance often rapidly removed. They are
not very dainty feeders. We have seen them enjoying
their repast upon a common earth-worm ; drowned pup-
pies and other mammals, afford a luxury to thousands ;
and, when they can get nothing else, they are content to
feed upon each other,

Mr. Adam White, in his excellent little manual, tells
us that millions of these creatures were seen by Paley
springing in the air so lightly that, at a little distance off,
they marked the circuit of the shore as a line of mist.
The religious mind of the observer saw in this shadowy
wall the action of expressed gratitude for existence.

Upon the sands of Whitsand Bay, our friend Mr. Swain
informs us that one day, at a picnic party, he saw " not
millions, but cartloads," of this species lying piled to-
gether along the margin of the sea. They hopped and
leaped about, devouring each other as if for very wan-
tonness. A handkerchief, which a lady let fall amongst
them, was soon reduced to a piece of open work by the
minute jaws of these small creatures.

The numerical abundance of this species is kept within
bounds by enemies more powerful than they can be to
one another. The ring plover and other shore birds
rapidly pick them up, and little beetles prey upon them,
among which the Cillenum laterale and Broscus cephalotes
have been observed.

22 ORCHEST1ID/E.

It is in the summer months that they occur in such
vast numbers. In the winter there is scarcely one to be
seen ; and when the frost is sharp, and the snow lies upon
the ground, the Sand-hoppers appear to have retired into
winter-quarters. This was first observed by Colonel
Montagu. At this season we have noticed their general
absence at Whitsand Bay, as has also our friend Mr.
Barlee, at Exmouth. But Mr. Gosse informs us that
they have been found at Weymouth, under the " half-
rotten beds of algae (chiefly laminaria) " all the winter.

When captured they feign death, and often keep up
the deception for a considerable time. In this position,
by the close packing of their scaly appendages, they are
more secure from the attacks of beetles and other smaller
enemies. Their colour when alive is a light fawn, marked
down the centre of the back with black.

This species is one of the most perfect dwellers upon
the land that we have among the European Amphipoda.
They die if kept in water for any time, yet a certain
amount of saline moisture appears necessary to lubricate
the branchiae. Though residing on land, they possess a
purely aquatic character. In the southern hemisphere
allied species have been taken many miles inland upon
the stems of succulent plants.

This species is probably to be met with upon all the
sandy shores of the temperate ^one in southern and
western Europe. In this country we have received it
from the Moray Frith, in Scotland, where, the Rev.
George Gordon says, it occurs in great abundance.
Mr. W. Thompson and Professor Kinahan record it as
common in Ireland. Specimens from Cultra, Belfast
Bay, collected in May by Mrs. Patterson, and others
from Newcastle, county Down, collected in the autumn,
are preserved in the late W. Thompson's collection in

TALITRUS LOCUSTA.

23

the Belfast Museum. We have noticed it on the south-
ern shores of England and "Wales. Milne-Edwards states

o

that it is very common upon the north and west coasts
of France. M. Guerin MeneviUe has received it from
the shores of Greece ; Risso took it at Nice, and Lucas
in Algeria. So that it will be important to record upon
what sandy shores it is not to be found. It does not
occur in Greenland, being omitted by Kroyer, nor does
it appear in the work of Bruzelius on the Scandinavian
species published at Lund in 1859.

The accompanying vignette of Whitsand Bay, near
Plymouth, is from the talented pencil of our friend Mr.
Philip Mitchell, of the New Water Colour Society.

.

2 i ORCHESTIlDvF,

A MPIUPODA . ORCHESTIIDJ1.

SALTATORIA.

Genus— ORCHESTIA, LEACH.

TALITRUS (part), LATREILLB.

Generic character. — General appearance of Talitrus, but having
both pairs of gnathopoda subchelate. The second pair in the
male large and powerful ; in the female small and feeble.
Telson single and well developed.

THE superior antennae are as short as in Talitrus, and
are often recurved. The inferior antennae, as in that
genus, have the two basal articulations incorporated into
the anterior or frontal wall of the head, and destitute
of the olfactory denticle. The mandibles are without
an appendage,* and the whole of the organs of the
mouth are largely developed. The two anterior pair of
legs are furnished with prehensile hands, the first pair
small, the second large and powerful in the male, but
small and feeble in the female. The squamiform basal
joint of the fifth pair of legs is subequally bilobed, the
anterior lobe being as deep as the scale of the preceding
legs. The posterior pair of caudal stylets consist only
of a single branch. The tail-piece is single and well
developed, entire, triangular, wTith the margin spinous.

This genus was founded by Leach to receive the Cancer
(Gammarus) littoreus of Montagu. That Dr. Leach was

* A rudimentary palpiform appendage in an Egyptian species of Orchestia
is represented by Savigny near the base of the jaw (copied in our figure,
p. 27, fig. d), but we have never seen it in any species.

ORCHESTIA.

well aware of the variation of the form of the legs in
the opposite sexes of the type of the genus is fully
evidenced by an original drawing now in the Hopeian
collection at Oxford, containing highly-magnified figures
of the fully-developed male, of a variety of the male
with smaller second legs and undilated hind legs, and of
the female with simple legs, the sexes being indicated,
and the species named " Orchestia littorea" in Dr. Leach's
peculiar handwriting. Liljeborg had also, in his account
of the Crustacea collected by Dueben in Norway in 1844,
noticed the sexual distinctions of Orchestia littorea, de-
scribing the female as exhibiting the typical form of
Talitrus, and the male that of Orchestia, the female, in
fact, closely resembling the Talitrus tripudians of Kroyer
except in the length of the fourth and fifth pairs of legs,
as compared with those of the second pair. The genus
was previously confounded with Talitrus, and the female
continued so until Fr. Miiller pointed out the relative
distinction of the second pair of hands, and their near
resemblance to those of Talitrus.* Dana has more
recently divided the genus, distinguishing those in which
the female has the first pair of legs not developed into a
subchelate or prehensile hand (in fact, a true Talitrus] ;
while the male is a true Orchestia ; that is, having the first
pair of legs subchelate. This division, under the name
of Talorchestia, together with those of Talitrus and
Orchestia, he considers to be but subgenera of the genus
Orchestia.

The genus Orchestia is perhaps the most cosmopolitan
amongst the Crustacea, and may likewise be classed
amongst the most terrestrial species of Amphipods. It has
been taken from the north of Europe to Cape Horn, and

;' Archiv. fur Naturgeschichte, 1848, p. 53.

26

ORCHESTIIM.

from New Zealand to the northern coasts of America.
Yet with this vast geographical range we are not aware
that a single species has been recorded within the tropics
or arctic regions : although northern Egypt and the coast
of Algiers are mentioned by Savigny and Lucas. Dana
and Stimpson in America have not taken them in tro-
pical latitudes.

Their common habitat is upon the sea-shore, out of the
reach of the waves, but Dana has found them, and exotic
species exist in the British Museum, which have been
taken in shady woods some miles from the sea-coast, and
Mr. Stimpson, the naturalist of the American Japanese
expedition, informs us that he also has captured them in
inland places.

The Orchestias must be reckoned among our smaller
shore-cleaners, feeding upon the offal left by the receding
tide. Say has noticed of an American species, that when
alarmed, the individuals will seize a portion of their
food, and skip with it towards their holes in the sand,
where they can devour it at leisure.

The accompanying vignette of figures, in the costume
of the South of Wales, is by the promising pencil of our
friend Mr. Sydney Whiteford.

ORCHESTIA LITTOREA.

AMPHIPODA.

S.1LTATOEL1.

ORCHESTIIT)^.

ORCHESTIA LITTOREA.
( S/i o re-Hopp er . )

Specific character. — Propodos of the second pair of gnathopoda Laving
the palm convex, slightly oblique, with a small tooth at the inferior angle.
Posterior pair of pereiopoda, having the carpus and meros in the older
males largely developed. Length }^ of an inch.

Cancer (Gammarus) littoreus, MONTAGU, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 96, t. 4, f. 4.

Orchestia littorea,

LEACH, Edinb. Encycl. vii. p. 402, pi. 21,
f. 6 ; Linn. Trans, xi. p. 356 ; Encycl.
Brit. Suppl. i. 424. DESJIAREST, Cons,
p. 261, t. 45, f. 3. SAMOUELLE, Ent.
Coinp. p. 102. LATREILLE, Encycl. Meth.
pi. 336, f. 1. WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust,
p. 48 ; Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 162,
pi. x. f. 1. SPENCE BATE, in Ann. Nat.
Hist. 2nd ser. vol. xix. p. 136 ; Cat. Brit.
Mas. p. 27. GrossE, Marine Zool. p. 142.

<. k .

28 ORCHESTITD.E.

Pulex marinus, BASTER, Opusc. Subs. t. 3, f. 7, 8.

Cancer gammarellus, HERBST. ii. 129, t. 36, f. 2, 3.

THE eyes are black, irregularly round, moderately

large, and situated near the top of the head. The

superior antennae are as short as in Talitrus locusta,

reaching scarcely to the extremity of the penultimate

articulation of the peduncle of the inferior pair. The

inferior pair of antennae in full-grown males are scarcely

half as long as the animal, they have the first two

joints fused into the frontal wall of the head ; the last

joint of the peduncle is longer than the preceding, and

the articulated extremity is as long as the peduncle. The

first pair of legs are small, with the penultimate joint

shorter than the antepenultimate, and the inferior angle

of each is developed into a scaly protuberance ; the palm

is short, convex, and edged with a row of single hairs :

the terminal joint or finger is sharp, scarcely reaching to

the extremity of the protuberance. The second pair of

legs have the coxae more largely developed, and almost

covering those of the first pair : the penultimate joint is

large and quadrate, being almost as broad as long : the

palm is convex, and not furnished with any important

spines or hairs, and armed at the inferior angle with a

triangular tooth, which corresponds with the extremity

of the finger. The third pair of legs are shorter than the

two succeeding, which are subequal. The fourth and

fifth joints of the last pair are broadly developed in the

mature males, but in the females and young males they

are not different from those of the preceding genus. The

three posterior pairs of appendages are short and spinous,

the posterior being very short. The middle tail-piece is

single and pyriform.

The Shore-hopper is more compressed laterally than the

ORCHESTIA LITTOREA. 29

Sand-hopper. It is of a green colour, and hides beneath
stones and vegetable refuse on the shore. The head is
smaller than in Talitrus, and the inferior antennae have
the flagellum rather longer. The female bears a closer
resemblance to Talitrus than the male. The second pair
of legs are feeble, and very much like that of Talitrus,
from which it can only be distinguished by the form of
the hand of the first pair.

Orchestia littorea has generally been recorded as asso-
ciated with Talitrus locusta, but our experience induces
us to attribute the former to rocky, and the latter to
sandy, shores. Probably, when there is an approxima-
tion in the character of the two kinds of coasts, the
species composing the genera may be found to mingle.
Montagu on the Devonshire coast, the Rev. George
Gordon in the Moray Frith, and Professor Kinahan, at
Kilkenny, report the two genera as being found together.
But in the long sandy beach in Swansea Bay we never
took an Orchestia, though they are to be found round
the Mumble Head. Nor have they been taken in Whit-
sand Bay, near Plymouth, nor along the sandy beach
round Exmouth, in all which places Talitri abound.*
It has also been taken by the late W. Thompson in the

* \Ve are indebted to Professor Bell, President of the Linncean Society,
for the following note on the present species: — "Walking along the shore
at Bognor, on a stormy day and at high tide, I saw them crawling in great
numbers up the sides of the wooden 'groins' (a sort of breakwater so
called) to which situation they appeared to be driven to avoid the violence
of the waves beneath. I found them to consist of what I believe to be the
two sizes of one species, many possessing the strong, prehensile hand on the
second pair of limbs, and the broad, dilated articulations on the seventh pair
belonging to this species, and others without these peculiarities. On the
latter alone, and very commonly on these, I found eggs ; they were, in fact,
all females, and the others, doubtless, all males ; and as they were found
promiscuously together, and none of any other form, I could not but come to
the conclusion above mentioned, especially as they agree in all other cha-
racters."

,,

30 ORCHESTIIDJE.

County of Dublin, and is numerous on the shores of
Plymouth Sound, under Mount Batten, where Talitri
may also be taken ; but the latter appear to occupy a
higher coast-line, where the soil is sandy.

The eggs of this species are of the same colour as
the female, and, after exclusion, the young are carried
about by the mother beneath the body.

Professor Kinahan informs us that Mr. Williams, of
Drogheda, has observed them in Mornington Bay to be
phosphorescent.

Several specimens have been sent to us as Orchestia
Botta, M.-Edw. (a native of the Red Sea), but, taking
into consideration the fact announced by Rathke, that
the dilated and tubercular character of the posterior pair
of legs is only the result of age, we have considered that
O. Bott<%, as a species, is at least doubtful, and, at all
events, the supposed British form is only that of a
youthful Orchestia of the present species.

- _•=&>--$

ORCHESTIA MED1TERRANEA.

31

AMPIIIPODA.

SALTATORIA.

ORCHESTIID^E.

ORCHESTIA MEDITERRANEA.

Specific Character. — Male. — Second pair of gnatliopoda having the pro-
podos broad posteriorly, and gradually tapering to a point anteriorly ; palm
very oblique, smooth, occupying nearly the whole of the inferior margin ; pos-
terior pair of pereiopoda having the meros and carpus broad in mature adults.

Female. — First pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long and cylin-
drical : the palm short ; the inferior angle but slightly tuberculated.

Length of full-grown males about i§ of an inch.

0. mediterranea,

0. littorea,

0. littorea, var.,
0. Ice vis,

COSTA, Rend, dell, Accad. Sci. Napoli, p. 171, 1853.

SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Museum, p. 24, pi.

iv. fig. 5.
MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. Sc. Nat. t. 20, Hist, des Crust.

iii. p. 16, Regne An., Edit. CROCHARD, Crust, pi. 59,

f. 3 (males), fig. 2 b-2 j (details). RATH KB, Fauna

der Krym, t. 5, fig. 1-6. LUCAS, Exped. dans

1'Algerie.

WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 163.
SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. 1857, xix.

p. 136. WHITE, Cat. Brit. Mus. Crust, p. 48.

32 ORCHESTIID/E.

THE eyes in the male are black, irregularly round,
and situated near the top of the head. The superior
antennae reach to the extremity of the penultimate joint
of the peduncle of the inferior. The inferior antennae
are about one- third the length of the entire animal ; the
last joint of the peduncle is not longer than the pre-
ceding ; the terminal articulated portion is about the
same length as the peduncle. The first pair of legs have
the hand not longer than the wrist, and the palm about
half as broad again as the diameter of the hand near
the centre.

The second pair of legs have the hands very large,
long, and tapering anteriorly. The inferior margin is
slightly concave anteriorly, and no spine, tooth, or angle
marks the termination of the palm, which appears to
occupy the whole length of the inferior margin. The
finger, when closed, reaches to the posterior extremity
of the hand, but only impinges against it for about one-
third of its length, the rest standing off so as to leave a
hollow between the hand and compressed finger. The
fifth pair of legs are shorter than the two posterior pairs,
the last being somewhat the longest. They are all stout
and strong limbs fringed with bunches of stout, blunt,
spine-like hairs. The posterior pair have, in mature
males, the wrist and the joint preceding it, developed
very broadly. The appendages of the tail are short,
stout, and spinous.

The female is not quite so large as the male, and
differs from it but slightly. The first pair of legs are
longer, and have the palm shorter, so that the inferior
margin of the hand runs parallel with the superior mar-
gin. The second pair of legs are small, membranous,
and feeble. The finger is reduced to a rudimentary

ORCHESTIA MEDITERRANEA. 33

state, and articulates remotely from the apex ; it is so
short that it cannot reach to the extremity of the hand.
They are useless as organs of prehension, and appear too
feeble to hold, even if they could grasp, any object.
The three posterior pairs of legs are nearly equal in
their length, being strong and efficient organs for peram-
bulation, and fringed with stout hairs. The posterior
pair never have the fourth and fifth joints broader than
those upon the two preceding pairs of legs.

This is a very active and vivacious creature. It hops,
when disturbed, to a considerable distance, taking a
direction always towards the sea. The female, from its
compressed form, and the fact that it can move the legs
only in a vertical plane, falls upon its sides and wriggles
along, until it intends to give a spring, when, having
managed to support itself upon its feet, writh the pos-
terior portion of its body doubled up close beneath, it
boldly strikes out its tail with a force which sends it
several feet. By this means the caudal stylets and spines
are often broken or worn away. The male, by means of
the warty excrescence upon the last pair of legs, is en-
abled to walk without falling upon its side. This en-
largement of the middle joints of the last pair of legs is
not common to all the species of this genus, and in those
to which it belongs, it is developed only in the adult
state, and, according to Rathke, increases with age. It
is not a complete enlargement of the whole limb, but
one of breadth of a part only ; the leg existing in its
normal size as a ridge upon the inner surface.

The female of 0. mediterranea, according to Risso, car-
ries eggs many times during the year. The eggs of this
species are in an early stage of a deep purple coJoiir, but
the young, when they first quit the pouch of the parent,
are of a bright orange. This species, particularly the

D

H I ORCHESTIID^l.

female, bears a close resemblance to that of O. littorea,
agreeing with it both in colour and habits ; but we are not
sure that it is so common, or that they are found associated
together, although frequently confounded with each other.
Edwards, Rathke, and Lucas have so mistaken it, sup-
posing it to be Montagu's species, as we have ascertained
from an examination of the typical specimens in the
British Museum and the Museum of the Jar din des
Plantes.*

We first took the species under a stone far above high-
water mark in Langland Bay, near Swansea. It was
so far from the shore that the grass grew all round the
stone, beneath which it was associated with terrestrial
Isopoda (Oniscidte). We have also taken it on the
shore near the Bailey Lighthouse on the Hill of Howth,
in Dublin Bay, in the month of October sparingly,
but it was found in numbers, and of various sizes, in the
month of January, among gravel on the beach of Rough
Island, Shangford Lough, by Mr. W. Derragh, by whom
it was communicated to the late Mr. W. Thompson,
These specimens are now (together with his whole collec-
tion) in the Museum of Belfast, and we have much
pleasure in returning our thanks to the trustees of that
excellent institution for the use of the whole of the
Edriophthalma collected by that late eminent Irish na-
turalist. Professor Kinahan has taken it seven feet above
tide-mark, mixed with Oniscus murarius, 0. fossor, Arma-
dillo vulgaris, and Porcellio scaber. These are the only
recorded British habitats, a circumstance that arises most
probably from the species being mistaken for O. littorea,

* We take this opportunity of expressing our obligation to the officers of
both these institutions for the courteous reception we have invariably met with
from them, the willingness with which every specimen has been placed at
our disposal, and the forestalmeut of our wants in facilitating their exami-
nation.

ORCHESTIA MEDITER11ANEA.

35

since we are enabled to trace it along the coasts of the
Mediterranean (according to Edwards, Costa, and Lucas)
to the shores of the Crimea (Rathke).

The following vignette of Caswell Bay is from the
pencil of our friend Mr. Lewis Dillwyn, M.P. for Swan-
sea. Caswell Bay is of a similar character to, and only
separated by a ridge of mountain limestone from, Lang-
land Bay, where the species was first taken.

n

if

36 ORCIIESTTTD^E.

A MPHIP ODA . ORCHESTIJDM.

SALTATORU.

ORCHESTIA DESHAYESII.

Specific character. — Second pair of gnathopoda, having the propodos
tapering, the palm occupying nearly the entire length of the inferior margin,
defined by a large tooth at the inferior angle.

Length $ of an inch.

Orchcstia Deshayesii. AUDOUIN, Explic. Savigny, Crust. Egypte, pi. xi.

fig. 8. MILNE -EDWAKDS, Crust, iii. p. 18, Ann.
Sc. Nat. xx. p. 361. WHITE, Catal. Brit. Crust,
p. 48. Popul. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 163. SPENCE
BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. February, 1857.

EYES black, large, irregularly round. Superior an-
tennae reaching to half the length of the penulti-
mate joint of the peduncle of the inferior. Inferior
antennas about half as long as the body of the animal.
The last joint of the peduncle as long again as the
penultimate, and nearly three times as long as the arti-
culated termination. First pair of legs small, the palm
but little broader than the hand, the inferior angle ob-
tusely rounded : the hand not so long as the wrist :
wrist with a small tubercle near the centre of the inferior
margin. Second pair of legs with the hand large and
long, broad near the wrist, and tapering towards the

ORCHESTIA DBSHAYESII.

finger : palm occupying nearly the whole of the inferior
margin, with a large tooth at the inferior angle, against
which the extremity of the curved finger impinges when
closed. The coxa of the fifth pair of legs is bilobed,
but is not quite so deep as the coxa of the preceding pair.
Fifth pair of legs shorter than the sixth and seventh.

This species was first taken by Savigny in Egypt, when
he visited that country with the first Napoleon. A spe-
cimen in the British Museum was taken on the British
coast. One in the Museum at the Athenaeum, Plymouth,
was taken by the late Dr. Edward Moore, under Mount
Batten, in Plymouth Harbour. An English specimen of
an unknown locality has been for many years in Mr. West-
wood's collection, and Professor Kinahan, who states that
it is local and rare, has sent us specimens from Carrick-
fergus. In its general form it is less compressed than
O. littorea. The widely separated recorded habitats in-
duces us to believe that, like 0. mediterranea, it has
hitherto been overlooked, a fact that has been too common
in this order of Crustacea.

The accompanying vignette of Mount Batten is from
the pencil of our friend Mr. Philip Mitchell, of the New
Water Colour Society.

38 ORCHESTIID.E.

AMPHIPODA. ORCHESTIIDsE.

SALTATOBIA.

Genus— ALLORCHESTES, DANA.

DANA, United States' Expl. Exped. p. 883. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts and
Sci. ii. p. 206. Arner. Jl. Sci. 2nd ser. viii. p. 136.

Generic character. — Like Orchestia, but the superior antennae
are longer than the peduncle of the inferior. Maxillipedes un-
guiculate. Carpus of the second, pair of gnathopoda inferiorly
and anteriorly produced. Telson single.

THE superior antennae are at least as long as the
peduncle of the inferior. The inferior antennae have
the two basal articulations not so closely incorporated
with the head as in Orchestia ; they are, moreover, fur-
nished with a small olfactory denticle. The mandibles
are without any palpiform appendage. The foot-jaws
terminate in a sharp point. The two anterior pairs of
legs have subchelate hands. Coxae of the fifth pair of
legs shorter than those of the fourth. Caudal appen-
dages short and robust.

Dana established this genus for the reception of cer-
tain species of Amphipods which had been attributed by
authors to various genera. It more nearly resembles
Orchestia than any other genus, but is very easily dis-
tinguished from it by the length of the superior antennae.

Upon first consideration, it would seem that this slight
difference could scarcely be of sufficient importance to
warrant a generic separation. Closer inspection, how-
ever, shows that it is associated with some important
changes both in the structure and habits of the animals.

ALLORCHESTES.

The inferior antennae have the basal articulation not
so closely fused with the head as in Orchestia, and a
small olfactory denticle is visible. The foot-jaws ter-
minate in a sharp curved nail. The hands of the first
two pairs of legs are subchelate in both sexes. The an-
terior pair are small, the second are generally large and
powerful in the male. In the female, though occasion-
ally smaller than those of the male, they are never rudi-
mentary, and are generally developed upon the type of
the male, except that the wrist is produced along the
inferior margin of the hand. The first joint (or coxa) of
the first four pairs of limbs is large and squamiform, being
nearly as deep as the body of the animal. The first joint
of the fifth pair of legs is much shorter than that of the
preceding pairs. The caudal appendages are short and
stout, the posterior being unibranched.

In habits as well as in organization, Allorchestes occu-
pies a position between Orchestia and Gammarus. It is a
littoral genus, dwelling generally under weed upon the
shore, and in pools left by the sea. One species only,
A. medius, is recorded by Dana as having been taken by
the dredge in two separate localities, in several fathoms
of water.

The geographical range of this genus is very wide.
It is found throughout the temperate and subarctic
zones of both hemispheres.

Under the name of Enone Risso has described (Eu-
rope meridionale, p. 96) a genus which we believe to be
identical with the present; but the description is so des-
titute of distinctive characters, that it is not sufficient
to warrant its acceptance even as a synonym.

A .

40

ORCHESTIID.E.

AMPHIPODA.

SALTATORIA.

ORCHESTIIDsE.

d

ALLORCHESTES NILSSONII, Rathke.

Specific character. — MALE. Superior antenna as long as the peduncle of
the inferior. Inferior antennse one -third the length of the animal. Second
pair of gnathopoda larger than the first. Propodos ovate, large, with convex
palm and an obtuse point at the inferior angle.

Length 545 of an inch.

A mphithoe Nilssonii RATHKE, Beit, zur Faun. Norv. in Nov. act. xx. p.

264 c.
,, Prevostii ,, ,, 1. c. p. 81, pi. 4, fig. 5 (not of

MILNE EDWARDS). LILJEBORG, in Ofvers. af

Kongl. Vetensk. akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 22.
A llorchestes Nilssonii, BRUZELIUS, Bidrag. till Kam. om Skand. Amph.

Gfam. p. 35. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amp. Brit. Mus.

p. 38, pi. vi. fig. 4.
,, Danai, SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 57. Ann.

Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust.

1858, p. 163.

ALLORC1IESTES NILSSON11. 41

THE eyes are not large, but round and black. The
superior antennas reach to the extremity of the peduncle
of the inferior. The inferior antennae are about one-
fourth the length of the whole animal, with the peduncle
about half the length of the antennae. The two basal
joints are closely incorporated, but not fused, with the
head. The mandibles are short, denticulated at the
margin, furnished with a secondary plate, but destitute
of any palpiform appendage. The foot-jaws are fur-
nished at the apex with a sharp nail. The squamiform
plates are three3 two important, the third less so, fringed
with short hairs. The first pair of legs have the hand
oval, or nearly so, when the finger is shut : the palm is
convex, and an obtuse tooth is placed just beyond the
apex of the shut finger : the wrist is moderately pro-
duced inferiorly. The second pair of legs have the hand
much more developed, but formed upon the same type
as the first. All the other pairs of legs terminate in
curved pointed fingers.

The squamiform basal joint of the four anterior pairs
of limbs is as broad as deep, and nearly as deep as
the respective segment of the body to which it is at-
tached. Those belonging to the three posterior pairs
are much shorter. The caudal appendages are short,
stiff, and furnished with short, spine-like hairs. The
middle tail-piece is single and small.

This animal has, no doubt, been mistaken for the
young of Orchestia littorea, to which it bears a general
resemblance ; but it can readily be distinguished by the
length of the superior antennae, which are rather stiff in
their general appearance.

The microscopic structure of the skin shows a distinc-
tion (although not a very great one) from that of Talitrus
and Orchestia. The T-markings are somewhat more nu-

42 OECHESTIID^.

merous, and differ slightly in shape. The
whole structure is dotted with granular
markings, but no trace of the original
cell-formation is apparent.

The hairs, which are scattered over the
legs, though formed upon the same plan as in Talitrus,
terminate in a slight, but sharp point ; and the small
secondary branch has a peculiar bead-like appearance.

The habitat of this animal is along the coast, between
the ordinary high wrater-mark and that of spring-tides.
In places where it is found, it appears to be more abun-
dant than the Orchestics.

It is of a dark green colour, and, when dead, may
easily be distinguished amongst many others by a metallic
lustre.

We have received specimens from Penzance, sent to
us by Mr. George Barlee and Mr. W. Webster; from
Moray Frith, by the Rev. Geo. Gordon ; from Falmouth
and Tenby, by Mr. W. Webster; and have taken them
ourselves on the shores of Plymouth Sound.

As it was from this species that our knowledge of the
genus was first obtained, we named it originally after the
illustrious American carcinologist, by whom the genus
was founded ; but, upon further examination, we believe
it to be identical with Amphithoe Nilssonii, of Rathke,
and which he first regarded as identical with Amphithoe
Prevostii of Edwards.

ALLOKCHESTES IMBKICATUS.

AMPHIPODA.

SALTATOBIA

ORCHESTIIDJi.

\

ALLORCHESTES IMBRICATUS.

Specific character. — Dorsal median line slightly carinated and imbricated.
The inferior antennas more than twice the length of the superior. First pair of
gnathopocla very much smaller than the second pair.

Length ~ of an inch.

-4 llorchestes imbricatus,

SPENCB BATE, Eeport Brit. Assoc. 1856, p. 57.
Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857. Cat. Amph. Brit.
Mus. p. 41, pi. vi. fig. 8. WHITE, Pop. Hist.
Brit. Crust. 1858, p. 164.

THE eyes of this species are small and round. The
peduncle of the superior antennae is quite half the length
of the antennae, and reaches nearly to the extremity of
the peduncle of the inferior. The first pair of legs have
the hand more than as long again as broad ; the wrist is
but slightly produced inferiorly. The second pair of
legs have a very large and powerful hand, with the palm
slightly oblique, and the finger fitting into a groove.
The hand is broader posteriorly than at the palm. The
four anterior pairs of squamiform coxae are large, but
scarcely so deep as the respective segments of the body
to which they are attached. Those of the fifth pair of
legs are about half as deep as the preceding, and are

44

ORCHESTinm

formed of two equal lobes. The second scale-like joint
of tlie last three pairs of legs is oval. The caudal ap-
pendages are short and strong.

The animal generally is longer and more compressed
than A. Nilssonii. The dorsal ridge is slightly elevated
into a carina, which is most conspicuous towards the pos-
terior limit of each segment. This gives to the animal,
when viewed laterally, an imbricated appearance, from
which circumstance we have taken the name, and by
which the species can easily be determined from any other
known British form.

A. imbricatus appears to be rather local. The first
specimens that we received were from Penzance, where
they were taken by Mr. George Barlee, between tide-
marks. In company with Professor Kinahan we have
found them on the Breakwater at Plymouth, where they
live in small pools left in the holes worn by the wash of
the sea in the surface of that stupendous work. We found
many individuals, and they appeared to be the only species
of Amphipod that existed there. The colour was a bluish-
grey, but a few were almost black.

The following vignette is a sketch of the Western end
of the Breakwater by Mr. Philip Mitchell, of Plymouth.

NICE A. 45

A MP BIPOD A . ORCHESTIID^.

SALTATORIA.

Genus — NICEA, NICOLET.

NICEA, NICOLET in Gay's Chili, vol. iii. p. 237, 1849.

(TALANTHIS, SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Eeport, 1855, p. 57 ; Ann. Nat.
Hist. 1857.

Generic character. — Antennae small, subequal ; both pairs of
gnathopoda subchelate. Coxae of the third pair of pereiopoda
much shorter than the preceding. Telson deeply cleft.

THE antennae are small and slender, being scarcely one-
fourth the length of the animal, and the superior are
almost as long as the inferior. The mandibles are longer
than deep : they are furnished with a secondary incisive
plate ; and a tubercle marks the position of the absent
appendage. The foot-jaws have squamous plates arising
from the second and third joints, which terminate in
sharp stiff hairs, or spines. The first two pairs of
legs are formed upon the same type, and are subchelate.
The first four pairs of legs have the squamiform basal
joint as deep as the body, the fifth much shorter. The
three posterior pairs of legs are nearly equal in length.
The middle tail-piece is deeply cleft or divided.

This genus differs from Allorchestes in the approximate
length of the antennas, which appears to be attributable
rather to the shortness of the inferior than the length of
the superior, and also in the middle tail-piece being
divided.

The genus Hyale, of Rathke, seems to approach near
to this, the only distinction being in the last pair of

46

ORCHESTIIDvE.

caudal appendages, which are unibranched throughout
this family, but which are doubly branched in Hyale.

Only two species of this genus are known, and these
are from habitats widely asunder : Nicea Lucasii, inhabit-
ing the western coasts of South America, and our own
British species.

The following vignette represents a village of fisher-
men's huts in the Island of St. Kilda. They are built
upon the plan of the houses of the Ancient Britons, and
are within lined with the feathers of sea-fowl.

NICE A LUBBOCKfANA.

47

! M PHI POD A.

S.-tLTATORIA.

ORCBESTIID^E.

h

1

NICEA LUBBOCKIAXA.

Specific character. — Antennse short, subequal in length. Gnathopoda sub-
equal in size : palm slightly oblique. Telson deeply cleft.
Length -^ of an inch.

Galanthis Lubbockiana, SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Report, 1855, p. 57,

Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857. WHITE, Popul. Hist
Brit. Crust, p. 164.
SPENCE BATE, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 51.

5 >

THE eyes are round ; the anterior pair of antennae
are scarcely longer than the head. The inferior is scarcely
as long as the superior. The first pair of legs are sub-
chelate ; the hand is longer than broad, the palm straight,
oblique, fringed with fine cilia ; the inferior extremity
terminates in an obtuse tooth; the inferior margin is

48

ORCHESTIIim

parallel with the superior ; the wrist is short and in-
feriorly produced. The second pair of legs are formed
upon the same type, and are scarcely larger than the first.
The walking legs are all short and stout, terminating in a
sharp curved finger ; the caudal appendages are very short
and strong, and fringed with but few spines ; the terminal
appendage is deeply cleft.

The animal is not much compressed, and all the seg-
ments of the body are uniform in length : a circumstance
which enables it to roll itself into a more perfect sphere
than Amphipods generally do — a fact by which it may
readily be detected amongst a number of other species.

We have never seen any of this individual species
alive ; but in dead specimens the eyes lose all colouring
matter. The antennae are short and slight, gradually de-
creasing in diameter from the base, the first joint being
the largest, the rest gradually smaller, and the articuli of
the flagella lessen in the same degree, so that there is no
decided distinction between their respective peduncles
and flagella.

The walking legs are all strong and short, the ante-
penultimate being shorter than the two posterior. They
are all furnished at the extremity of the foot with two
stout spines, curved at the apex, and serrated on the
sides facing the finger against which they impinge when
closed (k).

The animal generally is free from hairs or spines, some
small ones, however, exist upon the
antennae, and a few others may be
found upon the legs, short and some-
what pyriform in shape, with the apex
cleft into two equal parts (k")f

The integument under the micro-
scope shows the T-like mark peculiar

XICEA LUBBOCKIANA.

49

to the family, somewhat modified from the previous
genera, and as exhibited in the preceding cut : — The skin
is also granulated all over, and is interspersed with mi-
nute solitary hairs.

We have received many specimens of this species from
Falmouth, sent by Mr. W. Webster ; from Penzance by
Mr. Harris, and Mr. G. Barlee ; and from the coast of
Northumberland by Mr. Joshua Alder.

We have named the species in compliment to our friend
John Lubbock, Esq., F.R.S., &c., whose name is so inti-
mately associated with Crustacea, and to whom we take
this opportunity of acknowledging our obligations.

The accompanying vignette is by the pencil of Mr.
Sydney Whiteford.

E

50 AMPHIPODA.

Tribe — NATATORIA.

IN this tribe the superior antennae are always longer
than the peduncle of the inferior pair. The third pair
of caudal appendages reach as far as the extremity of
the second pair. The hairs upon every part of the
animal are generally slight and flexible, never short,
stiff, and double-headed, as found upon the animals in
the tribe SALTATORIA.

The habits of the animals in this tribe are aquatic,
the most littoral living at half-tide under weeds and
stones, but by far the greatest number of the species are
found in the water.

The common mode of progression is by swimming.
This act is performed by the constant play of the three
pairs of limbs succeeding the last pair of feet, which
thus receive the common synonym of natatory legs.
These are long, multiarticulate, pliable, and feathery ;
they brush the water with a constancy equal to that
of the fins of a fish in motion, and propel the creature
with considerable velocity. It is from this circumstance
that the name of the tribe has been derived. If acci-
dentally thrown upon dry land, they have neither the
power to walk nor to leap — they consequently wriggle
along upon one side, a circumstance which has obtained
for them the familiar cognomen of " sea-screws." This
tribe contains but a single family.

Fain.— GAMMARID.E.

THE antennae are well developed, and generally sub-
equal. The inferior pair are inserted in a notch at the
infero-anterior angle of the cephalon, with which, how-

SAMMARIDJJ, 51

ever, they are not soldered. The maxillipeds are un-
guiculate. The four anterior pairs of coxae are largely
developed.

This family consists of several subfamilies, which
differ from each other in more or less important points.
The superior antennas are generally sub equal to the
inferior, and bear a secondary appendage at the base
of the flagellum. This peculiarity, although occasion-
ally absent in the adult state, is, we believe, invariably
found in the young. One or both pairs of the fore-legs
or arms have subchelate hands.*

Sub-family.— STEGOCEPHALIDES.

Antennae more than one-fourth the length of the animal, sub-
equal. Coxae of the second pair of gnathopoda, and of the first
and second pairs of pereiopoda monstrously developed.

IN some genera the coxae of the first pair of legs are
rudimentary, or, at least, not developed into scales ;
whereas the second is always large, covering the pre-
ceding when not squamiform. The hands are subchelate,
and the caudal appendages are styliform. The middle
piece of the tail is always single.

This sub-family was established by Dana under the
name of STEGOCEPHALIN.E, for the reception of Kroyer's
genus Stegocephalus. But there are several other genera
which evidently fall within its definition. The principal
feature, and one easily recognizable, is, the large size of
coxae of the first two pairs of walking legs. These are
so monstrously developed, that the animal has the power,
when rolled up, of protecting, under this shield-like

* By a subchelate hand is meant one in which the finger folds upon the
hand, but in which the inferior angle of the palm is not produced into an an-
tagonistic thumb.

F, 2

52 GAMMARTD^!.

structure, the head, much of the posterior part of the
body, and all the legs and other appendages.

In the absence of an articulated appendage to the
mandibles, and the unibranched termination of the
posterior pair of caudal appendages, some of the genera
approximate to the ORCHESTIID^:, whereas others gradu-
ally approach the forms of the next sub-family of the
GAMMARID^E.

There are but two genera which represent this sub-
family upon the British coasts, all the rest being exotic.
Some species of Stenothoe, a genus that differs from
Montayua in no very marked degree, found upon the
coast of the United States, bear a representative rela-
tion to the British forms.

MONTAGUA. 53

AMPHIPODA . STEGOCEPHALIDES.

NJTATOEU.

Genus— MONTAGUA.

Montayua, SPEKCE BATE, Report Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 57. Synopsis Brit.

Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. p. 137. Cat. Amph. Brit.

Mus. p. 54. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 166.
Leucothoe, KROYER (not LEACH), Nat. Tids. iv. p. 141 (2), i. p. 539, 1845.

Generic description. Antennae subequal. Superior pair with-
out a secondary appendage Gnathopoda subchelate. Coxa of
second pair covering those of the first. Telson entire.

THE antennae are nearly equal in length : the superior
do not possess a secondary appendage. The mandibles
are without an articulated appendage. The foot-jaws
are without squamous plates, and terminate in a hook.
The two anterior pairs of legs are unequal, subchelate;
the first pair having the first joint not squamiformly
developed ; the second pair are larger than the first,
having the first joint squamiformly developed to con-
siderable dimensions, and overlapping that of the first
pair. The remaining legs are subequal. The coxae of
the three last pairs are small. The caudal appendages
are styliform, the last pair having but a single branch,
which is double-jointed. The terminal scale is squamous
and entire.

This genus is named after Colonel Montagu, who was
a worthy pioneer in this branch of Zoology, and the
discoverer of the first species.

54

GAMMARlDyE.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

STEGOCEPHA LIDES.

MONTAGUA MONOCULOIDES.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos twice
as long as broad, palm oblique, smooth, slightly convex, defined by a very
obtuse angle armed with two sharp short spines.

Length, ^ of an inch.

Cancer (Gammarus) monoculoides, MONTAGU, Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xi. p. 4,

pi. ii. fig. 3.

Montagua monoculoides,

Typhis (?) monoculoides ,

SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855,

p. 57. Synop. Brit. Amph. Ann. Nat.

Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. Brit. Mus.

p. 55, pi. viii. fig 4.
MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx.

Aug. 1830. WHITE, Cat. Brit. Crust.

in Brit. Mus. 1850, p. 58. GOSSE,

Mar. Zool. p. 140, fig. 252.

THE head produced anteriorly into a small depressed
rostrum. The back smooth. The eyes are round, and
of a red colour. The superior antennae have each joint
of the peduncle successively reduced in size, the flagellum

MONTAGUA MONOCULOIDES. 55

is composed of many small jointlets,* each having several
cilia. The inferior pair are shorter than the superior,
and less robust. The mandibles are long and narrow,
and furnished with a serrated cutting margin. The
outer pair of foot-jaws have the third and sixth joints
respectively longer than the fourth and fifth conjoined :
the seventh terminating in a sharp point. The first
pair of legs are short and slender, having the first joint
not developed into a scale ; the hand is longer than the
wrist, and developed in the same form as that of the
second pair; the palm is very oblique, and defined from
the inferior margin by a very obtuse angle.

The second pair of legs have the first joint large,
scale-like, narrow, increasing in breadth gradually from
the body, and reaching so far in front as to cover the
appendages of the mouth ; the wrist is short ; the hand
long, ovate ; the palm oblique, slightly convex, and de-
fined by an obtuse angle, armed with two short sharp
spines, against which the apex of the slightly-curved
finger impinges. The third pair of legs have the first
joint more largely developed than that of the preced-
ing pair of limbs, and with the inferior margin fringed
with minute equidistant cilia, situated within the edge ;
the foot is slightly bent, having the margins parallel,
and armed upon the inner distal extremity with two
short sharp spines, against which the finger impinges
near the base, thus giving the foot a prehensile capa-
bility. The fourth pair of legs are like the third, but
have the first joint still more largely developed, being not
only produced anteriorly, parallel with the preceding, but
extending as far back as the penultimate pair of legs.

* The term jointlet, or articulus, is used to indicate its distinction fr<
a joint : some authors have described the flagellum as a single joint/ and
others as if every articulus was a distinct joint.

56 GAMMA RID M.

The inferior margin of this appendage is, like the one
last described, fringed with a row of equidistant solitary
cilia. The fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs of legs are
uniform, except that the second joint of the fifth pair
is not developed like a scale, which is the case with the
second joint of the two other pairs. Their first joints
are small, almost rudimentary, and exhibiting but slight
traces of their scale-like character. In all other respects
the last three pairs of legs resemble in appearance those
of the two preceding pairs, with the exception of being
affixed in a reversed position, according to the common
type of the order.

The three pairs of swimming appendages are long and
slender. The three pairs of caudal appendages are
strong, stiff, and pointed ; the penultimate is shorter
than the other two. The last pair has its branch with
the apical joint nearly as long as the preceding. The
terminal scale is ovate, fringed with three or four short
hairs.

The colour of this species is white, or fiesh-colour,
marked with a large blotch of bright crimson on the
back and side, and with a few darker spots of the same
colour, as represented by the shading in the accompany-
ing figure. A single specimen that we obtained from
the neighbourhood of the Eddystone Lighthouse was
marked all over with red spots. It only appeared to
differ from the present species in having the palm of
the hand of the second pair of arms slightly crenulated.

It appears not to be uncommon on our shores : it is a
sublittoral species, and exists probably all round Europe,
being found beneath stones in pools, near low water at
spring- tides.

It has the capability of rolling itself very perfectly
within the defensive armour provided by its largely-
developed coxae.

MONTAGU A MONOCUL01DES. 57

The first specimen, found by Colonel Montagu and
still preserved in the British Museum, is thus rolled up,
which circumstance, together with Montagu's incomplete
figure in the Linnsean Transactions, may account for the
circumstance of its so long having escaped the analysis of
inquiring carcinologists. We have carefully examined
the type in the British Museum, and have no doubt of
the correctness of our identification of it with the spe-
cimen represented in our figure. We may, however,
observe, that the terminal joint of the peduncle of its
lower antennas is more decidedly elongated, the spines on
the under-edge of its hands stronger, and the two divi-
sions of the middle appendages of its tail longer. This
specimen was taken from Montagu's favourite hunting-
ground, Salcombe Harbour, Devonshire.

We have also received specimens from the following
localities : — Falmouth and Tenby, Mr. Webster. Pen-
zance, Mr. Harris and Mr. G. Barlee. Moray Frith,
Rev. Mr. Gordon. Skye and Shetland, Mr. Barlee.
Plymouth, Mr. Howard Stewart, and C.S.B. Sligo and
Belfast Bay, Ireland, Mr. W. Thompson.

58

GAMMARID.E.

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

STEGOCEPHA LIDES.

MONTAGUA MARINA.

Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long and tapering, with
the palm nearly straight, occupying almost the entire length of the inferior
margin.

Length, ^ of an inch.

Montaf/ua marina, SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 57. Synopsis

Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.
p. 56, pi. viii. fig. 5. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust.
p. 166.

THE eyes are round and red. The superior antennae
are half the length of the animal. The first joint of the
peduncle is as long as the head ; the second joint is quite
as long as the first, but not so stout ; the third is very
small, both in length and breadth. The flagellum is
longer than the peduncle. The inferior antennas are
nearly as long as the superior ; the penultimate joint

MONTAGUA MARINA. 59

of the peduncle reaches beyond the extremity of the
peduncle of the superior. The last joint is rather more
than half the length of the preceding, and the flagellum
is not longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The
mandibles are long, narrow, and furnished with a minutely
serrated cutting margin. It is also furnished with a mi-
nute secondary moveable plate having a serrated edge.
This plate we believe to be common to the genus, but is
not figured in the preceding species, from the probable
fact that it exists only upon one mandible, the other
being without it, as shown by Mr. Westwood's dis-
sections, published by Professor Bell, to be the case
in Stegocephalus ampullus, the typical genus of this
subfamily — where it exists upon the left mandible only.
The pair of foot-jaws have all the joints subequal,
the sixth being slightly longer than any of the others.
The first pair of legs are short and slender, having the
fourth joint anteriorly produced into a considerable pro-
cess beneath the fifth. The fifth, or wrist, is nearly as
long as the sixth, or hand, which is of a long elliptical
form, having the palm convex, not defined, but armed
with a few cilia. The second pair of legs are much
longer, larger, and more powerful than the first. They
have the fourth and fifth joints very short, but both
anteriorly and inferiorly produced to an angle. The
hand is long; the upper margin forming an arched line
continuous with that of the wrist ; the palm runs
diagonally with the axis of the hand, nearly straight
to its base beneath, where two small tubercles, armed
with a single blunt spine, carrying a small subapical
bristle, define its limits. Throughout its entire length
the palm is furnished with a row of equidistant solitary
cilia. The finger is as long as the palm, somewhat
curved, and tapering to the point, which, when closed,

60 GAMMAKIM.

impinges against the two small teeth at the base of
the palm. The animal, in other respects, closely re-
sembles M. monoculoides, except that the terminal scale
of the tail is more pointed. The colour of the animal,
when alive, is yellowish, or pale flesh-colour, several parts
of the body and coxae marked with faint blotches of
light rose, or pink. The structure of the integument is
very free from any decided markings ; but the surface is
in different parts furnished with very minute cilia, which
are nowhere thickly planted.

We have received specimens of this species from the
coast of Northumberland, from Mr. Joshua Alder; also
from Banff, Mr. Edward; and from Macduff, from Mr.
Gregor ; we have found it ourselves amongst some trawl
refuse brought to us from near the Eddystone Light-
house.

We have also received a specimen, which we consider
to be only a variety of this species, from the coast of
Piedmont, collected by Mr. Gwynn Jeffreys : it varies
from the type in having the palm of the second pair
of legs somewhat less than the entire length of the hand.
This specimen was taken upon the shore, whereas all
those recorded as British have never been taken in
less than ten fathoms of water — a circumstance not of
much importance in itself, but as adding to the testimony
of the late Professor Edward Forbes, that species taken
in the deep sea in northern latitudes, when they exist
near the equator, inhabit shallow water.

MONTAGUA ALDERI.

61

AMPHIPODA.

NATATOKIA.

STEGOCEPIIA LIDES.

MONTAGUA ALDERI.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos short ;
palm serrated near the base of the dactylos, and deeply emarginatecl near the
inferior angle, which is prodiiced to a sharp point.

Length, ^ of an inch.

Montagua Alderii, S PENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. Synop. Brit.

Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. of
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 57, pi. viii. fig. 6. WHITE, Pop.
Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 166.

THE eyes, as in all the other species of the genus which
we know, are round and red. The superior antennae are
nearly one-half the length of the animal, having the
flagellum rather longer than the peduncle. The inferior
antennas are longer than the superior, and the peduncle
reaches nearly to the extremity of the superior antennae ;
the two last joints of the peduncle are nearly of equal
length, the last being rather the shorter, and the flagellum
is not longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The
first pair of legs are slender, and have the fourth joint

62 GAMMARIDJE.

inferiorly produced to nearly half the length of the
carpus, and furnished at the apex with a few hairs, some
of which are straight, while others are of a form which
appears to be peculiar to this species, consisting of a kind
of plumose tuft, or brush mounted on a stalk (fig. h')t
The wrist is long, and increases in breadth towards the
extremity. The hand is shorter and narrower than the
carpus ; the form is long-ovate, having the upper and
lower margins slightly convex ; the palm- is short,
oblique, and imperfectly defined ; the finger is much
longer than the palm, and is nearly straight, a circum-
stance which demonstrates it to be a feeble organ of
prehension. The second pair of legs are much more
powerful and longer than the first. The wrist is short,
and the hand is quadrate, being but a little longer than
broad ; the palm is oblique, and serrated with coarse,
irregular, blunt teeth on the half nearest the base of the
finger, and deeply emarginate towards the inferior angle,
which is produced to a sharp point. The finger is arched,
and impinges, when closed, into the emargination of the
palm, which, from the irregular form of the latter, must
enable it to hold securely any object in its grasp. The
specimen from which our figure was taken enabled us to
see the muscles within the organ, proving that the ex-
tensor is smaller and much less powerful than that which
forces the finger into contact with the palm. The other
legs are all of the same length, and are tolerably strong.
The second joints of the last two pairs are broadly de-
veloped, and have the posterior margin scalloped ; this is
also the case with the fourth joints of the same legs,
which are posteriorly produced to a blunt downward
point, a small hair springing from the depression between
every scallop. The feet are much curved, and have the
anterior margins armed with short hairs, or rather spines,

MONTAGUA ALBERT.

63

which are evidently of service in assisting the animal in
securely grasping the weed, or stalks of zoophytes, as it
rambles through its submarine gardens. The fingers are
short and sharp. The caudal appendages do not appear
to diifer materially from those of the preceding species.

This animal, when alive, is straw-coloured, striped with
bands of rose, one occurring in each segment through the
body ; these are continued down the sides of the animal,
but grow fainter and less persistent towards the posterior
extremity of the animal.

The first specimen was sent to us by Mr. Joshua Alder
(in compliment to whom the species is named), and
was taken by him on the coast of Northumberland,
off Cullercoats ; whence we have also received it from
the Rev. A. Merle Norman. This spot having been
rendered classic to naturalists as the field of the re-
searches of various eminent observers, we append a
vignette of it from the pencil of Mr. Alder himself.

64

AMPHIPODA.

NATATOEIA.

GAMMARIM.

STEGOCEPHA LIDES.

MONTAGUA POLLEXIANA.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopocla having the propodos as
long again as broad ; palm advanced, deeply notched just within the inferior
angle, which is produced into a tooth, internally concave.

Length, £ inch.

Montagua pollexiana, SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Report, p. 57, 1855. Synop-
sis, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat. Amph.
Brit. Mus. p. 57, pi. lx. fig. 2. WHITE, Pop. Hist.
Brit. Crust, p. 167.

THE eyes are small, round, and probably red ; we
have, however, only seen dried or dead specimens, from
which all colour rapidly passes away. The superior
antennae are nearly two-thirds the length of the body,
having the first joint of the peduncle longer than the
head, the second joint a little shorter than the first, and
the third small, not being distinguishable from the
articuli of the flagellum. The inferior antennas are

MONTAGU A POLLEXIANA. 65

shorter than the superior, with the peduncle extending
as far as the middle of the flagellum of the superior.
The last joint of the peduncle of the inferior pair is
rather longer than the preceding, and the flagellum is
rather shorter than the last joint of the peduncle. The
first pair of legs are slender, the fourth joint of which is
but slightly produced anteriorly below, where it is tipped
with long hairs ; the wrist is very long, and fringed upon
the lower side writh fine hairs ; the hand is much shorter,
scarcely more than half the length of the wrist, it is
also narrower ; it increases in width towards the palm,
which is short and imperfectly defined. The finger is as
long again as the palm, and nearly straight. The second
pair of legs are longer and stronger than the first ; the
hand is twice as long as broad, the upper and lower
margins are imperfectly parallel, the form of the organ
is therefore oblong-quadrate ; the palm is advanced,
smooth, and fringed with a few solitary hairs ; just
within the inferior angle is a narrow deep cleft or
notch, extending in depth to about one-third the length
of the hand, giving to the inferior angle of the palm,
which is slightly produced in advance, the appearance
of a strong thumb, hollowed upon its internal surface.
From this peculiar character the specific name of the
animal is derived. The finger is scarcely as long as the
palm, and impinges throughout its entire length against
that part of the joint. The other legs do not appear to
differ much from those of M. monoculoides, except in the
unimportant circumstance that the posterior margin of
the second joints of the two posterior pairs of legs are
not crenulated, and the spines that arm the distal ex-
tremity of the feet are crenulated upon one side, and
curved at the tip into an imperfect hook, with a small
subapical process in the opposite direction, the apices

F

66 GAMMARTILE.

nearly meeting. The caudal appendages have their
branches nearly equal, whilst the last has the base pro-
duced into a sharp point at the upper distal extremity.
The terminal scale is lanceolate.

We have not been able to determine the colour of this
species, which is the largest of the genus, not having
seen any living or fresh specimens. The surface of the
skin is irregularly covered with very small sharp hairs,
so minute that they can only be detected by a high
power of the microscope. This species is nearly as
large again as either of the others, and its geographical
range is also considerable.

We have received specimens from our valued friend
and correspondent, Mr. Geo. Barlee, who has taken them
with the dredge at St. Ives, on the north coast of Corn-
wall, and also from the Shetland Islands. We have also
received it from the coast of Northumberland, from
the Rev. A. M. Norman. It also occurs, not uncom-
monly, in Berwick Bay, whence we received specimens
many years since from the late lamented Dr. George
Johnstone.

Beneath is a sketch of Whitby Rocks, on the coast of
Northumberland, from the clever pencil of Miss M.
Hancock.

DANAIA. 67

A M PHI POD A . STEQOCEPHA L IDE*.

NATATORJA.

Genus— DANAIA.

Danaia, SPENCE BATE, in Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. p. 137.

Generic character. Antennae subequal. Superior antenna? "with
out secondary appendage. Mandibles destitute of a palpiform
appendage. First pair of gnathopoda simple. Second sub-
chelate. Telson single.

THE superior antennae are without a secondary ap-
pendage. The mandibles have no appendage. The first
pair of limbs are slender, and terminate in a straight,
sharp finger, which does not impinge against the under-
side of the preceding joint. The second pair of limbs
are larger than the first, and have a subchelate hand. The
coxa of the first pair of limbs is hidden by that of the
second, which, as well as that belonging to the third
pair of limbs, is largely developed. The coxa of the
fourth pair of limbs is not so largely developed as in
Montagua, and moreover is excavated to receive the an-
terior lobe of the coxa of the fifth pair of limbs, which
is more developed than in Montagua, as is also the second
joint of the same pair of legs. The posterior pair of
caudal appendages are unibranched, and the telson is
simply squamiform.

This genus, of which we know only a single species,
has received its name in honour of Professor Dana, whose
work on the Crustacea has been of great assistance to us
in our labour.

.

68

AMPH1PODA.

NATATORJA.

OAMMAIUDyF.

STEGOCEPHA LIVES.

DANAIA DTJBIA.

Specific Character. Coxae of the second pair of gnathopoda, and of the
first pair of pereiopoda, serrated upon the inferior margin. Second pair of
gnathopoda having the propodos broadest at the palm, which is convex and
ciliated.

Length, ^ of an inch.

Montayua dulius, SPENCE BATE, Report Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 57.

Danaia ditbia, SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, xix. 137. Cat.

Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 59, plate x. fig. 1. WHITE, Pop.

Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 167.

IN general aspect this animal resembles a species
of the preceding genus. The head is furnished with a
straight rostrum, and the anterior lateral margin is pro-
duced anteriorly to a point in a straight line, further in
advance than the rostrum. The body of the animal is
smooth ; but the eighth, ninth, and tenth segments in-
dicate a slight projection posteriorly on the dorsal sur-
face. The eyes are probably like those in Montagua ;
but they have not hitherto been satisfactorily examined.

DANAIA DUBIA. 09

The superior antennae are more than half the length of
the body of the animal. The first joint of the peduncle
is longer than the head ; the second joint is not much
more than half the length of the first ; the third is lost
in connection with the flagellum, which is longer than
the peduncle, and fringed with fine cilia ; the inferior
pair are not so long as the superior. The peduncle does
not reach beyond the peduncle of the superior, and the
flagellum is as long as the peduncle, and fringed with
fine cilia. The first pair of limbs have the coxae hid by
the coxae of the succeeding pair ; they are slender, and
terminate in a long straight finger. The second pair of
limbs have the first joint produced inferiorly and an-
teriorly, so as to cover that of the first pair of limbs and
the appendages of the mouth ; the inferior margin is
serrated upon the posterior half. The wrist is short and
inferiorly produced ; the hand is broader at the palm than
near the wrist ; the palm is convex, slightly oblique,
fringed with hairs, and imperfectly defined, the inferior
angle being rounded. The third pair of limbs have the
first joint produced rather deeper than the preceding ;
it is irregularly serrated the whole length of the inferior
margin ; the rest of the leg is long and slender, and
furnished with many long hairs : the finger is long and
powerful. The fourth pair of limbs have the first joint
deeper than the preceding, not serrated along the in-
ferior margin, but furnished with a row of solitary
equidistant short hairs planted within the margin ; the
posterior margin is excavated near the upper edge to
receive the anterior lobe of the coxa of the succeeding
pair of legs. The rest of the organ is similar to that of
the first pair. The fifth pair have the first joint bilobed
and the second joint ovately dilated. The two posterior
pairs resemble the fifth. The caudal appendages MiT]

•
\ ' ,

70 GAMMARID^.

styliforni, the antepenultimate and ultimate pairs having
their branches unequal and tipped with a few small
spines. The terminal piece is pointed at the tip.

The colour of the animal when fresh was pale straw,
thickly blotched with rose-coloured patches over the
body, and the coxae were colourless and very trans-
parent.

The animal was taken by us from some trawl-refuse
brought from near the Eddystone Lighthouse, and is
very elegant in its appearance.

We are not able to give the precise size, since un-
fortunately the only specimen which we have seen has
not been preserved ; but to the best of our recollection,
the animal is about the eighth of an inch in length.

We would also offer this as a reason for suggesting
some reservation as to the exact correctness of the de-
tails of the description ; the figure was, however, taken
from the animal when it was quite fresh, but it was
lost before it could be examined more minutely.

We have sometimes, indeed, thought it possible that
the limb described and figured as one of the first pair
of legs may be the extremity of one of the third pair
of limbs accidentally thrown forwards, in which case the
first pair of limbs may be subchelate, and if so, the
animal must take its place as a species of Montagua,
notwithstanding the reduced size of the fourth, and the
enlarged dimensions of the succeeding coxae.

With these causes for doubt on our mind, we deter-
mined on the specific name.

LYSIANASSIDES. 71

AMPHIPODA . L YSIANASSID8S.

NATATOEIA.

Subfamily— LYSIANASSIDES.

•/

Superior antennae very short, with the base dilated and
suddenly tapering. Coxae of the four anterior pairs of
appendages very deep, the fourth not broader than the
preceding. One pair of gnathopoda very slender, and
imperfectly developed.

In this subfamily the animals may readily be distin-
guished by their general form. They are not much
compressed, but the anterior coxae are deep enough to
hide the limbs attached to them. The superior antennae
are always very short and pyriform, the shortness com-
monly resulting from the second and third joints of the
peduncle being almost rudimentary, while the flagellum
is seldom longer than the peduncle. The first or second
pair of limbs are generally short and strong, whilst the
other is slender and feeble. In some genera it is the
first, wrhilst in others it is the second, which is strong.
We therefore propose to divide them into —

a. Those genera which have the first pair of limbs
robust, and the second pair feeble.

b. Those that have the first pair of limbs slender,
and the second strong.

72 GAMMARIDJ;.

A HP HIP ODA L YSIA NA SSI DES.

NATATORIA.

a. First pair of gnathopoda strong ; second pair feeble and

imperfectly cheliform.

Genus— LYSIANASSA.

Lysiatiassa, EDWARI>S, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. Hist, des (Trust, t. iii.
p. 20. DANA, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 908. '

Generic character. Superior antennae very short, stouter than
the inferior, appendiculate. First pair of gnathopoda not sub-
cheliform. Second pair imperfectly developed, but long, mem-
branous, and subchelate. Telson single, squamiform, entire.

THIS genus may be distinguished by its short upper
antennae being very stout near the head, and suddenly
"reduced in size at the base of the flagellum, which is
very short, and carries a secondary appendage. The
inferior antennae are more slender and often longer than
the superior. The mandibles are furnished with a
jointed appendage, and armed with a sharp, smooth,
cutting edge, carrying a stout tubercle upon the anterior
margin. The pair of foot-jaws have large squamous pro-
cesses attached to the third and fourth joints. The first
pair of limbs are not formed into a claw, but terminate
in a straight finger, which imperfectly bends upon the
hand. The second pair are feeble and very long : this
latter circumstance is due to the great length of the
third joint, which, in most of the animals of this Order,
is very short. The coxae of the four anterior pairs of
limbs are deeper than the segments of the body to

LYSIANASSA.

which they are respectively attached ; whilst the three
posterior pairs of coxae are much shorter than the pre-
ceding. The legs are all subequal in length. The
caudal appendages are short, the posterior, as well as
the two preceding pairs, terminating in two branches.
The middle tail- piece is single, squamiform, and entire.

The vignette below represents Salcoinbe Harbour,
Montagu's favourite hunting-ground, from a sketch by
Mr. P. Mitchell, of Plymouth,

GAMMARID^E.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATOEIA.

LYSIANASSIDES.

LYSIANASSA COSTJS.

Specific character. Inferior antennae not longer than the superior, the
flagellum of each being shorter than their respective peduncles.
Length ^ of an inch.

Lysianassa Costce, EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 365. pi. x. fig. 17.

Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 21. SPENCE BATE, Report

Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. (1857) xix.

138. Cat. Amphipoda, Brit. Mus. p. 69. pi. x. fig.

11. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 167.
Gammarus glaber, (Spiuola MS.) WHITE, Cat. Brit. Mus. (Crustacea), 1847.

THE eyes are reniform, of a brown colour, and mode-
rately large. The superior antennas are not longer than
the head and the first two segments of the body, while
the peduncle is scarcely longer than the head, and the
flagellum scarcely as long as the peduncle, the former
consisting of six or seven articuli, and the secondary

LYSUNASSA COST^. 75

appendage of only two. The inferior antennae do not
reach beyond the extremity of the superior ; they are
much more slender, and have a considerable portion of
the peduncle covered by the lateral walls of the head.
The epistoma considerably projects, and is formed into
a wedge-like process, rounded and projecting above,
receding towards the inferior margin, where it corre-
sponds with the lower extremity orcutting margin of the
mandibles.

The mandibles, d, are long and narrow, narrower
a little towards the cutting margins than at the base,
which articulates with the head ; the molar tubercle is
long, narrow, and slightly curved : the incisive margin
is smooth, a form which, as far as we are aware, is
peculiar to this subfamily, and suggests the idea of
its being adapted for cutting vegetable substances ; the
blade is hollow, or cup-shaped, being separated from the
remainder of the mandible by a sudden constriction or
neck ; the anterior margin, where it is increased in
width, is produced into a small tubercle ; the man-
dibular appendage is three-jointed, which is a very
common form in the Order. The pair of foot-jaws,
ff, have the fifth joint very long, being much longer
than the sixth. The third and fourth joints are pro-
duced into large squamiform plates, which nearly reach
to the extremity of the fifth joint; the inner margin
of the squamous plate of the fourth joint is slightly
scalloped, and furnished with rudimentary spinules
which respectively correspond with the scollops at the
margin of the plate. These spinules, although of a
very obsolete character, appear to differ very consi-
derably in different species ; and we think that they
may be found of very considerable service in detecting
the relative value of species, where it may be desirable

76 GAMMARID^.

to ascertain that circumstance from specimens in which
the more prominent features have been lost. The two
anterior pairs of limbs bear an affinity to those of the
genus Talitrus. The first pair are strong and robust,
having the finger sharp and straight, and incapable of
being inflexed upon the hand, which is of considerable
length, and gradually tapering to its extremity, where
it is not broader than the base of the finger : the coxa
of this pair of limbs is very thin and transparent, pro-
jecting so far anteriorly that (when the head is bent
downwards) it covers all but the last joint of the
peduncle of the inferior antennae, which is clearly seen
through it. The second pair of limbs are much longer
than the first; they are exceedingly thin and slender,
and exhibit, in a marked degree, the peculiarity of the
genus, in having the third joint remarkably long : the
wrist also is very long, being much longer than the hand,
which is very short, and furnished with a very short
finger, so that the organ can but be of little value in
grasping or securing any object of prey, a circum-
stance which would again suggest to us the habits of a
vegetable rather than a carnivorous feeder. The third
and fourth pairs of limbs are similar in form, except
that the coxa of the fourth pair has a deep emargination
for the reception of the anterior lobe of the coxa of the
fifth pair. The three posterior pairs are also formed
upon a uniform plan, and scarcely differ in length ; the
posterior margins of the broad squamiform plates of the
second joints are scalloped, a small hair springing from
the depression formed by each scallop. The caudal
appendages are short, and in general form approximate
those of leaping rather than those of swimming amphi-
poda. The penultimate pair are shorter than either the
preceding or the following ; they al] have their branches

LYSIANASSA COST^. 77

shorter than their peduncles, and are naked, being un-
furnished with either spines or hairs. The middle tail-
scale is round at the apex, squamiform, superiorly con-
cave, and furnished subapically on each margin with one
solitary cilium. The structure of the skin, as viewed
beneath the microscope, shows but a number of minute
granules scattered thickly over the texture, while minute
cilia are seen to spring upright from its surface.

The animal is sometimes very transparent, verging to
a gray along the dorsal surface, where each segment is
marked with a white patch. The anterior portion of the
body is tinted with yellowish brown, and one or more
spots of the same colour exist upon each segment, and
on some of the coxas.

We have received specimens from Tenby, where it
was dredged by our friend Mr. Webster, to whom we
are indebted for Crustacea from many different localities.
Mr. Alder has taken a single specimen on the coast of
Northumberland. We have also taken it at Plymouth,
and found it amongst Mr. Thompson's Collection of
Amphipoda, marked as having been taken at Belfast by
Mr. Hyndman.

The original specimen named by Prof. Milne-Edwards
is still preserved in the Collection of the Jardin des
Plantes at Paris, and through his courtesy and kindness
we have been able to examine and compare it with the
British form. The type was taken at Naples. The
specimen in the British Museum, presented by the
Marquis Spinola, under the name of Gammarus glaber,
unquestionably belongs to this species. Specimens also
which answer to the description of this species have
been taken at Sukkertopper, near Greenland, in forty
fathoms by Mr. Holboll. The form appears to be
peated in several parts of the world ; for the species

•

78

GAMMARID.E.

L. namta of Dana, taken on the coast of Brazil, and
L. variegata, taken by Mr. Stimpson in Simon's Bay,
Cape of Good Hope, except, perhaps, in size, can with
difficulty be distinguished from this species. L. Magel-
lanica of Edwards, brought from the southern extremity
of South America by M. D'Orbigny, also bears to it
a close general affinity, but differs materially in size :
the British species being probably the smallest of the
genus, whilst the Magellan form is the largest, and pro-
bably also the largest known normal Amphipod, being
about three inches in length, forming a fit companion to
Uristes gigas of Dana, and Cystosoma of Guerin.

The accompanying vignette of Audleyn Castle, on the
coast of Co. Down, Ireland, was kindly sketched for us
by Mrs. Campbell, of Stoke, Plymouth.

LYSIANASSA AUDOUINIANA.

AMPH1PODA.

NATATORIA.

79

LYSIANASSIDES.

LYSIANASSA AUDOUINIANA.

Specific character. Inferior antenna? shorter than the superior, having the
flagellum almost rudimentary.
Length, 570 of an inch.

Lysianassa Audouiniana, SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc, 1855, p. 58. Ann.

Nat. Hist. (1857) xix. 138. Cat. Amph. Brit.
Mus. p. 69, pi. xi. fig. 1. WHITE, Pop. Hist.
Brit. Crust, p. 168.

THE head is very short and very deep, having a large
space between the superior and inferior antennas ; the
ophthalmic lobe is not prominent, and the inferior
margin is produced downwards. The eyes are large,
oblong, slightly waved, broader below than above,
white, marked with black spots, the latter, on close
observation, being apparently caused by a series of
hollows in the white surface, the black being seen
through the perforations. The superior antennas are

80 GAMMARIDJl.

as long as the head and first segment of the body; the
peduncle is longer than the flagellum, and the first joint
longer than the other two, the third being shorter than
the second. The flagellum consists of four articuli, the
first of which supports a brush of hairs, or rather one
or two short rows of auditory cilia — long, delicate mem-
branous organisms, somewhat like transparent hairs, and
evidently intimately connected with the sensation of
hearing ; the secondary appendage is minute and slender,
consisting of two articuli only, one much longer than
the other. The first pair of legs are short, and have
the coxa but little developed ; the hand is tapering, and
furnished with two hairs near the base of the finger ;
the finger is slightly curved, terminating in a short nail,
and armed along the inferior margin with two minute
spinules. The second pair of legs are long and slender,
having the coxa deeper than that of the preceding pair ;
the wrist is nearly as long again as the hand, and has the
inferior margin thickly ciliated with long hairs ; the hand
is not broader than the wrist, and has the upper and
low^er margins nearly parallel, and thickly furnished with
long hairs ; the inferior angle is considerably produced,
so as to give to the organ a chelate character, although,
from its minute dimensions, one of feeble importance.
The finger is straight and tapering, having the apex
subapically furnished externally with a curved spine.
The third and fourth pairs of legs are subequal, toler-
ably robust, and alike, except in the form of their coxae,
which is much larger in the fourth than in the third pair,
and has a slight emargination, corresponding with the
margin of the anterior lobe of the coxa of the fifth pair
of legs. The three posterior pairs of legs are also of the
same length and form, tolerably strong, though not so
robust as the two preceding; their second joints are

LYSIANASSA AUDOUTNIANA. 81

oblong-ovate, and have the posterior margin simple.
The caudal appendages are simple : the antepenultimate
pair have the branches styliform, naked, slightly curved,
and tipped with a rudimentary spine ; the penultimate
resemble the preceding, except that the posterior margin
of each branch has its distal moiety minutely serrated.
The ultimate pair have the base very short, and one
branch simple, the other two-jointed and tipped with a
minute spine; the inner margin of the single-jointed
branch, and the first joint of the double-jointed one, are
minutely serrated. The central tail-piece is simple,
squamiform, concave above, and rounded at the apex.

The animal is of a dull yellow colour, darkest along
the course of the alimentary canal.

This species has been taken by us, in Plymouth Sound,
with a dredge ; but we have not noticed it among those
Crustacea sent to us by our many obliging correspond-
ents from other localities.

The species is named in honour of M. Audouin, the
able coadjutor of M. Milne-Edwards, and who, as the
describer of the Amphipoda in Savigny's " Egypt," must
be reckoned among the pioneers of this branch of Car-
cinology.

G

GAMMARTD2E.

AMPHIPODA.

NA TATOR1A.

LYSIANASSIDES.

LYSIANASSA ATLANTJCA.

Specific character. Inferior antennae as long again as the superior.

Length 56o of an inch.

Gammarus Atlanticus.
Lysianassa Atlantica.

Lysianassa Marina.
Opis lypica.

MILNE-EDWARDS, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx.
MILNE-EDWARDS, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 22.

SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 68,

pi. x. fig. 10.
SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. v. xix. p. 138 (1857).

WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 168.
WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 168. Cat. Crust.

Brit. Mus. 1850, p. 49 (but not of Kroyer, Nat.

Tidsk. iv. 149, Voy. Scandin. tab. 17, fig. 1.)

THE superior pair of antennae are not longer than the
head and first two segments. They have the first joint
of the peduncle very large ; the upper margin is con-
tinuous with the upper line of the head, and suddenly
curved clown towards the distal extremity — a circumstance

LYSIANASSA ATLANTICA. 83

that, at the first glance, gives it the appearance of being
the anterior extremity of the head ; the second and third
joints overlap each other, and are reduced in length to
the limits of very short joints, and not half as broad as
the first. The flagellum is not so long as the peduncle :
it consists of seven articuli, of which the first is longer
than the two last joints of the peduncle together ; the
rest, together, are as long again as the first. The in-
ferior antennae are as long again as the superior, and
much more slender. The peduncle does not reach be-
yond the peduncle of the superior ; the flagellum con-
sists of about twenty-one or twenty-two articuli, of
which the first is as long as the two following ; each
articulus carries one or two minute hairs ; but the in-
ferior, as well as the superior pair of antennae are very
free from any appearance of cilia. The organs of the
mouth are hid by the lateral appendages. The first pair
of legs have the coxa deeper than the segment to which
it is attached, the other joints are long and slender, the
wrist is continuous with, and as long as, the hand : it
increases in diameter until it meets the posterior ex-
tremity of the hand, which is its broadest part ; the
hand is there also at its broadest diameter, from which
it gradually tapers to the distal extremity, where it sup-
ports a short, slightly-curved finger. The second pair
of legs are a little longer than the first ; the coxa is
deeper than the second segment ; the wrist is longer than
the hand ; the hand is but little broader than the wrist,
upper margin arcuate, inferior straight, palm very short,
truncate, fringed with short cilia, and defined from the
inferior margin by a right angle. The distal half of the
upper margin is fringed with several rows of long hairs.
The perambulatory legs are subequal in length ; the two
anterior pairs (or the third and fourth pairs of legs)

G 2

84- GAMMARIM.

have the coxae deeper than the respective segments to
which they are attached. The coxae of the fourth pair
have an emargination that extends more than half its
depth, for the reception of the anterior margin of the
coxas of the fifth pair of legs. The remaining joints
of the first two pairs are uniform. The three posterior
pairs are also conjointly uniform ; their coxae are shorter
than their respective segments of the body ; the second
joints have the squamous plates broader above than
below, and are postero-inferiorly produced, so as almost
to reach to the distal extremity of the third joint ; the
fourth joint is somewhat dilated, the wrists are short,
the feet longer than the wrists, the fingers are short and
pointed. The caudal appendages are subequal, the pos-
terior pair being rather the shortest. The middle tail-
piece is as long as the branches of the posterior pair of
the caudal appendages. It is squamous and simple.

We dredged the first specimen of this species in
Plymouth Sound, and described it under the name of
L. marina. We have also received it from one of our
most valued correspondents, Mr. Edward, of Banff, who
took it in the neighbourhood in which he resides; and
Mr. W. Thompson has found it in Strangford Loch,
Ireland.

Since the publication of the " Synopsis of the British
Amphipoda," we have had the opportunity of examining
the type of M. Milne-Edwards' species, L. Atlantica,
preserved in the Museum of the Jardin des Plantes, and
are thereby enabled to identify the British species with
that taken in the Atlantic Ocean.

This species, like L. Costa, appears to be represented,
by close resemblance of form, by species existing in dis-
tant localities, of which L. Kroyeri, from Van Dieman's
Land, is an example.

AMPHIPODA.

LYSIANASSA LONG1CORNIS.

85

LYSIANASS1DES.

I

LYSIANASSA LONGTCORNIS.

Specific character. Inferior antennae longer than the animal in the male'
but a little shorter in the female.
Length ^ in.

Lysianassa longicomis. LUCAS, Expl. Sci. Algerie Zool. i. Crust, p. 53, pi.

5, fig. 2. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Ainph. Brit. Mus.
p. 70, pi. xi. fig. 2. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2nd Ser.

xx. p. 525 (Jan. 1858.)
Lysianassa Chausica. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. (1857) v. xix. p. 138.

WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 168, (not

Alibrotus Chausicus M. -Ed wards' Hist. Crust.

iii. 23.)

THE head has the lobes between the antennae pro-
duced to a somewhat down-curved point, extending fur-
ther forwards than the upper extremity of the head, and
extending beyond the basal half of the first joint of the
peduncle of the upper antennae. The back is long and
smooth ; but the three last joints of the tail are suddenly

86 GAMMARIDjE.

lessened in diameter. The eyes are moderately large,
somewhat reniform, and of a black colour. The upper
antennae are equal in length to the head and first two
segments of the body taken together ; the peduncle has
the first joint as long as the upper margin of the head,
the second and third joints are successively shorter; the
flagellum, which consists of six or seven articuli, is
shorter than the peduncle, but the secondary appendage
is nearly as long, though much more slender, than the
peduncle. The lower antennae have the peduncle as
long as the upper organs ; the first four joints are very
short, but the fifth reaches to the extremity of the
upper antennae ; it is of a peculiar shape — narrow near
the base, it suddenly enlarges, leaving a hollow upon
the lower margin, that enables the antennae at this joint
to be reflected back upon itself, and thus the organ is
carried, close pressed beneath the body of the animal,
which is its usual position ; from the widest diameter,
which is at the extremity of this hollow or notch, the
joint gradually tapers to the apex. The flagellum is
very slender and long, reaching much beyond the ex-
tremity of the animal. Each articulus of the flagellum
is a little longer than broad, and carries upon the upper
margin, which is slightly raised near the centre for that
purpose, a small membranous vesicle, in form like an
inverted shoe, from which resemblance Mr. Stimpson,
the naturalist of the United States' Expedition to Japan,
has given it the name Calceola. The use of these organ-
isms is not known ; Mr. Stimpson has, however, informed
us that they are peculiar to the males ; whilst our expe-
rience tells us that they are not common to the males of
all Amphipoda, nor, in fact, to those of this genus ;
neither do they appear to be so common to species which
belong to the British seas as to exotic forms.

LYSIANASS1 LONGICORNIS. 87

Believing that the inferior antennae are organs adapted
for the sense of smell, we may conjecture that these
membranous attachments have the power of increasing
that faculty to a more acute degree. The fact of their
being found in the males only would seem to corrobo-
rate this supposition, since undoubtedly the males seek
the other sex by the use of this sense, as the following
experiment appears to demonstrate. Having separated
a male amphipod from a female, which he was carry-
ing about with his legs, the latter immediately swam
to a place of security, but the male dashed eagerly
round the trough in which they were confined. While
swimming about, however, we observed that, having
passed by his mate, he would turn back, and select her
from among several others. We think that this could
only have been performed by the agency of smell, and
therefore consider these calceola as organisms, connected
with and increasing the capability of that sense in the
male amphipods where they exist.

The epistoma projects in a narrow perpendicular wedge-
like process, with a rounded apex, over which the in-
ferior antennae bend.

The mandibles do not materially differ from those of
species of this genus previously described. The foot-
jaws have the fifth joint very long, nearly three times as
long as the sixth, and have squamous plates attached to
the third and fourth joints ; the plate belonging to the
fourth joint has the outer margin minutely waved, and
furnished with a submarginal row of minute cilia, that of
the third joint reaches to half the length of the fourth,
and is furnished towards the distal extremity with a
thick brush of cilia. The first pair of legs are short and
tolerably robust ; the wrist is about half the length of
the hand and stouter ; the hand from its articulation with

88 GAMMARIDJ!.

the wrist gradually tapers to the distal extremity, where
it supports a short straight finger. The appendage is
but scantily clothed with hairs. The second pair of legs
are long and slender, having the wrist twice as long as
the hand, with the inferior margin convex and the su-
perior straight, the widest part being near the middle of
the joint ; the hand gradually but slightly increases in
diameter to the extremity, where the inferior angle is
produced in advance of the palm, and thus gives the
part a nearer approximation to a chelate organ than is
common in this order of Crustacea. The upper margin
of the hand to the apex is thickly furnished with long
double-branched hairs, the lower margin is studded with
straight parallel hairs, and the inferior angle covered with
short thick spines or obtuse hairs, very minute. The fin-
ger articulates near the centre of the extremity of the
hand, and is short, sharp-pointed, and curved. The
walking legs are subequal, and do not materially differ
from those of other species of this genus. The two pen-
ultimate pairs of caudal appendages are styliform, and
have the branches subequal in length, the upper margins
being furnished with a few short hairs. The last pair
reaches much further posteriorly than the two preceding,
but the basal joint is very short, while the branches are
long, subequal, and thickly furnished with long plumose
cilia. The central tail-piece exhibits no peculiar character.
The colour of the animal, when fresh taken, was
bright orange, mottled with red spots along the sides of
the body, just above the legs. The specimen from which
our drawing is taken was dredged by us in Plymouth
Sound, and described under the name of Lysianassa
chausica, being under the impression that it agreed with
Edwards' description of Alibrotus chausicus ; but through
the kindness of the authorities at the British Museum,

LYSIANASSA LONGICORNIS. 89

our attention was drawn to a species resembling this in
Lucas' Description of Crustacea taken on the shores of
Algeria ; since which time we have had the opportunity,
through the kindness of M. Lucas (who permitted us
to examine the Crustacea in his private collection), of
identifying the present specimen with that taken by
him on the northern coast of Africa.

Among the Crustacea forwarded to us by that obliging
and indefatigable naturalist, Mr. Edward, of Banff, we
have found a portion of an animal of this species from
the Moray Frith. We are also indebted to Professor
Kinahan, of Dublin, for several specimens from Dublin
Bay. All the specimens from the last-named locality
have the lower antennae shorter than that given in our
description and figure of the species, and do not possess
the calceola attached to the same appendage — circum-
stances which have induced us to conclude that these
were female specimens.

90 GAMMAR1DJ2.

A MPHTPODA . L YSIANASSIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— ANONYX, KROYER.

Anonyx Kroyer. GTRONLANP, Amfip. p. 15 ; Nat. Tidsk. v. ii. p. 256.

Generic character. — Superior antennae short, pyriform, furnished
with a secondary appendage. Mandibles having a smooth
incisive margin and a palpiform appendage. First pair of
gnathopoda subchelate ; second pair long, slender, feeble, and
subchelate. Telson single, squamiform, cleft.

THIS genus was separated from Lysianassa by Kroyer,
from the subchelate form of the hands of the third
pair of limbs (" parvulo instructi ungue"), and from the
fourth pair of limbs being destitute of a terminal hook,
(whence the generic name,) the place of which is sup-
plied by a brush of hairs. Also the middle tail-piece,
instead of being entire, as in Lysianassa, is divided more
or less deeply in Anonyx. Neither of these characters
are capable of being distinguished without close exami-
nation, and in some species, Anonyx lagena for example,
the extremely oblique palm of the hand approximates,
in its form, to that of a Lysianassa ; again, the divi-
sion of the central tail-piece is occasionally so slight,
as in A. obesa, that a small depression alone exists.
The genus Opis, of which Kroyer has described two
species, differs from Anonyx in the opposite extreme.
As Lysianassa has a less perfectly chelate hand than
Anonyx, so Opis possesses one that is still more perfect
as a didactyle claw.

This grouping, although convenient, appears to us to
be arbitrary ; moreover, it is not improbable that some
of the forms may be only sexual.

ANONYX LONGICORNIS.

91

AMPHIPODA.
NATATORIA.

LYSIANASSIDES.

ANONYX LONGICORNIS.

Specific character. Central dorsal line slightly carinatecl. Third seg-
ment of the pleon tuberculated at the posterior dorsal margin. Inferior
antennas longer than the animal. Telson very long and deeply cleft.

Length ^ in.

Anonyx longicomis. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mas. p. 72, pi. xi.

fig. 4.

THIS animal in its general form differs considerably
from the type of the genus, which is round and smooth,
while this puts on an angulated appearance. The head
is produced a little in front, the back is slightly carinated
through the entire length of the animal, the tenth seg-
ment (N) of the body is posteriorly produced to a tuber-
cle, and a deep sinus indents the anterior dorsal portion
of the next, which is also posteriorly elevated into a long
tubercular ridge.

92 GAMMARID^.

The eyes are small and oval ; they appear smaller
than they really are, for the black pigment is only
visible in the centre of the organ, the several lenses
forming an areola round the central spot. The superior
antennas are short. The first joint of the peduncle is
as long as the head, and has the upper margin produced
anteriorly so far that it reaches to the extremity of the
third joint. The second and third joints are short and
small, and gradually taper to the extremity of the
flagellum, which consists of but two or three articuli.
We have not observed the secondary appendage. The
inferior antennas are long, longer than the entire ani-
mal, and very slender. They bear a considerable re-
semblance to the same organ in Lysianassa lonyicornis.
The third and fourth joints of the peduncle are short,
being as broad as long; the fifth or last joint is very
long, hollowed upon the under side near the base,
swelled near the middle, and gradually tapering to the
distal extremity ; the flagellum is very slender and long,
and is formed of articuli which are long and slender,
every articulus being furnished with a calceola — a fact,
which, if Stimpson be correct, shows that our specimen
is a male animal. The first pair of legs are long and
slender, having the wrist longer than the hand, and the
under margin parallel with the upper ; the hand is not
broader than the wrist, and also has the under margin
parallel with the upper, the palm is short, oblique, and
concave. The second pair of legs are long, slender, and
membranaceous ; the wrist is longer than the hand ; the
hand has the infero-anterior angle produced to a blunt
point beyond the palm, equal to the length of the
finger, which is very short, and therefore approximates
nearly to a didactyle claw. The first two pairs of
walking legs are slender. The last . three have the

ANONYX LONGICORNIS. 93

second or squamose joint posteriorly and inferiorly pro-
duced, so as to cover the third joint and part of the
fourth : the fourth joint is very peculiar, being pos-
teriorly developed to a squamose plate, with the upper
and lower margins posteriorly depressed, and almost
parallel, as are also the anterior and posterior margins —
circumstances that give -to the joint the form of a
diagonal parallelogram. The wrist is very long, longer
than the hand, and stouter ; the hands have the margins
parallel ; fingers long, slender, and straight. The two
posterior pairs of legs are subequal, and considerably
longer than the preceding. The caudal appendages
are subequal in length ; the two anterior pairs are
free from hairs or spines, and reach to the same dis-
tance, the branches being equal. The posterior pair
have the branches equal to each other in length, but
a little longer than those of the two preceding pairs ;
they have the inferior margin straight, or nearly so,
tending rather to a hollow than to a convex outline,
while the upper margin is arcuate, and furnished with
a thick fringe of hairs. The terminal plate is very
long, reaching to two-thirds the length of the posterior
pair of caudal appendages.

We received this interesting specimen from our valued
friend and correspondent, Mr. Geo. Barlee. He obtained
it, with many other Crustacea, from the Haaf fishing-
grounds off the coast of Shetland.

GAMMARIDJ:.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATOEIA.

LYSIANASSIDES.

ANONYX EDWARDS!.

Specific character. Inferior antennae scarcely longer than the superior.
First pair of gnathopoda short, robust, having the propodos broader near
the carpal extremity than at the palm. Palm but slightly oblique, defined
by an almost right angle.

Length |g of an inch.

Anonyx EdwardsL KROYER, Voyage en Scand. pi. xvi. fig. 2. BRANDT,

Middendorffs Siberische Reise, pi. xi. fig. 7. LILJE-
BORG, in Ofvers. af Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl.
1851, No. 38. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p.
170, pi. x. fig. 3. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist,
xix. p. 138 (1857) ; Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 73.
pi. xi. fig. 5.

*

THIS animal bears a general resemblance to Lysianassa
Costce. It has a sinus in the middle of the antepenulti-
mate segment of the body. The eyes are subreniform,
and of a white colour covered with black spots. The
superior antennas have the peduncle as long as the head,

ANONYX EDWARDS!. 95

the second and third joints suddenly narrowing, giving
to the upper margin an arcuate line, while the lower is
straight ; the flagellum is about the same length as the
peduncle, the first articulus being nearly half its entire
length. The secondary appendage is nearly as long as
the flagellum. The inferior antennae are about the same
length as the superior; the joints forming the peduncle
are short, except the last, being hidden behind the pro-
jecting lateral lobes of the head. The epistoma is
rounded in front, and projects as far in advance as the
frontal wall of the head. The foot-jaws are short, and
have the fifth and sixth joints subequal in length, but
neither of them are much longer than the seventh. The
plate which is attached to the fourth joint has the inner
margin crenulated, where the rudiments of a spine cor-
responds with each lobule ; a single strong spine sub-
apically crowns the plate. The first pair of legs are
short and robust, they have the wrist and hand nearly
of the same length, and continuous with each other,
forming a long imperfect ellipse, the broadest part of
which corresponds with the articulation between the
two joints. The palm is the narrowest part of the
hand ; it is smooth, and defined by a right angle that
projects a little beyond the regular line of the inferior
margin : the finger is short, strong, and curved. The
second pair of legs are long and slender, having the
third joint nearly as long as the fourth, the fifth
much longer than either, and as long again as the
hand, it is inferiorly produced to a lobe, which is
thickly covered with a fur of short stiff hairs, above
which, on the inner side as well as on the upper mar-
gin, is a double row of similar hairs which extend longitu-
dinally along half the length of the joint. The hand is
rounded at the apex, furnished with five rows of hairs

96 GAMMARI.DJE.

running across the axis of the joint, and covered below
and at the apex with a fur of short hairs, amongst which
the small finger is lost to observation, except under very
high magnifying power. It must therefore appear, if
there be any prehensile capability in this and other
similar appendages, that it is not obtained through any
assistance that can be derived from the finger, but by
the pressure of the hand back against the hairy cushion
on the inferior surface of the wrist. The first two pairs
of walking legs are small, and the last three appear to
be more robust ; they are rather curved, and have the
second joint developed to a broad oval shape, which is
produced infero-posteriorly, so far as to cover the next
joint; their posterior margins are crenulated, and have
a short hair springing from the depression between each
lobule ; the fourth joint is broader in the fifth pair of
legs than in the two following pairs ; the sixth joint is
slightly curved, the two margins being parallel. The
three pairs of caudal appendages are short ; the branches
(which are of equal length on each) are very short, those
on the posterior being a little the longest. The terminal
scale is cleft through more than half its length. The
tail generally has the appearance of being a powerfully
thrusting organ, and it is undoubtedly used to propel the
animal either backwards or forwards.

The colour of the animal varies from a transparent
pale yellow, in the young state, to that of a deep yellow
or light brown tint. The eyes are red in the young, but
become black in the adult animal. The structure of the
skin appears not to exhibit any decided markings when
examined by the microscope, but the surface generally is
covered with minute solitary spinules or short hairs, dis-
tantly scattered.

This description, as well as our figure, is taken from a

ANONYX EDWARDSI. 97

British specimen. On comparing it with Kroyer's figure
in his magnificent work cited above, the following differ-
ences will be found. Kroyer represents the palm of the
first hand as serrated, as also the inner margin of the
finger. The serrature is, however, not deep, and we do
not think that we should be justified in making a separate
species upon characters so trivial, unsupported by other
characters. We have also observed a slightly-serrated
margin in some specimens.

We have received specimens of this species from the
Moray Frith, sent to us by the Rev. Geo. Gordon, and
Mr. Edward, of Banff, who has forwarded to us the largest
specimen that we have seen. From Falmouth it has
been sent us by Mr. Webster ; and we have dredged it
in Plymouth Sound.

H

98

GAMMARIDiE.

AMPHIPODA,

NATATORIA.

LYSIANASSIDES.

I

ANONYX OBESUS.

Specific character. — Three posterior segments of the pleon very short.
Superior antennse having the secondary appendage as long as the primary.
Inferior antennae scarcely longer than the superior. First pair of gnathopoda
having the propodos ovate, tapering, palm continuous with the inferior mar-
gin, and but slightly denned. Telson bilobed.

Length \ inch.

Anotnjx obesus. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 74, pi. xii. fig. 1.

*

THE animal is short, round, and obese, (whence its
specific name has been derived,) and the tail extends but
slightly beyond the last deep segment of the body. The
eyes were not visible in the specimen which we have
seen, which was sent to us preserved in spirits. The
superior antennae are rather longer than the head. The
first joint of the peduncle is very large, the second and
third short, the flagellum articulates with the peduncle
upon a process of the third joint, and consists of six
or seven articuli, the first of which is rather larger than
the others. The secondary appendage is as long as the
primary ; it originates in a depression immediately
above the articulation of the flagellum, and consists of

ANONYX OBESUS. 99

five or six articuli, each of which is respectively longer
than the articuli of the flagellum, and the first is more
than as long again as either of the others. The inferior
antennae are scarcely longer than the superior. The
first pair of legs are very robust ; the wrist and hand
together have the upper margins in form of a continuous
curve ; the inferior margin of the wrist is slightly pro-
duced between the preceding joint and the hand, and
is crowned with several long hairs ; the hand is long,
ovate ; the upper margin more curved than the lower ;
the palm is continuous with the inferior margin, and
defined by a small spine planted upon a tubercle near
the carpal extremity, a second spine is placed one-third
in advance of the preceding ; the palm is fringed with
a row of very minute cilia, and laterally defended by
five or six equidistant hairs ; the finger is strong,
curved, and sharp. The second pair of legs are long,
slender, and membranaceous ; the third joint is longer
than the fourth, and the wrist is much longer than the
hand ; both these last two joints increase in diameter
towards their distal extremity, and are thickly covered
with short straight hairs, — those upon the hand are more
numerous, and altogether prevent the finger from being
observed. The walking legs are short and very strong ;
the last three pairs are more so than the preceding, and
have the scale-like second joints almost disk-shaped ; the
fourth and fifth joints are also very broad, the former
more so than the latter. The tail is very short. The
lateral walls of the last three segments are very deep,
especially those of the last joint ; and when the caudal
appendages are not extended they are almost covered by
them, even when not rolled up. The caudal appendages
are free from hairs or spines; their branches are styli-
form, with a slight curve gradually tapering to a point.

IT O.

*

] 00 GAMMARID M.

The antepenultimate pair have the branches shorter than
their peduncles ; those of the penultimate and ultimate
are longer ; especially the latter, on the outer branch
of which there is an articulation near the apex. The
caudal plate is almost round, divided at the apex to
more than half the depth of the plate, where the division
is broader than at the apex, thus giving the plate the
appearance of being bilobed.

This species affords an example of the near approxi-
mation of Anonyx and Lysianassa. The first pair of
hands have the palm scarcely distinguishable from the
line of the inferior margin, against which the curved
finger impinges when closed.

Having stated that this specimen was sent to us in
spirits, we would here mention that we find, for a limited
period (some months at least), specimens preserved in
glycerine keep all the colour and transparency of living
animals.

This species was sent to us by Mr. Edward, of Banff,
who took it in the Moray Frith.

AXONYX DENTICULATUS.

101

AM PHI POD A.

NATATORIA.

LYSIANASSIDES.

ANONYX DENTICULATUS.

Specific character. — Third segment of the pleon produced on each side
into a tooth, which is directed upwards and backwards, at a right angle with
the inferior half of the posterior margin. Inferior antennas more than half
the length of the animal.

Length \ inch.

Anonyx denticulatus. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. 139 (Feb. 1857.) Cat.
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 74, pi. xii. fig. 2. WHITE,
Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 171.

THE animal is proportionally long, and in general form
bears a considerable resemblance to Anonyx ampulla, from
which it may be readily recognized by the posterior mar-
gin of the last deep segment of the body being produced
on each side backwards and upwards into a long flat
tooth. The eyes in this species have not been observed
by us, having only seen dead specimens. The superior

102 GAMMAR1DJ1.

antennae are scarcely longer than the head ; the first joint
of the peduncle is long, nearly as broad at the distal ex-
tremity as at the centre, and superiorly it considerably
overlaps the second joint ; the second joint is short, but
not much narrower than the first, it also considerably
overlaps the third ; the third joint is very short, but longer
on the internal upper margin than at the lower : the
first articulus of the flagellum is as long as the peduncle,
and is furnished upon the inner surface with two longi-
tudinal series of rows of minute hairs ; the rest of the
articuli, about thirteen in number, are as broad as long,
and inferiorly furnished upon the inner surface of each
with three hairs. The secondary appendage is short, not
being longer than the first articulus of the flagellum ; it
consists of three articuli, the first long, the other two
short. The inferior antennae are rather more than half
the length of the animal ; the last joint of the peduncle
extends quite to the distal extremity of the first articulus
of the flagellum of the superior antennae ; the flagellum
is long and slender, and reaches to half the length of the
animal. The epistoma is not very prominent. The
mandibles have both extremities of the incisive edge
produced beyond the intermediate blade ; the molar
tubercle is furnished with a few short obtuse spines.
The appendage is long, with the second joint longer
than the third. The first pair of legs are long and
slender ; they have the wrist and hand subequal in
length, the wrist being rather broader than the hand ;
it has the margins parallel, and terminates abruptly ; the
hand has the margins parallel, the palnv is oblique, con-
vex, being formed by the apical margin gradually round-
ing into the inferior ; it is minutely pectinated through
its entire surface, and is defined only by the cessation of
the small teeth ; the finger is long, slender, and slightly

ANONYX DENTICULATUS. 103

curved, reaching to the extremity of the palm, and,
when closed, impinging against it through its entire
length. The second pair of legs are long, slender, and
membranaceous ; the wrist is longer than the hand, and
thickly furred with hair ; the hand is almost oval, very
hirsute, and terminating in a minute claw, which is
almost lost in a brush of plumose hair at its extremity.
The other legs are tolerably long and slender. The
second joint of the last three pairs is oval, but not
produced so as to cover any of the succeeding joints of
the leg ; the posterior margin is serrated, but more dis-
tinctly in the last pair than in the other two. The
caudal appendages are simple, the penultimate being
rather shorter than the other two. The middle tail-
piece is ovate, cleft down the centre nearly to the bot-
tom, each division being furnished at its apex with a
strong blunt spinule. Some of the hairs upon the first
pair of legs terminate in a trident ; others have the
apex reflexed, so as to assume a club-shaped appear-
ance. The extremity of the finger also has a peculiar
and probably unique feature, — the point, which is toler-
ably fine, is protected by a little membranous sac, which
appears to be formed so that the animal can cover or
expose it at will.

This species is as yet rather rare. We have received
it from the Moray Frith, from our kind correspondents,
the Rev. Geo. Gordon, and Mr. Edward. Professor
Kinahan has sent us a single specimen from Dublin
Bay ; and recently it has been taken by Mr. J. Gwyn
Jeffreys and the Rev. A. M. Norman, in Vedlom Voe,
Shetlands.

104

GAMMAR1DJ1.

AMPIIIPODA.

NATATORIA.

LYSIANASSIDES.

ANONYX HOLBOLLI.

Specific character. — Eye oblong. Superior antennse half as long as the
inferior. Inferior antennae one-fifth the length of the animal. First pair of
gnathopoda having the palm oblique, minutely pectinated, and defined by two
small spines.

Length ~j inch.

Anonyx Holbolli. KRONER, Voy. Scaud. Crust, pi. xv. fig. 1 a-s. SPENCE

BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat.
Hist. ser. 2, xix. p. 138 (Feb. 1857.) Cat. Amph.
Brit. Mus. p. 75, pi. xii. fig. 4. WHITE, Pop. Hist.
Brit. Crust, p. 170. LILJEBORG, in Ofvers. af Kongl.
Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 22, No. 36.

THE general form of the animal is long and smoothly
round over the back, the superior antennae appearing as
a part of the head of the animal. The eyes are a long
oval, assuming somewhat of the kidney shape. The
colour of the organ is reddish, but in the specimens

ANONYX IIOLBOLL1. 105

which we have seen, the outline has been scarcely as
defined as that given in pur figure. In Kroyer's beau-
tiful plates in his " Voyage en Scandinavie," the form
is given as wedge-shaped, slightly curved, the narrow
extremity being uppermost, and the broadest down-
wards, like an inverted comma ('). The upper antennae
have the first joint of the peduncle very long and stout,
while the second is short and much narrower ; the third
being scarcely visible, a portion only of it extending
beyond the limits of the preceding ; the first articulus
of the flagellum is very long, as long as all the others
united, and is furnished upon the inner side with two
longitudinal series of transverse rows of short hairs.
It also supports at its extremity, upon the upper side,
a bundle of auditory cilia ; the rest of the flagellum
consists of but six or seven articuli : the secondary
appendage is long and slender ; it is nearly as long as
the flagellum, and consists of about eight articuli, of
which the first is the longest.

The lower antennas are about one-fifth the length
of the animal, and as long again as those of the upper
pair ; the peduncle is shorter than that of the upper
antennae, and less stout ; the flagellum is long and slen-
der, and has the articuli, of which it is composed,
longer than broad.

The mandibles are furnished with a plain cutting
incisive edge, from near the base of which a row of
minute curved hairs is continued, until they communi-
cate, at the opposite extremity, with the molar tubercle.
Each of these organs supports a very long three -jointed
appendage, the second and third joints of which are fur-
nished with hairs, increasing in length towards the distal
extremity of each joint.

The foot-jaws have the scale-like plate belonging to

106 GAMMARIDJE.

the fourth joint largely developed, having a row of
tubercles or rudimentary spines on the interior margin,
but which become developed into long, strong, and
simple spines at the apex of the plate.

The first pair of legs have subcheliform hands ; but in
this species these organs are not very robust. The hand
is not large, but long and narrow, being scarcely wider
at the palm than at the extremity near the animal. The
palm is oblique, slightly convex, and furnished with a
row of parallel equidistant teeth, offering a comb-like
arrangement upon the margin of the organ, and is de-
fined by two double-pointed spines, situated at the in-
ferior angle, against which the finger, which is furnished
with a second tooth or point, impinges.

The second pair of legs are very long and slender ; so
slender as to be useless as prehensile organs, suggesting
the idea of being adapted to the same purpose as the
analogous imperfectly developed last pairs of legs in the
section Anomoura, which are used for the purpose of
cleaning and brushing the animal : they are plentifully
covered with hairs, those upon the anterior margin of the
hand being very long, while others upon the posterior
margin are shorter and fewer in number. The palm is
but slightly oblique, and has the margin slightly waved ;
the finger is small, and tuberculated near the base, it has
the apex slightly curved, which, when it closes, antago-
nizes with a strong spine ; several of these spines lie
concealed amidst the brush of simple hairs on the
posterior margin. All these spines, when closely exa-
mined, are found to have the side near the hand minutely
serrated. The two anterior pairs of walking feet are
slender: the three posterior are tolerably robust, and
have the posterior margins of the second joints serrated,
the last being the most perfectly so. Each of the caudal

ANONYX HOLBOLLI. 107

appendages has its branches subequal ; the penultimate
pair are shorter than the preceding, or ultimate pairs.
The terminal central piece is deeply divided, and each
division has its apex truncated, and furnished with a
central spine.

The colour of the animal is transparently white, hav-
ing spots of rose-colour near the dorsal surface, on each
each side of the body, which in some specimens are less
distinguishable in outline, their place being only indi-
cated by a blush of the same colour.

The original specimen was taken at Sukker-topper, by
M. Holboll, in compliment to whom Kroyer proposed
the specific name adopted above. We have received
specimens from our valued correspondent, the Rev. Geo.
Gordon, of Elgin ; also from our indefatigable friend,
Mr. Edward, of Banff; and Mr. Barlee has dredged it
on the Haaf, about thirty miles off the Shetlands. It
has been taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. J.
Gwyn Jeffreys in the outer Skerries Harbour, Shetland.
Mr. Loughrin has sent us a half-grown specimen from
Polperro, on the coast of Cornwall, and we have dredged
it in Plymouth Sound.

108

GAMMA lUD^:.

AMPIIIPODA.

NATATOHIA.

LYSIANASSIDES.

ANONYX MINUTUS.

Specific character. — Inferior antennas about one-third the length of the
animal. Flagellum with the articuli broader than long, and possessing a
moniliform appearance. The bases of the three posterior pairs of pereiopoda
extending to the distal extremity of the meros.

Length ^ inch.

Anonyx minutus. KROYER, Yoy. en Scand. pi. xviii. fig. 2. LILJEBORG, in

Ofvers. Eongl. Vetensk. Akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 22,
No. 39. WHITE, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 170. SPENCE
BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist,
ser. 2. xix. p. 138 (Feb. 1857.) Cat. Amph. Brit.Mus.
p. 76, pi. xii. f. 6.

THE eyes in tins species are small and round. The
superior antennae are very short, and have the first joint
of the peduncle as long as the dorsal margin of the
head, the second short, and the third almost obsolete.
The first articulus of the flagellum is as long as the
remaining seven or eight short ones, and is furnished on
the inner surface with two longitudinal series of trans-
verse rows of hairs. The secondary appendage is scarcely

ANONYX MINUTUS. 109

longer than the first articulus of the flagellum, and
consists of five or six articuli, of which the first is
longer than all the others. The inferior antennas are
three times as long as the superior, and about one-
third the length of the animal ; they have the last
two joints of the peduncle short and subequal in
length ; the flagellum consists of many short articuli,
each being rather broader than long, and united to the
next by a compressed articulation, a circumstance that
gives to the appendage in this species a moniliform
appearance. The first pair of legs are short and toler-
ably robust; the lower margin of the hand is nearly
parallel with the upper, being rather broader at the base
than at the distal extremity; the palm is straight, and
defined by an almost right angle with the inferior mar-
gin ; the finger that completes the organ is short and
strong. The second pair of legs are much longer than
the first, as is, indeed, the case throughout the genus.
The limb is verv slender and membranaceous, and is

*/

mostly carried folded and compressed beneath the body
of the animal ; the wrist is much longer than the hand,
and is inferiorly lobed, the lobes being covered with a
number of small blunt triple-pointed spines, or rather
plates ; towards the anterior margin these plates gradu-
ally lose their complex character, and become simple
spines; the hand is covered with a thick brush of
short hair ; those on the upper margin are planted in
six or seven transverse rows ; towards the extremity they
become longer ; the finger is short, and scarcely visible
amidst the hairs among which it is planted. The first
two pairs of walking legs are tolerably robust. The last
three are equally so, each having the second joint (which
is universally developed into a squamose form in this
genus) produced downwards, so far that, in the last two

110

GAMMARID^.

particularly, they cover the next and much of the suc-
ceeding joint of the leg. The caudal appendages are
short, those of the last pair having the peduncle and
branches of nearly the same length.

We have received specimens of this species from
Strangford Loch, where it was dredged by that inde-
fatigable naturalist, Mr. Barlee ; Mr. Webster has sent
it to us from Falmouth. We have also dredged it in
Plymouth Sound.

The accompanying vignette is from a picture in the
possession of Mrs. Hames, of Chagford.

ANONYX PLAUTUS.

Ill

AMPI1IPODA.

NATATORIA.

LYSIANASSIDES.

ANONYX PLAUTUS.

Specific character. — Inferior antennae scarcely longer than the superior.
First pair of gnathopoda having the propodos tapering. Palm longitudinal,
occupying the whole of the inferior margin.

Length 24g inch.

Anonyx plautus, KROYER, Yoy. Scand. pi. 15, fig. 2a-v. SPENCE BATE,

Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 78, pi. xiii. fig. 1.

THE eyes of this species, in Kroyer's figure, are sub-
reniform ; in our specimen, however, we have not ob-
served these organs.

The superior antennae are but little longer than the
head ; the first joint of the peduncle is as long as the
head, and the second and third joints subequally short
and narrow ; the flagellum is scarcely as long as the
peduncle ; the secondary appendage is very short. The
inferior antennas are very slender, and but very little
longer than the superior. The first pair of legs are

112 GAMMARIDjE.

short and very robust; the fourth joint has the inferior
margin considerably produced anteriorly upon the wrist ;
the wrist is short, very short upon the inferior margin,
and arched upon the upper, forming an imperfect tri-
angle ; the hand is not so broad as the wrist, and
gradually tapers to the distal extremity ; the palm cor-
responds with the inferior margin, and is imperfectly
defined ; a short spine marks the limit to which the
finger can reach, which corresponds nearly with the en-
tire length of the inferior margin. The second pair of
legs are long, slender, and membranaceous ; the third
joint is as long as the fourth; the wrist is as long again
as the hand ; the hand increases in width towards the
distal extremity; the palm is furred with minute hairs;
and the finger is very minute. The first two pairs of
walking legs are tolerably slender, whilst the last three
are very short and robust ; the second or squamiform
joint is of an oval shape, and is inferiorly produced as
far as the distal extremity of the third joint, and the
posterior margin is slightly crenulated. In Krpyer's
figure this is not so represented, the margin being drawn
smooth. The three posterior pairs of caudal appendages
are short ; the peduncles are stout, and increase in dia-
meter posteriorly upon the upper margin ; the branches
are short, and free from hairs. The central terminal
plate is round, only showing a slight depression at the
apex.

The specimen from which we drew our figure and de-
scription was sent to us by Mr. Edward, of Banff, who
procured it in that neighbourhood.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATOEIA.

ANONYX LONGIPES,

113

LTSIANA8SIDE8.

ANONYX LONGIPES.

Specific character. Inferior antennas ratter longer than the superior.
First pair of gnathopoda having the carpus and propodos subequal, the
margins parallel, palm short, slightly oblique, denned by one or two large
spines near the inferior angle. Pereiopoda long and slender.

Length about 4 inch.

Anonyx longipes. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 79, pi xiii.

fig. 4.

THE animal generally bears some resemblance to A.
Holbolliy from which it differs chiefly in the form of the
first pair of hands.

The eyes in this species are very small. The superior
antennae are about twice the length of the head ; the
first joint of the peduncle is nearly as long as the head ;
the next two joints are very short. The flagellum is

i

114 GAMMAR1DJE.

about the length of the peduncle ; the secondary ap-
pendage is short. The inferior antennae are very slight,
and nearly half as long again as the superior. The
epistoraa is produced to a point. The first pair of
legs are long and slender ; the wrist and the hand are
nearly of the same length, the wrist being slightly the
longer of the two ; they have the inferior margin pa-
rallel with the superior ; the wrist is rather broader
than the hand, and has the inferior margin furnished
with a slight brush throughout its entire length ; the
hand has the inferior margin slightly waved; the palm
is oblique, and defined by a slightly obtuse angle, near
which stands one or two strong spines ; the palm is
also armed with three or four short spinules. The
finger is rather longer than the palm, bat slightly
curved, increasing in diameter near the centre, where
it gradually tapers to a point, and is furnished with
three small stiff spinules, which must add considerably
to the prehensile capability of the organ. The second
pair of legs are also very long, slender, and membran-
aceous ; the third joint is as long as the fourth; the
wrist is half as long again as the hand, and furnished
upon the under-side, which is not at all prominent, with
a delicate fur of hair nearly throughout its entire length ;
the hand is long, pear-shaped, the broadest axis being
about one-third of its length from the apex ; the in-
ferior angle being produced ; the finger, which is very
minute, articulates posteriorly to the inferior angle, and
therefore the hand approaches somewhat to the form of
a double-fingered claw ; the distal extremity of the
hand is covered with a fur of fine hairs. The wTalking-
legs are subequally long and slender, the three posterior
having the second joint developed to a broad scale, the
two last being produced a little downwards ; except the

ANONYX LONGIPES. 115

third, all the joints are long. The wrists and the feet
are subequal. The feet are furnished, upon the flexible
side, with a few fine hairs, and a stout, sharp, short
spine, curved reversely to the finger, which is long,
slender, and appears capable of impinging against the
front of the foot. The caudal appendages are subequal,
the penultimate being slightly the shortest, and the
branches of the last are unequal. The middle tail-
piece is longer than the peduncle of the last pair of
caudal appendages.

This species was sent to us by our valued corres-
pondent, Mr. Barlee, who dredged it on the Haaf Fish-
ing-ground, about thirty miles off the Shetland Islands,
where it has also been taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman
and Mr. Jeffreys. Without examination it may be mis-
taken for Lysianassa marina, (from which it chiefly differs
in the generic distinction,) as well as for Anonyx lagena
of Kroyer ; but the peculiar form of the eye in the latter,
which is tolerably large, and formed like an inverted
comma, will offer a ready means of distinction, besides
other, perhaps more important but less striking charac-
ters. From A. ampulla it is distinguishable by the length
of the inferior antennae.

Our figure of this species is taken from a female spe-
cimen.

116

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

GAMMAR1D.E.

LY8IANASSIDES.

ANONYX AMPULLA.

Specific description. Inferior antennas very slender, and more than half
the length of the animal.
Length, 1= inch.

Anonyx ampulla. KROYER, Voy. Scand. pi. xiii. fig. 2. SPENCE BATE,

Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xix. p. 139 (Feb. 1857.) Cat.
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 79, pi. xiii. fig. 5. WUITE, Pop.
Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 170.

THE eyes in the only specimens of this species which
we have seen are obliterated in consequence of being
dried. The superior antennas are also damaged, so that
the exact length cannot be stated; but the peduncle is
very short, being scarcely half the length of the head ;
the first joint is scarcely longer than broad, the second is
shorter, and the third almost lost to view; the first
articulus of the flagellum is quite as long as the ped-
uncle, the remainder are short ; we have not, however,
been able to determine their number, but in Kroyer's
figure the flagellum is represented nearly as long as the

A XONYX AMPULLA. 117

animal ; the secondary appendage is about the length of
the first articulus of the flagellum, and consists of one
long and two very minute articuli. The inferior antenna?
are very slender and delicate ; they are more than half the
length of the animal, and generally lie concealed beneath
the body ; the peduncle reaches rather further than the
peduncle of the superior, only two of the joints are
visible beyond the margin of the head, of which the
penultimate joint is very broad, and continues so to its
extremity, whereas the ultimate is considerably narrower,
but still very much broader than the articuli of the fla-
gellum ; the first articulus of the flagellum is longer
than either of the others, but very small in diameter,
while all the others are still more so — a circumstance
that renders the entire flagellum exceedingly fine. The
epistoma is produced to a sharp spear-like point, directed
straight forward. The mandibles have the second joint of
their appendage much longer than the terminal. The coxae
belonging to the first and second pairs of legs have the in-
ferior margin smooth, except towards the posterior angle,
which is elevated to a small tooth, immediately before
which is a depression, from the bottom of which springs
a short stiff solitary spinule. The first pair of legs have
the hands long and narrow, the upper and lower margins
being parallel ; the palm is slightly oblique and straight,
but obsoletely crenulated, and defined by an obtuse angle,
a little anterior to which stands a short stout spine, which
is opposed to the tip of the closed finger ; the finger is
as long as the palm, and slightly curved. The second
pair of legs are very long and slender ; the third joint is
longer than the fourth, — it is the great length of this
joint that gives the peculiarly slender and feeble appear-
ance to this leg throughout the genus ; the wrist is
rather longer than the hand, and has the inferior margin

118 GAMMARIDJI.

and distal extremity furnished with hairs — those upon the
latter position are very long, and split at the extremity
into two branches ; the hand is long and narrow, having
the margins parallel and the apex truncate ; the anterior
half is furred with short hairs, a few long and large ones
are also attached to the upper margin and apex; the finger
is attached near the centre, so that the palm consists of
but half the apical margin ; its outline is waved, and the
short finger is tuberculated upon the inner margin. The
first two pairs of walking legs are uniform and tolerably
robust ; the last three are equally so, but they have the
second joint developed into an oval scale, which extends
downwards as far as the extremity of the joint next suc-
ceeding. The caudal appendages have their branches
subequal, the penultimate pair are shorter than the pre-
ceding or ultimate. The terminal branches are furnished
with short spines upon the upper and inner margins,
those of the penultimate have the extremity of the inner
branch subapically furnished with a long spine, which
gives this branch the appearance of terminating in a
double extremity. The central tail-piece is divided to
about two-thirds of its length; the outer and upper
margin of each division is supplied with three equi-
distant spinules, two or three more of which cover the
apex of each half. These spinules or small hairs are
subapically furnished with a branch still more minute.

We have received specimens of this species from the
Moray Frith, collected by the Rev. Mr. Gordon, of
Elgin, and Mr. Edward, of Banff. From them our
figure and description are taken. On a comparison with
the figure given by Kroyer, our specimens appear to be
comparatively longer, but in all other respects their
identity appears to be complete.

t'ALLISOMA. 119

A M PHI POD A . L YS1A NASSI3E8.

NATATORIA.

b, Scc<>nd pair of gnathopoda robust and more or less chelifurm,

first jiair feeble.

Genus— CALLISOMA, COSTA.

Calltsonia. COSTA, Cat. del Crost. del Regno di Napoli, 1840. SPENCE

BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 84.

Scopeloclielrus. S PENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Synop. &c.

Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. 138, 1857. WIIITE, Hist. Brit.
Crust, p. 168.

Generic character. Resembles Anonyx and Lysianassa, ex-
cept that the first pair of gnathopoda are slender, and have the
daetylos not unguiculate. Second pair robust, chelate. Pos-
terior pair of caudal appendages unibranched. Telson bifid.

THE superior antennas are short and thick at the base.
The inferior antennae much more slender. The coxae of
four anterior pairs of appendages are as deep as the seg-
ments of the body to which they are respectively at-
tached. The fourth segment has the posterior margin
deeply excavated, to receive the anterior lobe of the
fifth. The first pair of arms are long and slender, and
have the finger terminating in a brush of hair. The
second pair of arms are more robust than the first, and
terminate in a very perfectly-formed didactyle claw. The
walking legs correspond with those of the other genera
in this subfamily ; but the caudal appendages differ in
having the posterior pair unibranched, and the terminal
plate is bifid.

120

AMPHIPODA

NATATORIA.

GAMMARIDJ1.

LYSIANASSIDES.

\

CALLISOMA CRENATA.

Specific character. Inferior antennas one-third the length of the animal.
First pair of gnathopoda having the dactylos developed into a thick brush of
short hair. Fourth segment of the pleon having on the dorsal surface a deep
notch.

Length, ^ inch.

Callisoma crenata. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 85, pi.

xiv. fig. 5.
Scopeloclieirus crenatus. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58.

Synop. &c., Ann. Nat, Hist. six. 138 (1857).

WHITE, Hiat. Brit. Crust, p. 167.

THIS species is very round and smooth, and rolls itself
up almost into a ball. The head is small, and anteriorly
produced into a minute flat rostrum, which is merely a
projecting portion of the skin, extending horizontally with
the top of the head. The antero-inferior angle projects
as far forwards as the extremity of the rostrum. The
eyes are small and reniform, showing black spots on a

CALLISOMA CRENATA. 121

white ground. The superior antenna? are very stout at
the base ; the first joint of the peduncle is nearly as long
as the head, and almost as thick as long ; the second
joint is very short, and a little narrower than the first;
the third is very short, and almost covered by the pre-
ceding; the flagellum has the first articulus very long,
and broader at the base than at the distal extremity, the
remaining articuli (six or seven in number) are small.
The inferior antennae are slender, and about one-third
the length of the animal ; the peduncle is rather longer
than the peduncle of the superior ; the flagellum is very
slender, and lies folded beneath the body of the animal.
The first pair of arms are long and slender, and have
the hand long and narrow, the margins parallel, the
distal extremity being anteriorly armed with several
fasciculi of strongly curved hairs ; the finger consists
of a thick brush of short stiff hairs. The second pair
are more robust than the first ; the hand is ovate,
with the inferior angle produced and depressed; it ter-
minates in a small tooth ; the finger is rather longer
than the process of the hand, and has the inner margin
waved; together they form a very perfect daw, which
bears a strong resemblance to those existing in some
species of Soldier Crabs (Pagurus Dillwynii.) The third
and fourth pairs of legs are not very robust ; the three
last gradually increase in length. The first squamose
plate of the fifth pair of legs is almost round, and cor-
responds anteriorly with a deep excavation in the pre-
ceding ; the second squamose joint is produced pos-
teriorly, and is broader than long; the next joint is
very short; but the fourth is produced posteriorly into a
small squamose plate, fringed with hairs ; the wrist is
short, and stouter than the hand, which is long, slender,
and has the margins parallel. The two posterior

122 GAMMARIDJE.

are longer than the preceding, and more slender, and
have the third joints and the wrists not broader than
the next succeeding joints.

The segment of the body which carries the ante-
penultimate pair of caudal appendages is remarkable
for a notch, deeply cut, near the middle, into its dorsal
surface. The appendages are shorter than the penulti-
mate ; the penultimate is shorter than the ultimate ; and
both have their branches equal. The last pair have but
one branch, which is much longer than the peduncle, and
tipped with a strong single spine. The terminal plate is
double, as in the genus Gammarus, each division being
subapically tipped with a single spinule.

The colour of the animal, when taken alive, is of a
tolerably bright lemon, every segment and joint being
fringed with a margin of white ; the whole animal is
thickly covered with minute black spots. The speci-
mens which have been sent to us, being dead, were
generally fawn-coloured, tending to a bluish-grey upon
the back. This constant appearance, together with the
animal being less compressed than Anonyx and Lysia-
nassa, enabled us readily to recognize any specimen.

The first species of this genus was indicated by the
elder Costa in his " Catalogue of Nepalese Crustacea,"
published in 1840, and was subsequently described and
figured in the " Fauna del Regno di Napoli, Crust.," pi. 8,
fig. 4-7, by his son. The lower antennas are not longer
than the upper. A second species, C. Hopei, also from
the Bay of Naples, was described and figured by the
latter author in the <f Catalogo dei Crostacei Italiani,"
published by the Rev. F. W. Hope, Naples, 1851 ; and
in the "Fauna del Regno di Napoli," pi. viii. fig. 1.
The lower antennas in this species are more than half the
entire length of the animal.

CALLISOMA CKENATA.

123

It is only recently that a third species has been taken,
amongst some trawl-refuse brought in by the fishing-
boats from near the Ecldystone Lighthouse. We have
also received it from the Moray Frith, where it appears
to occur in considerable numbers. It has also been sent
to us by Mr. Edward, from the neighbourhood of Banff;
and from Macduif, where it was taken in a haddock's
stomach, from thirty or forty fathoms, by Mr. Gregor.
It has also been taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman and
Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, in forty fathoms, on the Middle
Haaf Fishing Ground, in great abundance.

The vignette represents the entrance from the Moray
into Cromarty Frith, and is from a sketch by the Rev.
G. Gordon.

1.24 GAMMA RIM.

AM PHI POD A . AM PEL 1SC1DE8.

N4TATORU.

Subfamily— AMPELISCIDES.

Ampeliscades. SPENCE BATE. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 90.
Tetromatidcs. SPENCE BATE and J. (). WESTWOOD, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855,
p. 21.

Organs of vision differing from the normal compound eyes of the Amphi-
poda, and consisting only of single or detached lenses. Hands subchelate.

WHILST accepting the Genus AMPELISCA as the type,
we are obliged to modify the characters of the present
subfamily from those given in the te Catalogue of Amphi-
poda" in the British Museum, as undoubtedly the genus
HAPLOOPS of Liljeborg, with which we have only re-
cently become acquainted, must be comprehended in it.
The last-named genus, of which Professor Liljeborg has
taken two species upon the coast of Norway, and which
we may anticipate finding upon the northern shores of
Britain, differs from AMPELISCA in the absence of the
prolonged head, and in only having two instead of four
simple eyes.

We would here express our obligations to Professor
Liljeborg, for his courtesy in sending us a drawing of
Haploops tubicola.

AMPELISCA. 125

A MPHIP ODA. A MPELISCIDES.

NATATOKIA.

Genus— AMPELISCA. KROYER.

.1 mpelisca. KROYER, Nat. Tidskr. 1 ser. iv. p. 154, 1842. SPEXCE

BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. p. 255. Cat.
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 90. LILJEBORG, Ofvers. af
Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. 1851, p. 22 ; 1855, p. 137.

Araneops. COSTA, Rend, del Accad. del Sc. di Nap. 1853, p. 169.

Pseudophthalmus. STIMPSON, Marine Invert. Grand Manan. Proc. Nat. H.

Soc. Boston.

Tctromatus. SPEXCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Eep. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat.

Hist. ser. 2, xix. p. 139. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust,
p. 171.

Generic characters. Cephalon produced, and tapering an-
teriorly Eyes four, simple, two situated on each side, near
the extremity of the cephalon. Superior antennae at the ex-
tremity of the cephalon, without secondary appendage. Inferior
antennae placed very far posteriorly to the superior. Mandibles
having an appendage. Gnathopoda imperfectly subchelate. Pos-
terior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson squamiform, cleft.

THE animals of this very curious genus have the body
long, smooth, and more compressed anteriorly than pos-
teriorly, so much so that the anterior portion of the
dorsal surface presents a wedge-shaped appearance, but
scarcely carinated. The head gradually tapers in front
to an obtuse point, at the extremity of which the su-
perior antennae are situated. The eyes are placed near
the extremity of the head, and consist of two small
simple organs upon each side, four in all, whence the
generic name " Tetromatm" we had proposed, at the
suggestion of our excellent friend, Mr. Adam White.
The superior antennae are without a secondary append-

126

GAMMARTD2E.

age. The inferior antennae are situated very far pos-
teriorly to the superior. The mandibles possess a three -
jointed appendage. The arms are slender, feeble, and
imperfectly subchelate. The third and fourth pairs of
legs are uniform, and have the fourth joints long and
broad, the wrists short, and the ringers very long and
styliform. The fifth and sixth are also uniform ; they
have the fingers short, and directed posteriorly. The
seventh differ from the others, and have the foot broad
and the finger straight. The posterior pair of caudal
appendages are subfoliaceous ; the branches are sub-
equal. The caudal plate is squamiform, and cleft down
the centre.

The following vignette, for which we are indebted to
our friend Dr. Scott, of Selby, Shetland, is a view of the
Doreholms, Shetland, as seen by the Aurora Borealis.

AMPELISCA GAIMARDU.

127

1 MPIIIPODA.

\.lT.LT01iIA.

A MPELISCIDES.

-

AMPELISCA GAIMARDI1.

Specific character. Posterior margin of the third segment of the pleou
plain. Superior antennae one-third the length of the animal. Inferior an-
tennte very slender, two -thirds the length of the animal.

Length, f inch.

Ampelisca Gaimardii. KROYEE, Voyage en Scand. Crust, pi. xxiii. fig. 1.

SPENCE BATE, Cat. Auiph. Brit. Mus. p. 91, pi.

xv. fig. 1.
Araneops diadema. A. COSTA, Rend, del Accad. Sc. di Nap. 1853, p.

171, Tav. i. fig. 1.
Tetromatus typicus. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Synop.

Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xix. p. 139. WHITE, Hist.

Brit. Crust, p. 171, pi. x. fig. 4.

THE anterior half of the animal is much more com-
pressed than the posterior, and narrowed to an angle
upon the dorsal surface, the angle increasing anteriorly
to the extremity of the head. The eyes consist of simple

128 GAiMMAlimffl.

lenses, four in number, two upon each side of the head,
fixed in the integument itself. Behind these fixed eyes
is a mass of dark-red pigment : close observation, with
a microscope, exhibits this as connected with the organs
of sight, threads of white pigment ramifying over the
red mass, and appearing to consist of two sets, one be-
longing to each organ, although only partially connected ;
sufficiently so, however, to show that the two lenses
belong to one and the same organ of vision.

The number of lenses belonging to the eye of an Am-
phipod increases with the growth of the animal ; to such
an extent is this the case, that whereas in the larva of a
Gammarus, we have counted but eight, we find that in
the adult there are no less than forty in each eye. We
therefore consider that, in this genus, an arrest has taken
place at an early stage, and limited the number of lenses
to two, and thus produced an apparently imperfect organ
of vision.

The superior antennae are longer than the peduncle of
the inferior, and are about one-third the length of the
animal; the first joint of the peduncle is short and
stout, and carries several fasciculi of hairs upon the
inferior margin ; the second is twice as long, and not so
broad, and furnished upon the inferior margin with many
fasciculi of hairs; the third joint is very short, and in-
creases in diameter towards the distal extremity ; the
flagellum is about twice the length of the peduncle ; the
first articulus is as broad at the base as the last joint of
the peduncle, and nearly as long ; it gradually tapers to
the distal extremity, the under margin is thickly crowded
with auditory cilia of peculiar form ; these are long and
slender, the basal half broader than the distal, and the
extremity furnished with a minute denticle ; the rest
of the articuli are small and slender, each carrying, above

AMPELTSCA GAIMARDII. 129

and below, two or three very minute hairs ; the second
articulus likewise carries a single auditory cilium. The
inferior antennae are as long again as the superior, and
reach to about two-thirds of the length of the animal.
The third and fourth joints of the peduncle are furnished
on the upper margin with fasciculi of hairs, the former
through the entire length, the latter for a portion only ;
the last joint of the peduncle is longer and more slen-
der than the preceding one : the fiagellum, of which
the first articulus is longer than either of the others, is
very long and very slender, and is furnished with a few
very minute cilia. The mandibles have the incisive
margin armed with four or five strong teeth ; within is
a second plate, articulated with the mandible, and equally
strongly armed ; deeper within exists a broad strongly
toothed molar process, between which and the moveable
plate already referred to stands a row of stiff forked
spines, each of which is denticulated along the margins
throughout its length : the appendage of the mandibles
has the first joint very short, not being longer than
broad ; the second is very broad, and forms a long
ellipse, having the upper margin furnished with four fas-
ciculi of hairs ; the third joint is scarcely as long as the
second, very much more slender, slightly curved, and
of equal breadth throughout ; the underside is fur-
nished with a few hairs, commencing near the middle,
and increasing in length towards the apex. The foot-
jaws have the finger long and slender ; the sixth joint, or
hand, is short ; the wrist is longer than the hand and
finger together, but the joint anterior to the wrist is
very short, and carries a large squamiform plate, arcuate
upon the outer, and straight upon the inner side, armed
with six slightly-curved simple teeth, the most anterior

K

130 GAMMARIDJl.

of which is fixed below the apex of the plate ; the third
joint is likewise formed into a squamiform plate, much
smaller and more rounded than the preceding, and fur-
nished at the apex with a few plumose hairs. The arms
are long and slender, and differ but little from each
other. They are very imperfectly subchelate. The
first pair are rather the more robust of the two ; the
hand is much shorter, and has the inferior margin more
convex ; the palm is very oblique, and not defined ;
throughout the whole of the inferior margin, including
the palm, the joint is furnished with fasciculi, or rather,
short rows of hairs, most of which are short and simple ;
but there exists one or two in each fasciculus much
longer than the rest, straight and plumose : the wrist
is longer than the palm, and has the inferior margin
furnished with several short transverse rows of simple
hairs : the finger is half the length of the hand, and
is tipped with an unguis or nail, and armed upon the
inner side with three or four strong spines, furnished
with a serrated or spinous edge. The second pair of
arms are rather longer than the first : the wrist is fur-
nished with long plumose hairs, planted in short trans-
verse rows, laterally to the inferior margin ; the hand is
long, and of nearly equal breadth throughout, without
any distinguishable palm, the inferior margin is fur-
nished with several short transverse rows of simple and
plumose hairs ; the finger is but one-fourth the length of
the hand, — it is unguiculate, and has the inner margin
armed with five or six small spines. The third and
fourth pairs of legs resemble each other, and differ in
form from those of other Amphipoda, the fourth joint
being long and broad, making a long ellipse, convex
upon the outer, and flat upon the inner surface, and

AMPELISCA GA1MARDTI. 131

having the posterior margin fringed with long plumose
hairs ; the wrist is short, scarcely longer than broad, and
having the posterior margin fringed with long plumose
hairs ; the foot is three times as long as the wrist, — it
has the margins almost parallel, tapering towards the
distal extremity; the outer margin, towards the distal ex-
tremity, has long plumose and a few short simple hairs ;
the inner has, at the same extremity, four or five short
stout spines : the finger is longer than the hand, very
slender, and almost straight ; it is capable of impinging
laterally against the inner margin of the hand, the apex
reaching beyond the wrist. The fifth pair of legs have
the second joint dilated, oval, being enlarged as much
anteriorly as posteriorly ; the fourth and fifth joints are
subequal in length and size ; the latter terminates ab-
ruptly, and has the extremity furnished with five or six
short blunt spinules, subapically tipped with a single
cilium, and a few long hairs, which have their margins,
for nearly the distal half, serrated deeply ; the foot is
much narrower than the wrist, but is quite as long, — it
has the margins almost parallel, the extremities being a
little narrower than the diameter of the middle of the
joint; the anterior margin is furnished with a row of
equidistant, short, obtuse-pointed spines, subapically
tipped with a single cilium ; towards the extremity of
the foot the spines gradually increase in length and in
sharpness, until on the apex they pass into the character
of hairs ; the posterior margin has the distal half mi-
nutely crenulate, and armed with three spines, which
gradually increase in length and strength the nearer
they approach the finger, in the last of which the sub-
apical cilium has increased in strength until it has be-
come as important as the primary division ; the finger

K 2

132 GAMMARTT)^.

articulates towards the posterior margin of the foot, and
is directed backwards, contrary to the usual plan in the
Amphipoda ; it is short, strong, and sharp, and furnished
on the outer surface with a few minute hairs. The sixth
pair of legs resemble the preceding, except that the se-
cond joint is larger. The seventh pair differ from all the
preceding: the second joint is very long; the plate is
long-ovate, broader below than above, and postero-infe-
riorly produced to the extremity of the next succeeding
joint ; the foot is long-ovate, and furnished at the distal
extremity with a few hairs and spines ; the finger is
broad, flat, straight, and lanceolate : near the posterior
margin is a longitudinal row of circular spots. The caudal
appendages are unequal in length ; the antepenultimate
have the branches longer than the peduncle ; the lower
branch is simply styliform, the upper is slightly longer,
of the same form, but having the upper margin fringed
with a row of equidistant spines. The penultimate pair
have the peduncle with the upper margin spinous ; the
branches are subfoliaceous, and curved so as to fit one
against the other, and both have their margins thickly
fringed with equidistant sharp spines. The ultimate pair
are likewise subfoliaceous : the lower branch has the lower
margin fringed with spines, and the distal extremity
of the upper is furnished with simple hairs ; the upper
branch is broader than the lower, and has the under
surface hollowed, to admit of the under branch being
closely pressed against it ; it has only the distal in-
ferior margin furnished with hairs. The middle tail-
piece is longer than the peduncle of the last pair of
caudal appendages, narrow, and divided to nearly two-
thirds of its length, and the lateral margins are bent
to an angle.

AMPELISCA GAIMARDII. 133

The skin, as examined beneath
the microscope, is very transparent;
it is free from any trace of its cell-
origin ; it is moreover perforated by
pores of different sizes, which ap-
pear to pass in a waving line directly
through the tissue.

The colour of the animal is hyaline white, having a
blush of rose-colour on many parts of the body, par-
ticularly the extremities, and the posterior segments of
the body; the extremities of some of the joints of the
peduncles of both pairs of antennae are distinguishable
by a distinct spot of red. We have kept several of this
species in tanks, but they seldom live long, and imme-
diately that they are placed in the vessel, dart to the
bottom and hide themselves from view, (a peculiarity
probably dependent on the structure of the eyes,) so
that we have not been enabled to obtain any knowledge
of their peculiar habits.

The species was first named by Kroyer from an Arctic
specimen ; but it is very common all round our coast,
in some few fathoms of water, and, we believe, generally
in muddy ground. Its long proboscidiform head appears
to be peculiarly adapted for burrowing beneath the softer
bottoms of the sea, and the character of its eyes also
indicates a habitat where organs of vision are but little
required. The mandibles, with their tearing processes,
(unlike the smooth incisive margins in Lysianassa,) sug-
gest a carnivorous rather than a vegetable-feeding habit,
decaying animal matter and small creatures found in the
mud being probably its food.

We have received specimens from the Rev. Geo. Gor-
don, taken in the Moray Frith ; off the Island of Skye,
dredged by Mr. Barlee ; Rishbank, Dublin Bay, from

GAMMARI1XF..

Professor Kinahan ; off Fowey, taken by Mr. Wells,
of the Admiralty Survey ; and in Plymouth Sound it
has been dredged by Mr. T. P. Smyth, and ourselves.
Costa procured his specimen, which, as far as his im-
perfect description will enable us to judge, we consider
to belong to this same species, upon the coast of Naples.
It has also been dredged from twenty fathoms deep, at
the entrance of Belfast Ba}^ by Messrs. Hyndman and
E. Goodsir, at the beginning of the month of October.
These last are in the Collection of the Belfast Museum.
Recently it has been taken in the Shetlands by the Rev.
A. M. Norman and Mr. J. G. Jeffreys in Outer Skerries
Harbour, in from one to two fathoms ; near Whalsey
Lighthouse, in forty fathoms ; and sixty miles east of
Shetlands, in from seventy to ninety fathoms of water.

The accompanying vignette of Inch Abbey, co. Down,
was kindly sketched for us by Mrs. Campbell.

.

A.MPELISCA BELLIANA.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORTA.

135

AMPELISCIDES.

AMPELISCA BELLIANA.

Specific character. Tliird segment of tlie pleon having the posterior mar
gin deeply Insinuated on each side. Superior antenna shorter than the
peduncle of the inferior.

Length rather more than 4 inch.

Tetromatus BelUanus. SPEXCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Ann.

Nat. Hist. xix. 139. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.
p. 93, pi. xv. fig. 3. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust,
p. 171.

THIS animal, in its general appearance, resembles A.
Gaimardii, but may be distinguished from it by the
contour of the posterior margin of the tenth segment
after the head ; on each side it is waved, having a deep
indentation near the upper part, a prominent lobe about
the middle, a second indentation below the lobe, beneath
which the inferior margin is produced to a sharp slightly
upturned process, or tooth.

The superior antennae are not longer than the head.
The first joint of the peduncle is very short, scarcely
longer than broad; the second joint is about twice the

136 GAMMARID^E.

length of the first, and more slender ; the third is very
short ; the flagellum is scarcely as long as the peduncle.
The inferior antennae are about one-third the length of
the animal ; the peduncle is longer than the superior
antennae, of which the penultimate joint is twice the
length of the ultimate ; the flagellum is scarcely as long
as the peduncle. The mandibles have no appreciable
distinction from those of A. Gaimardii. The foot-jaws
have the antepenultimate joint reaching scarcely to the
extremity of the squamose process of the preceding
joint; the penultimate joint is nearly as long as the
one before it, and itself is longer than the finger, which
terminates in a sharp nail ; the spines upon the squamose
plate differ from those in A. Gaimardii in form as well
as in length ; they are eight in number, and rapidly
increase in size from the base to the top of the
plate ; their form is that of a lancet-blade, slightly
hooked at the point, and narrowed at the base ; the
apex of the plate is crowned with three hairs, or long
spines. The arms and two following pairs of legs re-
semble those of A. Gaimardii, as well as the fifth pair
of legs, except that the second joint is quite as broad
as long. The sixth pair have the second joint quad-
rate, with the postero-inferior margin slightly produced
downwards. The second joint of the last pair is not
so much postero-inferiorly produced as in A. Gaimardii,
and the penultimate joint is broader. The caudal ap-
pendages scarcely differ from those of the other species,
except that the branches are not proportionally so long,
and their margins are less numerously and regularly
fringed with spines. The terminal scale is long, narrow,
and split from the apex nearly to the base, and the late-
ral margins are bent to an angle.

The colour scarcely differs from that of A. Gaimardii,

AMPELISCA BELLIAXA. 137

but we have taken one or two specimens with some
beautiful stellate crimson spots, as well as several black
ones near the organs of vision.

We first procured this species from our valued cor-
respondent, the Rev. Geo. Gordon ; since which we have
received it from Mr. Edward, both having taken it in the
Moray Frith. It has also been dredged by us in Ply-
mouth Sound ; and in the British Museum are specimens
which Mr. Barret has taken in the North Atlantic.

This species is much more rare than A. Gaimardii, and
apparently less extended in its geographical range. Pro-
fessor Liljeborg has taken, at Kullaberg, on the coast of
Norway, a species, A. macrocephaldj which, from his de-
scription, bears so close resemblance to the present, that
we should have regarded them as identical, but that he
says the fourth segment of the pleon is carinated, and
the sixth is posteriorly obtusely bidentate. Mr. Stimp-
son has also recorded a species, A. ingens, taken at Grand
Manan, on the coast of America, which somewhat re-
sembles A. BeUiana, but differs in having the margin
of the sinuated segment less deeply waved, the greater
length of the superior antennae, the more perfectly de-
veloped form of the first pair of hands, and lastly, in
that truly American feature, its large size — being three
times as large as the European form. M. Holboll has
also found this last species in forty fathoms of water, on
the coast of Greenland.

The species is inscribed with the name of Professor
Bell, F.R.S., &c., whose work on the " British Stalk-
Eyed Crustacea" has greatly tended to the study of
this branch of Natural History, and to whom we are
bound to offer our warmest thanks for the assistance he
has afforded us, with his wonted urbanity, in the prepara-
tion of this work.

138 GAMMARID^E.

A MPHIP ODA . PH OXIDES.

NATATOEIA.

Subfamily— PHOXIDES.

Pontopor ddes. DANA, Un. St. Explor. Exped. p. 912. SPENCE BATE and
WESTWOOD, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 21.

Pkoxides. SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, vol. xx. p. 525. Cat.

Arnph. Brit. Mus. p. 97.

Cephalon produced in advance, more like a hood than a rostrum. Inferior
autennce situated considerably posterior to the superior.

THIS subfamily offers several aberrant characteristics.
The head is generally produced far in advance of the
antennae, looking like a hood hanging over the basal
portions. The eyes in the most typical genera are almost
rudimentary, and exist in the form of an orbicular mass
of pigment, deeply seated in the head, without any lenses
observable on the surface. The antennas are situated
nearly in the same plane, the one behind the other.

The peculiar form of the head, together with the im-
perfect character of the eyes, induce us to believe that
these animals dwell where vision is not essential, some
burrowing in sandy or muddy bottoms, while others ex-
hibit features of a parasitic character.*

The genus Pontoporeia being closely allied to Anonyx
in the preceding sub-family, we have been compelled to
reject Dana's sub-family name, and have employed in its
stead a name derived from one of the most typical of its
genera.

* The recent observations of Mr. Spence Bate on the development of some
species of Hyperina induce us to believe that there is a nearer connection
between this sub-family and the latter than has hitherto been assigned to
them.

PHOXUS. 139

A MPH1PODA . PUOXIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— PHOXUS. KROYER.

Phoxus. KROYEE, Tiilsk. vol. iv. p. 150..

Generic character, Cepbalon considerably produced anteriorly
to a point, not much depressed. Superior antennae having a
secondary appendage. Maxillipedes subpediform. Gnathopoda
subchelate. Posterior pair of pereiopoda shorter than the
others. Telson double.

THIS genus may be taken as the type of the sub-
family. It has the head considerably advanced in front,
and produced into a blunt point, but which is not much
depressed. We have not observed the eyes, but Stimp-
son speaks of them as being two in number, but they
are very imperfect, and generally white, and disappear
soon after death. The superior antennae carry a se-
condary appendage, which is generally very long. The
mandibles are furnished with an appendage. The foot-
jaws have the squamiform plates but little developed ;
thus bearing a considerable resemblance to the ordinary
walking legs. The hands are subchelate, and nearly of
the same size. The last pair of walking feet are very
short, being considerably shorter than any of the others.
The last pair of caudal appendages are biramous, and the
terminal plate is double.

140

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

PHOX1DES.

PROXUS SIMPLEX.

Specific character. Superior antennae scarcely reaching beyond the ex-
tremity of the cephalon. Inferior antennae nearly three times as long as
the superior. Three anterior coxse having four simple hairs near the hinder
angle of the inferior margin.

Length, ^ inch.

Phoxus simplex.
Phoxus Kroyeri.

SPENCE BATE, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. 1857, vol. xx. p. 525.

Cat. Am ph. Brit. Mus. p. 97, pi. xvi. fig. 1.
SPENCE BATE, Synopsis, &c. Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857,

2 Ser. xix. p. 152. Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58 (not

of Stimpson in Proc. N. Hist. Soc. Boston). WHITE,

Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 173.

THIS species has the dorsal surface of the head con-
siderably produced, and gradually narrowed, without
being curved downwards, and with the apex obtusely
rounded. The eyes have not been observed, owing pro-
bably to the circumstance of the animal not having been
examined until some time after death, whence we are led
to suppose that they are imperfect in their structure.
The superior antennae are very short, scarcely reaching
beyond the extremity of the overhanging head ; the

PHOXUS SIMPLEX. 141

peduncle is very short ; and the flagellum is scarcely
longer ; the secondary appendage consists of but three
articuli, and is nearly as important as the primary, which
is formed of but four. The inferior antennae are about
as long again as the head, and three times as long as the
superior ; the peduncle does not reach as far as the
apex of the projecting head ; and the flagellum, which
consists of about ten or twelve articuli, has each articu-
lus almost as broad as long. The coxae of the arms and
first two pairs of walking legs are very large, broad, and
much deeper than the respective segments of the body ;
the three anterior are furnished, towards the posterior
portion of the inferior margin, with four simple hairs,
which number appears to us to be persistent, as five are
to P. Holbolli, and a greater number to P. plumosus ;
the arms are subequal, the first pair being rather the
smaller ; the \vrist is short, and the hand twice as long
as broad ; the inferior margin runs parallel with the
superior, but is not quite so long ; the palm is slightly
oblique, and defined by a small tooth at the inferior
angle ; the finger is of the same length as the palm.
The second pair of arms vary but little in form from
the preceding ; the hand is a little larger, it is rather
broader towards the base, both margins are convex, the
inferior is about one-third shorter than the superior ;
the palm is much more oblique than that of the first
pair, it is also slightly convex, and defined by a larger
tooth at the inferior angles : the finger is slightly curved,
and is about the length of the palm. The walking legs
are rather slender. The first two pairs have the fingers
rather long and straight. The fourth pair of these legs
are longer than the third, but the fifth are much shorter
than either, and apparently useless ; the squamiform
thigh is larger than that of the preceding legs, and

GAMMARTD.E.

broadest below ; the rest of the leg is only equal in
length to that of the thigh. The antepenultimate pair
of caudal appendages have the plates as long as the
peduncle, those on the two posterior pairs are shorter,
and the middle piece consists of two narrow, unarmed
plates, with a few fine spines at the extremity.

The only place from which this species has been re-
ceived is that of Plymouth Sound, where it was taken
by us with the dredge.

The vignette is by Mitchell, and represents the Mew
Stone, Plymouth Sound.

--

PHOXUS HOLBOLLT.

143

AMPH1PODA.

NATATORIA.

PHOXIDES.

PHOXUS HOLBOLLI.

Specific character. Superior antennae having the peduncle reaching as
far as the extremity of the cephalon ; flagelluni as long as the peduncle ;
secondary appendage half as long as the primary. Inferior antennas scarcely
longer than the superior. Gnathopoda subequal ; propoda quadrate ; palm
but slightly oblique; three anterior coxse having each five simple hairs upon
the inferior margin, towards the hind-angle.

Length | inch.

Phoxus HolbolU. KKOYEK, Tidsk. vol. iv. p. 150. SPENCE BATE, Synop.

&c. Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857, p. 58. Cat. Amph.
Brit. Mas. p. 98, pi. xvi. fig. 2. WHITE, Hist. Brit,
Crust, p. 173.

THE general appearance of the animal much resembles
that of P. simplex, but the antennae are longer, the su-
perior pair are nearly as long as the head, and extend
considerably beyond the extremity of the cephalon ; the
peduncle reaches quite to the anterior margin of the pro-
jecting hood ; the first joint of the peduncle is tolerably
long, but almost hid beneath the walls of the head ; the

144 GAMMARID^E.

second and third joints are small; the flagellum consists
of seven articuli, and is rather longer than the peduncle.
The secondary appendage is about half the length of the
primary. The inferior antennae are slightly longer than
the superior ; the peduncle extends beyond the peduncle
of the superior ; the flagellum has the first four or five
articuli very short, the remainder irregularly increasing
in length. The foot-jaws nearly resemble true legs, and
terminate in a short sharp-pointed finger, retaining the
characteristic of their true nature only in two small scale-
like processes, springing from the second and third joints,
— the joints are all of the same length. The large squa-
mose coxae of the four anterior pairs of legs are deeper
than their respective segments, the three anterior having
the posterior half of the inferior margin furnished with
five hairs, the hindmost of which is short. The coxae of
the three posterior pairs of legs are much shorter than
those of the preceding pairs. The first two pairs of
legs are subequal, tolerably strong, each having a hand
of nearly similar form ; that of the first pair is almost
quadrate, the margins nearly parallel, the palm is some-
what oblique, slightly convex, and slightly serrated, de-
fined by a short sharp tooth. Those of the second pair
are rather longer, and have the palm defined by a longer
and sharper denticle ; the fingers are sharp and slightly
curved. The next two pairs of legs are slender ; the
fifth pair are tolerably robust, but not very long, having
the second joint considerably dilated posteriorly; the
sixth pair are longer than the fifth, very similar in form.
The seventh also resemble them, but are very much
shorter, the third and following joints being scarcely as
long as the largely-dilated second joint ; all the legs after
the first two have the finger very short. The three pairs
of natatory appendages are not very long, and are pro-

PHOXUS HOLBOLLI. 145

tected by the deep lateral walls of the segments to which
they are attached. The caudal appendages terminate
subequally, the posterior pair being a little the longest ;
the two preceding have the styliform rami equal in
length, and free from hairs ; the last pair have the
peduncle short, and the rami unequal, the outer branch
being one-third longer than the inner. The middle tail-
piece is double, each division being long and tapering,
and the apex tipped with a few small hairs.

The animal, as far as we have been able to judge from
recently-dead specimens, is transparent and colourless ;
nor have we been able to detect any eye. The surface
of the skin is sparsely covered with small hairs, some of
which are simple, while others have a club-shaped apex.
Judging only from Kroyer's description, we have but
little doubt that this species is identical with that which
he named after M. Holboll.

We first found it as British by dredging it in Ply-
mouth Sound ; it has since been sent to us from Banff
by that indefatigable lover of nature, Mr. Edward.

1 4 •(>

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

OAMMARIDjE.

PHOXIDES.

PHOXUS PLTJMOSUS.

Specific character. Superior antennae longer than the cephalon. Inferior
antennae scarcely as long as the superior. Gnathopoda having the propodos
long-ovate ; palm very oblique. Hairs on the margin of the coxae, as well as
on the legs, plumose.

Length, 543 inch.

Phoxws phimosus. KJROYER, Tidskr. vol. iv. p. 150. SPENCE BATE, Rep.

Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser.

xx. p. 525, Feb. 1857. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.

p. 99, pi. xvi. fig. 3. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 173.
Phoxus fusi form-is. STIMPSON, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 57.

THIS animal in its general aspect much resembles the
other species of this genus, but the projecting surface of
the head is less acute. We have not been able to make
out the eyes ; but Mr. Stimpson says, that in the Ameri-
can specimen (which we consider, from his description,
to be synonymous with the British) they are white. The

PHOXTS PLUMOSUS. 117

superior antennas have the peduncle reaching as far as
the extremity of the head ; the first joint is very long,
and reaches nearly to the anterior margin of the head,
— it is furnished upon the inferior margin with three
short plumose hairs ; the second joint is very short,
being but little longer than broad, inferiorly slightly
dilated, and armed with five simple hairs; the third joint
is shorter than the second, and more slender ; the fla-
gelltim is slender, and as long as the peduncle, consisting
of seven or eight articuli, of which the first is as long
as three others; the secondary appendage is slender,
and nearly as long as the primary, and consists of six
articuli. The inferior antennae are rather shorter than
the superior ; the peduncle reaches as far as the ex-
tremity of the first joint of the peduncle of the su-
perior ; the penultimate joint is the longest, and is
inferiorly dilated into a squamiform process, with a
convex margin, and fringed with several plumose hairs,
as is also the antero-superior margin ; the last joint is
short and slender ; the flagellum is more slender still, —
it is shorter than the peduncle, and consists of seven or
eight articuli, of which the first is as long as the two
succeeding. The mandibles are short, (having the in-
cisive margin armed with denticles,) and furnished with
a long two-jointed appendage ; the distal joint being
longer than the basal, terminating obliquely and carry-
ing a row of closely-set hairs, which increase in length
towards the extremity. The foot-jaw bears a consi-
derable resemblance to an ordinary leg, but is distin-
guishable by a small squamiform process, developed
both from the third and fourth joints, which are sub-
equally short ; the fifth is long, and fringed upon the
inner margin with hairs ; the sixth joint is scarcely half
as long as the fifth, fringed like the preceding, the fringe

T 9

148 GAMMARIDJE.

short, sharp, and slightly curved. The four anterior coxae
are large, quite as deep as the segments of the body to
which they are attached respectively, and each has the
inferior margin fringed with a row of equidistant, soli-
tary, short, plumose spines. The first pair of legs are
slender, tolerably long, having the metacarpus and wrist
fringed upon the inferior side with a few plumose cilia ;
hand long, narrow, tapering ; palm two-thirds the length
of the hand, exceedingly oblique, defined by a small
obtuse denticle, and fringed with a row of equidistant
fine cilia : finger long and slender, as long as the palm,
and nearly straight. The second pair of legs resemble
the first, but are scarcely as large, and the palm is
slightly waved, and not so distinctly defined, and the
finger appears to be scarcely as long as the palm. The
third and fourth pair of feet are slender, fringed with
cilia, both plumose and simple, having the hand straight
and unarmed ; the finger as long as the hand, straight,
stout, and furnished with a nail at the extremity ; on the
distal extremity of the hand, 011 each side of the finger,
stands a moveable spine, as stout and long as the finger,
apparently having the power of being compressed to-
gether, each fitting into a lateral groove in the finger,
thus forming a feeble and insufficient nipper. The fifth
pair of legs are long, slender, and plumose, the coxa is
short, and the thigh tapering, with a posterior concave
margin to the distal extremity ; all the joints after the
knee are subequal in length ; the finger is quite straight.
The sixth pair of legs resemble the preceding in form,
but are nearly half as long again; the joints after the
knee are subequally long and slightly plumose ; the
finger is longer than the hand, straight and sty li form.
The seventh pair of legs are very short, reaching only to
the middle of the metacarpal joint of the sixth pair of

PHOXUS PLUMOSUS. 149

legs ; the coxa is very short, but the thigh is largely
dilated, and postero-inferiorly produced to a blunt point,
reaching as far as the wrist ; the inferior and posterior
margins are slightly crenated, each crenulation emitting
a solitary hair ; all the joints, except the finger, (which
is long, straight, and styliform,) are subequally short.
The caudal appendages are free from hairs or spines;
they terminate subequally, the antepenultimate pair
being slightly the longer, and the penultimate pair the
shortest. The branches are subequal, those of the last
pair being rather less pointed than those of the two
preceding pairs. The central piece is double, but not
so long as the peduncle of the posterior pair of caudal
appendages.

The colour of the animal is corneous and transparent.
The structure of the tissue, under the microscope, is seen
to be minutely granular.

Kroyer, in his description, says that a few spines exist
upon the third and fourth joints of the peduncle of the
inferior antennae in P. Holbolli, but that they are absent
in P. plumosus. In one specimen of P. Holbolli the hairs
upon the inferior antennae are scarcely robust enough to
be called spines ; whereas in P. plumosus there are a few
plumose hairs, of which Kroyer makes no mention. In
other respects the animals appear to correspond with
Kroyer's description, and we do not feel justified in sepa-
rating them upon such immaterial distinctions. The only
difference between P. plumosus and Stimpson's specimen
of P. fusiformis consists in the American specimen having
what the author of its description calls "more nails on
third and fourth legs." Now these so-called "nails" we
take to be the long lateral spines that impinge against
the sides of the fingers of the third and fourth pairs
of legs.

150 GAMMARIDJE.

It was first taken by Holboll on the coast of Green-
land, from whence the great northern currents probably
drifted it to the shores of America : for, generally speak-
ing, the Crustacea of the eastern coast of America are
very distinct from those of the western coast of Eu-
rope ; and in instances where they may be found to be
identical, (as we believe to be the case with this species,)
they are essentially Arctic forms, which yield to the
opposite shore of each continent some few wandering
specimens.

We have taken it with the dredge from Plymouth Sound,
from which specimen our figure was drawn and described,
but the figure of the caudal appendages was drawn from
another specimen. Mr. Barlee has taken it while dredg-
ing in the Shetlands, as have also very lately the Rev.
A. M. Norman and Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys. The speci-
men which Stimpson describes as distinct, but which we
have incorporated with this species, was taken by him with
the dredge on coarse sandy bottoms, in the laminarian
and corralline zone on the coast of the Isle of Grand
Manan, U.S., North America.

GRAYIA. 151

. I MPHIPODA . PHOXIDES.

NATJTORIA

Genus— GRAYIA.

. SPEXCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 101.

Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Eyes
two. Superior antennae without a secondary appendage. Gna-
tbopoda subchelate. Pereiopoda subequal. Posterior pair of
pleopoda biramous. Tel son squanaiform.

THE head is only moderately produced in front, and
does not terminate in a point. The eyes are two, one on
each side of the head, in the normal position of those
organs. The superior antennae are not furnished with a
secondary appendage. The inferior antennae are not so
robust as the superior. The three posterior pairs of
walking legs are strong and subequal in length, and
terminate in sharp-pointed fingers. The last caudal
appendage is double-branched, and the middle tail-piece
is squamiform and apparently simple.

We consider this genus to bear a close affinity to
Odiceros Kr., from which it is distinguished by the
shortness of the last pair of the walking legs, which,
in this genus, are not longer than the preceding pair.

The animal possibly may be parasitic; but if it pos-
sesses similar habits to Darwinia, it differs generically
in the size of the arms, the form and depth of the coxae,
the less dilated character of the body, and the absence
of the unusual character of the third segment of the
tail being considerably less deep than the second.

This genus is named in compliment to Dr. J. E. Gray,
F.R.S., &c., the indefatigable keeper of the Zoological
Collection of the British Museum, to whose zeal
sent efficient state is mainly owing.

.

152

AMPHIPODA,

NATATORIA.

GAMMARiDjE.

PH OXIDES.

GRAYIA IMBRICATA.

:cijic character.
elevated. Eyes large.
Length, 540 inch.

Three anterior segments of the pleon posteriorly

Grayia imbricata. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 101,

pi. xvi. fig. 4.

THE head is anteriorly produced, and rounded in
front, but not extending to a point. The three seg-
ments of the anterior part of the tail are each posteriorly
raised, giving, when viewed laterally, an imbricated ap-
pearance to the dorsal margin, a circumstance that
suggested the specific name of the animal. The eyes
are rather large, tolerably round, and very black. The
superior antennae are not longer, but stouter, at the base
of the peduncle than the inferior. The inferior are more
slender and less tapering than the superior, and equal in
length to the head and the first three segments of the
body. The coxae are not so deep as the body, and the
four anterior are equal in size. The first two pairs of
legs are subchelate ; the hands are subovate, the palms

GRAYIA TMBRICATA.

153

oblique, and the fingers short and curved. The walking
legs are nearly all of the same length, and each termi-
nates in an evenly-curved finger, sub-apically furnished
with a single short hair. The three caudal appendages
are subequal in length.

This species was first sent to us by our friend Mr. W.
Webster, who dredged it in Falmouth Harbour. We
have since received it through the kindness of the Rev.
A. M. Norman, (who has forwarded to us his entire col-
lection of Edriophthalmous Crustacea for examination,)
having been taken by Mr. Alder off the coast of North-
umberland : this northern specimen appears to possess
the imbricated character, more strongly expressed than
in that from Falmouth.

154 GAMMARID/E.

AMPHIPODA . PHOXIDE8.

NATATORIA.

Genus— WESTWOODILLA.

Westwoodilla. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Ainph. Brit. Mus. p. 102.

IVestwoodea (pars). SPENOE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc,1855, p. 58.
Westwoodla. Synop. Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 139, Feb.

1857. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 172.

Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Eyes con-
fluent. Superior antennae without a secondary appendage.
Mandibles appendiculated. First pair of gnathopoda subche-
late. Second pair not subchelate. Posterior pair of pereio-
poda longest. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson
squamiform.

THE head is produced anteriorly as in Phoxus, but
more depressed. The eyes are associated, so that they
appear as a single organ, imbedded within the head.
The antennae are simple, the superior having no secon-
dary appendage. The mandibles are furnished with an
appendage. The first and second pairs of legs are sub-
equal ; the first pair are subchelate, — the second are not
so, but terminate in a finger, which does not fall back
against the hand. The walking feet gradually increase
in length, but the last is considerably longer than the
rest. The posterior pair of caudal appendages are bi-
ramous, and the terminal plate is squamous.

This genus resembles Monoculodes of Stimpson, but
differs from it in having the hands less perfect in their
prehensile character. The name Westwoodea proposed in
the "Report on the British Edriophthalma" required to
be changed, in consequence of its having been previously
adopted by Dana for a genus of ENTOMOSTRACOUS Crus-
tacea, and by Brulle for a genus of Hymenoptera.

WESTWOOPILLA CCECULA.

155

AMP R IP 01) A.

PH OX IDES.

WESTWOODILLA CCECTLA.

Specific character. Antennce subequal. A central nucleus to each cell in
the microscopical structure of the skin.
Length, 54g inch.

Westwoodilla caecuta. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Brit. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 102.
Westwoodea cceculus. SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58.
Westwoodia c&cula. SPENCE BATE, Synop. Ann. Nat. Hist. 1857, 2 ser.

xix. p. 139. WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 172.

THE animal has the head considerably produced, and
anteriorly depressed, having the frontal margin rounded.
The eye appears to stand upon a process of the head,
between and above the superior antennas, but not to be
in connection with the projected hood-like process. It
is of a dull red-purple colour, but without a clearly-de-
fined outline, a circumstance that has led to the selection
of the specific name, as it has every appearance of being
an imperfect organ of vision. The antennae are nearly of
equal length ; the superior are scarcely longer than the
head, — they have the first two joints of the peduncle

156 GAMMARIDJ:.

nearly the same length, but the third is much shorter
and slighter, and the flagellum is not more than twice
the length of the last joint of the peduncle. The in-
ferior antennae are but little longer than the superior ;
the joints of the peduncle are more nearly equal in
length, but the last is more slender than the preceding ;
the flagellum is but little longer than the last joint of
peduncle. The mandibles appear to be very strong,—
they are exceedingly hollowed ; the incisive margin is
smooth, and has the extremities rounded ; within there
is a second plate, but of much smaller dimensions ;
nearer the head stands a very large molar tubercle.
The appendage to the mandible is three-jointed, the
second, longer than either of the others, is triangular
in its diameter, and strongly curved. The foot-jaws are
short and strong, — the third joint is furnished with a
large squamous plate, the outer margin of which is
rounded, and the inner straight, fringed with spines and
small hairs alternately, and increasing in length ; the
fifth joint is broad, longer than the fourth or sixth,
which last is ovate, and supports a strong finger. The
first pair of arms are subchelate, — they are not very
long, and have the wrist as long as the hand ; the infero-
anterior angle is anteriorly produced into a rounded lobe,
the inferior margin of which is fringed with a few hairs ;
the hand is elongate-ovate, the palm occupies nearly the
whole length of the inferior margin, and is imperfectly
defined by a small tooth, and fringed with a series of
equidistant cilia of equal length ; the finger appears to
be scarcely as long as the palm, — the whole organ is but
inefficient in its prehensile powers. The second pair of
arms are about the same size as the first, but they ap-
pear to possess no prehensile capability; the hand is
longer than the wrist, and dilated on the superior mar-

WESTWOODTLLA CCECULA. 157

gili, which is furnished towards the distal extremity with
a copious brush of hair ; the finger is straight, and appears
not to have the capability of being inflexed against the
hand. The first two pairs of walking legs are uniform
in shape, and carry a tuft of hair upon the antero-distal
extremity of the sixth joint. The fifth pair of legs are
longer and more robust than the sixth. The coxa has
the anterior lobe much deeper than the posterior. The
sixth pair of legs are rather longer than the preceding,
and more slender; whilst the seventh is considerably
longer and still more slender, having the foot consider-
ably increased in length, and the finger very long, being
longer than the foot, and quite straight. The caudal
appendages are nearly equal in length ; the last pair
are rather more foliaceous than the two preceding pairs ;
and the terminal plate is squamous, round, and dorsally
concave.

The animal is very transparent, being slightly corneous ;
under the microscope the structure of the skin appears like
a series of cells, overlapping each other like the scales of
fish ; the margin of each scale is defined by a double
row of short straight lines or spots, and a black spot
marks the centre of each scale. The whole surface of
the skin of the posterior part of the animal is, moreover,
superficially covered with a fine fur, formed of processes
of the integument, broad at the base, and exquisitely
fine at the apex. The anterior portion of the animal is
free from this fur.

The specimen from which our figure was taken is a
female, and laden with ova. We took it from among
some trawl-refuse, brought in from the neighbourhood
of the Eddystone. It has since been sent to us from
the Moray Frith, by the Rev. G. Gordon ; and from
Banff by Mr. Edward.

158

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

GAM M ARID JE.

PHOXTDES.

WESTWOODILLA HYALINA.

Specific Character. Eye prominent. Superior antennre shorter than the
peduncle of the inferior. In the microscopic structure of the skin theie is
no central spot or nucleus to each cell.

Length 26g inch.

WestwoodiUa hyalina. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Aniph. Brit. Mus. p. 103,

pi. xvii. fig. 5.

THIS animal bears a considerable resemblance to the
last species, but differs in several more or less important
details. The eye is more clearly defined in form, and
situated so closely beneath the skin, that it is raised
upon the outer surface. It is long-ovate, and situated in
the centre of the hood-like projection of the head. The
superior antennae are a little longer than the head, and
have each joint of the peduncle gradually decreasing in
length ; the flagellum, which only consists of five or six
articuli, is about the length of the last two joints of the
peduncle. The inferior antennae have the peduncle
longer than the superior ; the last three joints are sub-
equal in length, and the flagellum, which consists of five

WESTWOODILLA HYALINA. 159

or six articuli, is not longer than the last joint of the
peduncle. The arms are subequal, the first pair having
the wrist inferiorly produced, and the hand long-ovate ;
while the second have the hand furnished, upon the
anterior distal extremity, with a brush of hair ; both
arms, in fact, closely assimilate to those of W.
ccecula, whilst the rest of the animal approximates so
nearly to that species, that we should have described it
as being but sexually different, had there not been a
very decided alteration in the microscopic appearance of
the skin. Like the previous species, most of the body
of the animal is covered by a fine fur, which, we think,
is somewhat of a finer character than that of W. ccecula,
and deeper in the structure may be observed the arrange-
ment of the cells on a similar plan. Each cell is marked
by a double row of elongated dots, and regularly ap-
proaches the adjoining cell, like chain-armour; but the
black spot which occupies the centre of each cell, and is
so conspicuous in the previous species, is not visible in
this, which therefore becomes still more transparent and
clear. In fact, the species, whilst living, is scarcely per-
ceptible, but for its great purple eye.

We procured this species from the refuse of trawlers,
who had been fishing near the Eddystone Lighthouse.

160 GAMMA RIM.

AMPHIPODA. PHOXIDES.

NATATORY A.

CEDICEROS.

(Ediceros. KROYER, Tidskr. iv. p. 155 (1842-3).

(Edicerus. DANA, TT. S. Explor. Expecl. p. 933. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph.
Brit. Mus. p. 103.

Cephalon produced anteriorly. Eyes confluent. Superior
antennae without a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda sub-
chelate. Posterior pair of pereiopoda very long and slender.

THE head is produced and depressed anteriorly. The
eyes are confluent, and situated before the antennae.
The upper antennae are without a secondary appendage.
The arms are subchelate : the first pair are a little longer
than the second. " The first two pairs of walking legs
are strong, and the last pair is very long and slender,
almost filiform." (Kroyer.)

The only specimen of this genus that we have seen
is imperfect ; we, therefore, can only assume that the
absent parts, like those present, correspond generically
with the description given by Kroyer. In our specimen
the eyes are visible, whereas Kroyer describes the ani-
mal as having none, but marks the assertion with a
doubt.

This genus is in very close connection with West-
woodilla, from which it appears to differ only in having
the second pair of gnathopoda subchelate.

It is to us a question of some doubt whether the
species described by Dana belong to this genus. They
certainly differ in the absence of the prolonged rostrum,
and in the possession of two distinct lateral eyes.

(EDICEROS PARVIMANUS.

101

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORY

pn OXIDES.

(EDICEROS PARVIMANUS. N. S.

Specific character. Eyes confluent, placed near the apex of the rostrum.
Superior antennae as long as the cephalon. Inferior antennae one -third longer.
First pair of gnathopoda longer than the second.

Length, ^ inch.

THE head is large and deep, being as long as the first
four segments of the body, and reaching nearly as deep
as the lower margins of the coxae. The eyes are con-
fluent, and appear as a single organ, situated at the
anterior extremity of the head, where it is produced
into a hood-like rostrum. The superior antennae are
scarcely longer than the head, and the flagellum is
scarcely shorter than the peduncle. The inferior an-
tennae are half as long again as the superior, and the
peduncle is about the same length as the flagellum.
The first pair of legs are simply subchelate, and not
largely developed; the wrist is quite as large as the
hand, and has the infero-anterior angle produced an-
teriorly ; the hand is ovate, has the palm oblique, but
not distinctly defined, and is armed with strong hairs.
The second pair of legs are more slender than the first ;
the wrist is quite as long as the hand, and has the infero-
anterior margin slightly produced ; the hand is long-

M

162 GAMMARIDJL

ovate, having the palm very oblique, and furnished with a
few very slight hairs. The rest of the appendages of the
only specimen of this species which we have seen are
mutilated.

Kroyer in his generic description states that both pairs
of hands are very large, which must be assumed to be a
specific, rather than a generic character, and hence, since
his genus was founded upon the observation of a single
species, this character belongs to CEdiceros saginatus alone.
In this respect our species differs from that of Kroyer,
as neither of the hands can be described as being large,
and the second is decidedly smaller than the first.

It is in the collection of the Rev. A. M. Norman,
having been taken by him, and Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, in
from seventy to ninety fathoms of water, sixty miles east
of the Shetlands, in the summer of 1861.

MONOCULODES. 163

A MPHIPODA . PHOXIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— MONOCULODES. STIMPSON.

Monoculodcs. STIMPSON, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, p. 54. SPENCE

BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 104.

Westwoodea (pars). SPENCE BATE, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58.

Kroyera. SPENCE BATE, Synop. &c. Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857,

2 ser. xix. p. 140 (but not of this work).

Generic character. Cephalon produced and depressed ante-
riorly. Eyes coalesced into one, situated above and anterior to
the superior antenna?. Superior antenna without a secondary
appendage. Gnathopoda subchelate, carpi antero-distally pro-
duced to the extremity of the inferior margin of the propoda.
First pair more robust than the second. Second having the
propodos longer than the propodos of the first pair. Posterior
pair of pereiopoda much longer than the others. Posterior pair
of pleopoda biramous. Telson squamiforrn, entire.

THE head is rounded above, and the anterior dorsal
surface is considerably produced and depressed. The
eyes are deep-seated, converging together, so as to ap-
pear to be but a single organ, placed horizontally above,
and still more forward than the base of the superior pair
of antennae. The antennas are simple in their character,
the superior pair not being furnished with a secondary
appendage. The mandibles are furnished with an ap-
pendage. The first two pairs of legs are complexly
subchelate, having the wrist produced anteriorly along
the inferior margin of the hand, which is much longer
and not so broad in the second as in the preceding pair
of legs. The last pair of legs are considerably longer
than any of the other pairs, and terminate in a long

M 2

164 GAMMARIIXE.

straight finger. The last pair of caudal appendages are
double-branched, and the terminal plate is squamiform.

The genus was first described by Mr. Stimpson, in his
" Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Ma-
nan," it which he says that it differs from (Ediceros in the
form of the hands. We have not, until recently, had an
opportunity of seeing an undoubted specimen of the
latter genus. This, however, corroborates our previously-
expressed opinion, which was based upon the circum-
stance that Kroyer, in his description of the genus, did
not in any way refer to the prolonged carpus of the first
two pairs of legs : we, therefore, agree with Stimpson,
and retain the genus Monoculodes, to which CEdiceros
appears to be closely allied. Monoculodes assimilates also
to JVestwoodilla, in which, however, the second pair of
legs are not in the least degree subchelate.

This genus was first described in this country by Mr.
Spence Bate, in " A Synopsis of the British Amphi-
poda," under the name of Kroyera, with Westwoodea
carinata (Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58) as its type.
Being, however, identical with Monoculodes of Stimpson,
the name of Kroyer a has been sunk for the present
genus. In order, however, that the name of the dis-
tinguished Danish carcinologist should remain associated
with the present class, it has been transferred to a sub-
sequent genus.

MONOCULODES CARINATUS,

\MPH1PODA.
NATATOR1A.

165

l> 11 OXIDES.

C ^

MONOCULODES CAR1NATUS.

Specific character. Body having the last two segments, and the tail having
the first thi-ee segments, dorsally raised into a keel, increasing in size poste-
riorly, and ending abruptly in each segment.

Len<?th A inch.

IVestwoodea carinata.
/\ 1-ni/era carinata.

SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58
SPENCE BATE, Synop. Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1857,

2 ser. xix. p. 140.
Monoculodes carinalus. SPEKCE BATE, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 104

THE head is considerably produced anteriorly, and
much deflexed. The eye is long-oval, deeply seated,
and rather dimly defined, lying in a plane correspond-
ing with the dorsal surface. The superior pair of an-
tennae do not reach further than the extremity of the
peduncle of the inferior pair ; their peduncle reaches a
little beyond the anterior extremity of the head ; and
the flagellum is about the length of the peduncle. The
inferior pair of antennas are about one-third the length

166 GAMMARIDjE.

of the animal ; and have the last joint of the peduncle
as long again as the preceding, and rather longer than
the flagellum. The foot-jaws are tolerably robust, and
terminate in a triangular hand, the broadest part being
near the finger, where it forms a kind of palm, against
which the finger, which is extremely curved, is capable
of impinging. The first pair of legs are not very long,
they have the metacarpus produced inferiorly to a sharp
point ; and the wrist is considerably produced anteriorly,
in the form of a plate, corresponding to the inferior
margin of the hand ; the hand is oval, having a convex
palm obliquely placed, and defined by a solitary, short,
obtuse spine, — it is armed throughout its length with a
number of short posteriorly-directed hook-like spines,
which are flanked by several bunches of straight, un-
even, lengthened hairs ; the finger is curved, sharp, and
free from any armature. The second pair of legs are
longer than the first, but are constructed upon the same
type ; the wrist is anteriorly produced to a much greater
length ; the hand is long and narrow, being nearly four
times as long as broad ; the palm is short, slightly ob-
lique, fringed with short, and a few long cilia, and
defined by an obtuse rounded angle, beyond which the
anterior extremity of the carpus advances ; the finger is
short, curved, clean, and sharp. The coxae of the five
anterior pairs of legs are as deep as the corresponding
segments of the body. The third and fourth pairs of
legs are formed upon the same type, and closely re-
semble each other, and are remarkable for having the
hands dilated upon the backs, where they are furnished
with a thick brush of hair, a peculiarity which appears
to belong to this genus. The fifth pair of legs are much
longer than the two preceding pairs, — they have the coxa
two-lobed, and as deep as the coxa of the preceding legs;

MONOCULODES CARTNATUS. 167

of legs; the third joint is short ; the fourth reaches as far
the thigh is oval, the metacarpus posteriorly dilated and
distally produced behind ; the wrist and hand subequal,
straight, and the finger short and straight. The sixth
pair closely resemble the fifth, except that the coxa is
shorter, and the thigh is fringed with plumose hairs.
The seventh pair of legs are more than twice the length
of the preceding pair : the coxa is short, the thigh di-
lated, the metacarpus long and narrow, longer than the
thigh; the wrist is as long as the metacarpal joint ; the
hand is a little shorter and more narrow than the wrist,
and internally fringed with cilia ; the finger is nearly as
long as the hand, straight, ciliated, and tapering to a
sharp point. The caudal appendages are long, reaching
to nearly the same distance ; their branches are generally
free from hairs, and are styliform. The terminal plate is
lanceolate, squamifonn.

This species is very free from colour, except the eye,
which is of a deep purple, but, under the microscope,
the animal appears to be rough on the surface, an ap-
pearance due to a number of scale-like elevations of the
skin. Under a power of about 300 diameters, the in-
tegument of the body of the animal appears to be
covered with minute distant scales ; they graduallv in-
crease and thicken, until they assume their greatest degree
of number and character upon the anterior segments of
the tail, and then again gradually decrease in size and
importance towards the posterior extremity of the ani-
mal.

The first specimen which we received was sent to us
by Mr. Edward, of Banff, who took it in that locality.
It has since been procured by Mr. Gregor, from the
stomach of a haddock, taken from about thirty or forty
fathoms, near the same place.

168

AMPHIPODA,

NATATORIA.

GAMMARIDJ!.

P H OXIDES.

MONOCULODES STIMPSONI.

Specific character. Pleon not carinatecl ; thighs of the sixth pair of legs
not plumigeous.
Length, 55, inch.

Monoculodes Stimpsoni. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus.

p. 105, pi. xvii. fig. 3.

THE back of the animal has no perceptible carina.
The head is advanced and depressed, but scarcely so
much curved as in M. carinatus. The eye is undefined,
and situated above, and rather in advance of, the point
where the antennas articulate with the head. The su-
perior antennae reach rather beyond the peduncle of the
inferior; the first joint of the peduncle extends as far
as the extremity of the head; the second joint is
rather more than half the length of the first, and much
slighter ; the third joint is small, being scarcely a third
the length of the second ; the flagellum is slender, and
scarcely the length of the peduncle. The inferior pair
of antennae are one- third longer than the superior, and
reach as far as the seventh segment of the body ; the
first two joints are covered by the coxae of the first pair

MONOCULODES STIMPSONI. 169

as the extremity of the peduncle of the superior ; the fifth
is but little longer than the fourth, and reaches nearly
to the extremity of the flagellum of the superior pair ;
the flagellum is about the length of the last joint of the
peduncle, having the first articulus equal to five of the
succeeding, which are subequally short, and scarcely
longer than broad. The first pair of legs are moderately
large, larger in proportion to the second pair than in
M. carinatus ; the wrist is inferiorly produced to a broad
plate, reaching nearly to the extremity of the inferior
margin, and having its edge fringed with fine hairs ; the
hand is longer than the wrist ; the superior margin forms,
with that of the wrist, one continuous arcuate line ; the
inferior margin lies subparallel with the upper, but the
hand is narrower near the wrist than towards the palm ;
the palm is convex, armed with two or three rows of short
posteriorly-curved hooks, and is defined by a strong spine ;
the finger is about the length of the palm, arcuate, and
sharply pointed. The second pair of legs have the wrist
produced along the inferior margin of the hand to the
extremity, where it meets and antagonizes with the
apex of the finger ; the hand is longer than that of
the first pair of legs, — it is narrow near the wrist, and
becomes still narrower at the distal extremity, where
there is a scarcely -perceptible oblique palm ; the finger
is short, and only very slightly curved. The third and
fourth pairs of legs have the hand widening towards the
distal extremity, the dilated portion taking place anterior
to the point where the finger articulates with the hand,
and furnished with a copious brush of hair at the extre-
mity : the fingers are quite rudimentary. The fourth
and fifth pairs of legs resemble each other-very closely;
their coxas are shorter than those of the anterior pairs
of legs ; their second joints are less enlarged than is

170 GAMMARID^E.

common in the order ; the fourth joints are dilated pos-
teriorly, and distally produced to a point — these and the
two following joints are fringed with small hairs ; the
fingers are straight and posteriorly directed. The seventh
or last pair of legs are very long, three or four times as
long as the others ; the coxa is quite as deep as that of
the preceding legs ; the second joint is about half as
long as the preceding legs, considerably dilated, and the
posterior margins fringed with hair; the third joint is
short, the three following are subequally long and nar-
row ; the finger is as long as the hand, short, straight,
styliform, and anteriorly directed. The posterior pair of
caudal appendages are not longer than the preceding, and
have the branches longer than the peduncle. The central
tail-piece is nearly as long as the peduncle of the last pair
of caudal appendages.

We first took a mutilated specimen of this animal from
some trawl-refuse, in the neighbourhood of Plymouth ;
it was from this imperfect animal that the original de-
scription, in the Catalogue of the British Museum, was
made. The Rev. A. M. Norman has subsequently al-
lowed us to examine a specimen which he procured on
the coast of Northumberland. We have dedicated this
species to our valued correspondent, Mr. Stimpson, the
zoologist of the United States' Expedition to Japan, by
whom the genus was established upon animals procured
off the coast of the United States, and to whom we are
indebted for many named species of his crustaceous dis-
coveries.

KKOYERA. 171

A MPHIP ODA . PHOXIDEiS.

NATATOUIA.

Genus— KROYERA.

Kroyera. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 106, but not of Synopsis
Brit. Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist., 2 ser. xix. p. 140, Feb. 1857.

Generic character. Like Monoculodes, but having the eyes
apart, and the second pair of gnathopoda chelate.

THE head is produced and anteriorly depressed. The
eyes are apart and distinct. The superior pair of an-
tennae are without a secondary appendage. The in-
ferior are slightly longer than the superior. The first
pair of legs have the hands tolerably robust ; the wrist
anteriorly produced along the inferior margin of the
hand, until the tip reaches the lower edge of the palm.
The second pair are longer than the first, and have the
anterior extremity of the wrist produced along and ex-
tending beyond the inferior margin of the hand ; the
hand has the inferior angle produced anteriorly, so as
to form, with the impinging finger, a perfectly didactyle
claw. The third and fourth pairs of legs are uniform
and subequal. The fifth and sixth pairs are uniform and
subequal, being robust, and scarcely longer than the
preceding pair. The seventh pair are very long, and
terminate in a straight styliform finger. The caudal ap-
pendages are double -branched, and the central tail-plate
is squamiform and single.

The species on which this genus was founded was first
described as belonging to the same genus as Monocu-
lodes, and under the name of Kroyera. But on dis-

172

GAMMARIDJi:.

covering that Stimpson's genus Monoculodes was evi-
dently the same as part of the genus Kroyera, Stimp-
son's name was adopted for those species which evidently
belonged to that genus ; whilst that of Kroyera has
been given to the following species, which could not
be retained in it.

Since the above description has been in type, we have
obtained an animal which coincides with the present
genus in all its conditions, except that the eyes coalesce
into a single organ, as in Monoculodes. We think it more
convenient for the present to retain both in this genus
until future observation shall enable us to determine the
relative importance of this distinction.

The vignette represents a naval engagement when Eng-
land put faith in her wooden walls.

KROYERA ARENARIA

AMPHIPODA

NATATOEJA.

173

PHOXIDES.

KROYERA AREXARIA.

Specific character. Eyes small, round. Antennae subequal. First pair of
gnathopoda as in Monoculodes. Second pair having the propodos long and
narrow ; the distal extremity of the carpus inferiorly produced beyond the
apex of the dactylos. Posterior pair of pleopoda not so long as the preced-
ing. Telson entire, dorsal! y concave.

Length, 52o inch.

Kroyera arenaria. SPEXCE BATE, Tyneside Field Nat. Club, vol. iv. pt. 1.

p. 15, pi. ii. fig. 1. Cat. Arnph. Brit. Mus. p. 106,
pi. xvii. fig. 4.

THE body is smooth, and the head considerably pro-
duced and anteriorly depressed. The eyes are of mode-
rate size, round, white, and placed behind the superior
antennas. The superior pair of antennae reach to the
fourth segment of the body, and have the first joint of
the peduncle longer than the other two, which are short,
and scarcely larger than the first articulus of the flagel-
lum, which is about twice the length of the peduncle,
and consists of about twelve or fourteen articuli. The
inferior pair of antennae reach one-fourth further than

174 GAMMARTM.

the superior pair, and have the peduncle more conspi-
cuous than that of the superior; only three joints of the
peduncle are visible beyond the projecting lateral wall
of the head, — these are subequal, and reach a little
beyond the extremity of the peduncle of the superior
pair ; and the flagellum is scarcely longer than the
peduncle. The coxae are not very deep ; and the first
pair of legs have the hand oval, with the palm oblique ;
the tip of the infero-anterior process of the wrist ex-
tends a little beyond the inferior angle of the hand,
and forms a point, against which the apex of the finger
impinges, where it closes on the palm. The second pair
of legs are longer than the first, and have the hand less
robust, — it is long and slender, the margins being pa-
rallel, and the inferior angle produced anteriorly in a
straight line, terminating in a sharply -pointed curve ;
the finger is narrow, sharp, and slightly curved, lying in
a line continuous with the hand, and impinging against
the inferior process, or thumb, only near the apex, or
where the margins meet ; the tips of the finger and thumb
then cross each other. The wrist is short and narrow, and
the anterior extremity is inferiorly produced into a long
narrow process, that reaches beyond the apex of the
claw, where it is slightly dilated or lobed, and tipped
with a few hairs. The two next pair of legs are similar,
and of the same length, — they are longer and a little
stouter than the second, with the hands dilated anteriorly,
similar to those in Westwoodilla and Monoculodes, and
having the anterior distal extremity covered with a thick
brush of hair ; the fingers are short, strong, and directed
backwards. The two succeeding pairs of legs are also
similar to each other : they have the thighs oval, the meta-
carpal joints posteriorly dilated and inferiorly produced ;
the wrists and hands of nearly the same length, and fringed

KROYERA ARENARIA. 175

with hair ; the fingers are short, stout, and directed for-
wards. The last pair of legs are very long,* having the
thigh oblong, the metacarpal joint posteriorly dilated
and inferiorly produced, but not so largely as in the
preceding pair ; the hand is long and straight ; and the
finger is very long, straight, styliform. The caudal
appendages are double-branched, the posterior pair hav-
ing the peduncle much shorter than that of the others.
The terminal plate is single, scale-like, dorsally cupped,
and tipped with a few hairs.

The first specimen which we received of this species
was sent to us by Mr. Albany Hancock, who took it on
the beach near Sunderland, near the spot given in the
vignette (p. 176), which was kindly drawn for this work
by Miss M. Hancock.

This crustacean formed the subject of observation by
Mr. Hancock, on account of the tracks which it makes
in the sand, described in his " Memoir on Vermiform
Fossils," read at the Meeting of the British Association
at Leeds, September 22nd, 1858, and published in the
" Annals of Natural History," ser. 3, vol. ii., as well as
in the " Transactions of the Tyneside Field Naturalists'
Club," vol. iv.pt. l,for 1858.

Mr. Hancock says that the track of this species " is
in the form of a narrow wedge-shaped furrow, about
two-tenths of an inch wide, with margins occasionally
a little elevated. Its windings are very capricious,
irregularly rounded, frequently abruptly angulated, and
sometimes, for a considerable distance, finely and regu-
larly zig-zagged. This species (of tract) is often

By an oversight, it has been figured with a joint too much, the hand
being repeated ; the space, in fact, between the extremity of the metacarpus
and the base of the finger, should have been divided into two, instead of
three portions.

176

GAMMAR1D.E.

found in close proximity to the broad form previ-
ously described [made by Sulcator] ; but occasionally it
occurs high up on the beach, and in pools and small
hollows between the ripple-ridges. In such situations,
however, it is not confined to the bottoms of the hol-
lows, but likewise passes up the sides of the bordering
ridges."

We have also received a specimen from Mr. Robertson,
of Glasgow, which was taken by him at Cumbrae, N. B.

The vignette below is the sketch of Whitburn sands
alluded to in the preceding page.

V^S<S^~

KROYERA ALTAMARINA.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

17"

PHOX1DES.

KROYERA ALTAMARINA. N. S.

Specific character. Eyes confluent, and placed anterior to the superior
antennae. Second pair of gnathopoda having the inferior angle of the carpus
produced anteriorly, scarcely beyond the apex of the dactylos.

Length 5 inch.

THE head is anteriorly produced and depressed ; the
segments of the body are shorter than the three anterior
segments of the tail. The first two segments of the tail
are somewhat elevated posteriorly, giving a slightly-im-
bricated appearance to that portion of the back when
viewed laterally. The eyes are fused into a single
organ, as in Monoculodes. The antennae are injured in
the only known specimen, but the second joint of the
superior antennae is much more slender than the first ;
but in the inferior, the first three are equally stout,
whilst the fourth is more slender, and as long as the
two preceding. The first pair of legs do not differ from
those of K. arenaria. The second pair have the hand

N

178 GA.MMARIDJE.

similarly formed to that of K. arenaria, but the carpal
process is not quite so long, and ends in an upturned
point ; the digital process of the hand is also curved at
the apex, and terminates in two small dental processes ;
the finger is long, slightly curved, and the apex reaches
as far as the extremity of the carpal process, against
which it appears to be able to impinge. The next two
pairs of legs resemble each other, differing from those of
K. arenaria only in being furnished with more hairs,
which extend on both margins to a considerable extent.
The fifth pair of legs are wanting in our single speci-
men, but we suppose them to resemble the seventh pair,
and if so, the metacarpus is not quite so largely lobed as
in K. arenaria. The seventh pair of legs have lost the
distal joints, but those that remain indicate parts of a
long limb. The caudal appendages have not been closely
examined, but they appear to correspond very nearly with
those of K. arenaria.

It is only after much deliberation that we have de-
termined to embrace this monocular form in the same
genus with a binocular species. The very close resem-
blance in the general detail of the two animals induces
us to consider that the variation in the organs of vision
may be sexual, or dependent upon certain altered physical
conditions. We have little doubt but that, like its near
ally K. arenaria, this species is a burrower ; but whilst
the habitat of the former is on the sea-beach, where the
light is strong, that of the latter is under a pressure of
from seventy to ninety fathoms of water, where the light
can scarcely penetrate, even should the creature not
plough its way beneath the soil.

The specimen from which this description and figure
are taken is in the collection of the Rev. A. M. Norman,
who dredged it sixty miles east of Shetland.

A.MPHILOCHUS. 179

, t M PHI POD A . PHOX1DES.

NATATORU.

Genus— AMPHILOCHUS.

Amphiloclius. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 107.

Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Eyes two.
Superior antennae without a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda
subchelate, each having the carpus infero-anteriorly produced.

THE head in this genus is produced considerably in
advance, and curved downwards. The eyes are two dis-
tinct organs, and are situated in their normal position,
between the superior and inferior antennas. The su-
perior antennae are tolerably robust, somewhat longer
than the inferior pair, and not furnished with a secondary
appendage. The inferior antennae are more slender than
the superior. The arms are furnished with subchelate
hands, but those of the second pair are larger than those
of the first pair : both are, however, remarkable for the
extension of the infero-anterior angle of the wrist. In
this they approximate to the genus Monoculodes, but the
form of the eyes appears to warrant their generic separa-
tion. The recent discovery, however, of a species of
Kroyera, which differs from the type of the genus in
little else than in the character of these organs, induces
us to believe it possible that future research in this

JL

branch of natural history may establish a closer alliance
between Amphilochus and Monoculodes.

N

180 GAMMAR1D.E,

A MPH1P 01) A . PH OXIDES .

NATATORIA.

AMPHILOCHUS MANUDENS.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos tri-
angiilar ; the superior distal angle being produced beyond the articulation of
the dactylos. Middle joints of the flagelluna of the superior antennae fur-
nished beneath with elongated hairs.

Length, 225 inch.

Amphttochua manudetts. SPENCE BATE, Cat. Ampli. Crust. Brit. Mus.

p. 107, pi. xvii. fig. 6.

THE head is anteriorly produced and depressed, but
not incurved. The segments of the body are not more
than half the length of those of the anterior half of the
tail. The eyes are round, and not very large. The
superior antennae are longer than the inferior ; the fla-
gellum is not so long as the peduncle. The inferior
antennas are more slender than the superior, but the
peduncle reaches almost as far as that of the superior ;
the nagellum is scarcely longer than the last joint of the
peduncle. The first pair of legs are rather small, and
the infero-distal extremity of the wrist scarcely reaches
to half the length of the hand ; the hand is long and
narrow, the palm, fringed with small hairs, extends the
entire length of the joint, and is subparallel with the
upper margin, which is produced beyond the point where
the finger articulates with the hand ; the finger is long

AMPHILOCHUS MANUDENS. 181

and slender, more than usually bent, and reaches so far
that, when closed, it impinges against and antagonizes
with the produced extremity of the wrist, thus forming
a complex hand. The second pair of legs are longer and
stouter than the preceding ; the wrist has the antero-
inferior angle more elongated ; the hand is triangular,
the lower margin gradually diverging from the upper,
the upper being the longer, and extending, in a sharp
tooth-like process, beyond the articulation between the
hand and the finger; the palm is slightly convex, and
somewhat crenulated ; the finger is sharp and curved, and
the extremity reaches the ciliated apex of the produced
wrist. The remaining appendages offer no material cha-
racter. They are rather slender, and all nearly of the
same length. The middle caudal plate is lanceolate.

This animal, of which we have only seen a single speci-
men, was sent to us by our valued correspondent, Mr.
David Robertson, of Glasgow, who states that he had seen
a second individual. It. was taken by him from the roots
of Laminaria, in a few fathoms of water, at C umbrae,
Scotland. Its colour, when it reached us, was claret-red.

GAMMARIDJE.

,4 MPH1P ODA . PH OXIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— DARWINIA.

Dara-hua. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist.
1 ser. xix. 141, Feb. 1857. Cat. Crust. Amph. Brit. Mus.
p. 108.

Generic character. Cephalon produced anteriorly. Superior
antennae without a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda smaller
than the pereiopoda, subchelate. Pereiopoda subequal ; dactyla
powerful. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson
single.

THE head of this genus is produced anteriorly to a
point. The body is arched, and the segments subequal.
The third segment of the tail is remarkable for being not
so deep as the preceding, a feature which exhibits an
approximation to the character of Oxycephalus, and other
genera among the Hyperina. The eyes are round, and
situated at the lateral margins of the head, between the
superior and inferior antennae. The superior antennae
are subequal to the inferior, somewhat more robust, and
not furnished with a secondary appendage. The first
two pairs of legs are small, and imperfectly subchelate,
the second being a little larger than the first, but neither
of them is as large as the true walking legs, all of which
are about the same length, rather short, but very robust
and strong, each terminating in a long, stout, slightly-
curved, sharp finger. The caudal appendages are bi-
ramous, and the terminal piece consists of a single
plate.

This genus bears a close resemblance to Kroyer's de-

DARWINIA.

183

scription of the genus Lafystius, (Tidskr. 1 ser. vol. iv.
p. 156,) from which it differs chiefly in the form of the
second pair of legs, which, in the latter genus, are de-
scribed as having the finger sublaminar, with the apex
somewhat setose, we presume, as in Callisoma. Their
habits also appear to be similar.

This genus is named in compliment to the distin-
guished author of the " Monograph on the Cirripedia,"
one of the most complete works of the kind ever pub-
lished.

FRIGATE BEFORE THE T>'IND, SECOND-RATE AND FRIGATE GOING FREE.

184

GAMMARID7E.

A MPHIPODA .
NATATOItlA.

PH OXIDES.

DARWINIA COMPRESSA.

Specific character. Cephalon produced to an obtuse point. Fourth seg-
ment of the pleon considerably narrower than the third. Superior antennpe
longer and stouter than the inferior.

Length 57g inch.

Danvinia compresta. SPENCE BATE, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 1 ser. xix. p. 141, Feb. 1857. Cat.
Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 108, pi. xvii. fig. 7.
WHITE, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 176.

THE head is produced anteriorly to an obtuse point.
The body is much distended, and increases in breadth to
the third segment, whence it as gradually decreases pos-
teriorly. The tail is narrow, with the third segment
shorter than the preceding ; the three last segments are
extremely short, and generally lie folded, closely com-
pressed, beneath the body of the animal, a circumstance
which suggested the specific name. The eyes are round,
and situated between the superior and inferior antennae.
The superior antennae are about one-fourth the length of
the animal, but longer and more robust than the inferior ;

DARWIN! A COMPRESS A. 185

the peduncle is not longer than the flagellum. The in-
ferior antennas are scarcely longer than the peduncle of
the superior. The first pair of legs are very small, and
are generally so closely folded beneath the animal that
they are with difficulty examined ; the wrist and hand
are subequally long, and very slight ; the finger is long
and slender, and capable of being shut upon the inferior
margin of the hand. The second pair of legs are but a
little larger than the first, and have the wrist longer than
the hand ; the hand is truncate, the palm being at nearly
right angles with the inferior margin ; the finger is long,
and furnished with a single subapical tooth, giving it the
appearance of a somewhat forked extremity. The walk-
ing legs are very robust ; the coxae gradually increase in
depth from the first to the fourth, which is produced
downwards to an obtuse point. All the walking legs are
nearly equal in length and strength, and each terminates
in a strong pointed hook-like finger, which Liljeborg not
inaptly, in his description of Lafystius, compares to the
claws of a feline mammal. They are long and powerful
organs, and are indicative of parasitic habits. The three
posterior pairs of caudal appendages reach to about the
same length, and are very free from hairs. The tail-piece
is lanceolate in its form.

This species was first taken by Mr. Edward, of Banff,
at the entrance of the Moray Frith, whence also we have
received specimens from Mr. Gregor, of Macduff. Mr.
Loughrin has also sent us specimens from Polperro. These
last were as white as writing-paper, and in this respect
differed from those received from the Moray Frith, which
were of a brown hue. After being kept a short time,
the Cornish individuals assumed the colour of the North
British specimens, hence we may assume white to be the

186

GAMMARIDiE.

natural colour. Mr. Loughrin says, that his specimens
were procured either from the throat of a cod-fish, or
from the skin of the common dogfish (Squalus acanthias).
The natatory legs of these specimens were thickly covered
with a species of Vorticella, sl circumstance which would
suggest that they were animals of sluggish or quiet habits,
rather than living on the surface of the fast-swimming dog-
fish ; whilst their peculiar colour would induce the be-
lief that they inhabited a sheltered and dark position,
such as that of the throat of the codfish rather than the
free ocean.

The vignette represents a group of the Infusoria
which infest this amphipod.

SULCATOR. 187

A MP H IP 0 DA . PHOXIDES.

NATJTOMA

Genus— SULCATOR.

Sulcator. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 504, 1854 ; xix.

p. 140. Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Cat. Amph. Brit.

Mus. p. 112. "White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 174. Gosse,

Marine Zool. p. 142.
Bellia. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 318, 1851.

Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Gnatho-
poda small, imperfectly subchelate. Pereiopoda having the
dactyla obsolete, most of the joints squamously developed.

The head is developed anteriorly, and produced cen-
trally to a point. The body of the animal is much
distended, the centre, however, not being materially
wider than the other portions. The third segment of
the tail is remarkably long, and has the lateral walls
considerably developed, so that the three posterior seg-
ments of the tail, together with their appendages, lie
folded within it, seldom appearing extended.

The eyes are small. The superior antennae are fur-
nished with a secondary appendage. The coxae are
large. The arms are feeble and imperfectly subche-
late. The walking legs have all the joints developed in
the form of large plate-like scales, except the fingers,
which are represented by a few stout spines. The last
pair of caudal appendages are double-branched, and the
central tail-piece is single, but cleft.

This genus bears a near resemblance to that described
by Say, under the name of Lepidactylis, in the " Pro-
ceedings of the Academy of Philadelphia," vol. i. p. 2,

188

GAM MAR IM.

It may be that they are synonymous, but the very im-
perfect manner in which Say's genus is described, arising
from the want of fixed homological names for the several
parts of the animal, precludes us from expressing more
than a supposition of their identity.

The habits of the only species of Sulcator appear to
differ from those of the only species of Lepidactylis de-
scribed, inasmuch as the former is very sluggish, and a
burrower, whereas the latter is stated by Say to be very
active, much resembling in its movements the water-
beetles of the genus Dytiscus.

The accompanying vignette represents one of our fa-
vourite hunting-grounds, the Tor Rock in Oxwich Bay,
near which our specimens of this genus were taken.

SULCATOR ARENARIUS.

AM PHI POD A,

XATATORIA.

189

PH OXIDES.

SULCATOR ARENARIUS.
Sand Furrow-maker.

Specific character. Body not compressed, three posterior segments of the
pleon bent under and enclosed beneath the third. Antenna? subequal. Coxa?
of the pereiopoda largely developed. Basal joint of the three posterior pairs
also largely developed ; dactyla wanting, or only represented by stiff spines.

Length, ^ inch (not including the inflected portion of the pleon).

Sulcator arcnarius. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. xiii. p. 504 (1854)

vol. six. p. 140, 1857. Rep. Brit, Assoc. 1855, p. 58.
Trans. Tyneside Nat. Field Club, vol. iv. p. 15,
pi. ii. fig. 2, 1858. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 112,
pi. xviii. Gosse, Marine Zool. p. 142, f. 2t>4.
White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 174.

Bellia armaria. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. vol. vii. p. 318, 1851.

Dana, United States' Explor. Exped. Crust, p. 912.

The upper portion of the head is projected anteriorly
as a flat hood, but has an excavation on each side, cor-
responding to the superior pair of antennae, while the
centre terminates in a blunt point. Between the antenna?
the integument also extends into a point, though not so

190 GAMMARID/E.

far advanced as the central one. The body is smooth, and
not compressed. The third segment of the tail is very long,
and the three posterior segments are inflected and inclosed
beneath it. The eyes are small and round, and the su-
perior antennae are short, — about as long again as the
head ; the secondary appendage is nearly as long as the
flagellum. The inferior antennae are a little longer than
the superior. The first two pairs of legs are small,
slender, and feeble, scarcely subchelate, the fingers being
almost rudimentary. All the others are more robust,
and have the fingers wanting, being replaced by two or
three stout spines. The second and third pairs have the
wrists short, but as broad again as long, and the hands
increase in breadth from the articulation to the distal
extremity, somewhat in the shape of a pear. The hand
is capable of being impinged against the wrist, thus
forming an imperfect prehensile organ. The next three
pairs have most of the joints broadly developed, and lie
folded against the sides of the animal, somewhat resem-
bling scale armour. The swimming legs are short, and
the three caudal appendages are short and spinous. The
terminal plate is single, but deeply divided, and each half
is dilated so as to overlap the other. The animal is not
very hairy, but the hairs it possesses are of very diversi-
fied forms, some simple, others toothed in a variety of
ways, both in single and double rows, while others are
plumose and ciliated.

This singular creature lives on the coast, on sandy
shores, between the tide-marks, coming to the surface
when the tide is in, and again burrowing beneath it when
the ebbing waters leave the sand dry. We have observed
that they generally make a furrow in the sand, about a
foot long, at the extremity of which we took them about
an inch beneath the surface.

SULCATOR ARENARIUS. 191

Mr. Albany Hancock has paid considerable attention
to the furrows made by this creature, and described them
in a paper entitled " On certain Vermiform Fossils in
the Mountain Limestone Districts of the North of Eng-
land," published in the " Transactions of the Tyne-side
Naturalist's Field Club," which was read at the British
Association at Leeds in 1858.

The animal appears to be a very sluggish creature,
since Infusoria attach themselves to the hairs of the na-
tatory appendages.

In colour the animal resembles the sand in which it
lives, and may readily be passed without recognition.
Mr. Gordon states that the eyes were cream-coloured in
the specimen which he found. We believe, on the con-
trary, that those which we took on the coast of Glamor-
gan had dark, if not black, eyes.

Specimens of this species in the British Museum were
taken in the neighbourhood of Falmouth by Dr. Leach.
It has been sent to us from the Moray Frith, having
been picked up at Lossiemouth, on the sand from which
the tide had just receded, by the Rev. Geo. Gordon;
also from the coast of Northumberland, where it was
found by Mr. Albany Hancock.

The specimen from which our figure was taken we
took, in company with Mr. Matthew Moggridge and Mr.
J. Gwyn Jeffreys, in Oxwich Bay, and we have also
found it in Rhosilly Bay in Glamorgan.

192 GAMMARTD^.

AMPHIPODA. PHOXIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

UROTHOE.

Urotkoe. Dana, United States' Explor. Expetl. p. 920. Spence Bate, Cat.
Ainpli. Brit. Mus. p. 114.

Generic character. Body scarcely compressed. Eyes two.
Superior antennae having a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda
subequal, subchelate. Pereiopoda having the dactyla constant.
Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson double.

Some of the species of this genus bear a resemblance
to Sulcator. The body is but slightly, if at all, com-
pressed. They have two eyes, which are always small
and round. The superior antennae have a secondary
appendage. The coxae are very large and deep ; the
fifth pair being smaller than the preceding. The first
two pairs of legs are subchelate, and are furnished with
well-developed fingers, as are all the other legs — a cha-
racter sufficiently important to separate the species of
this genus from that of Sulcator. The posterior pair of
caudal appendages are two-branched, the branches being
very long and foliaceous. The terminal plate is double.

UROTHOE BAIRDII.

A MP HI POD A

NAT ATOM A.

193

PHOXIDES.

UROTHOE BAIRDII.

Specific character. Inferior pair of antennae nearly half the length of
the body, having the flagellum three times as long as the peduncle. Inner
branch of the terminal caudal appendages naked.

Length 24g inch.

Urothoe Bairdii. Spence Bate, Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 114, pi. xix. fig. 1.

The head is not anteriorly produced. The eyes are
round and small. The superior pair of antennas are
about as long again as the head ; the peduncle is about
the same length as the flagellum ; and the secondary ap-
pendage is about half as long as the flagellum. The
inferior antennse have the peduncle not reaching beyond
the extremity of the peduncle of the superior, and
furnished with a few small spines and long hairs : the
flagellum is about three times as long as the peduncle ;
the articuli nearer to the peduncle are not longer than
they are broad, whilst those towards the extremity gra-
dually increase in length. The first two pairs of legs
are uniform, the anterior pair being a little the larger ;

o

194 gammarhle.

the hands gradually increase in their diameter towards
the palm, which occupies the anterior margin : it is con-
vex, hut its limit is not defined, but gradually rounded
into the interior margin, and slightly fringed with
hairs. The third and fourth pairs of legs are also uni-
form, and furnished along the posterior margins of the
wrists and hands with strong stiff spines, which appear
to have the capability of being brought into contact with
each other, and so of obtaining a prehensile power. The
next pair of legs have the thigh gradually dilated, and
the posterior margin of the succeeding joints furnished
with long plumose hairs, and the anterior margin
with fasciculi of spines : they terminate in a knife-
shaped finger, the anterior margin of which is entire.
The last two pairs of legs are uniform ; they are fur-
nished with a few short hairs and spines, and terminate
in a straight finger. The antepenultimate pair of caudal
appendages have the branches very unequal, whilst those
of the penultimate are equal, as are also those of the
ultimate, which are much longer, and have the inner
branch covered with plumose hairs, whilst the outer one
is clean, and tipped with a short spine at the extremity.
The terminal plate or tail-piece is double, each division
being tipped with a small central spine, flanked on each
side with a minute hair.

We received this species from our kind correspondent,
Mr. Gregor, of Macduff, who took it in the Moray
Frith. It is named in compliment to the indefatigable
author of the " History of the British Entomostraca."

UROTHOE MARTNUS.

195

A MP HI POD A.

NATAT0B1A.

P1I0XIDES.

UROTHOE MARINTJS.

Specific character. Superior antenna? longer than the inferior. Inferior
antenna? having the flagelluni uniarticulate. Second pair of gnathopoda
with the palm slightly oblique. Both branches of the terminal caudal ap-
pendages plumose.

Length i§ inch.

Urothoe marinus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 145, pi. xix.

fig. 2.
Sutcator marinus. Spence Bate, Synop. Brit. Amph. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser.

2, xix. p. 140, Feb. 1857. White, Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 175.

This species bears a close resemblance to the preceding
in its general aspect, but may readily be detected from it
by the shortness of the inferior antennae. The superior
antennae are about one-fourth of the length of the
animal, and have a flagellum scarcely longer than the
last joint of the peduncle. The inferior antennae
scarcely reach beyond the extremity of the peduncle
of the superior. The first joint of the peduncle is
surmounted by three longitudinal rows of spines, each

o 9

196 gamma rim.

spine successively increasing in length to the distal ex-
tremity of the joint ; the flagellum consists of but a
single articulus tipped with two long hairs. The first
pair of legs are smaller than the second ; the wrist is
longer than the hand, and is inferiorly produced ante-
riorly, but not to any very great extent ; the hand is
narrow, but slightly increasing in diameter anteriorly ;
the palm is not defined, and the finger is long and
curved. The second pair of legs are larger than the
first, but differ not in any very great extent of form ;
the wrist has the inferior margin more decidedly convex,
and is fringed with two rows of hairs equidistantly apart ;
in one row the cilia are directed anteriorly, and in the
other they are directed posteriorly, and the distal margin
is excavated ; the hand increases in breadth anteriorly ;
the palm is slightly concave, but its limit is imperfectly
defined, the inferior angle being rounded off, and fur-
nished with a fasciculus of hairs. The third and fourth
pairs of legs resemble each other ; they are chiefly pe-
culiar for having the wrist and the hand posteriorly
furnished with strong blunt spines ; those that are placed
nearest to the distal extremity are the longest in each
joint, and are nearly as long and powerful as the finger.
The hand appears to have the power of being able to be
pressed back against the wrist, and the pressure of the
spines between each other gives the organ an imperfect
but strong prehensile power. In the fifth pair of legs
the dilated thigh is of a square form, rather broader
than long, and the posterior margin being crenulated,
and fringed with a row of simple hairs. The rest of
the leg is remarkable for long plumose cilia, which
ornament the posterior margin, while the anterior is
furnished with fasciculi of short strong spines ; the
finger is not curved, but has the anterior margin a

UROTHOE MARINUS. 197

little dilated, and minutely serrated along the distal half.
The seventh pair of legs have the thigh rounded ; the
rest of the joints posteriorly not furnished with hairs,
but the anterior margin is armed with a few stout spines ;
the finger is crooked, and furnished with three bead-like
tubercles on the anterior margin. The antepenultimate
pair of caudal appendages have the branches very short,
unequal in length, and styliform. The penultimate pair
have the branches short, subequal, styliform, and free
from hairs. The ultimate pair have the branches long,
subequal, and plentifully furnished with plumose hairs.
The central tail-piece has the approximate margin of
each division nearly straight, and the external convex,
and tipped with a few cilia and one stout spine.

We have received this species from the Moray Frith,
where it was procured by Mr. Gregor, of Macduff, from
the stomach of a haddock captured in about thirty
fathoms of water : also from Mr. Edward, of Banff, and
the Rev. Geo. Gordon, of Elgin. It has also been sent
to us from Cumbrae, where it was taken by Mr. D.
Robertson ; and our lamented friend, the late Mr. Barlee,
dredged it off the Shetlands.

198

GAMMARID^.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

P BOX IDES.

UROTHOE BREVICORN1S.

Specific character. Inferior antennce not longer than the peduncle of the
superior, and not furnished with spines on the superior margin. Branches
of the terminal caudal appendages not hirsute.

Length 520 inch.

Urothoe brevicornis. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 116,

pi. xx. fig. 1.

This animal bears so close a resemblance to Urothoe
marinus, that since it was originally described, we have
much doubted whether it had not better have been
described as a variety only. It may be that the dis-
tinctions are those of sex, but the habitats as yet re-
corded are very widely apart.

The antennae are very similar to those in U. marinus,
but the inferior are rather shorter, and are not furnished
with those strong spines on the superior margin of the
first joint of the peduncle, which form so remarkable a

UROTHOE BREVICORNIS. 199

feature in U. marinus. The hands of the first two pairs
of legs are rather more slender, and have not the antero-
inferior margin of the wrist anteriorly produced, and
the hands have the palms more oblique, and still more
imperfectly defined. The third and fourth pairs of
legs, although armed with spines, are not so strong as
those of U. marinus. The dilated thigh of the fifth
pair of legs is almost triangular, and has not the pos-
terior margin crenulated ; the plumose hairs adorning
the posterior margin are reduced to a single tuft on the
carpus ; the finger is very long, and has the anterior
margin entire, or imperfectly serrated. The last two
pairs are nearly uniform, and have the posterior margins
of the thighs imperfectly crenulated, and the fingers are
straight and styliform. The caudal appendages differ
from those of U. marinus in the greater length of the
base, and in the branches of the antepenultimate pair
reaching beyond those of the penultimate. The branches
of the ultimate are also shorter, and not fringed with
hairs. The middle tail-piece is long, naked, and obtuse.
This species was sent to us by our kind friend, Mr.
M. Webster, from Tenby, where he took it with the
dredge.

200

AMP HIP OD A,

NAT AW RI A

GAMMAR11LE.

PHOXIDES.

UROTHOE ELEGANS.

Specific character. Inferior antenna? nearly as long as the animal.
Branches of the terminal caudal appendages very long and setose.
Length ^ inch.

Gammarus elegans.
Urothoe elegans.

Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855.

Spence Bate, Synop. &c. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.

p. 145, 1857. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 117, pi.

xx. fig. 2. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 186.

This species much resembles U. marinus, but differs
from it in the following important points : — the eyes are
uniform ; the superior antennae are scarcely longer than
the peduncle of the inferior; the Hagellum of the inferior
is very slender and long, being nearly as long as the
animal. The rest of the animal scarcely offers any
specific variation from U. marinus. Its colour is whitish
buff, the anterior portion of the body being covered with
small black dots, and the head, posterior coxae, and bases
of the hind legs, as well as the sides of the terminal seg-
ments of the body, beautifully mottled with pink.

The first specimen was taken from some trawl refuse,
brought in from the neighbourhood of the Eddystone
Lighthouse. Its extremely beautiful colouring struck
us with delight, and suggested its specific name, more
particularly if it should prove constant. A second spe-

UROTHOE ELEGANS. 201

cimen has been taken by Professor Kinahan, in Dublin
Bay; and a third has been procured by the Rev. A.
M. Norman and Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys, in from sixty to
seventy fathoms, near the Outer Haaf Fishing Ground,
off the Shetland Islands.

This species is very closely allied to U. irrostratus, which
was taken by Dana in the Zooloo Sea. Nor is this the
only instance in which we have observed a very near
affinity between the Crustacea of our own seas and those
of the antipodal regions.

202 GAMMA RIDJE.

AMP HIP 0 DA . PH OXIDES.

NIT ATOM A.

Genus— LILJEBORGIA.

Liljeborgia. Spence Bate, Cat. Ampli. Crust. Brit. Mus. p 118.

Generic character. Cephalon but slightly produced ante-
riorly. Superior antenna? furnished with a secondary appen-
dage. Gnathopoda large, subchelate, second larger than the
first, inferior carpal angle anteriorly produced. Posterior pair
of pleopoda biramous. Telson cleft.

The head is not anteriorly produced to half the length
of the first joint of the superior antennae. The seg-
ments of the body are nearly as long* as those of the
tail. The eyes are large. The superior antennae shorter
than the inferior, and furnished with a secondary ap-
pendage. The first two pairs of legs have the hands
largely developed, the second being the larger, and the
inferior angle of the wrist is produced to a short dis-
tance along the inferior margin of the hand. The other
legs are tolerably free from hairs, and have the fingers
very straight. The last pair of caudal appendages have
two branches, and the central tail-piece consists of a
single plate, which is cleft at its apex.

This genus is named in compliment to the distin-
guished zoologist of the University of Upsala, Professor
Liljeborg.

* The length of a segment is measured in the same direction as that of
the body of the animal ; the breadth is when it is measured from side to
side.

L1LJEB0RGIA PALLIDA.

203

AM PHI POD A,

NAT J TORI A.

PH OX IDES.

LILJEBORGIA PALLIDA.

Specific character. Inferior antennre having the flagellurn shorter than
the last joint of the peduncle. Gnathopoda having the propoda ovate ;
dactyla internally serrated. Posterior pair of pleopoda with the rami
shorter than the peduncle.

Length ^ inch.

Gammarus? pallidus. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 55. Synop.

in Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 145, 1857,
White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 185.

S pence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust, Brit. Mus. p. 118.
pi. xx. fig. 5.

Bruzelius, Scand. Amph. Gam. p. 62, pl.iii. fig. 11.

Liljeborgia pallida.

Gammarus hrevicornis.

The first, second, and fourth segments of the tail are
furnished with a small dorsal tooth. The posterior mar-
gin of the third segment has a very distinct emargination
just above the infero-posterior angle, which is formed
into a small but distinct tooth. The eyes are large,

204 GAMMARIDjE.

tolerably round, and black. The superior antenna? are
about half as long again as the head ; the peduncle is
just the same length as the flagellum, but the first joint
is longer than the other two ; the flagellum is about half
the length of the peduncle. The inferior antennae have
the peduncle quite as long as the superior antennae, the
last two joints being nearly of the same length, and
about three times the length of the preceding. The first
two pairs of legs are similarly formed, but differ con-
siderably in size, the second having the hand more than
twice as large again as that of the first; the wrist is in-
feriorly produced along the inferior margin of the hand ;
the hand is ovate, the palm occupying nearly the entire
length of the inferior margin, without its extent being
properly defined, the edge is furnished with a smooth
margin, fringed laterally with two sets of hairs, the
one directed anteriorly, with the tip suddenly directed
posteriorly into a hook ; the other, consisting of alter-
nate long and short hairs, directed backward, each being
furnished on the anterior margin with two small cilia;
the finger is curved, and armed on the inner margin
with a deeply -serrated edge. The next two pairs of
legs are more slender, and shorter than any of the
others. The last three have the thighs very oval, and
the fingers very long, straight, and styliform. The
penultimate pair of caudal appendages are shorter than
those that precede or follow it. The last pair have the
branches much shorter than the peduncle. The tail-
piece is oval, and subapically furnished with two simple
hairs.

This animal was first taken by us, in company with
our valued friend Mr. T. P. Smyth, to whom we wish
to express our obligation for having frequently placed
his yacht at our disposal for dredging purposes. We

LTIJEBORGIA PALLIDA. 205

took several specimens on the eastern side of Drake's
Island.

In the living animal the colour is very white, the
back being stained with a rich crimson blotch, a circum-
stance that enabled us to identify every specimen at once.
The hands possess a rosy hue, and a tinge of the same
colour may be detected on many of the articulations of
the legs.

Bruzelius, in his " Memoir on the Amphipoda of Skan-
dinavia," has given the figure and description of a species
of this genus, under the name of Gammarus hrevicorrtis,
which we consider to be identical with this, the only
distinction being the shortness of the last joint of the
peduncle of the lower antennae, the greater relative
length of the flagellum, and the less ornate character
of the serrature of the fingers to the hands, the result
probably of being examined with a less powerful lens.
The specimens, described by Bruzelius, were taken on
the western shores of Sweden.

206

AMPHIPODA,

NATATORIA,

GAMMARTD^.

PHOXIDES.

LILJEBORGIA SHETLANDICA. N. S.

Specific character. First and second segments of the pleon unarmed ;
fourth and fifth segments clorsally produced posteriorly into a small tooth.
Secondary appendage of the superior antenna? very short. Inferior antennas
having the flagellum longer than the last joint of the peduncle. Dactyla of
the gnathopoda unarmed.

Length \ inch.

The head is not produced anteriorly. The dorsal
surface of the animal is smooth, except a small tooth-
like process, developed from the centre of the posterior
margins of the ante- and penultimate segments of the
tail. The eyes are small, round, and situated in their
normal position on a lobe between the superior and in-
ferior antennae. The superior antennas have the second
joint of the peduncle longer than the first, the third
joint very small, the flagellum reaching beyond the ex-
tremity of the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the
inferior antennae, and the secondary appendage extremely
short. The inferior antennas have the last two joints of
the peduncle very long and subequal, and the flagellum
is rather longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The
first pair of legs have the hands not dilated, but rather
tapering to the distal extremity, and the wrist is nearly
as long as the hand. The second pair of legs have the

LILJEBORGIA SHETLANDICA. 207

wrist short, and slightly produced inferiorly ; the
hands dilated, ovate, tapering from the base to the
distal extremity, the palm being continuous with the in-
ferior margin, and fringed with long hairs, a depression
near the centre marking the extent to which the very
short finger reaches. The finger of this and the preced-
ing pair has the inner margin smooth. The two suc-
ceeding pairs of legs are small ; the last three have the
thighs, which gradually narrow from the base to the distal
extremity, posteriorly serrated. The last pair of caudal
appendages are wanting in all the specimens that we have
seen. The central tail-piece is very deeply cleft.

Several specimens of this species have been taken by
the Rev. A. M. Norman, in forty fathoms, near Whalsey
Lighthouse, and in from two to five fathoms, in Outer
Skerries Harbour, Shetland.

208 GAMMARID-ffi.

AMPHIPODA. PHOXIDES.

NAT ATOM A,

Genus— PILEDRA.

Phcedra. Spence Bate, Quarterly Journal of Gfeol. Soc. 1858, p. 137.
Cat. Ainph. Brit. Mus. p. 119.

Generic character. Cephalon produced anteriorly. Seg-
ments of the pereion short, of the pleon long. Superior an-
tennae shorter than the inferior, furnished with a secondary
appendage. Posterior pair of pleopoda considerably elongated,
biramous. Telson simple or notched.

The head is anteriorly produced, but not to so great
an extent as in some of the preceding genera. The
segments of the body are remarkably short, whilst those
of the anterior half of the tail are extremely long.
The eyes of the type were not observed. The superior
antennae are shorter than the inferior, and rather more
robust ; they are furnished with a secondary appendage.
The coxae of the legs are small. The last three pairs of
caudal appendages are double-branched, the branches of
each pair respectively being subequal, those of the last
pair being considerably elongated. The central tail-piece
is squamiform or notched.

This genus is founded on imperfect specimens.

PH^DRA ANT J QUA.

209

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

PHOX1DES.

PH^DEA ANTIQUA.

Specific character. Third segment of the pleon having the posterior margin
toothed and minutely serrated. Superior antenna? furnished with a secondary
appendage. Rami of the posterior pair of pleopoda equal. Telson lanceolate.

Length ^ inch.

Pluedra antiqua. Spence Bate, Quart. Journ. Greol. Soc. 1858, p. 137,

pi. 6, fig. 8. Cat. Crust. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 120,
pi. 21, fig. 2.

The head is anteriorly produced to a central point.
The third segment of the tail has the inferior half of
the posterior margin minutely serrated, the limits being
bounded by a prominent tooth above and below. The
superior antennae have the first joint of the peduncle
broader and longer than the second, and the second more
so than the third, whilst the third is scarcely longer,
though broader, than the first articulus of the flagellum ;
the secondary appendage consists of a single articulus,
but the remainder may be broken away. The inferior
antennae have the joints of the peduncle that remain in
the specimen before us as stout as those of the first joint
of the superior. The coxae of the first four pair of
legs are deeper than those of the three posterior. The
three posterior pairs of legs are subequal. The poste-

210 GAMMARID^.

rior pair of caudal appendages are half as long again as
the preceding. The telson is long and lanceolate.

The specimen from which this description is taken
was communicated to us by the Rev. Geo. Gordon, who
took it in the Moray Frith, and has been described in the
article in the " Quarterly Journal of the Geological So-
ciety" above referred to, as the nearest approach, among
recent Crustacea, to a fossil species found by Mr. Kirkby
in the magnesian limestone of Durham, and described by
him in the same work for 1857 (page 214) under the
name of Prosoponiscus problematicus, Schlotheim.

The fossil species differs from the recent forms in this
subfamily, in two circumstances. The eyes are promi-
nent upon the surface, like those of some Isopods, and
the anterior and deeper segments of the tail decrease in
depth posteriorly, a condition which belongs to some
species among the HyperiidcB ; thus exhibiting additional
evidence that the relation between the Phoxides and
Hyperiidm is closer than that between the latter and the
Gammarides.

PH/EDRA RINAHANJ.

Jill

.1 M PHI POD A .

NATAT0R1A.

PHOXIDm.

PH/EDRA KTNAHANI.

Specific description. Dorsum of the three posterior segments of the
pereion, and five of the pleon, centrally produced posteriorly, the last three
into prominent teeth ; sides of the third segment of the pleon simple. Tel-
son notched.

Length 52g inch.

Phceclra Kinahcmi. Spexce Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mas. p. 119,

pi. 21, fig. 1.

The head is anteriorly produced into a point, curved
downwards. The body has each segment posteriorly pro-
duced in the middle, the projection scarcely forming a tooth
until the fourth and fifth segments, in which it becomes
more distinctly marked. The tail has a similar tooth on
the two anterior segments, and also upon the fourth and
fifth, but none upon the third. The eyes are round. The
superior antennae are scarcely shorter than the inferior ;

p 2

212 GAMMARID.E.

they are large at the base, the first joint is longer than
the other two ; the first two are produced anteriorly to
a point upon the upper surface, and notched into a dis-
tinct tooth upon the inferior : the flagellum is longer
than the peduncle, and the secondary appendage is about
half the length of the primary. The inferior antennae have
the upper distal extremity of each joint produced into
a tooth; the flagellum is not longer than the last joint
of the peduncle, and consists of one long articulus, or,
more probably, several are fused together, of which the
upper margin alone shows any indication of the several
joints. The first two pairs of legs are uniform, both in
dimensions and shape; the wrist is anteriorly produced
along the inferior margin of the hand ; the hand is sub-
triangular, tolerably large, having the palm oblique, de-
fined by a strong spine situated at the apex of an obtuse
angle ; the palm is likewise furnished with short hairs,
similarly formed to those on the hand of Liljeborgia
pallida. The walking legs are subequal, the two first
being rather the shortest ; the thighs of all are remark-
ably narrow. The ante- and penultimate pairs of caudal
appendages have the upper margin of the outer branch
serrated, being also marked at regular distances by a
strong tooth. The ultimate pair are considerably longer
than the preceding; the branches are of equal length,
having their upper margins very slightly serrated. The
middle tail-piece is notched, but to what extent we have
not been able to determine.

This species was taken from a nullipore bank off the
coast near Cumbrae, by Mr. David Robertson, who
kindly sent it to us.

It is not improbable that this species may belong to
a separate genus from Ph. antiqua, but all the parts of
the latter, as far as known, correspond very nearly to

PH^DRA KINAHANI.

213

those of this species, except, perhaps, the middle scale
of the tail. Possessing, however, only a single speci-
men, which had been mounted for the microscope before
we received it, we have not been able, from its position,
to ascertain the precise form of this appendage. We
assume it to be single, with a central cleft ; but a small
notch at the extremity of each division is very con-
stantly associated with a double tail-piece, so that it is
not impossible that this may be found to be the case in
the species nowr under consideration.

The colour of the animal, when received by us, was of
a reddish yellow.

The accompanying vignette represents a view of Ailsa
Crag, from a sketch kindly lent to us by our friend Dr.
Scott of Melby, Shetland.

214 GAMMARIM.

A MP II IP OB A . PIIOXIDES.

NATATOTITA.

Genus— ISJEA.

Iscea. Milne -Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 380. Hist, des Crust,
t. iii. p. 26. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142,
1857. Cat, Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 122. White, Pop. Hist.
Brit. Crust, p. 179.

Generic character. Superior antennae having a secondary
appendage. Gnathopoda subchelate ; second pair the larger.
Pereiopoda subchelate. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous.
Telson cylindrical, single.

In this genus the cephalon is not much produced
anteriorly. The eyes are two. The superior antennas
are longer than the inferior, and furnished with a se-
condary appendage. The arms are subchelate ; the
hand of the second pair is larger than that of the first ;
all the legs are likewise subchelate, the distal extremity
of the hands being broadly dilated on the side towards
which the joints bend. The coxae of the four or five
anterior pairs of legs are deep. The last pair of caudal
appendages are double-branched, and the central tail-
piece is round and solid, the alimentary canal probably
opening at its posterior extremity.

Dana has established a subfamily to receive this genus,
together with Anisopus of Templeton, under the name of
Isceance, based upon the subchelate condition of the walk-
ing legs. We do not perceive any advantage to be de-
rived from this arrangement, since Iscea and Anisopus
(which latter we consider to belong either to the genus
Amphithoe or Sunamphithoe) cannot be embraced in the
same subfamily; and it will be found that there are other
species possessing a more or less perfectly marked sub-
chelate condition of the walking legs, which, cannot be
associated with Is<za.

AMP HIP OB A.

NATJTOEIA.

\SM\ MONTAGTJI.

215

PHOXIBES.

IS^A MONTAGUT.

Specific character. Eyes reniform. Superior antenna? one-half the length
of the animal. Gnathopoda having the propoda ovate. Pereiopoda having
the propoda with the distal extremity serrated.

Length, 54g inch.

Iscea Montagui. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 380. Hist, des

Crust, t. iii. p. 26, pi. xxix. fig. 11. S pence Bate,
Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Synop. Ann. Nat. Hist.
2 ser. xix. p. 142, 1857. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit.
Mus. p. 122, pi. 22, fig. 1. White, Pop. Hist. Brit.
Crust, p. 179.

The eyes are not large, but kidney-shaped, and of a
bright-red colour. The superior antennae are nearly
half the length of the animal, the flagellum being as
long as the peduncle, and the secondary appendage
having but three articuli. The inferior antennae are
not quite so long as the superior, and have the peduncle
longer than the flagellum : the olfactory organs in this
species are well developed. The first pair of legs are
rather small, and have the palm of the hand very ob-

216 GAMMARIDJ!.

lique. In the second pair the hand is much larger, but
of nearly the same form, with the palm very oblique,
and defined by two small spines. The third and fourth
pairs of walking legs are alike, and have the posterior
distal extremity of the hand strongly serrated, as have
likewise the three posterior pairs, but being reversed,
the serration is upon the anterior distal extremity. The
last pair of caudal appendages have the branches of the
same length, and reach a little beyond the preceding.
The central tail-piece appears more like a small seg-
ment of the animal than is usual ; it is cylindrical, and
surmounted by a small spinule.

This species was taken by Professor Milne-Edwards,
off the island of Chausay, and named by him in honour
of Colonel Montagu, the pioneer of British marine
zoology. We have procured it from some refuse brought
by the trawlers from the neighbourhood of the Eddy-
stone. All our specimens were taken from the back
and branchial chambers of Maia squinado ; they seemed,
indeed, to exist among the thick stiff fur on the carapace
of this spider-crab as if they were in their accustomed
habitat, their prehensile legs being peculiarly adapted for
holding themselves on that animal.

1PHIMEDIA. 217

A M PHI POD A . PHOXIDES.

KATATORIA.

Genus— IPHIMEDIA.

Iphimedia. Rathke, Beitr. zur Faun. Norwegens, Nov. Act. Leop. vol. xx.

p. 89 (1843). Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.

p. 141, Feb. 1857. Cat. Crust. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 123.

White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 176 (not Iphimedia, Dana).
Microcheles. Kroyek, Ticlsk. Nat. sec. 2, vol. ii. p. 5.

Generic character. Cephalon produced anteriorly. Pereion
distended. Pleon compressed. Eyes two. Antennae simple.
Third pair of siagonopoda not unguiculate. First pair of gna-
thopoda feeble ; second also feeble, imperfectly subchelate.
Pereiopoda robust, having large and powerful dactyla. Pos-
terior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson single, squamous,
emarginate.

In this genus the head is produced anteriorly. The
body is dorsally rounded and laterally distended, while
the tail is very rapidly narrowed. It is furnished with
a small eye upon each side of the head. The antennae
are subequal, and without a secondary appendage ; the
organs attendant upon the mouth are considerably pro-
jected forwards. The first pair of legs are feeble, and
have the fingers rudimentary ; the second are likewise
feeble, but terminate in an imperfectly chelate organ.
The cox 33 increase in depth to the fourth, which is
produced inferiorly to a sharp point. The last three
pairs of legs are tolerably strong, and terminate in
powerful fingers. The last pair of caudal appendages
are double-branched, and the telson is single, squami-
form, and emarginate.

Our description differs from that of Rathke in a

218

GAMMARIRffi.

small extent. He describes the second pair of gnatho-
poda as terminating in a simple non-prehensile form,
whilst he figures them as seen in our drawing ; and the
first he calls chelate, whilst in the two species which we
have had the opportunity of examining the finger is
almost obsolete.

Dana has, in his valuable work on Crustacea, evidently
confused this genus with Atylus of Leach, to which all
his species, except perhaps /. nodosa, undoubtedly be-
long.

The following vignette represents the pier-head at
Lynmouth, on the north coast of Devonshire.

IPHIMEDTA OBESA.

AMPHTPODA.

NATATORIA.

219
PHOXTDES.

IPHIMEDIA OBESA.

Specific character. Cephalon anteriorly produced, but not much depressed.
Last segment of the pereion, and three first of the pleon, furnished on each
side of the dorsal central line with a posteriorly-directed tooth.

Length ^ inch.

IpMmedia obesa. Rathke, Beitr. zur Faun. Norwegens, Nov. Act. Leop.

vol. xx. (1843), p. 89, pi. iii. fig. 1. Spence Bate,

Anu. Nat. 2 ser. xix. p. 141, Feb. 1857. Cat.

Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 123, pi. xxii. fig. 2.

White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 176, pi. x. fig. 6.
Microcheles armata. Kroter, Nat. Tidskr. sec. 2, vol. ii. p. 5.

The head, which is anteriorly produced, has the long
projection not curved downwards. The last segment of
the body and the first three of the tail are severally
furnished with two dorsal teeth, one being on each side
of the central line ; the posterior margin of the third
segment of the tail has likewise a strong tooth near the
centre, and another at the infero-posterior angle. The
eyes are somewhat reniform, and red in colour. The
antennae are subequal, and about one-fourth of the
length of the animal. The first pair of legs are weak,
and have the hand long, with the infero-distal extremiy

220 GAMMARIDiE.

produced, the finger being rudimentary. In the more
robust second pair the wrist is as long as the hand,
which is produced and somewhat dilated towards the
inferior angle of the distal extremity ; the finger is
small, subapical, and impinges against the hand so as
to form an imperfectly chelate organ. The coxa of the
fourth pair of legs has the upper portion of the pos-
terior margin excavated, to receive the anterior lobe
of the fifth pair of legs. The coxae of the last two
pairs of legs are produced infero-posteriorly to an angle ;
the thigh of the last pair has the lower half of the
posterior margin deeply serrated. The last three pairs
of caudal appendages are subequal in length, and ter-
minate in equal styliform branches. The terminal plate
is emarginate at the apex.

The colour of the animal appears to vary, but we are
inclined to believe that it deepens in hue as it increases
in age. The colour at first is yellow, with a few scat-
tered cells of black pigment ; these increase in number
and dimensions until the animal becomes quite black.

It has been sent to us from Tenby, where it was
dredged by Mr. W. Welsh ; from the Moray Frith,
where it was taken by Mr. Gregor ; Mr. Barlee also
took it in the Shetlands and Loch Fyne. In Belfast
Bay it was dredged in twenty fathoms by Mr. Thomp-
son ; and we have dredged it on the north-west of
Drake's Island in Plymouth Sound.

IPHIMED1A EBLAN.E.

AMPH1P0DA.

NATJTOEIA.

221
PHOX/DES.

,^' \*7

IPHIMEDIA EBLAN^L.

Specific description. Cephalon anteriorly produced, and curved down-
wards. Last segment of the pereion, and first three of the pleon, furnished
with a tooth on each side of the central line. First three segments of the
pleon armed with a strong central dorsal tooth.

Length 58o inch.

Jphimedia Ehlance. Spence Bate, Dublin Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. iv. p. 229,

pi. xvi. fig. 1 (1857). Proceed. Rat. Hist. Soc.
Dublin, p. 28, pi. xvi. fig. 1 (1856-7). Ann. Nat.
Hist. 2 ser. vol. xx. p. 525. Cat. Amph. Crust.
Brit. Mus. p. 124, pi. xsii. fig. 3.

The head in this species is very short, and has the
anterior projection curved downwards and inflexed. The
first and last segments of the body are longer than
the intermediate. The last segment of the body and
the first three of the tail have their posterior margins
furnished with two latero-dorsal teeth similar to the
preceding species, but the first three segments of the

222 GAMMAR1DJE.

tail are armed with a central dorsal tooth, directed pos-
teriorly. The eyes are kidney-shaped. The antennae
are short, being scarcely one-sixth the length of the
animal. The first pair of legs are slender and weak,
with the finger obsolete. The second pair of legs are
scarcely stouter than the first, and terminate in an im-
perfectly chelate organ. The walking legs are tolerably
robust, and differ from those of /. obesa only in having
the thighs of the last three pairs produced posteriorly
in two sharp points or teeth. The last three pairs of
caudal appendages are nearly of the same length, and
the central tail-piece is emarginate at the apex.

Several specimens of this species were taken by Pro-
fessor Kinahan, from the branchial cavities of Rhizostoma
Cuvieri. The specimen from which our figure and de-
scription were taken is preserved, in an imperfect state,
in the Dublin Museum. M. Guerin-Meneville had some
specimens in his collection, procured on the western
coast of England.

The circumstance of this animal having been found
inhabiting the gill-cavities of a Medusa establishes
another link associating this subfamily more closely
with the Hyperina than was at first presumed.

OTUS. 223

A MP HIP OB A . PH OX IDES.

NA TATORIA.

Genus— OTUS.

Otus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 125.

Generic character. Cephalon anteriorly produced. Pereion
distended. Pleon compressed. Antennas simple. Third pair
of siagonopoda unguiculate. First pair of gnathopoda chelate ;
second subchelate. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous.
Telson single.

The head is anteriorly produced. The body is much
distended, while the tail is considerably narrowed. The
antennae are subequal in length, the upper being the
more robust, and not furnished with a secondary ap-
pendage. The mandibles possess a three-jointed ap-
pendage. The maxillipedes terminate in a small nail.
The first two pairs of legs are small, and of nearly
equal size, the first terminating in a distal double-
fingered claw ; the second, which is rather stouter than
the first, being only subchelate. The coxae of the four
anterior pairs of legs are deep, the fourth being also
very broad, and posteriorly deeply excavated to receive
the anterior lobe of the coxa of the fifth pair. The
walking legs are short and strong, and furnished with
sharp fingers. The three posterior pairs of caudal ap-
pendages are double branched, and the central tail-plate
is single and scale-like.

This genus bears a near resemblance to Iphimedia, but
is distinguished from it by the form of the maxillipedes,
and by the character and proportions of the first two
pairs of legs.

The near approximation of the characters of the two
genera suggested the name of the son of Iphimedia as
being appropriate for the present more recently disco-
vered form.

224

GAMMARIOE.

AMP HI POD A.

NATATORIA.

PIIOXIDES.

OTUS CARINATUS.

Sjyecific character. Pereion furnished with a dorsal carina. Third seg-
ment of the pleon having an elevation near the dorsal centre, and the
posterior margin produced into a sharp tooth near the centre on each side.

Length 54o inch.

Otus carinatus. Spence Bate, Cat. Crust. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 126, pi.

xsiii. fig. 2.

The head is very short, but produced anteriorly to a
sharp point, slightly depressed. The back is furnished
with a small but distinct median carina. The third seg-
ment of the tail is abruptly elevated near the middle,
and again gradually depressed to the posterior margin.
On each side the posterior margin is posteriorly pro-
duced, near the centre, into a long slightly-upturned
tooth. The eyes have not been observed. The superior
antennae are short, being scarcely more than twice the
length of the upper margin of the head ; the peduncle

OTUS CARINATUS. 225

is more robust than the flagellum, and about the same
length. The inferior antennae are not longer than the
superior, but not so stout, and terminate in a flagellum
scarcely longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The
mandibles are deep and narrow, and the maxillipedes are
short, and furnished with a broad plate, reaching nearly
as far as the finger. The first pair of legs have the
hands with the lower distal angle produced into a sharp
process, nearly equalling the finger in length ; the finger
is slender, and tipped with a distinct nail, at the base of
which arise two or three hairs. The second pair of legs
are a little larger than the first, and have the hand some-
what triangular in form, the palm being straight, but
slightly oblique and distinctly pectinated ; the finger is
sharp and curved. The coxae of the first four pairs of
legs are deep, increasing gradually to the fourth, which
is much broader than the others, and deeply excavated
on the posterior margin towards its upper limits, in
order to receive the anterior lobe of the coxa of the
next succeeding pair of legs. All the walking legs are
short and stout ; the thighs of the three posterior are
broad, and posteriorly developed into two angles. The
last pair of caudal appendages have the branches un-
equal in length ; they are sharp, straight, and clean. The
terminal plate is lanceolate.

The animal was first taken by that veteran dredger,
the late Mr. Barlee, off the Shetland Islands, two or three
years since. During the summer of 1861 it has again
been taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. J.
Gvvynn Jeffreys, in from seventy to eighty fathoms, about
sixty miles east of the Shetland Islands.

Q

226 GAMMARIOE.

A MPHIPODA . PHOXIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— PEREIONOTUS. N. G.

Generic character. Cephalon short. Pereion distended.
Pleon compressed. Antennae very short. Superior longer and
more robust. Gnathopoda subchelate, subequal. Pereiopoda
short, robust. Antepenultimate pair of pleopoda having the
peduncle very short, rami long, subfoliaceous. Penultimate
pair having the peduncle long, rami styliform. Ultimate pair
short, unibranched. Telson single.

The head in this genus is very short. The body is
very distended, and the tail gradually narrowed to the
extremity. The eyes are very small. The cox as of the
first four pairs of legs are large, whilst those of the
three last are short. The hands of the first two pairs
are subchelate. The walking legs are subequal, short,
tolerably robust, and terminate in strong sharp fingers.
The antepenultimate pair of caudal appendages have the
peduncle very short, almost obsolete ; and the branches
are long, and look like narrow leaves. The penultimate
pair have the peduncle strong, and as long as the
branches, which are strong, stiff, and naked. The
ultimate pair are very short, and support a single very
short branch. The central terminal piece consists of a
single squamiform plate.

This genus bears a near relationship to that of Phlias
of Guerin. The only distinction of importance which
we are enabled to discover exists in the form of the
posterior pair of caudal appendages : these are biramous
in the description and figure of Phlias, as given by the

PEREIONOTUS.

227

author in the " Magasin de Zoologie" for 1836. Of this
latter genus we have had the opportunity of examining
only a single specimen of P. Rissoanus, taken by Mr. J.
Gwynn Jeffreys on the shores of Piedmont, but the
specimen being small, we were not able to make out
the form of the last pair of caudal appendages without
dissection, and we felt unwilling to destroy our only
specimen. We are therefore led to infer either that
Guerin's description of the posterior pair of caudal
appendages is incorrect, or that Montagu's specimen
belongs to a distinct but closely-allied genus ; and pre-
fer to adopt a new generic name, rather than to assume,
without further evidence, that so accurate an observer as
M. Guerin-Meneville can have been mistaken.

The accompanying vignette is a scene off Flamborough
Head.

q 2

228

GAMMARID.E.

AMPHIPODA

NATATOBIA.

PHOXIDES.

PEREIONOTUS TESTUDO.

Specific character. All the segments of the pereion, and the first of the
pleon, elevated into a strong dorsal carina, the apex being longitudinally
shorter than the base, in every segment except the first of the pleon, in
which the carinated process is posteriorly produced to a round point.

Length ^ inch.

Oniscus testudo. Montagu, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 102, t. v. fig. 5. Leach,

Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 405, gen. lxvi. (not of Grosse and
White).

The head is short and anteriorly depressed, possessing
but a very minute central point between the antennae.
All the segments of the body are dorsally elevated into
a carina, flat at the top. The first segment of the
tail is likewise similarly elevated, but is projected pos-
teriorly, the carina terminating in a round process ;
each of the segments of the body is also marked by
a small tubercle at the infero-anterior angle. The su-

PEREIONOTUS TESTUDO. 229

perior antennae are short, being a little longer than the
head; the first two joints of the peduncle are very
stout ; the rest are slender. The inferior antennae are
not more than half the length of the superior, and very
slender. The coxae of the four anterior pairs of legs
are very large, the first being projected anteriorly as far
forwards as the eyes. The first two pairs of legs are
subequal and alike in form ; the hands are scarcely
broader than the rest of the leg, rather more than as
long again as broad, and furnished with small hairs on
the inferior surface, but without any clearly-defined
palm ; the fingers are thick, short, slightly curved, and
terminating in an obtuse point. The walking legs are of
uniform length ; they are short and strong, and terminate
in short stout fingers ; in the three posterior the thighs
and metacarpal joints are considerably dilated. The ante-
penultimate pair of caudal appendages have the peduncle
so short, that we could not detect it in our examination ;
while the branches resemble long narrow leaves, of un-
equal length and breadth, having the margins slightly
fringed with cilia. The penultimate pair have the
peduncle long and stiff, while the branches are unequal
in length, styliform in shape, and not longer than the
peduncle. The ultimate pair are very short, scarcely
reaching beyond the middle tail-piece, and terminating
in a single branch, not more than half the length of the
peduncle. The tail-piece is almost disc-shaped.

This species was imperfectly described and figured
many years since, by Col. Montagu, in the " Trans-
actions of the Linnaean Society," from a specimen taken
by him at Salcombe, on the coast of South Devon.
Montagu made his drawing from the specimen when
the tail was closely rolled beneath the body, as we have
also done in fig. 2. He consequently represented an ani-

230

GAMMARIDiE.

mal which rather resembled an Isopod than one of this
order of Crustacea. The animal has therefore, for many
years, been passed over, and Mr. Spence Bate, who was
not aware of its preservation in the British Museum
until recently, has omitted it from his " Museum Cata-
logue of Amphipod Crustacea," having followed the
erroneous assumption of Mr. Gosse and Mr. Adam
White, that Oniscus testudo of Montagu was a species of
Owen's genus Acanthonotus .

The accompanying vignette of figures, in the pic-
turesque costume of Normandy, is from a picture in the
possession of Mr. Hames, of Chagford.

ACANTHONOTUS. 2S\

. I MP HIP OB A . P H OXIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— ACANTHONOTUS.

Acanihonotus. Owen, App. to Ross's Second Voyage N. W. Passage, p. xc.

White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 177. Gtosse, Man.

Mar. Zool. p. 142. Milne-Edwards, Hist. Crust.

t. iii. p. 24. Spence Bate, Cat. Crust. Amph.

Brit. Mus. p. 126.
Vertumnus, Leach MSS. White, Cat. of Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847.

Generic character. Cephalon produced anteriorly. Antennae
simple, subequal. Mandibles with a tri-articulate appendage.
Coxae narrow, deep, and pointed, except the two last, those of
the fourth legs lunate, with a strong tooth. Gnathopoda slender,
feeble, subchelate. Pereiopoda subequal. Dactyla unguiculate.
Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson single, cleft at the
apex.

The front of the head is considerably produced into
a point, curved downwards. The segments of the body
are short, whilst those of the tail are long. The an-
tennae are nearly of the same length (about one- fourth of
the length of the animal) ; the superior do not possess a
secondary appendage. The arms are uniform, subequal,
slender, feeble, and subchelate. The coxaD of the first
four pairs of legs are deep, narrow, and pointed, those
of the fourth pair are sickle-shaped, having, moreover, a
strong central tooth on the posterior margin. The
walking legs are subequal, and have the fingers terminat-
ing in a sharp nail. The last pair of caudal appendages
consist of two styliform branches, and the terminal plate
is single, but cleft at the apex.

This genus was founded by Professor Owen, for a
species of Amphipod brought from the Arctic Regions by
Sir John Clark Ross.

232

GAMMARIDiE.

AMP BIPOD A,

NAT ATOM A.

PH OXIDES.

ACANTHONOTUS OWENII.

Specific character. Postei-ior segments of the pereion, and anterior ones
of the pleon, dorsally elevated into carinal teeth. Antennae scarcely one-
fourth the length of the animal. Gnathopoda slender. Telson deeply cleft.

Length \ inch.

S pence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855,
p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix.
p. 141.

White, Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 51 (1850).
Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 177. S pence
Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus.
p. 127, pi. xxiii. fig. 3. Gosse, Man.
Mar. Zool. p. 42 (1855) (not Oniscus
testudo, Mont, see ante, p. 228.)
Vertumnus Cranchii, Leach MSS. White, List Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 89,

1847.

White, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 57,
1847.

Acanthonotus (?) Oivenii.

Acanthonotus testudo.

A canthonotus Cranchii.

The head is anteriorly produced to a point, deflexed
between the antennae. The last segments of the body,
and the four anterior of the tail, are elevated into a ca-
rina ; the middle of the posterior margin of each segment
is produced into a strong tooth ; the three anterior seg-

ACANTHONOTUS OWENII. 233

ments of the tail likewise possess a lateral ridge, and the
posterior margins are denticulated ; the fourth segment
of the tail is marked by a deep sinus across the dorsal
surface. The eyes are round and prominent. The
superior antennae are stouter at the base than the
inferior, and are also a little longer. The coxaa are
deep, narrow, and terminate in a point, those of the
fourth pair of legs being the largest, sickle-shaped, and
armed with a strong curved spine on the hind margin.
The first two pairs of legs are very similar ; the wrists
are a little longer than the hands ; the hands have no
clearly-defined palm ; and the fingers are very short.
The rest of the legs are very nearly of the same length ;
the thighs of the three posterior gradually increase in
width : they have the anterior portion thick, whilst the
posterior is suddenly reduced to a thin scale, so that
the legs, when folded up, lie compactly together in a
groove. The three posterior pairs of caudal appendages
are subequal, the branches being of uniform length,
styliform, and free from hairs. The tail-piece is deeply
cleft.*

This animal, according to specimens received from the
Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys, is of a fawn
colour striped with red, the red bands corresponding
with the posterior margins of the segments and joints
of the animal. In this it appears to differ from an
American form, A. serratus, Fabricius, as described by
Stimpson, where the anterior half of each segment is
pink, and the posterior white.

* The figure representing this animal was drawn from a specimen in the
British Museum, while the description is taken from a specimen captured in
the Moray Frith. They disagree in some unimportant points ; the telson being-
less cleft in the figure than in the description, and the hands are more dis-
tinctly subchelate in the former than the latter.

234

GAMMARID.E.

In some specimens of the young animals, when just
enabled to quit the parent, we have observed that the
superior antennas are furnished with a secondary appen-
dage, formed of a single articulus.

This species is rather plentifully distributed ; we have
received specimens from the Moray Frith, sent us by
Mr. Edward and Mr. Gregor. The late Dr. G. John-
ston took it in Berwick Bay. Professor Kinahan has
taken it in from fifteen to thirty fathoms, on the Scollop
Bank, in Dublin Bay. Mr. Webster has dredged it at
Falmouth ; and Mr. Jeffreys and the Rev. A. M. Norman
have found it in from seventy to eighty fathoms, sixty
miles east of the Shetland Islands.

The following vignette represents the Drogns, from a
sketch by Dr. Scott, of Melby, staff-surgeon, R.N.

GAMMAKIDES. 235

AMPHIPODA . GAMMARIDES.

NATATORIA.

Subfamily— GAMMARIDES.

Body compressed. Eyes two, situated on a lobe between the
superior and inferior antennae. Inferior antennae not situated
posteriorly to the superior. Posterior pair of pleopoda folia-
ceous.

The animals constituting this subfamily are generally
much compressed laterally. They bave two eyes, which
are situated on a lobe of the walls of the head, which
project anteriorly between the superior and inferior
antennae. The antennae are planted one above the other,
and are generally long, slender, and terminate in a fila-
mentary flagellum. The first two pairs of arms are
subchelate, and generally well developed. The posterior
pair of caudal appendages are generally leaf-like, and
fringed with cilia or hairs, but never stout spines or
hooks. The terminal tail-piece is generally squamiform,
except in one or two genera, where it appears to be
tubular or cylindrical, resembling a rudimentary seg-
ment.

This subfamily must be considered as containing the
normal types of the order, the others being greater or
less departures from this perfect form. They are in-
variably aquatic animals, existing in fresh as well as
sea water ; and are most numerously distributed on our
shores.

236 GAM MA RIM.

A MP HIP DBA . GA MM A RIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— DEXAMINE.

Dexamine. Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 433. Spence Bate, Cat.

Ainph. Brit. Mus. p. 130.
Acanthonotus (pars). Milne-Edwards, Hist, ties Crust, iii. p. 25.

Generic character. Superior antennae having the third joint
of the peduncle reduced in size, so as to resemble the first
articulus of the flagellura ; without a secondary appendage.
Mandibles having no appendage. Gnathopoda feeble, subche-
late. Telson single, divided.

In this genus the antennas are of moderate length, slen-
der, and nearly of corresponding proportions ; both pairs
are remarkable for the absence of a joint in the pe-
duncle ; but this absence is probably more apparent than
real, arising from the last joint in each being reduced to
the form and appearance of the articuli of the flagellum.
The mandibles are not furnished with an appendage, a
peculiarity especially characteristic of the Orchestid^e.
The first two pairs of legs are subchelate, although
slender. The coxae of the four anterior pairs of legs
are subequally deep and rounded ; those of the three
posterior are scarcely more than half as deep as the
preceding. The posterior pair of caudal appendages
are two-branched, and the central terminal plate is
single, but constantly divided to a considerable extent
down the middle.

This genus was founded by Dr. Leach, to receive a
species described by Montagu under the name of Cancer
(Gammarus) spinosus, but it was not accepted by Prof.
Milne-Edwards, who referred Montagu's species to the
genus Acanthonotus.

DEX AMINE SPINOSA.

237

AMP HIP OB A.

NAT ATOM A.

GAMMARIDES.

DEXAMINE SPIXOSA.

Specific character. Each of the four anterior segments of the pleon ele-
vated into a large posteriorly-directed tooth ; first joint of the peduncle of
the upper antennae with a blunt tooth.

Length \ inch.

Cancer (Gammarus) spinosus. Montagu, Linn. Trans, vol. xi. t. ii. fig. 1.

Dexamine spinosa.

Amphithoe Marionis.

Acanthonotus? spinosus.
Amphitoe spinosa.

Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 433. Zool. Misc.

ii. p. 23. Linn. Trans, xi. p. 359. Enc.

Brit. Suppl. i. 425. Samouelle, Ent.

Comp. p. 102. Thompson, Nat. Hist.

Ireland, iv. p. 395. Desharest, Consid.

sur les Crust, p. 263, pi. xlv. fig. 6.

White, Cat. Brit. Crust. (1849), p. 49.

Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 178, pi. x. fig. 7.

Spence Bate, Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 141, 1857.

Cat. Amph. Brit.Mus. p. 130, pi. 24, fig. 1.
Milne-Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx.

p. 375. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 40. Cuv.

Regne Anim. Edit. Crochard, pi. 60, fig. 6.
Milne -Edwards, Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 25.
Gosse, Mar. Zool. p. 141, f. 266.

The head has the anterior margin produced in the
centre into a little flat rostrum. The body of the ani-

238 GAMMAKID.E.

mal is smooth. The tail has the four anterior segments
with the dorsal margin in each posteriorly produced and
elevated into a strong tooth ; the fourth is also marked
by a dorsal sinus. The eyes are oblong. The antennae
are subequal, slender, the superior having the two joints
of the peduncle of nearly the same length, the first joint
being furnished, at the infero-distal extremity, with a
blunt tooth. The inferior antennas are a little shorter
than the superior, and have the penultimate joint of the
peduncle pubescent upon the upper surface. The first
two pairs of legs are slender, and not very strong ; the
hands having the palms oblique, and minutely pectinated,
the anterior being the more coarsely marked. The next
two pairs of legs are very slender and feeble, but the
last three are somewhat more robust, and generally carry
the fingers directed backwards. The caudal appendages
reach nearly to the same length, and have their branches
equal. In Montagu's type specimen in the British Mu-
seum the middle pair of appendages are rather shorter
than the others. The terminal plate is very long, and
split to about two-thirds of its length ; the margins are
fringed with a few hairs, and the apex armed with a
single spine on each side of the central division.

This very pretty species, which for a long time ap-
peared to find no generic resting-place, was first figured
and described by Montagu, but his description was so
short, and his figure so imperfect, that Prof. Milne-
Edwards was unable to identify it with the species that
he described and figured under the name of Amphitoe
Marionis, Like Montagu, Milne -Edwards figured his
species from a specimen which had been deprived of the
central tail-piece, which articulates so delicately in this
species, that it is very commonly absent even in recently-
dredged animals. Montagu's specimen is preserved in

DEXAMINE SPINOSA. 239

the British Museum, while Amp. Marionis is in the
Museum of the Jardin des Plantes. We have carefully
examined both specimens, and have not a doubt but
that they belong to one species. Montagu took his
specimen at Tor Cross, on the Devonshire coast, whilst
Milne-Edwards obtained his from the shores of Brittany ;
and we have received it also from the coast of Nor-
mandy, from our old and esteemed friend Mr. J.
Gwynn Jeffreys. To give a list of the habitats of this
species is to catalogue the localities searched by all our
valued correspondents. Suffice it to say that we have
obtained it from almost every place, from the Shetlands
in the north, to the English Channel in the south ; and
Mr. Jeffreys has also sent it to us from the coast of
Italy; so that, at the depth of a few fathoms of water,
it appears to be very generally distributed along the
coast line of Western Europe.

It is a prettily-coloured species, being brilliant red,
speckled with darker spots of the same colour, when
first taken from the sea. Specimens taken nearer the
shore are generally of a darker and less bright tint,
obtaining a stain of blue, which deprives them of that
beauty which specimens from the deeper water exhibit.
We have observed this variation of colour in other
species under similar change of conditions.

240 GAMMA RID Jl.

A MP HIP 01) A . GA MM A RIDES.

NAT A TORI A

DEXAMINE TENUICORNIS.

Specific character. First joint of the peduncle of the superior antennte
without a tooth at its extremity.

Length 4 lines, Ratlike ; Brit. Spec. ^ inch.

Dexamine tenuicornis. Rathke, Beitr. zur Fauna Korwegens, Nov. Act

xx. p. 77, pi. xliv. fig. 3, 1843. Liljeborg in
Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. p. 22,
1851.

The head of this animal, according to Rathke, is not
produced to a rostrum. The eyes are oblong. The su-
perior antennae have the first joint of the peduncle short
and tolerably stout, but the second is two or three times
longer than the first ; and the flagellum is very long and
slender. The inferior antennae have the penultimate
joint of the peduncle very short, and the ultimate quite
as long as that of the superior pair. The last pair of
walking legs have the posterior margin of the thighs
slightly crenulated, and the fingers of all the legs are pro-
portionally much longer than in D. spinosa, to which
species, in all other respects, this animal closely approxi-
mates. Like Montagu and Milne-Edwards, Rathke drew
his figure from an animal (taken at Drontheim, on the
coast of Norway) which had lost the middle tail-piece ;

DEXAMTNE TENUICORNIS.

241

he therefore described it as wanting. We were only ac-
quainted with this species from the description and figure
of Rathke, until it was recently sent to us by the Rev.
A. M. Norman, who, in company with Mr. Jeffreys, took
it between the tide-marks at Lerwick, in the Shetlands.
We are, however, much inclined to consider it as only
a variety of Montagu's species, and it will be for future
observation to determine whether the absence of a small
denticle, and other peculiarities noticed above, are of
specific importance.

The accompanying vignette represents a cutter and
steamer : the former probably with some naturalist on a
dredging expedition.

R

242

AMPHIPODA

NATATORIA.

GAMMARID.E.

GAMMA RIDES.

DEX AMINE vEDLOMENSIS. N. S.

Specific character. Last segment of tlie pereion, as well as the first
four of the pi eon, dorsally carinated, and posteriorly elevated into a large
tooth. Peduncle of the inferior antenna? with the last two joints very long,
and of equal length.

Length \ inch.

This species has the head produced anteriorly between
the antennas into a small process; a similar but still
smaller process projects upon the lateral margin, just in
front of the eye, between the upper and lower antennae.
The anterior segments of the body are smooth, but the
sixth exhibits a rudimentary central dorsal tooth, which
is increased to a considerable extent in the seventh seg-
ment, at once distinguishing the present species from its
congeners. As in D. spinosa, the four anterior segments
of the tail are dorsally carinated, and posteriorly elevated
into a tooth. The fourth segment is, moreover, distin-

DEXAMINE VEDLOMENSTS. 243

guished by a very deep dorsal sinus, the anterior wall
of which projects backwards, in the form of a small
tooth. The eyes are oval. The superior antennae have
the first joint of the peduncle nearly as long as the
head, and armed at the infero-distal extremity with an
acute tooth ; the second joint is more slender than the
first, and about half as long again : the flagellum is long
and slender. The inferior antennae have the penultimate
joint of the peduncle reaching as far as the middle of
the second joint of the peduncle of the superior; the
ultimate joint is as long as the preceding, and therefore
reaches considerably beyond the extremity of the ped-
uncle of the superior; the flagellum is slender, and
reaches further than that of the superior pair. In other
respects this species differs little from D. spinosa.

This species was taken by the Rev. A. M. Norman,
(in whose collection the only specimen is preserved,) in
the Vedlom Voe in the Shetlands.

n 2

244 GAMMARIDJE.

A MP HIP ODA . GA MM A RIDES.

NAT ATOM A

Genus— ATYLUS.

Atylus. Leach, Zool. Miscel. ii. pi. lxix. Milne Edwards, Hist, des

Crust, t. iii. p. 67. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.
p. 133.

Iphimedia. Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 926.

Notobr&pis. Costa, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Sci. di Napoli, p. 170,
1853, tav. 1, fig. 7 and 8.

Generic character. Like Dexamine, but having the mandi-
bles furnished with a palpiform appendage. Peduncle of the
upper anteunse with the third joint distinct.

This genus bears a very close affinity to that of
Dexamine. The only important difference exists in
Atylus having the mandibles furnished with a three-
jointed appendage, which is wanting in Dexamine. We
have observed that in this genus there is very frequently
some remarkable and interesting peculiarity in the de-
velopment of the flagella of the antennae. In Atylus
carinatus of the Arctic Seas, the species on which Leach
founded the genus, the flagella assume a baccated or
bead-like character, each articulus being broader than
long. In A. Huxley anus of the Antarctic regions every
third articulus is inferiorly dilated, and furnished, with a
fasciculus of auditory cilia ; and in A. villosus, also
Antarctic, every articulus of the flagellum belonging to
the superior antennae is inferiorly produced at the dis-
tal extremity, and covered with short downy hair ; the
flagellum of the inferior antennae having the upper sur-
face similarly furnished. Thus the two antennae appear
to be capable of being used as grasping organs by the
upper and lower pairs being brought into contact with
each other.

ATYLUS.

245

We have also observed in this genus, that although in
the mature animal the superior antennae are simple, in
the young those organs are furnished with an uni-arti di-
late secondary appendage.

The cut below was drawn for us by Miss Dansy, of
Stoke, and represents Kinance Cove, a scene near the
Lizard Point.

246

GAMMARID.E.

AMPH1P0DA.
NATATORJA.

GAMMAR1DES.

ATYLUS SWAMMERDAMTI.

Specific character. Pereion and pleon smooth. Fourth segment of the
pleon having a deep central dorsal sinus, and posteriorly elevated into a
strong dorsal tooth.

Length \ inch.
A mphitoe Swammerdamli.

Atyhcs Swammerdamli.

Dexaminc Gordoniana.
D ex amine Louyhrini.

Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx. p. 378.

Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 35.
S pence Bate, Cat. Am ph. Brit. Mus. p. 136,

pi. xxvi. f. 2.
Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142,

Feb. 1857.
Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 132,

pi. xxiv. fig. 3.

The head of the animal is anteriorly produced into a
small rostrum. The body is smooth and even, except
the fourth segment of the tail, which has a deep
central dorsal sinus, the anterior wall of which is pro-
duced into a sharp tooth, and the posterior portion of
the segment has the dorsal medial line carinated and
elevated into a strong tooth. The eyes are oval. The

ATYLUS SWAMMERDAMII. 247

antennas are subequal, and about half the length of the
animal ; the peduncle of the superior pair is scarcely more
than half the length of that of the inferior ; the flagella
of both pairs of antennae have the articuli nearly as
broad as long, each articulus in the superior pair being
furnished with a single hair, and one short auditory cilium.
The first pair of legs are smaller than the second, but
neither of them are very strong. The legs are rather
short, and the three posterior pairs have the fingers
generally directed backwards. The caudal appendages
are nearly of the same length, the penultimate being a
little the shortest; in the last both branches are of
the same length, styliform in shape, and free from hairs.
The central tail-plate is about as broad as long, some-
what truncate, and cleft from the apex nearly to the
base.

This species is evidently the same as that described by
Prof. Milne Edwards, from the coast of Morbihan. Spe-
cimens have been sent to us from the Moray Frith, by the
Rev. Gr. Gordon, in compliment to whom the species was
named, previously to our ascertaining it to be identical with
A. Swammerdamii of Milne Edwards. We have also taken
it in Plymouth Sound. The specimen named Dexamine
Loughrini in the " British Museum Catalogue," after Mr.
Loughrin (in consideration of the services which he, a
coast-guardsman of Polperro, had done for science in
collecting marine animals), was taken in the rock-pools
at the mouth of that harbour, where the shore suddenly
dips into many fathoms of water. Upon reconsideration,
we look upon it, however, to be but a variety of this
species, differing chiefly in the length of the second joint
of the peduncle of the superior pair of antennae, the
length of the central caudal plate, and the general colour
of the animal.

248

AMPHIPODA.

NJTJTOEU.

GAMMARIM.

GAMMARIDES.

ATYLUS GIBBOSUS.

Specific character. Fourth segment of the pleon dorsally produced into
a blunt hump-like tooth. Pereiopoda, having the mera long and the carpi
short and dilated at the extremity, spinose.

Length 545 inch.

Atylus gibbosus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 137, pi.

xxvi. fig. 3.

The fourth segment of the tail is elevated into an
obtusely-pointed tooth, which, in the specimen originally
described, in its contracted or rolled position, resembled
a hump. In other specimens, particularly when the ani-
mal is extended, it assumes more the character of a sharp
tooth. The eyes are nearly round. The antennae are nearly
of the same length, and quite half that of the animal ;
the second joint of the superior antennae is a little longer
than the first; the peduncle of the inferior antennae
reaches beyond that of the superior. The first two
pairs of legs are feeble, the hands are small, the se-
cond being rather the larger. The five succeeding pairs
of legs (the true walking feet) exhibit a striking fea-
ture : the metacarpal joints are long, and gradually
increase in diameter towards the distal extremity ; all
the carpal joints or wrists are exceedingly short, and

ATYLUS GIBBOSUS. 249

increase considerably towards the distal extremity,
mostly on the posterior margin of the legs, where they
are furnished with three or four strong spines, which
appear to be of sufficient length and strength to assist
the fingers in their prehensile acts ; the hands are not
longer than the wrists, and those of the posterior pair
are slightly bent or waved, the fingers being directed
posteriorly. The penultimate pair of caudal appendages
are much shorter than the other twro. The terminal
caudal plate is long, tapering, and divided from the apex
nearly to the base.

This species was first procured by the late Mr. Geo.
Barlee, from the Shetlands ; and it has since been taken
by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys, in the Outer
Skerries Harbour, as well as in from seventy to ninety
fathoms of water, sixty miles east of the Shetlands.
Mr. Alder has also taken it on the coast of Northumber-
land.

250

GAMMARID.E.

A MP HIP OD A

NAT.1TOEL1.

GAMMARIDES.

( v

V mi

ATYLUS BISPINOSUS.

Specific character. First and second segments of the pleon posteriorly pro-
duced into two strong dorsal teeth. Latero-posterior margin of the third
segment ornately waved and serrated.

Length \ inch.

Dexamine bispinosus. S pence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 1857.

White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 178.
Atylus bispinosus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. p. 140, pi. xxvii. fig. 1.

The head is anteriorly produced, between the superior
pair of antennae, into a small rostrum. The first two
segments of the tail have the postero-dorsal margins pro-
duced into two strong teeth ; the third segment of the
tail has the posterior margin considerably waved on each
side : commencing from the middle of the back, it is
first concave, then produced on each side into a small
lobe ; it is again deeply sinuated, the lower edge of the
sinus produced in the form of a strong recurved tooth,
below which it is indented, the margin being closely ser-
rated to the inferior angle, which terminates in a sharp
tooth.

ATYLUS BISPTNOSUS. 251

The eyes are of a broad oval form, being white round
the margins and black in the centre. The antennae are
long and slender : the superior pair are about half the
length of the animal, but the peduncle is scarcely longer
than the head : the inferior pair are about one-third
longer than the superior ; the peduncle is also longer
than that of the superior. The first and second pairs of
legs are of the same size and form, the hands being
dilated scarcely beyond the diameter of the legs ; the
palms of the hands are oblique, and fringed with nu-
merous hairs of unequal lengths ; the fingers are fur-
nished, on the inner margin near the apex, with a small
tooth, larger in proportion than that represented in the
figure at h, and one or two small hairs. The other legs
exhibit nothing worthy of remark. The caudal ap-
pendages are all double-branched, the branches being of
uniform length and styliform, those of the last pair ex-
tend considerably beyond the other twro. The central
caudal plate is ovate, with a slit down the middle ; it
generally lies closely pressed against the animal.

The surface of the skin, when examined wTith the
microscope, is seen to be covered with numerous half-
round small scale-like processes or plates, and a few short
hairs, as represented in our figure.

When first taken, the colour of the animal is of a
greenish grey, mottled with black and yellow spots, par-
ticularly in the line corresponding with the alimentary
canal, and also upon the dorsal surface of the tail.

We have dredged this species on the sandy bottom in
Whitsand Bay, not far from the Rame Head ; and have
received it from the Moray Frith, through the kindness
of the Rev. Gr. Gordon and Mr. Gregor ; also from Fal-
mouth and Tenby, where it was dredged by Mr. Web-
ster : and Mr. Alder has found it on the coast of
Northumberland.

252 GAMMARTM.

AMPHIPODA . GAMMARIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— PHERUSA.

Pherusa. Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 432. Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 360.

Enc. Brit. Suppl. p. 426. Desmarest, Consid. sur. Crust.

p. 269, pi, xliv. Spenok Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mug.

p. 143. (Not of Koch, Deutschlands Crustaceen, &c. Heft.

xxix. pi. 24, which is an Isopod.)
Amphitoe. Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 376. Hist, des

Crust, iii. p. 32.
Amphithoe. Dana, United States' Explor. Exped. p. 910 (part).

Generic character. Like Atylus, but telsou not divided.
Guathopoda small.

This genus is very near to Atylus ; in fact, the de-
marcation through some of the exotic species is so
feeble, that some carcinologists may doubt the pro-
priety of our separating them. Atylus Huxleyanus, from
Hermit Island (Antarctic Ocean) indeed might be al-
lotted to either genus, since the cleft in the terminal
caudal plate is reduced to a mere indentation of the
apex. But since, in this and other nearly-allied genera,
there are many species which can be grouped into sepa-
rate divisions, we think that it will be found convenient
to consider them as forming separate genera.

In addition to the entire central caudal plate, which
is the chief distinction between this genus and Atylus,
the difference in the form and size of the gnathopoda
separates it from Calliope.

PHERUSA BICUSPIS.

253

AMPHTPOBA.
NAT ATOM A.

GAMMA RIDES.

PHERUSA BICUSPIS.

Specific character. First two segments of the pleon dorsally produced into
teeth, and the posterior margin of the third segment not serrated ; fourth
segment deeply sinuated.

Length 250 inch.

Amphithoe bicuspis. Kroyer, Grron. Amph. p. 45, pi. i. fig. 1.
Pherusa bicuspis. Milne Edwards, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 38. Spence

Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 144, pi. xxvii.

fig. 7.
Pherusa cirrus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 143, pi. xxvdi.

fig. 6.

The head is anteriorly produced between the supe-
rior antennae. The first two segments of the tail have
the dorsal surface posteriorly produced into sharp cusps
or flat teeth ; the third segment has the postero-lateral
margin smooth — a circumstance which offers a ready
point of distinction between this species and Atylus
bispinosus. The eyes assume a little of the kidney-

254 GAMMARID.E.

shape. The antennae are nearly of the same length,
being about half as long as the animal : the in-
ferior pair are the shorter of the two, but their
peduncle is longer than that of the superior pair.
The arms resemble each other, and are nearly of the
same size, the second pair being slightly smaller than
the last pair. The last pair of caudal appendages reach
considerably beyond those of the two preceding pairs ;
the terminal branches are of the same length, and have
the margins ciliated. The caudal central plate is long
and narrow.

In the Catalogue of the British Museum Mr. Spence
Bate has described a species under the name of Ph.
cirrus, which differs from Ph. bicuspis in having the an-
tennae shorter, and remarkable in having the upper
margin of the peduncle of the inferior antennae fur-
nished with several tufts of short hairs, placed at tole-
rably regular distances apart ; but upon reconsideration,
we believe that Ph. cirrus can only be regarded as
a variety of the present species, which was established
by Kroyer upon a specimen taken on the coast of Green-
land.

We have had specimens sent to us by Mr. Edward,
from Banff; by Mr. Webster, from Tenby and Fal-
mouth ; and in the collection of the late Mr. Thomp-
son, of Belfast, which has been kindly entrusted to
Mr. Westwood for this work, are several specimens
which were dredged in Belfast Bay, Sligo, and Bangor
(co. Down), in from six to ten fathoms of water.

In examination under the microscope, we could per-
ceive nothing remarkable in the structure of the integu-
ment of this animal.

PIIERUSA FUCICOLA.

255

AMP HIP 0 DA.

NAT ATOM A.

GA MM ABIDES.

PHERUSA FUCICOLA.

Specific character. Pereion smooth. Pleon having a slight dorsal carina ;
the fourth segment being produced posteriorly to a small tooth. Posterior
pair of pleopoda having the rami equal, but not longer than the peduncle.

Length ^5 inch.

Phcrusa futicola. Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. Append, to Art. Crustaceo-

logy, p. 432. Enc. Brit. Suppl. 1, p. 426, pi. xxi.
Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 360. Samouelle, Ent. Comp.
p. 104. Desmarest, Conoid. Crustaces, p. 269, pi.
xlv. fig. 10. Spence Bate, Cat. Aniph. Brit. Mus.
p. 145, pi. xx vii. fig. 9. Thompson, Ann. Nat.
Hist. xx. p. 242, Oct. 1847.

Amphitoe fucicola. Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 377. Hist.

des Crust, t. iii. p. 32. Thompson, Nat. Hist. Ire-
land, iv. p. 396, and Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 242.
White, Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 50.

Amphitoe Jurinii. Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 376. Hist.

des Crust, t. iii. p. 30, pi. i. fig. 2. Bell, in
Append. Belcher's Last of the Arctic Voyages,
p. 406.

Amphitoe microura. Costa, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Scienze di

Napoli, 1853, p. 175, tav. 3, fig. 2.

Dexamine fucicola. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, Feb.

1857. White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 179.

The head is anteriorly produced into a small central
point, which generally lies hidden between the upper

256 GAMMA RIM.

antennae. The body of the animal is smooth, but the
dorsal surface of the tail is marked by a very slight
carina, which terminates in a small tooth at the posterior
margin of the fourth segment. The eyes of the ani-
mal are very small in the type specimen. The superior
antennae scarcely reach to the half of the length of the
animal. The inferior antennae in the typical specimen
are about two-thirds the length of the superior, whereas
the peduncle is quite as long as, but thinner than, the
peduncle of the superior. The first two pairs of legs
are equal in size, but the hand of the second pair is
shorter than that of the first, and the palm a little
more convex. The legs are very uniform in length ;
the thighs of the last three being somewhat dilated.
The last pair of caudal appendages have the branches
of an equal length, but not longer than the peduncle,
and in the typical specimen they do not reach beyond
the extremity of the preceding pair.

The figure given in the preceding page was drawn from
the typical specimen of Dr. Leach in the British Mu-
seum, and differs from that given in the " Catalogue
of Amphipoda of the British Museum" in a few de-
tails, the most important of which are the length of
the last pair of caudal appendages, and the length of
the inferior antennae. The latter distinction is not im-
portant, since it depends upon the length of the flagel-
lum only, which is very liable to vary, whereas the
peduncle is quite as long and important as the peduncle
of the superior. The former difference may perhaps be
of greater importance, but it requires much considera-
tion before we can separate into distinct species animals
upon so slight a variation, particularly as we have ob-
served specimens in which the length of these branches
were intermediate between the types of Leach and Ed-

PHERUSA FTJCICOLA. 257

wards. If they be the same species as we suppose, they
are, when alive, of an amber or straw-colour, marked
with faint rose-coloured bands.

The type of the species is in the British Museum, and
was obtained by Colonel Montagu, from rocky shores
in Devonshire, under stones, and at low tide under fuci.
The specimens which we consider of the same species
have been sent to us from Falmouth and Tenby, where
they were dredged by Mr. Webster. At Polperro they
have been taken by Mr. Loughrin ; Mr. Edward has sent
them to us from Banff; and Thompson recorded the
species in the " Annals of Natural History," for October,
1847, as taken at Youghal, on the coast of Ireland, by
Mr. R. Ball. A specimen, under the name of Amphithoe
microura, which appears to us to belong to this species,
was taken by Sig. A. Costa on the coast of Naples ; and
one described by Professor Milne Edwards, under the
name of Amphithoe Jurinii, was found at the island of
Chausay, on the Atlantic coast of France. It is also
recorded by Professor Bell as being among the Crustacea
brought home by Sir Edward Belcher from the Arctic
Seas.

258 GA.MMARID.E.

A MP HIP ODA . GAMMA RIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— CALLIOPE.

Calliope. Leach, MS. Coll. Brit. Mns. Spenoe Bate, Cat. Ampli. Brit.
Mus. p. 148. White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 179.

Generic character. Like Pherusa, except that at least the
second pair of gnathopoda have the propodos largely developed.

This genus, like the preceding, partakes, in a strong
degree, of the more or less arbitrary character of the
majority of generic divisions, differing from Pherusa
in nothing but the relative proportions of one or
both of the first two pairs of legs. Although to a cer-
tain extent the separation is not natural, we con-
sider that it will be found convenient to adopt Leach's
views in distinguishing the large-handed species from
those in which the hands are uniformly very slender and
feeble. Paramphithoe of Bruzelius [Acanthosoma, Owen)
and Amphithonotus of Costa, have no stronger claims
to generic distinction than Atylus, Pherusa, and Calliope,
and by sinking them, we should link together in one
genus some widely different forms, and so fall into a
similar error with Costa and Stimpson, the former of
whom united D examine spinosa (Amphitoe Marion i s, Milne
Edwards), Pleustes panopla (Amphitoe panopla, Kroyer),
and Atylus carinatus (Gammarus carinatus, Fabricius), and
the latter also added Paramphithoe hystrix (Acanthosoma
hystrix, Owen) in one genus under the name of Amphi-
thonotus,

CALLIOPE L.EVIUSCULA.

259

AMPHIPODA,

NATATORIA.

GAMMARIDES.

CALLIOPE L.EVILSCULA.

Specific character. Eyes tolerably large. Superior antenna? having
the third joint of the peduncle infero-distally produced to a short tooth.
Gnathopoda having the propoda large, oval, and robust.

Length \ inch.

Amphithoe l&viuscula. Kroyer, Gronl. Amph. p. 53, t. 3, fig. 13. Milne

Edwards, Hist, des Crust, t. 3, p. 30. Bell,
Append. Belcher's last Arctic Yoy. p. 405.

Calliope Leachii. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142 (Feb. 1857). [ Cat. <?. &£*>_>
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 148, pi. xxviii. fig. 2j
White, Pop. Hist. Brit, Crust, p. 179.

The head is produced anteriorly to a small point be-
tween the superior antennae. The first three segments
of the tail have the posterior margin a little elevated in
some specimens. The fourth segment has a broad but
not deep depression, which appears to receive the pos-
terior margin of the third segment when the animal is
extended. The eyes are black, and tolerably large and
irregularly round. The antennae are nearly of the same

s2

260 GAMMARTD.E.

length; the superior pair have the infero-distal extre-
mity of the peduncle furnished with an obtuse tooth,
and all the articuli of the flagellum are inferiorly and
anteriorly enlarged, and support a short auditory cilium,
as well as a hair or two ; the inferior pair are scarcely
as long as the superior. The arms are nearly of the
same size, having the hands tolerably large, and forming,
with their respective wrists, a tolerably perfect oval ;
the palms are oblique, but not defined ; the fingers im-
pinge closely against the palms throughout their entire
length when shut. The walking feet are all of a uni-
form length, and the fingers are slightly curved and
strong. The terminal caudal plate is subacutely lanceo-
late.

Under the microscope the integument of the ani-
mal is seen to be covered
by minute scale-like ele-
vated processes, as shown
in the annexed cut.

The type of this species,
which was found on the Devonshire coast, has long been
in the British Museum, where it has been preserved
under the MS. name of Calliope, given to it by Dr. Leach,
without any specific name. But Kroyer, in his work on
the Amphipoda of Greenland, has described and figured
it under the specific name which we have adopted.

We have received specimens from the Moray Frith,
through the kindness of Mr. Edward and the Rev. Geo.
Gordon, as well as from Tenby, where it was dredged
by Mr. Webster.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATOMA.

CALLIOPE OSSIANI.

261

GAMMARIDES.

CALLIOPE OSSIANI.

Specific description. Propoclos of the second pair of gnathopoda much
larger than the first. Palm straight, not oblique, furnished with a few short
spines near the inferior angle ; three posterior legs with the middle joints
very broad and acutely angulated.

Length \ inch.

Calliope Ossiani.

Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 149, pi. xxviii.
%. 3.

The head is produced anteriorly to a very minute
point ; the three anterior segments of the tail are dorsally
elevated posteriorly, and very slightly carinated, The
eyes are white, — a circumstance that was kindly pointed
out to us by the Rev. A. M. Norman, who states it to be
so constant a feature that by it he could at once dis-
tinguish this species. The superior antennae are longer
than the inferior. The first pair of legs are small ; the

262 GAMMA RID JS.

second pair are large, having the hand broad, truncate ;
the palm being at nearly right angles with the inferior
margin, and furnished near the inferior angle with several
strong short hair-like spines. The finger is arched. The
walking legs are all nearly of the same length, the three
posterior pairs being very broad. The last two pairs of
caudal appendages have the branches unequal in length,
the last pair not reaching beyond the extremity of the
preceding. The terminal caudal plate is short and
ovately lanceolate.

We received this species first from Mr. Edward, of
Banff, from which specimen the original description in the
Catalogue of the British Museum was drawn up. In the
description, as well as in the figure accompanying it, the
antennas are represented of the same length ; but a con-
siderable number of specimens sent to us by the Rev.
A. M. Norman, from the coast of Yorkshire, have the
antennas invariably unequal in length. We have, there-
fore, considered the specimen from Banff as having been
damaged or an accidentally altered form, and regard the
Yorkshire specimens as typical of the species. We have
also received it from the Shetlands from Mr. Norman. The
late Dr. G. Johnson also sent us a number of specimens
from Berwick Bay. The colours of the specimens from
the Shetlands were of a dark orange, striped with
brownish red ; each band corresponding with the
posterior margin of each segment of the animal.

This and the following species are named in honour of
the two great northern heroes whose history has come
down to us so dimly through the vista of time.

CALLIOPE FINGALLI.

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

263

GAMMARIDES.

CALLIOPE FINGALLI. N.S.

Specific character. Like C. Ossiani, but Laving the last segment of the
pereion, and first three of the pleon, with the posterior dorsal margins pro-
duced into an obtuse tooth, each increasing in size posteriorly.

Length ^ inch.

This species may possibly be only an exaggerated
variety of C. Ossiani. All the features peculiar to that
species appear, however, in this, to be so much de-
veloped (as noticed in our descriptions), that they alto-
gether change the appearance of the animal.

The cephalon is produced anteriorly into a short flat
rostrum. The back of the animal is round from the first
to the seventh segment of the body, which is produced
posteriorly and slightly elevated into a tooth. This
feature is repeated in the first three segments of the
tail, increasing in dimensions posteriorly. The teeth are

264< GAMMA RIM.

rather obtuse, and the last is so broad at the base that it
assumes more the appearance of a hump than a tooth.
The eyes are large, reniform, and of a red-orange colour.
The superior pair of antennas are more robust than the
inferior, and we presume that they are longer, but the
flagellum is mutilated in our unique specimen. The
articuli of the flagellum are very short, and except the
first all are shorter than broad, each supporting on the
inferior surface a few hairs and an auditory cilium. The
inferior antennas are about one-fourth of the length of
the animal, and have the olfactory process extremely
long. The maxillipeds have the sixth joint anteriorly
produced nearly as long as the finger, which is very long
and slender. The first pair of legs have the hand small,
and but slightly dilated ; they are ovate, with the palm
oblique. The second pair have the hand large, increas-
ing in width to the palm ; the inferior margin being
straight, while the superior is arcuate, especially towards
the wrist. The palm is concave, not oblique, defined by
two or three small cusps on the inferior angle, and
furnished with several stout blunt spines. All the
walking legs are short, stout, nearly of the same length,
and furnished upon the inner margin with short blunt
spines, subapically tipped with a single cilium. The
caudal appendages reach nearly to an equal extent, and
the branches are furnished, on the posterior margins, with
short spinules.

The animal, after being placed in spirits, is straw-
coloured, except the eyes and the posterior segment of
the tail, which are tinted with a blush of red. We have
only seen one specimen, which was taken by Mr. J. Gwynn
Jeffreys, during the last summer, off the Shetland Islands.

CALLIOPE GRANDOCULIS. 265

AMPHIPODA. G A MM ABIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

CALLIOPE GRANDOCULIS.

Specific character. Eyes one-third of the size of the cephalon. Antenna
robust. First and second pairs of gnathopoda nearly equal in size.
Length 53g inch.

Calliope grandoculis. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 149,

pi. 28. fig. 4.

The eyes are very large, being of a long oval form,
and reaching nearly to the posterior margin of the head,
of which they occupy nearly a third. The superior
antennse have the peduncle scarcely longer than the
head, the third joint being infero-distally produced.
The flagellum is short, and every articulus is infero-
distally enlarged. The inferior antennas are much more
slender than the superior. The hands of the first two
pairs of legs are alike, being of an oval form ; the palms
are oblique and not defined. The walking legs are
rather slender, and nearly of one length. The posterior
pair of caudal appendages are tolerably free from hairs,
and the central caudal plate terminates in an obtuse
point.

This species was received by us from the Rev. Geo.
Gordon, who obtained it from the Moray Frith.

Another large-eyed specimen, differing in some slight
respects from the present species, was taken by Mr.
Edward at Banff.

26fi GAMMARIM.

AMPHIPODA . GAMMARIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— EUSIRUS.

Emir as. Kroyer, Tidsk. (2), p. 801. Spence Bate, Cat. Anipb. Brit. Mus.
p. 154.

Generic character. Like Atylus, except that the superior
antennae are furnished with a secondary appendage. The
gnathopoda have the carpi considerably produced inferiorly, and
attached to the upper margin of the propoda. Propoda large
and equal.

This genus in its general aspect nearly agrees with
Atylus, but is separated from it by some important
features. The head is not anteriorly produced into a
rostrum. The superior pair of antennas are furnished
with a secondary appendage. The hands of the first two
pairs of legs are large and of the same form, the wrists
articulating with the superior rather than with the
posterior margin, and being considerably produced in-
feriorly corresponding with the posterior margin of the
hands. The legs generally are slender, and about the
same length. The posterior caudal appendages are
double-branched, and the middle tail-scale is cleft at the
apex.

This genus was founded by Kroyer to receive a species
dredged by Holboll on the coast of Greenland.

An imperfect specimen is as yet the only British
representative of this genus.

EUSIKUS HELVETLE. 267

A MP II IP ODA . GA MM A RIDES.

NAT ATOM J.

EUSIRUS HELVETLE.

Specific character. Inferior process of the carpi of both pairs of gnatho-
poda not produced as far as the inferior angle of the palm.
Length ( ? )

Eusirus Helvetic?. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 185,

pi. xxix. fig. 1.

The head is short. The superior antenna? have the
first joint of the peduncle longer than the second. The
flagellum is about twice the length of the peduncle ; the
articuli being broader than long, each being furnished
with cilia upon the infero-distal point. The secondary
appendage (which is very small in the genus) is not
appreciable in this species. The inferior antenna? are
scarcely shorter than the superior, but the peduncle is
rather longer than that of the superior. The arms have
the inferior process of the wrists, not reaching quite to
the inferior angle of the hands, which are somewhat
lozenge-shaped, the palms being oblique, slightly convex,
and fringed with a row of solitary cilia.

"VVe only know this species through an imperfect
specimen taken by Mr. Edward in the Moray Frith.
It is the first and only British representative of the genus
which we have seen.

The difference in form between the British and Arctic
species is chiefly conspicuous in the shortness of the

268 GAMMARIDiE.

inferior angle of the wrists of the former when compared
with the latter. But we think that it is not improbable
that E. Helvetia may be only the young of E. cuspidatus,
from the fact that in the young animals of E. cuspidatus,
figured by Mr. Spence Bate in the British Museum Cata-
logue, the inferior process of the wrists is represented
by rudimentary lobes only ; these, as they grow in size,
would probably represent every degree of extension
between the two extremes. On the other hand the chief
circumstance that induces us to consider this as a mature
animal, distinct as a species from E. cuspidatus, is the
form of the nagella of the antennae, since in the young of
E. cuspidatus each articulus is longer than those in the
adult.

LEUCOTHOE. 269

AMP HIP OB A. OAMMARIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— LEUCOTHOE.

Leucothoe. Leach, Edin. Ency. vii. p. 403. Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 358.

Suppl. Ent. Brit. i. p. 425. Samouelle, Ent. Comp.

p. 103. Edwards, Hist, cles Crust, t. iii. p. 56. Add. cles

Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 380. Desmarest, Consid. Crust, p. 263.

"White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 188. Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus.

1847. Cat. Brit. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1850. Spence Bate,

Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 156. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser.

vol. xix. p. 146, 1857 (not of Kroyer or Dana).
Lycesta. Savignv, Mem. sur les Animaux sans Yert. vol. i. p. 109.

Egypt. Crust, pi. ii. f. 2.

Generic character. Antennse simple, nearly equal. Mandibles,
with a very minute palpiform appendage. Gnathopoda having
the carpi inferiorly produced to at least half the length of
the propoda. Propodos in the first pair slender, in second broad.
Middle pair of pleopoda shortest. Telson simple.

In this genus the body of the animal is long and com-
pressed. The antennae are simple, and nearly of the
same length. The footjaws are subpediform, and un-
guiculate — that is, they have not the large squamiform
plates attached to some of the joints which are present
in many other genera, but have a stronger resemblance
to the condition of simple legs, and terminate with a
sharp point at the extremity of the finger. The mandi-
bles are furnished with an appendage. The first pair of
legs have the wrists produced along the inferior margin
of the hand as far as its distal extremity, the terminal
half being free ; in the second pair the wrist is produced
along the inferior margin of the hand to half its length ;
but in the first pair the hand is narrow, whereas it is

270

GAMMARTD.E.

very broad in the second. The walking feet are all about
the same length. The posterior pair of caudal ap-
pendages are double branched, and the central tail-piece
is single and squamiform.

This genus was established by Leach to receive a
species discovered by Montagu. But Kroyer and
Dana in following him, have certainly mistaken the de-
scription of Leach, since the two species which the
former has described and figured do not belong to this
genus at all, but to that of Montagua.

The following vignette represents one of the Plymouth
fishing-boats denominated locally " Hookers." It is from
a small picture by Condy.

AMPHIPODA.

X AT ATOM A.

LEUCOTIIOE A RTTCULOS A .

271

GAM MA RIDES.

LEUCOTHOE ARTICULOSA.

Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda with the carpus pyriform ;
second pair having the propodos ovate, the palm smooth.

Length | inch.

Cancer {Gam marus) artic ulos us.

Lcucothoe articulosa.

Gammarus spinicarpus.

Montagu, Linn. Trans, vii. p. 70, pi. vi.

f. 6.
Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. Linn.

Trans, xi. p, 358. Suppl. Enc. Brit. i.

p. 425. Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 103.

Desmarest, Consid. sur Crust, p. 263,

pi. 45, f. 5. Milxe Edwards, Hist.

des Crust, t. iii. p. 58, pi. 29, f. 14.

Liljeborg, Ofvers. af kongl. Vet.

Akad. Forhaudl. 1855, p. 126. White,

Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 188. Cat.

Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847. Cat. Brit.

Crust. 1850, p. 53. Gosse, Man. Mar.

Zool. p. 141, fig. 259. Spence Bate,

Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 146. Cat.

Amph. Brit Mus. p. 156, pi. xxix. f. 2.
Muller, Zool. Dan. iii. p. 66, pi. cxix.

f. 1-4.

The head is anteriorly produced into a small rostrum
curved downwards betwTeen the superior antennas. The
eyes are obliquely planted in the head, of an oval shape
and a red colour. The superior antennas are about one-

212 GAMMARID/E.

fourth the length of the animal, having the flagellum
not more than half as long as the peduncle. The inferior
antennae are not quite so long as, and more slender than,
the superior, and also have a short flagellum. The first
pair of legs are tolerably long ; the wrist is stouter than
the hand, and has the infero-distal margin produced to a
sharp free point, reaching quite to the extremity of the
hand, where it performs the part of a thumb, thus with
the finger it makes a tolerably perfect but complex
grasping organ, the hand itself being narrow and the
finger short. The second pair of legs are about the same
length as the first, but the wrist is not so broad as the
hand, and does not reach beyond half its length ; the
hand is of an oval form and much broader than that of
the first pair, it is convex upon the outer and concave
upon the inner surface, and when folded up forms a
strong shield defending the first pair of legs and the
anterior organs of the body; the palm is slightly convex,
even, and continuous with the posterior half of the
inferior margin, from which its limit is not defined ; the
finger is long and reaches as far as the inferior extremity
of the wrist, with which it assists in forming a complex
claw of a less perfect character than that of the first pair
of legs. The walking legs are nearly of the same uniform
length and size. The posterior pair of caudal appendages
have the branches of the same length, they are some-
what leaf-like in form, reaching further than the ex-
tremity of the penultimate, but not further than that of
the antepenultimate pair. The central tail-piece is long,
lanceolate, and convex upon the upper surface.

The animal, when alive, possesses a delicate pink or
flesh-coloured tinge. It was first taken by Montagu,
many years since, on the coast of Devon. We have
received it from the Moray Frith through the kindness of

LEUCOTHOE ARTICULOSA.

273

the Rev. Geo. Gordon, but we have not found it among
the numerous Crustacea forwarded to us from the Shet-
lands. Liljeborg announces it as having been taken by
him at Kullaberg, on the south coast of Sweden. Mr.
Loughrin has sent it us from Polperro in Cornwall ; and
we have taken it in Plymouth Sound as well as on the
south coast of AY ales.

Beneath is a view of the Mumbles, at the southern
extremity of Swansea Bay, as seen from the hill behind.

From this point to Oxwich Bay was our chief dredg-
ing ground, and is generally referred to when we record
the coast of Wales as the habitat of a species.

274

GAMMA RULE.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

GAM MA RIDES.

LEUCOTHOE FURINA.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with
the palm notched or serrated near the distal extremity.

Length f inch.

Lycesta fiirina.
Leucotlwe farina.

Savigny, Mem. sur les Anim. sans Vert. i. p. 109,

pi. iv. f. 2. Egypte Crust, pi. ii. f. 2.
Miike Edwards, Ann. des sc. nat. t. xx. p. 381. Hist.

des Crust, iii. p. 57. Guerin-Mekeyille, Icon.

Crust, pi. xxvi. f. 6 (after Savigny). White, Pop.

Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 189. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat.

Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. p. 255. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.

p. 157, pi. xxix. f. 3.
Leucothoe procera. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 146.

This animal closely resembles the preceding. The most
conspicuous points of distinction exist in the round form
of the eyes of this species ; in the first pair of legs, the
wrist of which has not the infero-distal extremity pro-
duced quite so long ; and in the second pair the hand is
not so oval, but tapers more to the extremity, and has the
palm defined and marked by a few indentations rather
than teeth. The terminal caudal plate narrows suddenly
for some distance before it approaches the apex.

This species was first taken by Savigny when in Egypt
with the French army. In this country a specimen,
taken by Mr. Edward of Banff, was described by Mr.
Spence Bate in the Synopsis of the British Edriophthal-

LEUCOTHOE FURTNA.

275

mous Crustacea (Ann. Nat. Hist, for February 1857),
under the name of L. procera, but which we are not able
to distinguish from the figure in Savigny's work. This
species appears not to be so common as L. articulosa,
but yet we cannot suppose that it would be found at
such distant parts without existing in intermediate
localities. It may probably have been mistaken by
collectors for the previous species, which might readily
be done without attention.

The following vignette represents the Cows' (Gulls')
Castle, on the shores of the Moray Frith, kindly drawn
for us by Mr. Small.

t 2

276 GAMMA RIM.

AMP HIP ODA ■ GA MM A RIDES.

NATATOUIA.

Genus — GOSSEA.

Oossea. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 159.

Generic character. Superior antennae without a secondary
appendage. Gnathopoda subchelate ; first pair the larger.
Pleopoda long, nearly of equal length ; posterior pair biramous.
Telson single, squarniform.

The body of the animal in this genus is slender and
compressed. The superior antennae are not furnished
with a secondary appendage, and the peduncles of both
pairs are shorter than their respective flagella. The first
pair of legs are furnished with hands larger than those of
the second, and both pairs are subchelate. The posterior
pair of caudal appendages are double-branched and reach
considerably beyond the extremity of the central caudal
plate which consists of a single scale.

The animals of this genus bear a near resemblance to
those of Microdeutopus in their general aspect, but differ
from them in the absence of the secondary appendage to
the superior antennae, and in the form of the telson.

To the genus Dry ope they approach nearer ; but the
more compressed form of the body and greater length of
the caudal appendages sufficiently separate the two
genera.

The genus has been named in compliment to Mr.
Gosse, whose numerous contributions to Marine Zoology
have greatly tended to popularize many obscure pro-
ductions of nature.

GO S S E A MIC RODEUT U P A .

277

AMP HIP OB A.

NATATORU.

GAMMA RIDES.

QUI

fe? -

GOSSEA MICRODEUTOPA.

Specific character. Superior antennae with each joint of the peduncle
gradually decreasing in length ; flagellum longer than the peduncle, and
having the alternate articuli distally and inferiorly produced and furnished
with a few cilia. First pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long-quadrate,
with the palm slightly convex.

Length 53g inch.

Gossea microdeutopa. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 160. pi. xxix.

fig. 6.

The eyes are tolerably large, rounded in form, and
black. The superior antennae are about one- third the
length of the animal, having the peduncle very short and
the flagellum tolerably long, the latter having the alter-
nate articuli infero-distally produced and furnished with
a few hairs of unequal length. The second and fourth
articuli likewise bear short, broad, trumpet-mouthed
auditory cilia. The first pair of legs have the hand long-
quadrate, the palm is slightly rounded. In the second
pair the hand is more slender than in the first, and the
palm is shaped and defined by a small spine. The
walking legs are all nearly of the same length. The
caudal appendages are long and slender, the last having
the peduncle extending further than the extremity of
the central caudal-plate. The branches are of one length,
styliform, and furnished upon their upper margins with

278 GAMMA RIDE.

a few short spines. The central caudal-plate is long,
narrow, and lanceolate.

The specimen from which our description and figure
are taken was captured by Mr. Gosse, at Ilfracombe, and
kindly sent to us. At first we took it for a young
animal belonging to the genus Micro deutopus ; but
closer examination having convinced us of the dis-
tinction, we have named the animal specifically after the
genus it so much resembles.

We have recently received other specimens of this
species from the Shetlands, where they were taken by
the Rev. Mr. Norman.

AORA.

AMPHIPODA
NATATORIA.

GAMMARIDES

*

Genus — AORA.

Aora. Kroyer, Tidsk. Ber. 2, i. p. 335, 1845. Spence Bate, Cat.

Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 160.
Lalaria. Nicolet, in Gray's Historia de Chile, vol. iii. 1849. Spence

Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 525, 1858.
Lonchomerus. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat.

Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. "White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180.

Generic character. Superior antennae longer than the in-
ferior; furnished with a secondary appendage. First pair of
gnathopoda larger than the second, having the meros infero-
distally produced as far as the extremity of the carpus. Seventh
pair of legs longest.

In this genus the animal is long and slender. The
superior antennae are very long and are furnished with a
slender secondary appendage. The inferior antennae are
about half the length of the superior and furnished with
a very short flagellum. The first pair of legs are very
long, complexly* chelate, having the metacarpal joint
infero-distally produced so as to meet the apex of the
finger when closed. The second pair of legs are sub-
chelate and much smaller and shorter than the first.
The last pair of walking legs are much longer than the
others. The caudal appendages are double-branched,
and the terminal caudal plate is tubular.

The modifications of form, and consequently of func-
tion, which the two first pairs of legs undergo in different
groups of Amphipoda are nowhere more interestingly

* We use the term "complexly chelate" where the prehensile organ is
formed by more joints than the propodos and dactylos.

280 GAMMA RID.E.

seen than in the present genus as compared with Leu-
cothoe and Stimpsonia. In these genera the first pair
forms a most effective organ of prehension, the pre-
hensile power being, however, developed in different
joints of the limb. In Leucothoe and Stimpsonia it is the
carpus which is remarkably produced, but in Aora the
metacarpus becomes the analogue of the carpus of the
two former genera.

At first sight it might seem that this genus should be
incorporated in that of Microdeutopus, but the fact of
exotic species possessing the characters here laid down
sufficiently warrants their retention as a separate genus.

We think it not improbable that further observation
may induce the removal of the closely-associated genera
in which the peculiar tubular kind of tail-scale is found,
from the position in which we have placed them among
the Gammarides, to one nearer the genus Nania among the
Podocerides. The difference in the relative J strength of
the two pairs of antennae will also afford some clue to
the propriety of such a change of position.

AORA GRACILIS.

281

AMPniPODA,

NATATORIA.

GAMMARIDES.

AORA GRACILIS.

Specific character. Basos of the first pair of gnathopoda having the
anterior margin without a tooth. Finger with the interna] margin serrated.
Length \ inch.

Lonchomerus gracilis.

Lalaria gracilis.
A ora gracilis.

Spexce Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. "White, Pop.

Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180.
Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xx. p. 525,

1858.
Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 160,

pi. xxix. f. 7.

The body of the animal is long and slender. The
eyes are small, round, and black. The superior antennae
are more than half the length of the animal, the flagellum
forming more than half of the organ : the secondary
appendage is slender. The inferior antenna? are scarcely
more than half the length of the superior ; and the
flagellum is very short, being scarcely half the length of
the last joint of the peduncle of the inferior. The first
pair of hands are very long and slender, having the
second joint long, and unfurnished with a tooth-like
process, thus differing from Aora typica, the South

282 GAMMARID.E.

American species. The metacarpal joint is produced in-
feriorly into a long free tooth-like process, reaching as far
as the extremity of the wrist, which itself is very long.
The hand is not half the length of the wrist, slender and
slightly tapering. The finger is about the same length
as the hand, and when closed reaches the extremity of
the metacarpal process, with which it forms a complex
claw. The second pair of gnathopoda are not more than
half the length of the first, and are simply subchelate ;
the hand being but slightly dilated, having the palm
oblique and imperfectly defined. The next three pairs
of legs are rather shorter than the second, but the sixth
pair are about a third longer, and the seventh are one-
fourth longer than the sixth. The last pair of caudal
appendages do not reach beyond the extremity of the
preceding.

The colour of the animal is of a claret-red, with
numerous small dark spots, chiefly on the coxae and
dorsal surface of the tail. We have taken, from some
trawl refuse, a specimen of a yellow colour, speckled
with black spots of a larger size than those in the red
specimens; and which also had the inner margin of the
finger of the first pair of legs smooth, as shown at h in
our figure. We have also observed a second specimen,
in which the first pair of legs are shorter and more
robust ; but these being the only differences, we think
that they must be looked upon rather as varieties from
the typical form than distinct species. The distinctions
may indeed be those of sex, in combination with local or
other causes, for as yet the female has not been dis-
tinguished.

An animal of this species long remained unnamed in
the British Museum. Our specimens were first taken in
Oxwich Bay, in Glamorgan, and subsequently we ob-

AOHA GRACILIS. 283

tainecl others from trawl refuse brought from near the
Eddystone. Mr. Loughrin has sent the species to us from
Polperro, and Mr. Barlee took it both in Loch Fyne and
off St. Ives in Cornwall ; Mr. Jeffreys and the Rev.
A. M. Norman have dredged it in forty fathoms one
mile north of Walsey Lighthouse, as well as in from two
to five fathoms in the outer Skerries Harbour in the
Shetlands.

It is singular to record that the only other known
species of this genus (and which, as far as we are able
to determine by the figures given by Kroyer and Nicolet,
are distinguished from this by the presence of a small
process or tooth upon the second joint of the first pair
of legs) should have so distant a habitat as the coast of
Chili.

284 GAMMARIDJE.

A MP RIP ODA . OA MM A RIDES.

NATAT0R1A.

Genus— STIMPSONIA.

Stimpsonia. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 162.

Generic character. Superior antennae shorter than the in-
ferior, furnished with a secondary appendage. First pair of
gnathopoda robust, with the carpus large, and armed with a
strong bent spine. Second pair of gnathopoda chelate.

This genus probably bears too close a resemblance
to Microdeutopus to be retained as generically distinct ;
but the superior antennae, instead of being longer than
the inferior, are very much shorter. The first pair of
legs are longer than the second, and are complexly
chelate ; the second pair are small and chelate, and the
wrist is greatly elongated. The posterior pair of legs are
longer than the preceding. The posterior pair of caudal
appendages are double-branched, and the central tail-
piece is conical.

The name given to this genus is in compliment to the
distinguished naturalist of the United States' Exploring
Expedition to the North Pacific, and to whom we wish
here to record the obligation that we are under, both for
information and specimens of various species described
by him.

STI MPSOK T A CH ELI FEK A .

285

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORTA.

GAMMA FIDES.

STIMPSONIA CHELIFERA.

Specific character. Superior antenna scarcely longer than the peduncle
of the inferior. First pair of gnathopoda having the inferior margin of the
carpus inferiorly produced to a long, sharp process. Second pair having the
inferior angle of the propodos pi'oduced nearly as long as the finger.

Length -^ inch.

Stimpsonia cheUfera. Spesce Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 162,

pi. xxix. fig. 9.

The animal bears a strong general resemblance to
Microdeutopus Grylhtalpa. It has the eyes small, round,
and black. The superior antennae are scarcely longer
than the peduncle of the inferior, and have the flagellum
about half the length of the organ. The secondary
appendage consists of a single articulus. The first pair
of legs have the wrists large and inferiorly produced to
a long, sharp process, reaching nearly as far as the

286 GAM MA RID JE.

extremity of the hand, being separated from it by a
concave space. The hand is much narrower than the
wrist, and the finger is long, and but slightly curved and
serrated ; the apex when closed impinges against the
extremity of the carpal process. The second pair of
legs have the wrists very long ; and the hand is scarcely
more dilated, but not longer than it is broad, the inferior
angle being produced to a strong thumb-like process,
separated from the finger by a wide palm : the finger is
slight and nearly straight, and falls against the extremity
of the thumb when closed. The next two pairs of legs
are slender, and the three last pairs gradually increase
in length posteriorly. The rest of the animal bears a
near resemblance to the species of Microdeutopus or
Aora.

We received this very curious and interesting form
from Salcombe Harbour on the south coast of Devon-
shire, where it was taken by Mr. Webster.

MICRODEUTOPUS. 287

A MP HIP ODA . GA MM A RIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— MICRODEUTOPUS.*

Microdeutopus. Costa, Rend, delle Reale Accad. delle Sci di Napoli, 1853,

s. 171.
Microdentopus. Spe>'ce Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 163.
Lembos. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. Ann. Nat. Hist.

2 ser. xix. p. 142. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180.
Gammarus. Division +f. Liljebokg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad.

Forhandl. 1854, p. 455.

Generic character. Superior antennae longer than the in-
ferior, and furnished with a secondary appendage. Inferior
antennae more robust than the superior. First pair of gnatho-
poda larger than the second, complexly subchelate. Second
pair smaller than the first, subchelate.

In this genus the animals are generally long and
slender. The eyes are small. The superior antennae
are longer than the inferior, and not so robust. The
mandibles are furnished with a three-jointed appendage.
The arms terminate with subchelate hands, and, as in the
two preceding genera, are developed contrary to the
general distinction among Amphipoda, the first being
larger and more perfect than those of the second pair.
The last pair of legs are much longer than the others.
The last pair of caudal appendages are double-branched.
The terminal tail-piece is conical, tubular, with a double
apex, which appears to arise out of the largest part. The
exact form of the caudal tail-piece is peculiar to this
genus, although it bears a near resemblance to the same
organ in Aora and Stimpsonia. It appears like a true

* Signor Costa's generic name, Microdeutopus, would more properly be
written Microdeuteropus, it being given to the genus in allusion to the minute
size of the second pair of legs.

288

GAMMA RIDE.

segment to the body ; and the double apex suggests
the idea of the rudimentary condition of obsolete caudal
appendages.

This genus is probably synonymous with Unciola of
Say and that of Glauconome of Kroyer. But the former
genus is described as having no finger to the second
pair of hands, and both authors omit a description of the
middle tail-piece ; we therefore retain Costa's name
until we have the opportunity of examining typical
specimens of these two genera.

The following vignette is that of a Fisherwoman of
Penzance, furnished with her " Cowal " of fish.

MICRODEUTOPUS GRYLLOTALPA.

289

AMP HIP OD A

NATATORIA.

GAMMARIBES.

MICRODEUTOPUS GRYLLOTALPA.

Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda having the carpus furnished
infero-distally with a sharp tooth.
Length 550 inch.

Microdeutopus gryllotalpa. Costa, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Sci. di

Napoli, 1853, p. 178. and Mem. pel. 1853,
tav. 4, fig. 10. Spence Bate, Cat. Aniph.
Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 163, pi. xxx. f. 1.
Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58.
Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 1857.
White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180.

Lembos Damnoniensis.

Lembos Damnoniensis.

The eyes are round, small, and white, with black spots.
The superior antennae are about half the length of the
animal. The flagellum is longer than the peduncle, and
the secondary appendage consists of but a single articulus.
The inferior antennae reach to about half the leno-th of
the flagellum of the superior, while the flagellum is not
longer than the last joint of the peduncle of the inferior.
The first pair of legs have the wrist and hand associated
in the formation of the claw. The wrist is large, strong,
and furnished at the infero- distal extremity with a strong

v

290 GAMMARIDJE.

tooth-like process. The hand is large, but neither so
broad or long as the wrist ; the palm is rounded but not
defined ; and the finger is distinctly serrated upon the
inner margin. The second pair of legs have the wrist
and hand but slightly dilated : the palm is rounded off,
imperfectly defined, and furnished with a few hairs.
The finger, like that of the preceding pair, is serrated
upon the inner margin. In the last three pairs of legs
the thighs are less developed than ordinarily, the last
pair of legs are but moderately prolonged. The three
pairs of caudal appendages extend to nearly the same
length, and consequently have the peduncles and their
branches gradually decreasing in their relative lengths
successively. The terminal tail-piece is furnished near
the apex with one or two long, somewhat peculiarly
formed hairs, and also one or more short plumose cilia.

Under the microscope the skin is seen to be covered
by numerous minute points as in the vignette at *.

This species was first found by our friend the late Mr.
Howard Stewart, Sub-Curator of the Hunterian Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons, under the Hoe,
Plymouth, in a sponge. Mr. Loughrin has also sent us
specimens from Polperro. It has also been dredged from
seventy to ninety fathoms of water, sixty miles east of
the Shetland Islands ; and Costa took his animals, which
we consider to be identical with our specimens, at Naples:
it has therefore been necessary to sink the name of
Lembos Damnoniensis, as first proposed, for the older
name of Costa. Among the specimens which we have
received were some without any tooth upon the carpus
of the anterior pair of gnathopoda — these may possibly
be females.

MICKODEUTOPUS WEB^TEKH.

291

AMPHIPODA.

N ATA TORT A

trAMMARlDES.

3

MICRODEUTOPUS WEBSTERII,

Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda having the carpus without a
tooth, and the propodos with a tooth at the inferior angle.
Length ^ inch.

Microdentopus Websterii. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 164,

pi. xsx. fig. 2.
Lenibos Websterii. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p.

142, 1857. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 180.

The superior antennae are not quite half the length of
the animal. The flagellum is about the same length as
the peduncle. The first pair of legs have the wrist un-
armed, and as large as the hand, and both are thickly fur-
nished with long hairs upon both margins, but particularly
the upper ; the hand is rounded, and broadest behind
the palm, the inferior angle of which is produced to a
short stout tooth, against the apex of which the linger
appears to impinge within the extremity. The second
pair of legs have the wrists longer than the hand, and
both margins (especially the upper) furnished with long

u 2

292 GAM MA RIM.

hairs ; the palm is defined by a strong spine and a few
hairs ; the inner margin of the finger is serrated near the
middle. In other respects this species resembles M.
gryllotalpa both in form and colour, being of a grey
which assumes a very dark tint along the dorsal surface,
particularly towards the anterior extremity of the animal.
This darker portion is produced by numerous small pig-
ment cells, which spread themselves, more or less thickly,
just beneath the dermal tissue. We have observed in
this species (though we think it also belongs to others of
the genus), that when the animals are dried the surface
of their bodies exhibits prismatic hues.

We have received it from Falmouth, where it was
dredged by Mr. Webster, to whom we are indebted for
the results of his dredgings in several localities, and in
compliment to whom the species is named. Mr. Barlee
has also sent it us both from the Island of Skye, as well
as from the Shetlands ; and in the latter place the
Rev. A. M. Norman, in company with Mr. Jeffreys, has
dredged it in four fathoms of water in Bressy Sound.

MICRODEUTOPUS ANOMALUS.

293

AMP HIP OD A

NATATORIA.

GAMMARIDES.

Micro den top us ano malus.

Lembos Cambriensis.

MICRODEUTOPUS ANOMALUS.

Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda large but unarmed. Last
pair of legs remarkably long.
Length \ inch.

Gammarus anomalus. Rathke, Nova Acta Leop. p. 63, tab. iv. fig. 7,

1843. Liljeborg, Of vers, af Kongl. Vet.

Akad. Forhandl. 1854, p. 457.
Spence Bate, Cat. Am ph. Brit. Mus. p. 164,

pi. xxx. fig. 3.
Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 142, 1857.

White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 180.

The eyes in this species are black, of a long-oval form,
and planted obliquely in the head. The superior antennae
are about half the length of the animal, and furnished
with a secondary appendage consisting of four minute
articuli. The inferior antennae are about one-third
shorter than the superior; but the peduncle is quite as
long as that of the superior. The first pair of legs have
the wrist shorter than the hand but not broader. The
hand is of a long-oval form ; the palm is convex, and
is continuous with the inferior margin, without its limits

294 GAM MARION.

being defined ; a few cilia stand upright from its surface,
and on the inferior margin it supports four short rows of
hairs. The finger is short and serrated upon the inner
margin. The second pair of legs resemble the first very
much in form, but thev are smaller and less covered with
hairs. All the other parts of the animal closely resemble
the corresponding parts in M. gryllotalpa.

The colour in this species is of a yellowish horny
appearance, sparingly scattered with black dots, which
are less numerous along the dorsal surface, where there
are a few bands of a faint pink colour.

This species was first taken by us in Oxwich Bay, on
the coast of Glamorgan. Mr. Robertson has found it
amongst Nullipore at Cumbrae, in North Britain ; the
Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys have dredged it in
from three to five fathoms in the outer Skerries harbour,
Shetland, and Rathke and Liljeborg have taken it on the
coast of Norway.

The animals of this species bear a very close resem-
blance to some which we received with M. gryllotalpa,
and which we considered as the females of that species.
It is, however, the only form which has been taken at
Oxwich Bay and on the coast of Norway. Evidence of
this kind, indeed, can only bear a negative value ; but so
far as our present knowledge extends, this form must be
accepted as distinct from the preceding, and which is one
of the links gradually leading from the more complexly
formed type of M. gryllotalpa to that of the more simple
as it exists in the genus Protomedeia,

M1CR0DEUT0PUS VERSICULATUS.

295

AMPH1PODA.

NATJTORIA.

GAMHAMDEZ.

MICRODEUTOPUS VERSICULATUS.

Specific charade)'. Cnathopoda not completely chelate, and furnished
with a copious brush of hairs.
Length ^ inch.

Lembos versiculatus. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58.

Synopsis, &c, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.

p. 142. Feb. 1857. White, Pop. Hist.

Brit. Crust, p. 180.
Microdentopus versiculatus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 165,

pi. xx. fig. 5.

The eyes are small. The superior antennae are about
half the length of the animal ; the flagellum being a little
longer than the peduncle ; and the secondary appendage is
uni-articulate, and furnished with two long terminal hairs.
The first pair of legs have the wrist rather longer and as
broad as the hand, both margins of the joints being
continuous and thickly fringed with hairs ; the palm is
not defined, neither is the finger serrated upon the
inner margin. The second pair of legs have the wrrist
and hand of about equal length and diameter. The
wrist is furnished upon the anterior margin with a thick

296 GAM MA RIM.

brush of very long hairs. The hand is long and narrow,
and fringed on both margins with a few hairs ; the palm
is very oblique and not denned ; the finger is short and
much curved.

The rest of the animal appears to bear a near re-
semblance to M. gryllotalpa.

The specimen from which our figure is taken was
damaged, the inferior antennae and last pair of walking
legs being broken off. By an error one of the latter is
figured as being present, but it is drawn considerably too
short, most probably it is of the same dimensions as that
in the other species. The specific name also, proposed in
allusion to the fascicle of hairs on the second pair of
legs, has accidentally been incorrectly printed, but its
proposer considers that there is less liability of con-
fusion if the original name, though established by
accident, be retained, than if it were now to be altered.

The animal is of a horny colour, gradually passing
into a gray tint along the dorsal surface.

It was dredged by us near Plymouth, in company with
our friend Mr. H. Stewart.

I'ROTOMEDEIA, 2S7

AMPHIPODA. OAMM ABIDES.

X AT ATOM A.

Genus— PROTOMEDEIA.

Protomedeia. Kroyer, Tidskr. iv. p. 154.

Leptochcirns. Zaddach, Syn. Crust. Pnissicorura Prodornns, p. 7.

Ptilocheirus. Stimpson, Mar. Invert, of Grand Manan, p. 55.

Generic character. Like Microdeutopus, but having the
second pair of gnathopoda not subchelate.

This genus is probably too closely associated with the
preceding. But the form of the second pair of legs
offers a similar ground of distinction as that which
separates Talitrus from Orchestia. The coxae, moreover,
appear to be rather deeper in this genus than in
Microdeutopus ; and the last pair of legs are not so
proportionally long as compared with the sixth pair.
The last pair of caudal appendages are double branched.
We are uncertain as to the character of the central
caudal plate since most of the specimens we have had
an opportunity to examine have been more or less im-
perfect, but in P. Whitei it appeared to be double, whilst
Zaddach defines it as being sub-membranous and rounded
above.

The animals of this genus, though not abundant,
appear to be widely distributed in the colder regions ;
specimens being taken on the northern coast of the
United States of America, on the coast of Scotland, in
the Baltic, and off1 the shores of the Crimea.

298

GAMMARIDiE.

AMPHJPODA

NATATORIA.

OAMMARIDES.

msm

PROTOMEDEIA HLRSUTIMANA.

Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda hirsute on the posterior
margin of ischium, meros, carpus, and propodos. Second pair of gnathopoda
hirsute upon the posterior margin of the propodos ; and having the anterior
margin of the hasos furnished with two or three longitudinal rows of very
long plumose hairs.

Length — ?

Protomedeia 7m'suti?)ianus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust, p, 168,

pi. xxx. f. 6.

The eyes are round but not very large. The superior
antennae extend as far as the posterior margin of the
fourth segment of the body. The flagellum is scarcely
as long as the peduncle, and the secondary appendage
is as long again as the last joint of the peduncle. The
inferior antennae are but very little shorter than the
superior ; and the flagellum is very short, being not so
long as the last joint of the peduncle. The mandibles

PROTOMEDEIA HIRSUT1MANA. 299

are furnished with an appendage, consisting of three
equal joints. The first pair of legs have the coxae very
small, being almost covered with the coxae of the second
pair. The four last joints, except the finger, are
posteriorly furnished with fasciculi of hairs. The hand
is not more dilated, but is twice as long as the wrist ;
the palm is very short, and but imperfectly denned ; the
finger is longer than the palm, sharp, and but slightly
curved. The second pair of legs have the coxae large,
the thigh moderately long, having the anterior margin
convex, and fringed with two or three closely-set rows of
long plumose hairs. The next two joints are short, but
the wrist is twice as long as the hand ; the hand is short
and tapering to a point, at the extremity of which the
finger exists as a short straight spine ; the posterior
margin is furnished with four bunches of hair. The
next two pairs of legs are moderately long, and ter-
minate in tolerably long straight fingers. The fifth pair
of legs have the hand slightly produced at the distal
extremity against which the short curved finger is
capable of being shut, and so convert it into a slightly-
prehensile organ.

Unfortunately we have only received the anterior
moiety of an animal of this interesting species, which
was taken near Banff, by our valued correspondent
Mr. Edward.

300

GAM MA RID JE.

AMPHTPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

GAMMARIDES.

N> n.

PROTOMEDEIA WHITEI.

Specific character. Gnathopoda furnished with but few short hairs.
Carpiis of the second pair not longer than the propodos.
Length ^ inch.

Prolomedeia Whitei. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 169,

pi. xxxi. f. 3.

In this species, the figure represents the head rather
too large, probably resulting from distortion under the
microscope. The first three segments of the tail have
the infero-posterior angle produced to a point ; and the
inferior margins are furnished with a few equidistant
single hairs. The fourth segment of the tail has
the posterior dorsal margin produced to a small tooth.
The eyes are round. The superior antennae have the
first joint of the peduncle distally enlarged, whereas
the two succeeding are slender ; the flagellum is not
so long as the peduncle, and the secondary appendage
consists of but one long and one short articulus. The
second pair of antennae are imperfect beyond the
penultimate joint of the peduncle, but this reaches
beyond the extremity of the peduncle of the superior.
The first pair of legs are also imperfect. The second

rBOTOMEDEIA WHITE I. 301

pair of legs are only furnished with a few scattered
hairs ; the wrist is not longer than the hand, which
gradually tapers from the carpal articulation to the ex-
tremity, where is attached a short sharp finger. The next
two pairs of legs are tolerably long, but terminate in
rather short fingers. The last three pairs of legs are
damaged, but the thighs are dilated, and taper rather
suddenly to the extremity. The last of the caudal
appendages were wanting in the only specimen that
we have obtained; and the terminal plate is double,
differing in this respect from Zaddach's description of
P. pilosa, as well as from those exotic species which
we had the opportunity of examining through the kind-
ness of Mr. Stimpson.

Of this species, like the preceding, we have received
only a single specimen which was taken at Banff, by
Mr. Edward ; and which wTe have named in compliment
to Mr. Adam White, the author of a popular History
of the British Crustacea, as well as of many valuable
Papers on Carcinology published in the Proceedings of
the Zoological Society of London.

302 GAMMARIM.

.4 MP HIP 0 DA . GA MM A RIDES.

NA TATORIA

Genus— BATHYPOREIA.

Balliyporcia. Lindstrom. Bidrag Ostersjons, Invert. Faun, in Ofvers.

Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1855, p. 59. Nat. Hist.

Review, Jan. 1857, p. 43. White, Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 187.
Thersifes. S pence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. p. 59. Ann. Nat.

Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 146.

Generic character. Superior antennae short ; having the first
joint of the peduncle large and tumid ; the second articulating
on the infero-distal extremity of the first, and furnished with a
secondary appendage. Inferior antennae slender ; twice as
long as the superior ; mandibles with a tri-articulate appendage.
First pair of gnathopoda subchelate ; second having the dactylos
wanting. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous, the longer
branch being bi-articulate. Telson double.

The superior antennae in this genus are much shorter
than the inferior, having the basal joint greatly swollen,
and its extremity oblique ; hence the peculiar position
which the second joint of the peduncle holds to the first,
the articulation, instead of being at the extremity of the
joint, being at the distal end of the inferior margin ;
thus the second articulates with the first joint almost
at a right angle: the other two joints are generally
short, and the flagellum is never long, and is furnished
at its base with a secondary appendage. The inferior
antennae are much longer than the superior, and
more slender. The mandibles are furnished with an
appendage. The first pair of legs are subchelate. The

BATHYPORETA. 303

second are slender and have the finger wanting. The
last pair of the caudal appendages terminate in two
branches, one being short, the other long and bi-arti-
culate. The central tail-piece is double.

This genus, as far as we know, is confined to the
shores of Northern Europe.

By a singular coincidence, in all the specimens that we
have seen the first pair of legs are damaged or wanting,
so that we have not been able to determine their
structure. We have, therefore, drawn up our character
of this important organ from the figure and description
of Lindstrtim.

304

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

GAMMAR1D7E.

OAMMAR1DES.

BATHYPOREIA PILOSA.

Specific character. Inferior antenna? not half the length of the animal ;
flagellum not longer than the peduncle, consisting of six or seven unequal
articuli. Fourth segment of the tail with a transverse sinus.

Length 52g inch.

Bathyporeia pilosa. Lindstrom, Ofvers. Kongl. Yet. Akad. Forhandl.

1855, p. 59. Nat. Hist. Review, Jan. 1857,
fig. c. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 188.
Spence Bate, Cat. Aniph. Brit. Mus. p. 172,
pi. xxxi. fig. 4.
Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59.
Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 146.

Thersites Guilliamsonia,

The superior antennas have the first joint very broad,
and longer than the head : the second joint is very
short and narrow ; it articulates with the first subapically
upon the inferior surface : the third joint is still
shorter and narrower than the second : the flagellum
is about the same length as the peduncle ; the first
articulus being longer than the last joint of the ped-
uncle, the remaining four or five being of irregular

BATHYPOREIA PI LOS A. 305

lengths. The inferior antennae are more slender than,
and nearly twice the length of, the superior, the
peduncle reaching to the extremity of the superior
antennae ; the flagellum, which consists of one long
and four or five articuli of irregular lengths, is scarcely
as long as the peduncle. The first pair of legs are
wanting in the only specimens that we have been
enabled to procure : but Lindstrom describes them as
" having the wrist longer than the hand ; the hand
ovate, palm imperfectly defined." The second pair have
the wrist very long, and ciliated upon the inferior
margin ; the hand is straight upon the upper margin,
the palm, receding from the distal-pointed extremity,
forms with the inferior margin a convex line, the an-
terior limit of which is fringed with extremely long
cilia ; the posterior is slightly excavated, suggesting that
the hand is capable of being impinged against the
preceding joint, and thus obtaining a feeble prehensile
grasp, which it has otherwise lost by the absence of the
moveable finger. The next two pairs of legs have the
metacarpal joints and wrists much dilated ; the hands
are long and slender, and appear to have the capability
of being bent back against the wrist ; the fingers in
these are short and strongly developed ; a few hairs
fringe the inferior margin of the hands and wrists.
The next pair of legs have the thighs dilated towards
the distal extremity ; the metacarpal joint is broad, but
the wrist is narrow, with its extremity produced ex-
ternally to a point ; the hand is long and narrow, having
the margins parallel ; and the finger is nearly as long as
the hand. The thighs of the two succeeding pairs of
legs are more broadly dilated than that of the preced-
ing. The last pair of caudal appendages have one very
long and one very short branch, the longer branch being

x

306 GAMMAHID.E.

articulated about one-third from the apex, and tipped
with a long spine-like hair. The central tail-piece has
the inner margin of each division straight, the outer
rounded, and furnished at the apex with one or two
hairs.

We have only seen this animal when dead ; but the
skin is very thin and transparent, and appears to contain
no colouring matter; neither have we been enabled to
detect any eye. These circumstances, together with its
having been hitherto taken only in muddy and sanely
bottoms, suggest the idea that it is a burrower in the
mud. Tt was first taken at Wisby, on a sandy bottom,
at from eighteen to twenty fathoms of water, by Prof.
Lindstrom, who also captured it at Lanskrona. It has
been taken by Prof. Williamson, on a fine sandy bottom,
off Weymouth ; and Mr. Webster has dredged it near
Tenby.

BATHYPOREIA ROBERTSON!.

307

AMPHIPODA

WATJT0R1J.

OAMMARIDES.

BATHYPOREIA ROBERTSON! .

Specific character. Inferior antennse more than half the length of the
animal : flagellum three times as long as the peduncle : articuli numerous,
and gradually increasing in length to the extremity of the antennae. Fourth
segment of the tail with a wide transverse sinus across the middle.

Length \ inch.

Bathyporeia Robertsoni. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 173,

pi. xxxi. fig. 5.

The eyes in this animal are round. The superior
antennae reach beyond the peduncle of the inferior;
the flagellum is longer than the peduncle ; and the
articuli are regular in size, being nearly as broad as
they are long, each supporting a short hair on the
superior distal-extremity, and a short auditory cilium
of an oval form : the secondary appendage consists
of a single articulus, as long as four of the flagellum.
The inferior antennae are rather more than half the
length of the animal : the last joint of the peduncle is
much longer than the preceding ; the flagellum is about
three times the length of the peduncle ; the articuli
gradually increase in length and decrease in diameter;
and every articulus supports upon the upper distal
margin a small oval calceola, which, according to Mr.

x 2

308 GAMMARID.E.

Stimpson, is a character of the male sex. The rest of
the animal bears a near resemblance to B. pilosa.

It was sent to us by our kind correspondent in com-
pliment to whom we have proposed the specific name
employed above. It was taken by Mr. Robertson in the
month of February, in sand pools near low water mark
at Cumbrae, N. B. He informs us that they were nu-
merous, darting hither and thither.

Two specimens have since been dredged by our friend
Mr. J. Gwyn Jeffreys in the Shetlands.

The observation of Mr. Robertson appears to over-
throw our suggestion as to the burrowing habits of these
animals mentioned in the description of the previous
species. It is curious to remark that in this species
the animal is furnished with distinct eyes in the spe-
cimen from Cumbrae, but not in those from the Shetlands
which had been longer in spirits ; it is, therefore, ques-
tionable whether the organs of vision had disappeared
from the others after death (as they frequently do in
some species) inasmuch as we received both specimens
after they were dead.

BATHYPOREIA PELAGICA.

309

AMP HIP OB A.

NATATOUIA.

OAMMARIDE8.

BATHYPOREIA PELAGICA.

Specific character. Inferior antennse longer than the animal. Fourth
segment of the tail entire.
Length \ inch.

Bathyporeia pdagica. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 174,

pi. xxxi. fig. 6. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust,
p. 188.

Titer sites pelarjica. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 146.

The superior antennas reach beyond the extremity of
the peduncle of the inferior, but to what extent we are
unable to determine, since they were mutilated at this
point : the articuli are small and regular ; the secondary
appendage consists of two articuli, one being longer than
the other, and both being as long as three or four of the
articuli of the flagellum. The inferior antennas are very
long and very slender ; the penultimate joint of the
peduncle is longer than the ultimate ; the articuli of

310

GAMMARIDiE.

the flagellum are very short, and towards the base are
broader than they are long. Like both the preceding-
species we have not been able to ascertain from observa-
tion the form of the first pair of legs ; and all the rest
bear a very close resemblance to those of B. pilosa.
The caudal appendages appear to be more thickly fur-
nished with hairs, a few of which about the animal are
plumose.

We have only seen a single imperfect specimen of this
species, taken in the Moray Frith, by the Rev. Geo.
Gordon in a considerable depth of water.

Like B. pilosa this animal appears not to be furnished
with distinct organs of vision.

The vignette below is from a drawing by W. E.
Cooke, A.R.A., in the possession of J. Salter, Esq.,
it represents Stokes's Corner, North Haven, Poole
Harbour, Dorsetshire.

NIPHARGUS. 311

I M PHI POD. I GA M MA RIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— NIPHARGUS.

Nipkargus. Schiodte, Act. Soc. Reg. Dan. 1851, p. 26. Trans. Ent.

Soc. Loncl. 2 ser. v. i. p. 149. Nat. Hist. Review, i.

p. 43. White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 186. Spence

Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 174.
Gammarus part. Koch, Crust. Myr. u. Arach. Deutschl. h. 5 and 36.

Costa, Mem. d. reale Accad. d. Sci. Napoli. 1.

Generic character. Animal slender. Eyes obsolete or rudi-
mentary. Superior antennae having a secondary appendage.
Inferior antennae shorter than the superior. Gnathopoda
uniform, chelate or subchelate. Posterior pair of pleopoda
biramous ; one ramus rudimentary, the other very long and
double-jointed. Telson single, deeply cleft.

The animals of this genus are much compressed,
slender in form, and colourless creatures. The eyes
are wanting or rudimentary. # The superior antennae
are very slender, longer than the inferior, and carry a
very small secondary appendage. The mandibles are
furnished with a tri-articulate appendage ; and the foot-
jaws have the squamiform plates but slightly developed. f

* Caspary (Verhandl. d. Naturf. Vereins fur Rheinland, Jahrg. 6.) and
Hosius (who kept specimens of iV. puteanus alive for many weeks) were
unable to detect any traces of eyes ; but Grervais (Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 ser. iv.
p. 128) considered that the species possessed eyes although destitute of
coloured pigment. In all that we have kept alive, some for several weeks, as
in N. fontanus, they are imperfectly formed and of a lemon colour.

+ The first and second maxiiloe and the foot-jaws do not materially differ
from those of Gammarus pulex. Hosius indeed figures the first maxilla in
N. puteanus as having a very slender ex-articulate palpus, but our dissections
agree with those of Schiodte, showing the palpus to be broad and two-jointed.
It is probable that the specimen of N. puteanus dissected by Hosius was im-
mature, as the palpus in very young specimens of G. fiuviatilis, as also figured
by Hosius, is also slender, and with the joints only indistinctly exhibited.

312 GAMMARIOE.

The hands of the first two pairs of legs are nearly of
the same size and form. The legs are of different
lengths, the last pair being the longest. The ante- and
penultimate pairs of caudal appendages are short — their
branches being about the length of the peduncle — and
equal ; whilst those of the last pair are unequal, one
being very minute and the other extremely long,
especially in the male;* it is also double-jointed. The
central tail-piece is single, but cleft down the centre.

The earliest specimen of these subterranean Amphi-
poda was that recorded by Dr. Leach as having been
found in a well attached to St. Bartholomew's Hospital.
But this was looked upon rather in the light of a strange
occurrence than the establishment of a fact in the habits
of these creatures.

Between the years 1835 and 1842, Koch, in the con-
tinuation of Panzer's great work on the Insects of Ger-
many, published descriptions and figures of two species
which he procured from the draw-wells of Ratisbonne
and Zweibrucken, under the single name of Gammarus
jmteanus. In 1851 Schiodte obtained other specimens
from the Caves of Carniola ; and to him is due the
credit of establishing this interesting genus among the
Amphipod Crustacea. In the year 1852 Prof. West-
wood was so fortunate as to obtain from a pump with
a substratum of clay, near Maidenhead, a quantity of
these animals, since which they have been found in
Hampshire, Wiltshire, Kent, Surrey, Dorsetshire, De-
vonshire, Worcestershire, and very recently in Dublin.

In all these instances the British examples have been

* It is upon the authority of Schiolte that we assert that the males in this
genus differ from the females in the length of the last pair of caudal
appendages, since we have not procured a specimen which we could determine
upon other evidence to be female.

NIPH ARGUS. 313

obtained from artificially-excavated wells connected with
bouses for domestic purposes. In some instances the
wells have been old, in others but recently dug.* In
their geological condition the habitats have been equally
various. At Corsham the well exists in the Oolite
formation, at Ringwood in chalk-flint gravel, at Manna-
mead in slate. f At Corsham and Mannamead they are
found on a hill, at Ringwood they lie low.

The appearance of some of these animals in a well soon
after its being excavated, raises a question of considerable
interest. Thus they were found at Upper Clatford, near
Andover, and at Mannamead, J near Plymouth, but not a
trace of them was to be found in the surrounding streams;
in fact, they perish in the light. It is impossible to regard
them as an extreme variety, or modification of our only
fresh-water Amphipod, Gammarus fluviatilis, since various
parts not only differ in form but some are altered in
character ; for example, the extraordinary elongation
and slenderness of one of the branches of each of the

* By a misprint in the Catalogue of Amphipoda of the British Museum
(p. 177), the pump at Upper Clatford is said to have been very recently dry
instead of recently dug. Tbe difference in the habits of the animal implied
in these two terms requires the correction of the error.

t Shortly after the exhibition of the specimens from Maidenhead, at the
Linna;an Society, Mr. Edwin Lees informed us of the discovery by himself of
a specimen in water from the well of his own residence, in Cedar Terrace,
Henwick, Worcester. This well had been deepened in the preceding year into
the red marl, which is the formation under gravel. The animal had. not been
previously seen, and only a single individual was observed. On the other
hand, the specimens captured by Mr. Herbert Mullins were obtained from a
well thirty feet deep, in an underground cellar, in the middle of the house at
Corsham, built about 1668, known as Lady Mary Hungerford's Charity :
the water is stated to be much impregnated with iron, and curdles with
soap.

Mr. Hogan states that they are found at all seasons of the year, but are
most abundant towards the close of the autumn.

£ Since this has been in the press we are informed by our Mend, Mr.
Charles Stewart, that they exist very numerously in an old well at Hartly,
which is half-a-mile from Mannamead, but in the same geological formation.

314 GAMMARID.E.

last pair of caudal appendages seems to be a special
structure, having for its object the antenna-like use of a
delicate apparatus at the extremity of the body, in the
same way as the conical appendages at the extremity of
the body of the Orthoptera are developed in the mole-
cricket into a pair of elongated setose filaments. If the
Niphargus were simply a modified Gammarus — which has
two equal-sized branches to each of the same pair of
caudal appendages — one cannot understand why both the
branches should not have been equally increased, instead
of one being almost obsolete and the other immensely
developed as it is in Niphargus. or why it should obtain
an additional joint. It would be easy to say, that as the
mole-cricket has only need of two anal feelers, the Ni-
pharyus requires only two, and therefore that one of the
branches in each pair of the Gammarus has become de-
veloped by use, and the other obsolete by disuse ; but as
the Niphargus has four frontal antennas, whilst the mole-
cricket has only two, the former should use four anal
feelers instead of two. We must here also allude to the
excellent manner in which Hosius combats the opinion
of M. Gervais, that this species is only a variety of his
Gammarus pulex which has remained in a state of imper-
fection from dwelling in deep dark wells.

Although we can find no fresh-water ally to this
genus in the rivers and streams of Europe, yet Bruzelius
has taken in the deep sea, near Bohusia, a form which
he has described under the name Eriopis elonyata,
approximating so nearly to it that it appears to be
scarcely generically distinct.

We are inclined to think that Gammarus pungens of
Milne Edwards, from the warm springs of Cassini in
Italy, also belongs to this genus.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

NIPHARGUS AQUILEX.

315

GAMMA RIDES.

Niphargus aquilex.

Niphargus stygius.

NIPHARGUS AQUILEX.

Specific character. Very long and slender. Coxa? of all the legs not
so deep as the segments to which they are attached. First three segments of
the tail nearly of equal depth, with their posterior angles rounded. Gna-
thopoda very small and equal, having the propoda triangular ; the superior
and inferior margins and palm being of nearly equal length, with the angles
rounded off. First and second uropoda very short.

Length ^ inch.

Schiodte, Comm. Soc. Reg. Dan. 1855, p. 350.
Nat. Hist. Review, i. p. 41, fig. b. White,
Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 187.

Westwood, Proceed. Linn. Soc. No. li. p. 218,
April 19, 1853. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat.
Hist. 2 ser. six. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 174,
pi. xxxii. fig. 1. (but query of Schiodte.)

Koch, in Contin. of Panzer, Ins. Germ. No. 186,
pi. 22 ; and Deutschl. Crust. Myr. u. Arach.
heft 36, No. 22.

De la Vallette St. George, De Gammaro
puteano, pi. i. fig. 5.

Caspary, in Yerhandl. d. Naturf. Yereins fur
Rheinland, Jahrg. 6, Bonn, 1849, p. 39,
t. 2, f. 1-19. Hosius, De Gainmari Specie-
bus, Diss. Acad. 26 Jul. 1850, Bonn*, p. 20,
tab. 1, fig. 7, 12. tab. 2, fig. 22 ; also in Wieg-
mann's Archiv. 1850, i. p. 235.

Gammarus puteanus, var.

Gammarus puteanus.
Gammarus puteanus.

< )

16 GAM MA RIM.

Gammarus pidex minutas. Gervais, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 ser, iv. p. 128.
Gammarus lonykaudatus. Costa, Recherche sui Crost. Amf. Napoli, in

Mem. d. Reale Accad. Scienz. Napol. vol. i.

tav. iv. fig. 6.
Gammarus subterraneus. Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403.

The body of the animal is long and very narrow.
The postero-inferior angles of the three anterior seg-
ments of the tail are rounded, and furnished with three
or four equidistant hairs. The superior antennae are not
half the length of the animal ; the ilagellum being twice
as long as the peduncle. The inferior antennae are more
than half the length of the superior ; the peduncle
being longer than the peduncle of the superior. The
coxae of the legs are about half the depth of the re-
spective segments of the body. The first two pairs of
legs are very small, and of the same size and form ;
the wrists are infero-anteriorly hollow, to receive the
posterior margin of the hands ; the hands are of a
triangular form, the three sides being nearly of equal
length, the angles being rounded off, the upper edge
slightly, and the lower edge considerably rounded, the
palm is defined by a strong spine, a few hairs also
fringe both the palm and the inferior margin. In a
specimen captured at Leyden, by Prof. Westwood,* those
upon the inferior margin form about seven distinct fas-
ciculi, whilst those on the palm are very regularly
equidistant, and more numerous than are represented
in our figure, drawn from one of the dried Maidenhead
specimens, presented by Prof. Westwood to the British
Museum. The fingers are robust, and furnished with a
distinct nail. The walking legs bear a normal resemblance
to those of the typical genera of the order, but in detail

* I am not quite satisfied of the identity of the Leyden and Maidenhead
specimens. — I. 0. W.

NIPIIARGUS AQUILEX. 317

the hands of the first two pairs are not furnished with
spines, whilst those of the three last are ; and (as shown
at fig. o) the inner margin of the leg is furnished with
several short sharp strong spines, while the outer margin
carries two or three fasciculi of hairs ; and the finger is
furnished with a distinct nail. The posterior pair of
caudal appendages are very long : the peduncle is short,
and the inner branch rudimentarv, whereas the outer one
in the male is nearly one-third of the length of the animal,
but in the female (represented in our illustration of the
species) it is very much smaller; in the former the second
joint is nearly as long as the first, in the latter it is
scarcelv half of its length.

This animal was first recorded in England by Prof.
Westwood, a correspondent having forwarded specimens
to him from a pump near Maidenhead ; these he ex-
hibited at the Linnsean Society on the 19th April, 1853,
considering them as identical with the Niphargus stygius
of Schiodte, of which he had not seen a specimen. Mr.
Spence Bate has fallen into a similar error, having been
misled by the imperfect copies of the insufficient
or inaccurate figures and description of Schiodte,
in the first volume of the Dublin Natural History
Review, especially the carinated dorsum of S. aquilex,
and the identity in the form of the hands in Schiodte's
figures of the two species.

When Schiodte was in England, specimens from
Maidenhead were presented to him by Prof. Westwood ;
these he pronounced to be a distinct species from the
well shrimps of Carniola, Schiodte giving as one of its
characters, " dorso carinato." We have, indeed, ob-
served, that when dried on card, the backs of the more
delicate of these animals shrink into a ridge (whence the
origin of Schiodte's misstatement). The other charac-

318 GAMMARIM.

ters of N. aquilex, however, given by Schiodte, which
we have verified and introduced into our specific cha-
racter, in addition to the remarkably beautiful series of
details of N. stygius published by Schiodte, leave but
little doubt in our minds of the correctness of his views
in considering the Maidenhead specimens as belonging to
a distinct species.

In addition to the Maidenhead localitv mentioned
above, wre have received a specimen captured at Wands-
worth, Surrey, from Mr. W. W. Saunders; also from
Mannamead, near Plymouth (where the long and short
tailed specimens are associated), and have taken it in
pump water at Leyden, where also Dr. Herklots has
taken two specimens (preserved in the Leyden Mu-
seum) ; Caspary found it abundantly at Elberfeld ;
Hosius at Bonn ; the Baron De la Vallette St. George
in a well at Cologne in considerable numbers in Novem-
ber and December; Correnzio at Munich; and Koch
obtained it from the draw-wells about Zweibrueken.

Koch's figure of the animal is coloured of a pale
greenish grey ; but Mr. White says, in his History of
British Crustacea, that it is snow-white.

NTPH ARGUS FONTANUS.

819

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

GAMMARIDES.

NIPHARGUS FONTANUS.
(Hogan's Pump Shrimp.)

Sjiecijic character. Moderately robust. Coxae of the first four pairs of
legs nearly as deep as the segments to which they are attached. Gnathopoda
having the propoda pear-shaped, with the palm oblique, and as long as the
superior margin, which is nearly straight ; inferior mai'gin convex and
posteriorly produced ; palm denned by one or two moveable spines. An-
terior segments of the tail with the posterior angles pointed.

Length | inch.

Xiphargv.s font an us.

Spence Bate, Proceed. Dubl. Univ. Zool. and Bot.
Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. p. 165,
fig. 2. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 175, pi. xxxii.
fig. 2. Hogan, Proceed. Dubl. Univ. Zool. and
Bot. Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol vi. p. 166.

This species is much more robust than the preceding.
The three anterior segments of the tail have the postero-
inferior angle produced to a point, apically furnished in

#20 GAMMARIDJE.

the male with a short stout spine, in the female sub-
apically with a fine hair. The eyes are very small,
irregularly defined in form, and, in the living animal, of
a bright lemon colour, showing very brilliantly in certain
positions. The two pairs of hands are similarly shaped,
somewhat resembling a pear, but the second pair are
slightly larger than the first : they have the superior mar-
gin almost straight; the palm is very oblique and slightly
waved, marginate,* and fringed with a row of numerous
equidistant short cilia, and a few solitary hairs ; defined
by — two in the first, and one in the second — strong move-
able spines, the posterior margin is very convex, and pro-
duced posteriorly to the carpal articulation, it is fringed
with four fasciculi of anteriorly curved hairs, and is
capable of being compressed into a deep excavation on
the anterior margin of the wrist; the finger is long,
curved, marginate upon the inner surface, and furnished
with a distinct nail, the point of connection with the
finger being defined by a sharp tooth. The posterior
walking legs, instead of having the anterior margin
furnished with spines, have small fasciculi of hairs. The
elongated branch of the last of the caudal appendages
is not so much developed as in N. aquilex. In other
respects this animal bears a close resemblance to that
species.

This species was first taken by the Rev. A. R. Hogan,
at Ring wood in Hants, in a pump- well sunk about
fourteen years since, but there existed another well of
much older date, at the distance of a few feet, that had
been long closed up. It was also taken by Mr. Herbert
Mullins (who has kindly presented specimens to us and

* The term marginate is used to express the presence of a well-defined
margin that frequently varies in appearance, and resembles a thin cutting
edge.

NIPH ARGUS FONTANUS. 321

to the Hope Collection at Oxford) in a similar well about
two hundred years old at Cor sham in Wiltshire, as above-
mentioned. Mr. Lubbock has also taken it in a well at
High Elms in Kent,

Through the kindness of Mr. Hogan, who sent us
living specimens, we were enabled to watch it alive for
many weeks. There appeared little in the habits of
this creature that distinguished it from the common
Gammarus of our fresh-water streams, for even its
desire to seek the darkness (and Mr. Hogan informs
us that it soon dies if exposed to the light) is but an
exaggeration of the habits of these Crustacea to hide
themselves beneath rocks, stones, and weed.

We observed, when watching the animal very closely,
that the strong spines, which define the limits of the
palm on the first two pairs of hands, are moveable.

The colour of the animal is of a milky hue, but not
quite white. The eyes are brimstone yellow, small, and
irregularly formed.

If we are correct in following Schioclte in assuming
that the difference of length in the posterior caudal
appendages of certain specimens indicate sexual dis-
tinction, it is at least a curious circumstance that the
long-tailed form was not found associated at Corsham
and Ringwood ; the males, if such they were, being
found at Corsham in Wiltshire,* and the females taken
at Ringwood in Hampshire.

In the " Catalogue of Amphipoda of the British
Museum," we have stated that the males also differ
from the females in having the second pair of hands less
tapering and graceful; but we find that it is the females

* Among the specimens presented by Mr. Mullins to the Hope Collection,
is a female with the terminal segments as represented in our figure u z.

322 GA.MMARIM.

which have the shorter and less distinctly pear-shaped
hands.

Professor Westwood thinks that this species may be
identical with the N. stygius of Schiodte, since both
agree in the more robust form of the animal and the
shape of the hands : there are, however, other important
differences ; as for instance, the form of the second and
third segments of the tail, which, together with the
diversity of habitat, will probably prove to be of specific
value.

N1PHARGUS KOCHIANUS.

323

AMPH1PODA.

NATATORIA.

OAMMARIDES.

NIPHARGUS KOCHIANUS.

Specific character. Coxze of the first four legs as deep as the
segments, to which they are attached. Gnathopoda having the propoda
subquadrate, longer than broad, narrowest at the base : palma? anteriorly
produced. Second and third segments of the pleon having the posterior angle
pointed.

Length ^ inch.

Niph argus Kochian us.

Spence Bate, Proceed. Dub. Univ. Zool. and Bot.
Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. p. 165,
fig. 1. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 177,
pi. xxxii. fig. 3. Hogan, Proceed. Dub. Univ.
Zool. and Bot. Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev.
vol. vi. p. 166.

This species bears in its general aspect a very close
resemblance to those already described. It differs from
N. aquilex, while it agrees with N. fontanus, in having the

y 2

32i GAMMARIDiE.

infero-posterior angle of the second and third segments
of the tail produced to a point. The superior antennae
are about two-thirds the length of the animal, exclusive
of the long caudal appendage ; being rather longer than
represented in the figure illustrative of this description.
The inferior antennae are about half the length of the
superior, but the flagellum is as long as the peduncle.
The hands of the second pair of legs are scarcely
appreciably larger than those of the first. They
approach in form an imperfect oblong square, the nar-
rowest diameter is nearest the wrist, the broadest at the
palm ; the inferior margin is longer than the superior,
and furnished with four fasciculi of hairs, each standing
upon its own protuberance, and increasing in length as
they approach the palm ; the palm is produced an-
teriorly as it approaches the inferior angle, with which
it obtusely forms an angle somewhat less than a right
angle, a short distance within which stands a long stout
double-pointed spine, against which laterally the finger
impinges when closed. The fingers of the last three pairs
of walking legs are distinctly unguiculate, the point at
which the nail originates being defined by a sharp tooth.
There appears little else that can distinguish this from
the preceding species, with which it was found associated
in an old pump at Ringwood, as well as unmixed with
any other species in a well but recently dug at Upper
Clatford, near Andover, Hants, by the Rev. Mr. Hogan,
who has kindly presented specimens to us as well as
to the Hope Museum at Oxford. We have also
been favoured with specimens caught in water from a
pump at Warminster, Wilts, by Miss Margaret E.
Slent ; and since this has been in the press Professor
Kinahan has sent us specimens taken in great abundance
in an old well sunk in limestone in Dublin, in which a

NIPH ARGUS KOCHIANUS.

325

few individuals had been observed many years ago. A
larva is also found in the well, which is stated by the
proprietor to feed on the Niphargi.

It is named in compliment to the distinguished na-
turalist, who first described and figured two of these
peculiar and interesting little animals.

We are inclined to think this species identical with
the specimens captured at Bonn, described and figured
by Caspary and Hosius, referred to in the synonyms
under N. aquilex, but want of specimens from that
locality prevent our determining this point.

The vignette represents a well similar to those in
which these animals are frequently found.

S26 GAM M ARID M.

A MP HI POD. 1 . GA MM A RIDES.

NAT J TORI J.

Genus— CRANGONYX.

Crangonyx. Spence Bate, Proceed. Dubl. Univ. Zool. and Bot. Assoc.
1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. p. 165. Cat. Amph. Crust.
Brit. Mus. p. 178.

Generic character. Superior antennae having a secondary
appendage. First pair of gnatbopoda rather larger than the
second. Posterior pair of pleopoda unibranched, not longer
than the preceding pair. Telson single, entire.

In this genus the eyes are imperfectly developed.
The superior antennae are not much longer than the
inferior, but rather more robust, and furnished with a
secondary appendage. The first two pairs of legs are
small, rather unequal in size, and subchelate. The
caudal appendages are short, and the last pair terminate
in a single branch, not longer than the preceding pairs.
The terminal central plate is also single.

This genus, like the last, belongs to the subterranean
Fauna. A single species as yet is all that has been
found in England ; but we have little doubt but that
Gammarus Ermanni of Milne Edwards, which was found
by M. Ermann in the warm springs of Kamschatka,
belongs also to this genus.

It is curious that we should have to record, that while
the animals of this genus (as in the preceding) inhabit
the deep artificial wells, without being known to exist
in our rivers and streams, its nearest allied form is to be
found in a marine genus, Gammarella.

CRANGONYX SUBTERRANEUS.

327

AMPIIIPODA

NAT ATOM A.

OAMMARIDES.

CRANGONYX SUBTERRANETJS.

Specific character. Superior antennse more robust than the inferior ;
flagellum not longer than the peduncle ; secondary appendage Inarticulate.
First pair of gnathopoda larger than the second. Posterior pair of pleopoda
scarcely reaching beyond the telson.

Length ^ inch.

Crangonyx subterraneus. Spexce Bate, Proceed. Dubl. Univ. Zool. and Bot.

Assoc. 1859. Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi. p. 166,
fig. 3. Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 178,
pi. xxxii. fig. 6.

This animal is not so slender as the species of the
genus Niphargus. The eyes are imperfectly formed, and
distinguishable by some small irregular patches of lemon-
coloured pigment. The superior antennae are about one-
fourth the length of the animal, having the flagellum as
long as the peduncle, and furnished with a two-jointed
secondary appendage. The inferior antennae are not
perfect in the only specimen that we have seen, but

328 GAMMAEID^.

what exists of these is more slender than the superior.
The first pair of legs have the hands quadrate, the
palm slightly convex, oblique, armed with a few small
hairs. The second pair are not so large as the first,
having the hand long and narrow,* the palm very
oblique, and imperfectly defined. The rest of the
animal exhibits no remarkable features, except in the
shortness of the last or single-branched caudal append-
age, which does not reach beyond the extremity of the
preceding pair, and scarcely beyond that of the central
tail-piece which is rather narrow.

The only specimen that we have seen of this species
was procured by the Rev. H. R. Hogan from a pump at
Ringwood.

* Our enlarged fig. i represents the form of the second pair of hands
more correctly than the figure of the entire animal.

GAMMARELLA. 329

A MPHIPODA . GA MMARWES.

NATATOBIA.

Genus— GAMMARELLA.

Gammarella. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. Cat.

Aniph. Crust. Biit. Mus. p. 179. White, Hist. Brit.

Crust, p. 181.
Gammarus part. Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 956.

Generic character. Superior antennae furnished with a
secondary appendage. Gnathopoda very unequal in size in the
male, subchelate. Posterior pair of pleopoda unibranched.
Tel son single cleft.

The superior antennas in this genus are longer than
the inferior, and furnished with a secondary appendage.
The hands of the first two pairs of legs are subchelate.
The caudal appendages have their branches short, the last
pair are furnished with but a single branch. The central
tail-piece is single, but divided at the apex.

This genus forms a curious link between the family
OrchestiidaBf and the subfamily Gammarides, possessing, as
it does, the superior antennae of Gammarus, and caudal
appendages similar to those of Orchestia. It moreover
appears to differ from Crangonyoc only in having the
second pair of hands in the male larger than the first.

330

AMPIIIPODA,

N ATA TORI A .

GAMMA RID.E.

GAM MA RIDES.

GAMMARELLA BREVICAUDATA.

Specific character. Superior antennae half the length of the animal.
Inferior antennas scarcely longer than the peduncle of the superior. First
pair of gnathopoda small ; second pair having the propodos very largely
developed. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the ramus not longer than the
peduncle. Telson as broad as long.

Length \ inch.

Gammarus brevicaudatus.
Gammarella brevicaudata.

Gammarella orchestiformis.
Gammarus punctimanus.

Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx.

p. 369. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 53.
Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus.

p. ISO, pi. xxxii. fig. 8.
Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143.

White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 181.
Costa, Mem. Reale Accad. d. Sci. di Napoli,

vol. i. tav. iii. fig. 6, 1853.

The dorsal surface in this species is slightly elevated
at the posterior portion of each segment, especially in
the fourth segment of the tail, owing chiefly to the
smallness of the two succeeding segments, which appear

GAMMARELLA BREVICAUDATA. 331

suddenly to decrease in size. The eyes are small and
round. The superior antennas are about half the length
of the animal ; the flagellum is about the same length as
the peduncle ; the secondary appendage consists of four
articuli. The inferior antennas scarcely reach beyond
the extremity of the peduncle of the superior ; the
flagellum is not longer than the last joint of the ped-
uncle. The first pair of legs are very small and slender.
The second, as if to compensate for the insignificant
character of the first, are extremely large, the hand
being nearly equal in length to the head and first three
segments of the body, it is of a long oval form, slightly
tapering to the distal extremity ; the palm occupies the
whole length of the inferior margin : the finger is very
long and robust, and the wrist is extremely short. The
last three pairs of legs have the thighs dilated into
broadly oval plates ; and the fingers are short and strong,
and articulated, with the hands at the anterior margin of
the distal extremity. The caudal appendages are short,
the branches being shorter than the peduncles, the last
being single branched, a strong spine being probably the
rudiments of the obsolete second branch. The central
tail-piece is broad, divided nearly to the base, having
each division subapically crowned with a short spine.

The animal is of a dark olive -green colour. Under
the microscope the surface is seen to be covered with
stiff hairlike processes and spots ; these last being the
result of small groups of little spinules.

We have but little hesitation in referring Gammarus
punctimanus of Costa to this species, although that author
represents the upper antennas as destitute of a supple-
mental appendage.

The animal was first taken at Morbihan, on the coast
of France, by M. Milne Edwards. It has since been

332

GAMMARID.E.

sent to us by Mr. Loughrin, who took it at Polperro.
Not having then seen the type of the species it was
described by us under another name ; but more recently
we have taken advantage of an opportunity to examine
the original specimen, and no doubt is left on our
minds that the British form is identical with that found
on the coast of France, described by M. Edwards.

The following vignette represents an incident in the
pursuit of science that befell one of the authors near
the Lizard Point, Cornwall.

/$&i

GAMMARELLA NORMANNI.

AMPHIPODA
NATATOHJA.

333

GAM MA RIDES.

GAMMARELLA NORMANNI. N.S.

Specific character. Like G. brevicaudata, except that the flagella to the
antennae are longer, and the second pair of gnathopoda not larger than the
first.

Length 2So inch.

This animal bears so close a resemblance to the pre-
ceding, that we are inclined to think that it may only
be the female of that species.* The difference of certain
parts, however, which seldom vary in individuals of the
opposite sexes, induce us provisionally to describe it as
the female of a distinct species, until future research
shall demonstrate its true relation to G. brevicaudata.

The chief differences are, that in this species the
superior antennae are nearly as long as the animal ; the
flagellum being nearly as long again as the peduncle ;
and the secondary appendage is longer than the last joint
of the peduncle. The inferior antennae have the ped-
uncle as long as the peduncle of the superior, and the
flagellum is as long as the peduncle. The first two pairs
of legs are small and similarly formed ; the wrists are
long and narrow, and the hands are not broader than the

* In this opinion we are supported by the statement of Dana, that the
female of Gammarella (Gammarus) pubescens has the second pair of hands
but little larger than the first.

334 GAMMARIM.

wrists ; the palms are slightly oblique, and the fingers
very short. The rest of the animal bears so close a re-
lation to the preceding that it is quite unnecessary to
describe it further.

This animal, of which only a single specimen has been
taken, was sent to us from our valued correspondent,
the Rev. A. M. Norman, who dredged it in Moulin
Huel Bay, Guernsey, in about ten fathoms, on sand and
Zoster a.

It receives its specific name in compliment to the
finder, who has been so liberal as to present us with this
and many other specimens as well as to place at our
disposal for this work the results of his numerous
dredgings in this order of Crustacea.

AM PHI POD A

NdTATOBIA.

MELITA.

3S5

OAMMARIDES.

Melita.

Ceradocus.

Mcera.
Gammarus part.

Genus— MELITA.

Leach, Edin. Encyc. Art. Crust, p. 403, and Append.

p. 432. Trans. Linn. Soe. xi. p. 358. Desmarest,

Consid. sur les Crust, p. 265. Spence Bate, Cat.

Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 181 (not of Dana).
Costa, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Scienze di Napoli,

1853, p. 170.
Dana, U. S. Explor. Esped. p. 965.
Milxe Edwards, Hist. nat. Crust, iii. p. 54. Liljeborg,

Ofrers, &c. 1854, p. 452. Bruzelius, Skand. Amph.

p. 56, Spexce Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 144.

Generic character. Superior antennae longer than the in-
ferior, having a secondary appendage. Second pair of gnatho-
poda very large in the male. Posterior pair of pleopoda having
the internal ramus rudimentary, the outer very long. Telson
double.

The eyes in this genus are round, and not very large.
The superior antennae are furnished with a secondary
appendage. The inferior antennae are scarcely longer
than the peduncle of the sujDerior. The second pair of
legs are furnished, in the male at least, with a very large
hand; and the finger generally impinges somewhat within
the margin of the palm. The walking legs are nearly of
the same length ; and the three posterior pairs have fre-
quently the fingers directed backwards. The posterior
pair of the caudal appendages have the branches very
unequal ; the outer one being very long, the inner very
short, and frequently rudimentary, as in the typical
species. The central tail-piece is double.

3S6

GAMMARID^E.

In our observations on this genus, we have noticed
specimens corresponding in form and character with the
above description, except in having the second pair of
hands scarcely larger than the first. These we consider
to be the females of the various corresponding specimens
possessing the large hands, with which they nearest
agree.

The following sketch of Banksea Castle, seen from
North Haven, Poole Harbour, Dorsetshire, is from a
drawing by E. W. Cooke, A.R.A., in the possession
of J. Salter, Esq.

MELITA PALM ATA.

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

337

GAMMAR1DES.

MELITA PALMATA.

Specific character. Fourth segment of the pleon having a dorsal tooth.
Second pair of gnathopoda having the dactylos shorter than the palm, and
impinging against the internal surface. Posterior pair of pleopoda very long,
having the inner ramus rudimentary.

Length § of an inch.

Cancer {Gammarus) palmatus.
Melita palmata.

Gammarus Dugesii.

Gammarus palmatus.

Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. vii. p. 69,

t. 6. fig. 4.
Leach, Edin. Encyc. Art. Crust, vii. p. 403.

Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. p. 358. Suppl. Enc.

Brit. 1, p. 425, pi. xxi. Desmarest,

Consid. sur Crust, p. 264, pi. xlv. fig. 7.

Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 103.
Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx.

p. 368. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 54.

Zaddach, Synop. Crust. Pruss. p. 6.
Liljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad.

Forhandl. 1854, p. 453. Freyu. Luckart.

Beitr. z. Kenntn.Wirbellos. Thiere, p. 162

(from Bruzelius). Milne Edwards, Hist.

des Crust, t. iii. p. 55. Spence Bate,

Brit. Assoc. Rep. 1855, p. 58. Synop.

z

338 GAMMARIM.

Brit. Edrioph. Crust. Ann. Nat. Hist.
2 ser. xix. p. 144. Cat. Am ph. Crust.
Brit. Mus. p. 182, pi. xxxiii. fig. 2.
White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 184.
Bruzelius, Skand. Amph. Gamm. p. 56.
Gammarus incequimanus. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.

p. 145. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust,
p. 185.

The fourth segment of the tail is posteriorly armed
with a small central tooth, and the fifth with two very
minute ones. The eyes are almost round. The superior
antennae are rather more than half the length of the
animal, terminating in a flagellum not so long as the
peduncle, and furnished with a short triarticular second-
ary appendage. The inferior antennae have the peduncle
as long as that of the superior, but the flagellum is much
shorter than the flagellum of the superior. The first
pair of legs have the hands but slightly dilated, whilst
those of the second are very large. In the second pair
the palm is convexly produced at the extremity to an
extent equal to the length of the finger, and rounded off
obtusely at the inferior angle, with which it lies at a right
angle ; the inferior margin is straight and furnished
with fasciculi of hairs, while the upper is arcuate and
clean ; the inner side of the hand is concave : and the
short curved and pointed finger impinges against the
middle of the joint (as shown in the vignette) instead of
against the palm or anterior margin as is usually the case ;
the outer surface of the hand is convex ; and when the
organs are at rest they act the part of a boxlike shield
for the protection of the oral and anterior appendages.
The three posterior pairs of legs are strong and fringed
with hairs ; the thighs being slightly serrated upon the
posterior margins. The ante and penultimate pairs of
caudal appendages are short, especially the latter, whilst
the ultimate (which were broken off in the specimen

MELTTA PALMATA. 339

represented in our figure at the head of this description,
but which are shown in the vignette at page 340) are
very long ; the branches are unequal, the smaller being
almost obsolete and the larger fringed with short
stout hairs, or pointed spines, subapically tipped with
a solitary cilium. The terminal or central tail- piece is
double.

This description is taken from a typical specimen,
whilst the figure represents the Gammarus incsquimanus
of Mr. Spence Bate's Synopsis, but which he is now
satisfied is evidently this species, with one of the second
pair of legs imperfectly developed, (whence the specific
name,) after having been lost through some probable
injury.

Melita palmata was first taken by Col. Montagu, and
described and figured in the Linnasan Transactions ; but
Dr. Leach separated it, very properly, from the genus
Gammarus, to which Montagu assigned it, and proposed
the present one for it. Montagu's figure was drawn
from a very imperfect specimen, and hence this species
has been mistaken by authors, although he exactly
represents the peculiar manner in which the finger folds
upon the inside of the hand of the second pair of feet.

We have through the kindness of Professor Milne
Edwards examined the type of his Gammarus Dugesii,
and have no doubt of its identity with the present
species.

This species appears to be by no means plentiful,
even in the localities in which it is found. Montagu
took it on the southern coast of Devon, probably at
Salcombe ; Dr. Leach records it from Plymouth ; and
we have received it from Poole, taken by Mr. Salter ;
from Polperro, by Mr. Loughrin ; and from Cultrea,
co. Down, and Dublin Bay, Ireland, by Prof. Kinahan.

z 2

340

GAMMARID^l.

Prof. Milne Edwards's specimen (which he has described
under the synonym of G. Dugesii) is from the coast
of Brittany. Bouchard-Chantereaux gives it, under its
proper name, as a native of the coast near Boulogne-
sur-Mer, where it is found under stones ; its colour being
nearly black, the eyes rather white, and the eggs brown ;
and Prof. Zaddach records it under the name of G.
Dugesii, " prope Gedanum " in the Baltic.

ONE OP THE SECOND PAIR OP HANDS AND TAIL OP M. PALMATA.

MELITA OBTUSATA.

341

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

GAMMARIDE8.

MELITA OBTUSATA.

Specific character. Second, third, fourth, and fifth segments of the pleon
having small teeth upon the postero -dorsal margin. Dactylos of the second
pair of gnathopoda scimitar-shaped.

Length 550 inch.

Cancer {Gammarus) obtusaius. Montagu, Linn. Trans, vol. xi. p. 5, t. ii.

fig. 7.
Liljeborg, Ofvers. af kongl. Vet. Akad.

Forhandl. 1854, p. 452. Bruzelius,

Skand. Amph. Gam. p. 55.
Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx.

p. 377. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 83.

"White, Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 51. Pop.

Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 201. Gosse, Mar.

Zool. i. p. 141.
Liljeborg, Ofvers. af kongl. Yet. Akad.

Forhandl. 1852, p. 10, 1853, p. 138.

(Not of Johnston).
Leach, MSS. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph.

Brit. Mus. p. 183, pi. xxxiii. fig. 3.

Gammarus obtusatus.

A mphithoe obtusata.

Gammarus macujatv.s.

Melita obtusata.

The second, third, fourth, and fifth segments of the
tail are furnished at the posterior margin, on the back,
with a central and two small lateral denticles or tooth-

342 GAMMA RIM.

like processes ; these are slightly exaggerated in the
above figure. The eyes are small, round, and black.
The superior antennae are about half the length of the
animal, and support a short secondary appendage. The
inferior antennas have the peduncle quite equal in length
to that of the superior ; and the flagellum is about one-
third less than the flagellum of the superior. The
coxae of the four anterior pairs of legs are nearly as
deep as the respective segments to which they are
attached. The first pair of legs have the inferior
margins of the metacarpus, wrist, and hand tufted
with a short thick fur : the hand is about the same
length and about the same breadth as the wrist, it is
elongate-ovate, having the palm oblique, imperfectly
defined, slightly convex, and armed with short, stiff,
equi-distant hairs : the finger is sharp and curved.
The second pair of legs have the wrist short, with the
inferior angle produced to a point, as is also that of the
preceding joint : the hand is large, quadrate, broadest
at the palm : the finger, which impinges laterally to
the palm into a hollow formed by a lateral denticle and
the inferior angle of the palm, resembles, in its form,
a Turkish scimitar ; the outer margin being somewhat
rounded, and the extremity obtuse, a form also peculiar
to some other species of this genus. All the other legs
are subequal in length ; and the three posterior have the
thighs with their margins entire. In the few specimens
that we have taken of this species the posterior pair
of caudal appendages are wanting ; but in Montagu's
type, in the British Museum, from which our figure was
drawn, it does not differ from that of the two following
species.

This description is taken from a fresh specimen
dredged in Plymouth Sound ; the figure, with which we

MELITA OBTUSATA. 343

have since compared it, is from the type preserved in
the British Museum.

Col. Montagu took his specimen in Salcombe Bay,
Devonshire, whilst ours was dredged by us in company
with Professor Kinahan in Plymouth Sound.

In the collection of the Paris Museum is a specimen
of this species wThich unfortunately has the habitat not
recorded, but we are inclined to think that it is from the
coast of Brittany, as in the collection that was kindly
intrusted to us for inspection, there were specimens of
other Amphipoda from that locality.

344

AMP HIP OB A.

NATATORIA.

GAMMARIP.E.

GAMMARIDES.

MELITA PROXIMA.

Specific character. Fourth and fifth segments of the pleon haviug small
teeth upon the postero-dorsal margin. Inferior antennae about half the
length of the superior. Dactylos of the second pair of gnathopoda scimitar-
shaped.

Length, 54a inch.

Melita proxima. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 184, pi. xxxiii.

fig. 4.

The back of this species is quite smooth, except a
central rudimentary tooth, and a tolerably prominent
one upon each side of the fourth and fifth segments of
the tail. The eyes are small and round. The superior
antennae are rather more than half the length of the
body, while the inferior pair reach but little beyond
the extremity of the peduncle of the superior. The
first pair of legs bear a close resemblance to those of

MELITA PROXIMA. 345

M. obtusata, but they are furnished with a few fasciculi
of hairs instead of the short fur upon the inferior
margin in that species. The second pair of legs like-
wise bear a close resemblance to those of the preceding
species, but the hand has a more irregularly tuber-
culated palm : the finger is scimitar-shaped. The three
posterior pairs of walking legs have the posterior
margins of the thighs serrated ; a small hair (microscopic)
arising immediately below each little denticle. The
posterior pair of caudal appendages are very long ; the
shorter branch is almost rudimentary.

This species may be readily mistaken for M. obtusata
(hence the specific name), of which, indeed, we are
sometimes inclined to think that it may prove to be a
variety : an examination of a greater number of in-
dividuals is, however, necessary to determine this point.

Our specimen was taken in Plymouth Sound. We
have also received it from our excellent correspondent
Mr. Edward, who took it off Banff.

346

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

GAMMARID.E.

GAMMARIDES.

MELITA GLADIOSA.

Specific character. All the segments of the pleon, except the sixth, having
the dorsal surface of the posterior margin furnished with three teeth.
Second pair of guathopoda having the dactylos sciniitar-shaped, angulated
near its articulation.

Length ^ inch.

Melita gladiosa. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 185, pi. xxxiii.

fig. 6.

This species bears a very general resemblance to the
two preceding, but may readily be distinguished by the
toothed character of the dorsal surface of the tail,
all the segments of which, except the last, have the
posterior margin developed into three small teeth. In
the specimen from Boulogne, figured in the British
Museum Catalogue, there are the rudiments of more
teeth on the first and second segments of the tail. The
eyes are small and round. The superior pair of antennae

MELITA GLADIOSA. 347

are about two-thirds of the entire length of the animal ;
while the inferior pair are not much more than half the
length of the superior, and furnished with a flagellum
which is scarcely more than half the length of the
peduncle. The first pair of legs have the hand small,
nearly oval, and furnished with a few fasciculi of hairs.
The second pair of legs have the hand very large,
broadly ovate ; the palm is convex, and unevenly ser-
rated towards the articulation with the finger, and formed
into a lateral depression or hollow towards the infe-
rior angle of the palm, into which the finger shuts ; the
latter is rather angulated near the articulation with the
hand, and scimitar-shaped, but terminates in a somewhat
sharper point than in M. obtusata or proxima. The ante
and penultimate pairs of pleopoda are short, not reach-
ing quite to the extremity of the peduncle of the last
pair, which are very long and very unequal in size.

This species was originally founded upon a specimen
taken at Boulogne, preserved in the collection of the
Museum of the Jardin des Plantes. A second specimen
has, however, been since taken by us in Plymouth
Sound.

We have a very strong conviction that this species is
identical with Gammarus podager of M. Edwards, which
is a true Melita. The specimen of this latter species,
preserved in the Museum at Paris, upon which M.
Edwards established the species, is imperfect, but one of
its second pair of hands is preserved, and which does not
appear to us to be in a normal condition ; but since
M. Edwards has made it the type of a species, we do not
feel warranted, without further observation, to do more
than suggest its probable relationship with the present
species.

348 GAMMARIM.

A MP HIP OB A . GA MM A RIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— MCERA.

Mara. Leach, Eclin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. Linn. Trans, xi.

p. 359. Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 103. Desma-
rest, Consicl. sur Crust, p. 246. Spence Bate, Cat.
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 187 (not Dana).

Leptothoe. Stimpson, Mar. Invert, of Grand Manan, p. 46.

Gammarus (pars). Milne Edwards, Hist. Crust, iii. p. 49.

Generic character. Animal long and slender. Superior
antennae much longer than the inferior, having a secondary
appendage. Coxae not so deep as their respective segments.
Second pair of gnathopoda larger than the first. Pereiopoda
subequal. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Rami equal.
Telson double.

The species forming this genus are long, and not
very robust. The eyes are normal ; and the antennae are
long ; those of the superior pair have the peduncle con-
siderably longer than the nagellum, while the inferior
pair of antennae seldom exceed the length of the
peduncle of the superior. The oral appendages some-
what recede from the facial line ; and the mandibles are
furnished with a tri-articulate appendage. All the legs
have the coxae less deep than the segments to which they
respectively belong. The hands of the first two pairs of
legs are subchelate ; those of the first pair being small,
while those of the second are large. The thighs of the
last three pairs are not much dilated. The last pair of
caudal appendages are biramous, and the branches are
of equal length. The terminal tail-piece is double.

MCERA.

349

This genus was founded by Dr. Leach to receive
Montagu's Cancer (Gammarus) grossimanus ; but it was
ignored by Milne Edwards and most authors, until Dana
reinstated it ; unfortunately, however (no doubt from
Leach's inadequate description), he attributed the cha-
racter of this genus to Leach's type of Melita, and on the
other hand described his genus Melita not in accordance
with the typical species.

The vignette represents young naturalists in deep
research.

>>

350

GAMMARID^l.

AMPHIPODA.

NAT A TORI A.

GAMMARIDES.

MCE11A GROSSIMANA.

Specific character. Superior antenna? half as long as the animal : ped-
uncle very long, with the second joint longer than the first : the short
flagellum not more than half the length of the peduncle : secondary append-
age half the length of the flagellum. Second pair of gnathopoda oblong ;
palm slightly oblique.

Length — inch.

Cancer (Gammarus) grossimanus. Montagu, Linn. Trans, ix. t. iv. fig. 5.
Mcera grossimana. Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. Linn.

Trans, xi. p. 359. Suppl. Enc. Brit. i.

p. 425. Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 103.

Desmarest, Consid. sur Crust, p. 265.

Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.

p. 188, pi. xxxiv. fig. 3.
Milne Edwards, Hist, des Crust, t. iii.

p. 54. White, Cat. Brit. Mus. Crust.

1847, and Cat. Brit. Crust. 1849,

p. 53. Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 185.

Gosse, Man. Mar. Zool. i. p. 141.

Spence Bate, Synop. &c. Ann. Nat.

Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 145.
Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx.

p. 368. Hist, cles Crust, t. iii. p. 49.

Gammarus grossimamis.

Gammarus Impostii.

In this animal the head is not deep, but nearly as long-
as the first three segments of the body. The body itself

MCERA GROSSIMANA. 351

is quite as long as the tail, and therefore is half the
length of the animal. The eyes are kidney-shaped, and
generally black. The superior antennae are long, being
about half the length of the animal, but the peduncle
forms at least two- thirds of its length, the secondary
appendage consequently appearing to be placed nearer
to the distal extremity than is usually the case. The
inferior antennae, likewise, have the peduncle forming a
considerable portion of the entire length of the organ,
which, however, does not reach beyond the extremity of
the peduncle of the superior. The coxas of all the legs
are short, and are but slightly developed in the form of
plates, clearly demonstrating the true relation of this
joint to the rest of the leg. The first pair of legs are
small, and have the hand but slightly dilated : it is oval
in form, and has the palm convex and imperfectly
defined. The second pair of legs have the hand very
large (whence the specific name) ; the hand is as long
as the head and the first two segments of the body, its
width being rather more than half its length ; the
superior and inferior margins are not parallel, and are
fringed with fasciculi of hairs; the palm is slightly
oblique, and furnished with one or two obtuse teeth, and
defined by a small sharp tooth. The walking legs are
nearly of the same length ; the last three have the thighs
but slightly dilated, their posterior margin being
serrated. The caudal appendages are long, but the last
pair is the shortest, and scarcely reaches beyond the
extremity of the preceding pair. The central caudal
appendage consists of two ovate plates, with the distal
extremity emarginate, the centre of which is armed with
a long and a short hair.

When alive the animal is very transparent ; its colour
being faint yellow, tinted with rose.

352 GAMMARID,E.

Although in the British Museum Catalogue of Am-
phipoda there are ten species described, yet this is the
only one recorded as British. It was first taken by
Col. Montagu, on the rocky shores of Devonshire, in
pools left by the tide. Dr. Johnston recorded it as not
rare in Berwick Bay (Zool. Journ. iii. 180). It has
been taken frequently by us in Plymouth Sound ; we
also found a large number of this species alone amongst
the folds of a mass of rope which had been some time in
the water, and which was dredged up by our friend
Mr. T. P. Smyth. It has been sent to us by our valued
correspondent Mr. Loughrin, of Polperro. Mr. Harris
has forwarded it to us from Penzance ; and we have
identified it with Milne Edwards's type of G. Impostii,
from La Vendee.

It would appear from the circumstance of its being
very abundant on the south of England, whilst we
have never received it from our numerous correspondents
from the north, (although it is recorded by Dr. Johnston
at Berwick,) to be essentially a species belonging to
warmer latitudes.

It bears a near resemblance to M. tenella of Dana from
the Fejee Islands.

EURYSTHEUS. 353

A MPHIP ODA . OA MM A R IDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— EURYSTHEUS.

Eurystheus. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. Cat.

Amph. Crust. Brit. Mus. p. 196. White,

Pop. Hist, Brit. Crust, p. 181.
Gammarus (Division -\ — \- a). Liljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad.

Forhandl. 1854, p. 455.

Generic character. Pereion and pleon of equal length.
Antennas subequal, long, and slender ; superior pair having
a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda subchelate; second pair
larger than the first. Posterior pair of pleopoda biranious ;
rami equal. Telson cylindrical.

The animals belonging to this genus have the body
very long, being quite half the length of the entire
animal. The antennae are long, slender, and sub-equal.
The superior are furnished with a secondary appendage.
The inferior originate posteriorly to the superior. The
mandibles are furnished with an appendage. The first
two pairs of legs are subchelate ; the second pair are larger
than the first, although not of great size. The walking
legs are long and slender, increasing in length posteriorly.
The caudal appendages are biramous; those of the
posterior pair are not foliaceous. The terminal caudal
appendage is developed in the form of a small segment,
and probably the prima vice debouches at its extremity.

This genus may be distinguished from Mcera by the
form of the head and the character of the middle tail-
piece.

A A

354

GAMMARIM.

AMPHIPODA.

NAT A TORI A.

GAMMARIDES.

EURYSTHEUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the palm lunate
and armed with three short points.
Length \ inch.

Gam marus erythropkthalmus
Eurystheus erythrophtlialmus.
Eurystheus triclentatus.

Liljeborc, in Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad.

Forhandl. 1855, p. 124.
SpenceBate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 196,

pi. xxxy. fig. 7.
Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855,

p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.

p. 143. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 181.

In this species the head and body are more than half
the entire length of the animal. All the segments are
smooth and clean, except the ante- and penultimate
segments of the tail, which are laterally furnished with
a single hair on each side, springing from a notch or
fissure. The eyes are reniform, of a scarlet colour, and
situated in the same line with the axis of the superior
antennae, instead of their normal place between the
superior and inferior pairs. The superior antennae

EURYSTHEUS ERYTHROPHTHALMUS. 355

are rather more than half the length of the animal, and
are placed at the extreme front of the head ; the first
joint of the peduncle is as long as the head, and more
stout than the second and third, but not quite so long ;
the flagelluni is about half the length of the peduncle ;
and the secondary appendage is rather more than half
that of the primary. The inferior antennae are a little
shorter than the superior ; the peduncle reaching nearly
as far as the peduncle of the superior. The first pair of
legs have the hand small, with the palm oblique. The
second pair have the wrist as long as, and continuous*
with the hand, the inferior margin of which is furnished
with several fasciculi of hairs ; the palm is concave, very
oblique, and armed with three short points or teeth
(that is, two equidistant from each other, and from the
third, which defines the limit of the palm). The other
legs are nearly of equal length, and are rather long and
slender, they increase a little posteriorly, and the last
three pairs have the coxae less deep than the first four ; the
thighs are much dilated, and the distal extremity of the
penultimate joints posteriorly tipped with a small bundle
of long hairs. The caudal appendages are uniform, and
nearly of the same length, the penultimate pair being
rather the shortest; they are biramous, the peduncle
carrying at the extremity a strong spine, and the
branches having the posterior surface furnished with
short stiff spines ; the central caudal termination is
cylindrical, tipped with a solitary hair.

This interesting form of Amphipod (of which we feel
some doubt as to the present being its most natural
position, relative to the other animals of the order) has

* By the expression that the wrist is "continuous"' with the hand, we
mean that the outline of the former is in close continuation with that of the
latter, so that they appear as a single joint.

A A 2

S56

GAMMARIM.

been sent to us by Mr. Gregor, of Macduff, and Mr.
Edward, of Banff, as having been taken in the Moray
Frith. Mr. Barlee found it at Skye ; and we have
dredged it off Oxwich Bay, Glamorgan, as well as in
Plymouth Sound.

Liljeborg records a specimen from Kullaberg, in Scania,
which wre consider to be identical with this, hence the
reason of our dropping the name which was first given
to it in this country in favour of that of Liljeborg,
which has a priority of date.

The colour of our specimens, when alive, was pale
yellow, with a blush of jnnk on the anterior half of the
body.

The vignette below represents the Shetland fishermen
using the bysmar, an ancient form of steelyard still in
use. The Haaf or deep sea fishing-boats are in the
background.

^ c -

A MP HIP OD A.

NAT ATOM A.

EU11YSTHEUS BISPINIMANUS.

357

QAMMAR1DES.

EURYSTHEUS BISPINIMANUS.

Specific character. Palm of the second pair of gnathopoda armed with
two short stout spines.
Length ^ inch.

Eurystheus bispinimanus. Spence Bate, Cat. Am ph. Biit. Mus. p. 197,

pi. xxxv. fig. 8.

The animal is a little more robust than the preceding
species. The eyes are reniform. Both pairs of antennae
are wanting in our unique specimen ; it is therefore not
impossible that it may belong to the genus Narnia. We,
however, retain it in the position originally assigned
to it until future observation may enable us to de-
termine its proper genus. The mandibles are furnished
with an obtusely-pointed triarticulate appendage. The
first pair of legs are long and slender, rather resembling
the same appendage in Nosnia than they do those of the
typical species of this genus ; they have the wrist as
long as the hand, and quite as wide ; the hand is not
dilated, but tapers gradually from the wrist to the
extremity ; the palm is not defined, and is so oblique
as to be subparallel with the upper margin. The finger

358

GAMMARIDiE.

is long, tapering, slightly curved, and deeply serrated
upon the inner margin. The second pair of legs have
the wrist short ; the hand is ovate, having the palm
oblique, and about half its length, or about the same
length as the inferior margin ; it is concave, armed with
two obtuse spines, and a short obtuse submarginal tooth.
The finger is curved, sharp, and deeply serrated upon
the inner margin. The walking legs are nearly of one
length. The last pair of caudal appendages scarcely
reach beyond the extremity of the preceding pair.

The animal, from which this description and figure
are taken, was among the numerous specimens sent to
us by our esteemed correspondent Mr. Edward, of
Banff.

The following vignette of Taylor's Castle, with Burg-
head and the Sutors of Cromarty in the distance, was
kindly drawn for us by Miss Gordon Cuming, of
Altyre.

A MATH ILL A. 359

< 1 MP HI POD A . QA MMARIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— AM ATH ILL A.

Amathia* Rathke, Fauna der Krym. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc.
1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. Cat.
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 197. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust,
p. 182.

Generic character. Head produced to a short sharp point
between the antennas. Antennas rather short, subequal in
length, the upper appendiculated. Gnathopoda with small
subequal propoda. Body and tail carinated ; and destitute
of spines. Telson entire, slightly emarginate at the tip.
Three posterior pairs of pleopoda sub-equal, one of each pair
of rami slightly smaller than the other, those of the last pair
more foliaceous and equal.

In ail the species of this genus the back is elevated
into a carina, which is most strongly developed along the
caudal segments. The eyes are normal. The antennae
subequal ; the superior pair being furnished with a
secondary appendage about one-third of the length of
the flagellum, and composed of four oblong articuli,
whereas the articuli of the flagellum of all the an-
tennae are extremely short. The first two pairs of
legs are small, subequal, uniform, and subchelate. The
walking legs are subequal. The last pair of the caudal
appendages terminate in two branches of equal length,
and do not extend beyond the branches of the preceding
appendages. The central tail-piece is single.

* The name Amathia having been long ago proposed by Lamarck for a genus
of Polyps, by Pol. Roux for a genus of Decapod Crabs, and by Duponchel for
a genus of Moths, we have, to avoid confusion, slightly altered the name.

360 GAM MARION.

This genus was founded by Rathke upon an Amphi-
pod taken at Balaklava, which we have not seen, but
which, from his description and figure, agrees so closely
with A. Sabinii of Leach, that we should certainly have
considered them as identical had not Rathke * stated
that they were distinct.

The animals of this genus are essentially Arctic ; both
the number of species and the size of individuals de-
creasing as they progress southwards. The Crimean
species of Rathke is, however, as large as those of
the polar regions.

A specimen labelled Gammarus dentatus, in the Museum
of the Jardin des Plantes, also so closely resembles
Leach's species that we should have associated them had
not Pondicherry been recorded as the habitat of the
former.

* Nova Acta Acad. Leopold, Nat. Curios, xx. p. 71.

AMATHILLA SABINT.

361

AMP ITT POD A

NJTATORIJ.

GAMMARIDES.

£<rvw^. py

n~

-^f/f

AMATHILLA SABINT.

Specific character. Dorsum carinated. Three posterior segments of the
perion and first two of the pleon produced posteriorly into teeth ; the third
and fourth posteriorly rounded. Eyes reniform. Grnathopoda uniform ;
hands small. Rami of the posterior pair of pleopoda subequal, foliaceous,
not larger than the preceding rami. Telson lanceolate ; truncate at the
tip.

Length : male f inch, female more than an inch.

Gammarus Sabmi.

Amathia Sabini.

Leach, App. Ross's First Voyage, oct. ed. ii. p.
178. Sabine, App. Parry's First Voyage, p.
238, t. i. fig. 8-11. Ross, App. to Parry's
Third Voyage, p. 118. Polar Voyage, p. 204.
App. Second Voyage N. W. Pass. p. 89.
White, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1817. Kroyer,
Gronl. Amph. p. 16, t. i. fig. 8-11. Nat.
Tidsk. 1 ser. ii. 257. Milne Edwards, Adu.
des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 368. Hist, des Crust,
t. iii. p. 50. Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand
Manan, p. 54. Liljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl.
Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 61, No. 61;
1853, p. 447 ; 1855, p. 123, No. 14. Bell,
App. Belcher's Last Arctic Voyage, p. 404.
Rathke, Fauna Norwegica, Nov. Act. Acad.
Leop. xx. p. 71. Thompson, Ann. of Phi-
losophy, xiv.

Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 197,
pi. xx.w. fig. 9.

362

GAMMA RIM.

Gammarus carinatus.

Amathla carinata.

Johnston, Zool. Journ. iv. 52 (not of Fabricius,
Ent. Syst. ii. 515, which = Atylus carinatus,
Leach).

White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 182. Spence

Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 143. Bruzelius,

Skan. Amph. Gamin, p. 50 (not Ratbke).

Dexamine? carino-spinosa. White, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847. Cat.

Brit. Mus. 1850. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 178
(but not of Turton, Syst. Nat. iii. p. 760,
which is Atylns carinatus).

Gosse, Mar. Zool. i. p. 141.

Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 199,
pi. xxxv. fig. 11.

Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vii. p. 318,
pi. x. fig. 10, 1855. G-osse, Mar. Zool. i. p.
141.

Rathke, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xx. p. 72, t. iii.
fig. 3. Liljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Yet.
Akad. Forhandl. 1851, p. 23, No. 02 ; 1853,
p. 447 ; 1855, p. 124, No. 15. Bruzelius,
Skand. Amph. Gamm. p. 50. Frey u. Leuck-
ardt, Beit. z. Kenntn. wirbellos. Thiere,
p. 162 (in Bruzelius, 1. c).

A mphithoe carino-spinosa.
A mathia carino-spinosa.

A mphithoe Moggridgei.

Gammarus angulosus.

The head is anteriorly produced to a small rostrum.
A carina traverses the median line of the back, increasing
in height to the penultimate segments of the tail j the
three posterior segments of the body, and the first two
of the tail, being produced posteriorly into a sharp
tooth. There is also a slight carina separating the
dorsal from the lateral regions of the animal in the last-
mentioned segments. The fourth and fifth segments of
the tail have the carina posteriorly terminating in an
obtuse edge, the dorsal margin of each being slightly de-
pressed at the centre ; the surface of the skin being rather
rough, with a row of minute granules on the posterior
margin of each segment. The eyes are reniform. The su-
perior antennae are scarcely half the length of the animal.
The flagellum is as long as the peduncle, having the

AMATHILLA SABINI. 363

articuli broader than long ; the secondary appendage is
slender, and consists of from four to five oblong
articuli. The inferior antennas are slightly longer than
the superior ; the flagellum being twice as long as the
peduncle. The hands of the first two pairs of legs are
small, and of the same size and form ; they are ovate,
and have the palms very oblique and imperfectly defined;
and the fingers nearly as long as the hands. The walking-
legs are nearly of the same length ; but the coxae of the
three posterior pairs are shorter than those preceding,
and the thighs are broadly developed. The caudal append-
ages terminate at an uniform extent, and are double-
branched, one branch in the first and second pairs being
rather more slender than the other, and those of the
posterior pair being broader and foliaceous, nearly of the
same length and size, and fringed with cilia. The
middle tail-scale is entire, flat, elongate-conic, and trun-
cate at its extremity.

The colour of the animal is of a bluish-green, mottled
with red.

This species is certainly the Gammarus to which Dr.
Johnston (without reference to Fabricius) gave the
specific name of G. carinatus.

It was also referred by Mr. A. White to the Cancer
(Gammarus) carino-spinosus of Turton, but it is quite
evident that the latter never examined the animal of
unknown habitat in the British Museum, which he
cites, but that his knowledge was derived from the
Fabrician description of Atylus carinatus, the name of
which he unnecessarily altered. A rigid examination
of Arctic as well as British specimens of this species has
also satisfied us that the Amphithoe Moggridgei is identical
with A. Sabini.

Rathke has described a species, as distinct from

36i> GAMMARIILE.

A. Sabini, under the name of G. angulosus, which may,
possibly, be a variety of the former. He, however,
gives among its specific characters, the rostrum obtuse,
the upper antennae shorter than the lower, the carina
wanting in the four basal segments of the tail, the upper
surface of the thorax angulated, and the middle tail-
scale as broad (oblong-quadrate), and posteriorly sub-
emarginate. The majority of these characters would
apply to the young of such an animal as A. Sabini,
whilst the ridge on each side of the dorsal carina, which
has been relied upon as the chief distinction between
A. Sabi?ii and the smaller British specimens (varying from
3 to 4-J- lines in length), certainly occurs in the large
specimens of A. Sabini.

It was first taken by Admiral Ross and General
Sabine, in Baffin's Bav. It has been since taken at
Godthad, on the coast of Greenland, in about sixty
fathoms of water, by Herr Holboll ; Mr. Drewsen has
captured it at Iceland ; Rathke and Dueben have found
it in Norway ; Liljeborg on the eastern shores of Scandi-
navia ; and Bruzelius says that it is common both in the
German and Baltic Seas ; the late Dr. Johnston for-
warded fine specimens to us from Berwick Bay, where
it is not uncommon ; and Mr. Byerley took it in the
Mersey in 1854; Mr. Barlee has sent it to us from the
Shetlands ; Mr. Edward from Banff ; and Mr. Hodge
has taken it at Seaham, on the coast of Northumber-
land ; Mr. Thompson records it as having been taken at
Sligo ; and Mr. Stimpson states that he found it at
Grand Manan, on the coast of the United States.

Of the smaller individuals we have received speci-
mens from the Menai straits, where they were dredged
by Mr. Alder ; also from Dr. Walker, taken in the
Mersey ; and recently Professor Kinahan has found it

AMATHILLA SABINI. 365

in the herring nets at Bray on the coast of Ireland ;
they have been sent to us by Mr. Webster from
Tenby and Falmouth : we have taken them on the
coast of South Wales; and Mr. Loughrin has sent them
us from Polperro. We have, however, failed to detect
them among a large number of individuals found at
Plymouth. Rathke, Liljeborg, and Bruzelius have ob-
tained them on the eastern shores of Scandinavia.

A. Sabini was originally brought from the Arctic seas
by General Sabine, the President of the Royal Society,
after whom it was named. The specimens from that
locality are more than an inch long, nor are many of
those that have been sent to us from the Moray Frith,
Berwick Bay, and the coast of Northumberland much
smaller.

In colour the smaller animals resemble some of the
freshest which we have seen of A. Sabini.

It is remarkable that the size of the individual animal
decreases in regular proportion as it progresses south-
wards. In the Shetland and in the Moray Frith it is
almost as large as in the arctic regions ; at the Menai
straits it is scarcely half as large, and on the southern
shore of England it reaches its minimum, and as far as
we have ascertained, it extends no further southwards.
The specimen referred to by Mr. A. White, in the
British Museum, from the " Isle of Wight?" is, however,
nearly as large as some of the northern specimens.

«*t

S66 GAMMA R1D.E.

A MPHIPODA . OA MM A RIDES.

NATATORTA.

Genus— GAMMARUS.

Gammarus. Fabriciits, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 514. Latreille, Hist. Nat. des
Crust., &c. vi. p. 315. Gen. Ins. i. p. 58. Leacu, Edin.
^ Encyc. Art. Crustaceology, vii. p. 404. Trans. Linn. Soc.
xi. p. 359. LamarcKj Hist, des Anim. sans Vert. v. 179.
Desmarest, Consid. sur les Crust, p. 265. Milne Ed-
wards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. xx. p. 366. Hist, des Crust, iii.
p. 42. (Division 1. A. a.) Kroyer, Gron. Amph. p. 27.
Rathke, Fauna der Krym. p. 372. and Nova Acta Leop.
1843. Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 103. White, Hist. Brit.
Crust, p. 182. Gosse, Mar. Zool. i. p. 141. Liljeborg,
(Division + 1- b.) Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl.
1853, p. 446. Bruzelius (Division act — h.), Skand.
Amph. Gamm. p. 50. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.
p. 204.

Astacus pars. Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. p. 21.

Generic character. Three posterior segments of the pleon
furnished with fasciculi of spines on the dorsal surface. Eyes
linear or reniform. Antennae slender, filiform ; superior fur-
nished with a secondary appendage. Mandibles having an
appendage. Gnathopoda subequal ; Propoda not much dilated.
Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous. Telson double.

In this genus the body of the animal is laterally com-
pressed, so much so that the animal has not the power of
walking upright when out of the water. The head is
not produced into a rostrum ; and rarely, if ever, is the
back carinated. Each of the last three segments of the
tail has one or two small fasciculi of spines. The eyes
are linear or reniform. The antennae are long, slender,
and filiform, the superior pair being furnished with a
secondary appendage. The mandibles are furnished with
a triarticulate appendage. The first two pairs of legs
are not much dilated, and have the hands of nearly the
same size. The remaining legs are nearly of uniform
length ; but the coxae of the last three pairs are very

GAMMARTJS. 367

much smaller than those of the first four. The last pair
of caudal appendages are double-branched ; and the
central tail-plate is double.

We have here restricted the genus to Gammarus
proper, believing it to be more scientifically correct to
group those species as distinct genera which would, in a
less-defined description, be arranged in subdivisions as
have been done by other authors.

The spines upon the posterior segments of the tail are
a constant feature in our British species. In some
Arctic forms they are considerably increased, and in
G. verrucosus, Brandt, they thickly stud the wThole of the
dorsal surface of the posterior half of the animal.

Species of this genus appear to be abundant in the
northern regions, where they attain their largest propor-
tions ; but of forty-two species (of which six are given as
doubtful in the " Catalogue of Amphipoda of the British
Museum "), only two, G. Verreauxii (Edwards) and G. ru-
bromaculatus (Stimpson), are recorded from the southern
hemisphere, and G. Redmanni (Leach) from the tropics.

We regard this genus as the type of the Amphipoda,
and as the Amphipoda may in certain respects be con-
sidered as the types of the class, it follows that the
Gammari may be looked upon as typical Crustacea.

As will be observed from the synonymy of the species
of this genus very great confusion has been introduced
into the nomenclature, especially of the more common
species, arising from four different causes : firstly, from
the insufficient and inaccurate manner in which distinct
species have been described, sometimes arising from a
definite expression being misapplied to parts homologi-
cally distinct;* secondly, from several species having been

* We have frequently had to remark the repeated application of the same
names to express different parts.

368 GAMMARIM.

confounded together ; thirdly, from the misapplication
of clear descriptions or figures to different species ; and
fourthly, from a total disregard of the rules of nomen-
clature on the part of subsequent writers who have
endeavoured to revise the names of these animals.

The genus, even in its restricted state, has need of
subdivision with a view to greater facility in the deter-
mination of the species, and which has been attempted
with greater or less success by various carcinologists.

M. Milne Edwards, in his classical work upon the
Crustacea, after the removal of those species which have
the eyes of a circular form, divides the species into —
A. Those which have the first three segments of the
tail straight, and not produced in the middle of the
hind margin into a tooth ; these are subdivided into,
at those with spines on the fourth and fifth segments of
the tail (G. locusta, fluviatilis, marinus} not of Leach ;
Olivii, affinis, &c.) : and, a a, those which have no
spines on the hinder portion of the tail (G. pulex,
Ermanni, Othonis, pinguis, &c.) : whilst the second di-
vision, B., comprises those species which have the third,
and generally the first and second also, armed with a
strong tooth in the middle of the hind margin of each,
G. Sabinii, mucronatus, and appendiculatus. According to
this arrangement our common fresh-water species, found
in rivulets, belongs to the section A. a., but the only
fresh-water species which M. Milne Edwards introduces
into that section is regarded by him as identical with
the insect figured by Rcesel, which has a row of strong
teeth along the back, and which M. Gervais, who first
identified the species, described under the name of
G. Roeselii. We presume this must be an error on the
part of M. Milne Edwards, and are accordingly inclined
rather to consider our common English species to be

GAMMARUS. 369

identical with G. fluviatilis of Milne Edwards. That
author has, however, described a second French fresh-
water species, under the name of G. pulecc, which he
places in his division A. a a., and which he describes as
entirely destitute of teeth or spines on the back of the
tail. We have seen no species of Gammarus agree-
ing with such a description ; it certainly does not agree
either with the figures of Geoffroy (who, in fact, copies
Rcesel's figure of the tooth- backed species), or of Zenker,
who as certainly figures our common British species with
the first, second, and third segments of the tail, unarmed,
and with the fourth, fifth, and sixth furnished with small
spines.* The species represented in Rcesel's figures (con-
firmed as they are in the details given by Hosius) and
which M. Gervais has named G. Roeselii, ought to enter
Milne Edwards's section B., but the species of which he
has formed that section constitute the several genera
Amathilla, G ammar acanthus , and a doubtful Gammarus.

Dr. Leach adopted at different times different charac-
ters for the distribution of the species, at one time
forming his primary section according to the fresh water
or marine habitats of the species, and at another time
dividing them according to the rudimental or developed
condition of the inner branch of the last pair of append-
ages of the tail. Without establishing distinct divisions
in the genus, we have adopted the latter character as
the ground for our arrangement of the species, com-
mencing with those in which the inner branch is almost
obsolete, and terminating with those in which it is as
large as the other branch.

* Milne Edwards, however, appears to be confirmed in this character by
the figure which he has given of G. Othonis, which has the tail entirely
unarmed with teeth or spines, as well as by Kroyer's description of G.pinguis,
" dorso laevi per totam longitudinem nullum carina?, dentium, spinarumve

monstoante vestigium.

B B

370

GA MM ARID ;E.

AMPII1PODA

NAT ATOM A.

GAMMARiDEx.

GAMMARTJS MAPJNUS.

Specific character. First three segments of the pleon having the postero-
inferior angle rounded. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the internal ramus
very short.

Length 4 inch.

Garni

marus mar mm.

Gammarus Olivii.

Gammarus affinis.

Leach, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 359. Suppl. Encyc. Brit.

i. p. 425. Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 103.

Thompson, Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 242. White,

Cat, of Brit. Crust, p. 52. Pop. Hist. Brit.

Crust, p. 183. Desmarest, Consid. sur Crust.

p. 267. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit.

Mus. p. 215, pi. xxxviii. fig. 4 (not Milne

Edwards).
Milne Edwards, Ann. des Se. Nat. t. xx. p. 369,

pi. x. fig. 9, 10* (August, 1830). Hist, des Crust.

t. iii. p. 47.
Milne Edwards, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 47,

1840.

* It may be useful to notice that Milne Edwards's references in Hist. Nat.
Crust, iii. p. 47, to his figures of G. Olivii and ornatus are reversed, and
that even the references in the Annales, xx. pp. 372, 373, to the details of
this species are incorrect.

GAMMARUS MARINTJS. 371

Gammarus gracilis. Rathke, Fauna der Krym. t. v. fig. 7-10, 1837.

Spence Date, Hep. Brit. Assoc. 1855. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 11 ser. xix. p. 114. 1857. White,

Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 184.
Gammarus pcecilurus. Rathke, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xx. p. 08, t. 4,

fig. 2. Liljeborc, Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl.

1853, p. 450. Of vers, af Kongl. Vet. Akad.

Forhandl. 1855, March, No. 16. Bruzelius,

Skand. Amph. Gamm. p. 54.
Gammarus Krijyeri. Rathke, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xx. p. 68, t. 4,

fig. 2. Liljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad.

1851, p. 22.

This species was first described by Dr. Leach in
vol. xi. of the Linnsean Transactions. His specific
name has, however, been subsequently misapplied by
Milne Edwards to a species which does not exhibit
the characters of the terminal appendages as described
by Leach, who distinguished this from the common
English fresh-water species by having the head between
the antennas subacuminated as well as by the character
of the tail appendages above-mentioned.

The first three segments of the tail have the infero-
posterior angle not developed to a point ; the third,
which is generally the most produced, is rounded in this
species, a form which is constantly seen to be the case
in imperfectly-developed individuals. The fasciculi
upon the three posterior segments consist of blunt
spines, subapically tipped with a minute cilium, arranged
in small bundles of two or three spines each. The
eyes are reniform, white, with black spots. The su-
perior antennas are about half the length of the animal ;
the flagellum is about twice the length of the peduncle ;
the secondary appendage consists of but three articuli.
The inferior antennas are about half the length of the
superior, and the flagellum is as long as the peduncle.
The first pair of legs have the hand but slightly dilated,

b b 2

372 GAMMARID.E.

the palm is oblique, and not clearly denned. The second
pair are about the same size as the first, but the palm
of the hand is less oblique and better defined. In the
female the hands are rather shorter and more ciliated.
Some of the hairs on the wrist of the first pair are
fringed with cilia, while those on the wrist of the second
pair are three-pointed, those on the hand are subapically
furnished with a single cilium. The thighs of the last
three pairs of legs are dilated, but the posterior margins
are subparallel with the anterior. The last pair of
caudal appendages are considerably longer than the two
preceding pairs, and have one branch long, and one about
one-quarter of the size of the other.* The central tail
appendage has each division tipped with a bundle of
spines of the same form, with the exception of one, as
all the others on the tail ; this one is finer, and crowned
with a small plumose brush.

m

The structure of the skin, when viewed under the
microscope, exhibits traces of its cellular origin ; it is
also perforated by numerous round hol-
lows or pores, and a quantity of minute
finely -pointed equidistant cilia, arising
from bulbs of a somewhat hour-glass
form, that is, being larger at each ex-
tremity than at the centre, as seen in the
annexed figure.

The colour of the animal is of an olive-green, deepest
along the dorsal margin, and verging to a buff at the
extremities. Sometimes in a large group, for they are

* Burgersdyck (Annotations, &c, p. 17) confounds this minute branch
with the terminal central bifid tail-piece ; and, from want of specimens of
the true G. marinus, supposes Leach to have erred in his description of the
head of the present species.

GAMMA.RUS MARIN US. 37 o

very gregarious, one or two may be seen entirely of a
buff colour.

They live amongst the seaweed, and are commonly
found, when the tide is out, to abound far up in estuaries
and beneath such of the weed as is below high-water
mark, forming a band around the coast-line probably of
all southern and western Europe.

Dr. Leach's specimens of this species in the British
Museum are from the coast of south Devon. We have
found it very abundantly at Plymouth. Dr. Walker has
found it rather common from the mouth of the Mersev
to the River Dee. The Rev. Mr. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys
have taken it in the Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetlands.
Mr. W. Thompson records it from the River Ban,
Kilrea, Strangford Lock, Ballysodare, co. Sligo, and
Loch Neagh, in Ireland. The specimen described and
figured by M. Milne Edwards, under the name of G.
Olivii, was found by him abundantly on the coast of
Naples ; and that which he described as G. affmis, having
the first pair of hands much larger than the second, he took
on the coast of La Manche. The specimen that Rathke
described under the name of G. gracilis he procured
abundantly at Cape Parthenon, in the Crimea ; whilst
G. Kroyeri and pcecilurus he obtained at Christiansund,
Molde, Drontheim, Namoen fiord, and Nitika ; and
Liljeborg has procured it on the eastern coast of Sweden.
We can discover no character sufficient to distinguish
these from Leach's specimens.

The figure given by Rathke of G. pcecilurus has the
palm of the hands drawn as serrated, which is not the
case in G. Kroyeri. This character is not noticed in the
author's description, and both Liljeborg and Bruzelius
consider the two to be one and the same species.

374

GA.MMARIM.

As soon as they are placed in a tank the animals of
this species invariably dive to the bottom, and bury them-
selves beneath the stones ; but should a piece of cork
be placed upon the water, the animals will invariably
return and crowd the under surface of the float.

But although they may like the surface of the water
their constant habitat is amongst the dark fuci which
grow with such fertility between the tide-marks. Their
habits are probably not so active as those of other
species, since we find that their natatory appendages are
often thickly covered with a species of Vaginicola, which
Mr. Tuffen West considers may probably be V. crystal-
Una. The following vignette illustrates this parasite.
It is figured by M. Rentsch* as a species of Gregurina
in his work on the Parasites of Gammarus ornatus.

* Homoiogenesis. Erstea Heft. Uainniarus ornatus und seine Sehmarot-
zer. Wismar, 1860, 4to.

G A MM ARUS CAMPYLOPS .

371

.)

AMPH1P0DA,
NAT ATOM A.

QAM M ARID ES.

GAMMARUS CAMPYLOPS.

Specific character. Third segment of the pleon having the infero-posterior
angle produced to a point. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the inner
ramus nearly half the length of the outer. Eyes sigmoid or reniform.

Length \ inch.

Ga/nvmarus camylops. Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403.

Gammarus campylops. Leach, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 360. Suppl. Enc.

Brit. i. p. 425. Desjiarest, Consid. sur les

Crust, p. 267. Milne Edwards, Hist, des

Crust, iii. p. 48. Thompson, Ann. Nat. Hist.

t. xx. p. 242.
Samouelle, Ent. U. Comp. p. 104. White,

Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 183. Cat. Brit. Crust.

p. 53. Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847, p. 88.

Cat. Brit. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1849. Gosse,

Mar. Zool. i. p. 147. Spence Bate, Cat.

Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 209, pi. xxxvii. fig. 3.
Milne Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat. xx. p. 367.
Liljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Yet. Akad. For-

handl. 1853, p. 448*.

Ga m marus cam/ptolops.

t }am m a/rus camphylops.

(hiiiimarus locasla.

This species differs from G. locusta in the following-
characters. The eyes are linear, reniform, or occasionally
bent in the form of the letter S. The antennae are
short. The superior pair in the type specimen do not
reach beyond the third segment of the body, and the

376 GAMMARID^.

flagellum is not longer than the peduncle ; the secondary
appendage is also short. The inferior pair are some-
what longer than the superior, a circumstance that
induces us to believe that the latter have been shortened
by accident, since they are longer in the specimens which
we have considered to belong to this species, and also
generally in the genus ; in fact, we only know of two
species, G. Caspius and G. Atchensis, of Brandt, that
have the superior antennas shorter than the inferior.
The hands are nearly of one size and ovate. The second
and third segments of the tail are infero-posteriorlv pro-
duced to a point. The posterior pair of caudal ap-
pendages reach much beyond the preceding two. The
branches are unequal, the inner being about half the
length of the outer, and both are fringed with short
obtusely-pointed spines. The central tail-piece is
double.

We have taken our description and figure from one
of the specimens preserved in the British Museum,
which are those from which Dr. Leach originally defined
the species, and which were found by him in the sea near
Loch Ranza in the Isle of Arran. Our friend, the late
Mr. Barlee, sent us some from the Shetlands. And it
appears to us that the sigmoid form of eye is not to be
depended upon, for many of the specimens differ in no
respect from the others except in the crooked eyes.
The probability therefore is, that the crooked eye is
an abnormal form, and not the true condition of the
organ.

Thompson, in his Natural History of Belfast, states
that it has been found by Mr. Hyndman and himself,
at Belfast, in the tidal river Lagan above the bridge at
high water.

This species appears to be a form intermediate be-

CAMMARUS CAMPYLOPS.

377

tween G. marinus and G. locusta, and as such we consider
it to be one which we have observed also on the Devon-
shire coast. We can perceive no distinction, except in
the form of the eyes, between the description of this
species and that of G. locusta of Liljeborg, and we have
therefore considered them to be identical.

The following vignette exhibits a Gammarus in the
act of shedding its skin, a full account of which process
will be given in the Introduction.

37H

OAMMARIDiE.

A MPHIPODA
NAT ATOM A.

GAMMARIDES.

GAMMARUS LOCUSTA.

Specific character. Eyes reniform. Superior antennae longer than the
inferior. Posterior pair of pleopoda having the rami subequal. A red spot
on the second, third, and fourth segments of the body, on the coxae of the
last three pairs of pereiopoda, and on the three anterior segments of the pleon,
each of which has tbe postero- inferior angle produced to a point.

Length § of an inch.

Cancer macrurus thorace articulate- casruleus. Linn&us, G-othl. Reza, p. 260.

Cancer locusta.

Cancer (Gammarus) locusta.

Gammarus locusta.

Linn^tjs, Faun. Suec. 2nd ed. p. 497. Sys.
Nat. p. 1055.

Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. ix. p. 92, t. iv.

fig. 1 ; xi. p. 359.
Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 517. Leach,

Edin. Encyc. Art. Crust, vii. p. 403. Trans.

Linn. Soc. xi. p. 359. Suppl. Enc. Brit.

i. 425. Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 104.

Desmarest, Consid. sur Crust, p. 267.

Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx.

p. 369. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 44.

Kroyer, Gron. Amfip. p. 27. Rathke,

Fauna, der Krym. p. 372, pi. v. fig. 11-14.

White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 182. Cat.

Brit. Crust, in Brit. Mus. p. 51. Cat. Crust.

in Brit. Mus. p. 87. Gtubrin, Icon. R. An,

Crust, pi. xxvi. fig. 6. Gosse, Mar. Zool.

i. pp. 141, 257. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat.

GAMMARUS LOCUSTA. 379

Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 144. Cat. Ampli. Brit.
Mus. p. 266, pi. xxxvi. fig. 6 Zaddach,
Syn. Crust. Pruss. Prod. p. 4. Liljeborg,
Kongl. Vet. Akad. Haudl. 1853, p. 448.
Ofvers. af Kongl. Yet. Akad. Forhandl. 1852,
p. 9. Burgersdyck, Annot. de quil Crust,
p. 18. Bruzelius, Skand. Amph. Gramm.
p. 52. Van Beneden, Reckerches sur la
Faune lit. de Belgique. Crustaces, p. 144.

Gammarus Duebenii. Liljeborg, Ofvers. af Kongl. Vet. Akad. For-

handl. 1851, p. 22.

Gammarus mutatus. Liljeborg, Kongl. Vetensk. Akad. Handl.

1853, p. 448.

In this species the three anterior segments of the tail
have the infero-posterior angle produced to a point.
The eyes are of a long reniform shape, and are white in
colour. The antennae have the peduncles strongly
hirsute. The superior antennae are nearly half the
length of the animal, and terminate in a very slender
flagellum; the secondary appendage is about one-third
the length of the primary ; in full-grown specimens it
consists of nine, but in younger individuals of only four
or five articuli. The inferior antennae are rather more
robust than the superior, and about one-fourth shorter ;
the flagellum has but few articuli. The hands are
small, nearly of one size, and furnished with several
fasciculi of hairs ; the palm of the second pair is more
oblique than the first. The first two pairs of walking-
legs are short, the last three are unequal in size, the
middle being the longest. The first three segments of
the tail have the posterior margin unarmed, whilst
the last three are respectively furnished with three
fasciculi of spines, the lateral ones having about six
spines in each. The last pair of caudal appendages have
the branches subfoliaceous, and nearly of one length,
the inner one sometimes one-fourth or one- third smaller
than the outer one ; both are fringed with bundles of

380 GAMMARnXE.

hairs, but on the inner branch, besides the short stiff
hairs, a solitary long plumose cilium is attached to each
fasciculus of hairs.

The colour of the animal is a bluish-green, mottled
with darker spots of the same, and on the sides, being
permanent in position and constant in appearance, are
several bright red or scarlet spots. These are not in the
skin, but appear to consist of fat globules more deeply
seated. One is situated near the infero-posterior angle
of the second, third, and fourth segments of the body ;
a small one also exists in the posterior lobe of the coxae
of the three last pairs of legs, and another near the
posterior margin of the three anterior segments of the
tail. In the living animal they afford a convenient, and,
as far as our experience goes, a certain specific guide.

Under the microscope the skin is seen
to have a granulated structure, while certain

-■* .r?-'-V-

arrow-headed spines appear as piercing m.f-:(i^y.M

through some more transparent spots. Upon

the anterior segments of the tail is a curved

row of minute cilia, each surrounded by a

ring, the whole enclosed by a clear areola. ~~ Q

Dr. Leach, in the Edinburgh Encyclopaedia, states
that the females carry their young about with them,
after their exclusion. This circumstance has frequently
been verified ; but upon the authority of our valued
correspondent, Dr. James Salter, we are enabled to com-
municate one of the most interesting instances of
maternal solicitude yet recorded amongst animals so low
in the scale of physical arrangement.

Dr. Salter says, " On catching a female with live larvae
nothing is seen of the progeny till the parent has become
at home in the aquarium, when the little creatures leave
her and swim about in her immediate neighbourhood.

GAMMA1UTS LOCUSTA. 381

The plan I have adopted to watch this curious habit of
maternal protection has been to place a single individual
in a bottle of sea water. After a time, and that soon,
the little crustacean seems at ease and swims slowly
about, when the young fry leave her and swarm around
her in a perfect cloud ; they never leave her for more
than half or three-quarters of an inch, and as she
slowly moves about they accompany her. If now
one taps the side of the bottle with one's finger nail,
the swarm of larvae rush under their parent, and in a
second are out of sight. The parent now becomes
excited and swims about quickly as if trying to escape ;
but by letting the bottle containing her rest quite still
on a table she soon gets composed, when out come the
young larvae again and swim about as before. This may
be repeated as often as the observer wrishes, and always
with the same result. I have only seen this in one
species, but it is quite a common species in Poole
Harbour, and I have watched the interesting habit many
times."

Our vignette represents this instance of parental
instinct ; but our correspondent has informed us that
our drawing is wrong in exhibiting the mother as swim-
ming fast, and being followed by her brood. The parent
swims about slowly, while the young ones surround her
on every side. In a little while they increase in size,
and as they grow older they obtain more confidence, and
quitting, forget the anxious care that guarded them in
their early hours.

This species appears to be pretty generally diffused
all round Europe, and may be found in pools near low
water, and in the sea near the margin : though fre-
quently associated with, it appears generally to inhabit
the sea at a short distance further from the shore than,

S82 GAMMARTD.E.

G. marinus. Montagu states that it never quits the water
by choice, is incapable of leaping, and seems to make
very little use of its legs out of that element, for when
deprived of water it lies on its side and endeavours to
force itself along by the action of the tail. It is stated
that if put into fresh water it soon dies.*

It has been taken by Rathke in the Crimea, and by
Liljeborg on the coast of Sweden ; but if we are to
judge of its normal habitat by the magnitude to which
it attains, the shores of the Arctic seas are where it
flourishes most. Some specimens in the British Museum,
procured by Mr. Drewsen at Iceland, are one inch and
a half long, while the largest that we have seen as Bri-
tish has not attained a greater length than three-fourths
of an inch. Dr. Walker, the naturalist to the last
Arctic expedition, under Sir F. L. McClintock, informs
us that the Arctic specimens frequently exceed two
inches and a half in length, and are phosphorescent.
This phosphorescent character has been affirmed of other
species, and is probably to be attributed to the food
eaten by the animal at the time, and is not a permanent
condition.

Having already {ante, p. 15) employed the Linnasan
specific name, Locusta, instead of that of Saltator, for
our English species of Talitrus, and given in the pre-
ceding page a history of this name, the strict rules
of nomenclature forbid its second adoption for another
species with which Linnaeus may have happened to
have confounded it, and which, in the case of the
present species, is also inapplicable, the animal neither

* Mr. Robertson informs ns that he has found that five out of seven, after
being eighteen hours in fresh (i-ain) water, continued to live upon being-
returned to salt water.

GAMMAEUS LOCUSTA.

383

possessing the powers of leaping, nor having a large
produced head resembling that of a locust. At the same
time, as we believe that Linnaeus had the animals of the
present species (generally distinguished by their bluish-
green colour) more especially in view in his various
notices both of G. locusta and pulex, and as almost all
modern carcinologists are agreed in giving the name of
Locusta to the present species, we shall pursue the same
nomenclature, reiterating our opinion that it would have
been simpler to have adopted the name of Saltator for
Talitrus locusta, and expressing our regret that Montagu,
who appears first to have clearly defined the present
species,* did not give it a distinct specific name, as
has indeed been done by Liljeborg, who, however,
subsequently sunk the name G. Duebenii into that of
G. locusta.

* It must be noticed that Montagu represents the superior antennas as
considerably shorter than the inferior ; this probably arose from his figure
having been drawn from an injured specimen, as he represents the relative
size of the joints of the peduncles of both antenna? correctly.

384 GAMMARIM.

A MP HIP OB A . GA MM A RIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

GAMMARUS TENUIMANUS.

Specific character. Flagellnni of inferior antennae very short. Gnatho-
poda having the propoda more slender than the carpi.
Length \l inch.

Gammarus tenuimanus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 214,

pi. xxxviii. fig. 2.

This species very closely resembles G. locusta, but
differs from it in having the flagellum of the inferior
antennas shorter than the peduncle, and in the hands
on the first two pairs of legs being very slender. The
first two pairs of legs are of the same size, and have the
wrists as long as the hands, but wider ; the hands are
long, ovate, and have no defined palms ; the fingers,
which are very short, close upon the inferior margin.
Both the wrists and hands have the margins furnished
with bundles of tolerably long hairs. The posterior
pair of pleopoda are, unfortunately, absent from the only
specimen that we have seen.

The shortness of the flagellum of the inferior an-
tennae, and the slenderness of the first two pairs of legs
suggest the possibility that the specimen upon which the
species is established may have been injured, and have
had these organs reproduced of a diminished size. As

GAUM ARILS TENUIMANUS.

385

instances of such want of development or reproduction,
we may mention that we possess a specimen of G. marinus
in which one of the superior antenna is only half the
length of the other ; and a specimen of G. locusta, in
which one pair of the branches of the sixth segment of
the tail is only half the size of the opposite pair on the
same joint.

We found this species amongst many specimens that
were sent to us by the Rev. Geo. Gordon, from the
mouth of the rivers Ness and Brauley, N.B. We
assume that the water must be brackish, inasmuch
as they were forwarded for the purpose of defining
the limits of the estuary by an examination whether
the Crustacea found therein belonged to fresh or salt
water.

The following pretty sketch of Burghead, on the Moray
Frith, was kindly drawn for us by Mr. Small.

BURGHEAD.

c c

386

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORTA.

GAMMA RID JE.

GAMMARIDES.

GAMMARUS EDWARDSII.

Specific character. Like G. locusta, but more robust. Gnathopoda having
tbe pleopoda truncate. Posterior pair of pleopoda sbort ; having the rami
equal, and not longer than the peduncle.

Length, | inch.

Gammarus marinas.

Gammarus Echvardsii.

Milne Edwards, Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 46 (not
Leach.) White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 188. Spence
Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 144.

Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 208,
pi. xxxvii. fig. 2.

This species resembles G. locusta in its general aspect,
but may be readily distinguished from it by the more
robust appearance of the animal and the shortness of the
antennae. The upper pair are about a third of the length
of the animal ; the flagellum is longer than the peduncle,
and the secondary appendage has only three articuli.*
The inferior antennae are shorter than the superior.
The hands of the first pair of legs are broadly ovate,
having the palm scarcely oblique. The second pair of
legs have the hands longer, and slightly narrower than

* It is proper to observe that, whilst M. Milne Edwards states that the
last pair of abdominal appendages scarcely extend beyond the preceding pair,
he expressly says that the accessory appendage of the antennas is longer than
in G. locusta.

GAMMARUS EDWARDSII. 387

those of the first pair ; the palm is straight and defined
by a slightly-produced point. The posterior pair of
caudal appendages are short ; the branches, which are
equal in length and subfoliaceous, are not longer than the
peduncle.

Two specimens of this species were found by us in a
pool at Starcross, Devonshire, into which the tide for-
merly flowed, but which has been cut off by the railway
embankment, so that we are not aware that the sea has
entered it for many years, while a small fresh-water
stream constantly runs into it.

The animal was considered by us to be identical with
M. Edwards's description of G. marinus, and it was
named accordingly, until we discovered that Leach's
type-specimens and description did not agree with those
of Edwards. We therefore abandoned the name belong-
ing to another species ; but being desirous of associating
with the discovery one who has done so much for
Carcinology, we have attached to the species the name of
Prof. Milne Edwards.

The colour of the specimens which we procured was
of a ferruginous red — a circumstance that in some measure
may be due to the soil, the whole of which is very red,
belonging, as it does, to the New Red Sandstone. We
presume from their general aspect that they are females,
and that the males will be of a slenderer form, with
longer limbs.

The specimen which M. Milne Edwards originally de-
scribed, and which he considered might probably be
only a variety of G. locusta, wTas taken on the coast of
France.

888

0 A MM ARID,!1.

A M PHI POD A

NATATORIA .

OAMMARJDES.

GAMMARUS PULEX.

Specific character. Very much like G. locusta. A few slender cilia mixed
with the spines on the dorsal surface of the fourth and fifth segments of the
pleon. Eyes reniform, formed of minute black dots. Secondary appendage
of the superior antenna; slender, rather short, 3-4 jointed. Posterior pair
of pleopoda much longer than the preceding pair ; having the rami subequal,
subfoliaceous, and with the margin ciliated. Upper antenna? rather longer than
the inferior ; peduncle of the inferior much longer than that of the superior.

Length of male ^ inch.

Cancer pulex.

Squilla pulex.
A stacus pulex.

Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. 1055 ? Krebsformiger Wasser-

wurm, Fkisch, Ins. vii. p. 26, fig. 18.
De Geer, Memoires, vii. p. 525, t. 33 (certe).
Pennant, Brit. Zool. iv. 21.

GAMM ARIJS PULEX.

381)

Gammarus pulex.

Gammarus aquaticus.

Gammarus Fossa/rum.

Crcrette des rmsseaux.
Gamma/rus fiaviatills.

Desmarest, Cons. Crust, p. 266, tab. 45, fig. 8.

Zenker, Comment, tie Gamm. pul. tig. A c and

details. Gervais, Ann. Sci. Nat. 2 ser. iv.

p. 128. Hosius, Dissert, de Gammari spec.

p. 19 ; and in Wiegm. Archiv. 1850. i. p. 233.

Burgersdyk, Annot. de Crust, indig. p. 4.

Milne Edwards, in Cuvier, Regne An. edit.

Crochard, pi. 60, fig. 1. Milne Edwards, Hist.

Nat. Crust, t. iii. p. 48 ? ? Latreille, Hist.

Nat. Ins. &c. vi. p. 316? Gen. Crust. Ins. i.

p. 58? Leach, Edin. Ency. vii. p. 402, 432

(not of Fabricius). Bruzelius, Skand. Ampb.

Gam. p. 54. Liljeborg, Kongl. Vetensk. Akad.

Hamll. 1853, p. 449.
Leach, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 359. Suppl. Encyc.

Brit. i. p. 425. Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 103.
Koch, Deutscbl. Crust. Myr. u. Aracb. h. 5, No. 1 ;

and Panz. Ins. Germ. Suppl. h. 138, No. 1.
Geoffrot, Hist, des Ins. ii. p. 667, pi. xxi. fig. 6 ?
Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 368.

Zaddach, Prodr. Syn. Crust. Pruss. p. 6 (not of

Pay nor Rosel).

The present species bears so near a resemblance to
G. locusta, in everything except colour and habitat, that
it requires the closest observation to distinguish the two
species. In all the marine species the fasciculi of spines
upon the dorsal surface of the caudal segments are short
and stiff, whilst in this fresh -water species they are
mixed with others of a more slender hair-like character.
The eyes also are formed of minute black dots, and
rounder, though still reniform. The superior antennae
have the peduncle extending only to the extremity of
the penultimate joint of the peduncle of the lower pair;
the secondary appendage is very slender, shorter than in
G. locusta, and composed of only three or four articuli.
The inferior antennae are rather shorter than the su-
perior, they have the olfactory organ largely developed,
and the flagellum in the male is very robust. The first
two pairs of legs are subequal ; the hands are nearly
of the same size, but the second pair have the palm less

390 GAMMARID^E.

oblique than the first. The walking legs are subequal ;
the posterior pair of caudal appendages are much larger
in the male than in the female, and have the inner
branches one-fourth or one-third shorter than the outer;
their margins are ciliated, and each branch terminates
in a minute but distinct joint.

The females in this species are invariably one-third,
or even one-half, smaller than the males, their limbs
are also shorter and more slender, and the branches of
the sixth pair of caudal appendages are scarcely half the
length of those of the male.

The colour of this species is of yellowish brown,
varying in depth according to the soil over which the
streams flow in which they dwell.

We have found these animals in almost every stream
that we have looked for them ; they are most common
in shallow overgrown ditches. Sometimes, as in a tield
in Carmarthenshire, they are so abundant that a single
dip of the sieve would bring up perhaps a hundred
specimens, but in Devonshire our experience is, that
they are not only less abundant but also upon the whole
smaller.

The close resemblance of the fresh-water species with
others that exist in the sea is verv curious, the more so
since the inhabitants of either will die if transferred
from one to the other. And yet we have seen marine
Crustacea thrive in fresh-water ditches, that were rendered
brackish by the sea breaking into them only once or
twice in a year.

It may be something more than a coincidence that
gives to each of our fresh-water forms a representative
species in the ocean ; the key to which may be suggested
by the interesting discoveries of Cederstrom, Olofson,
and Widigren, in the lakes of Vetter and Vener, in
the south of Sweden, of which an account has been

GAMMARUS PULEX. 391

published by Loven.* These two inland fresh-water
lakes are situated on high ground, and have the surface
of their waters three hundred feet above the level of the
Baltic, whereas the bottom is one hundred and twentv
feet below such level. In these lakes (which appear to have
been lifted up with the gradual uprising of the country)
have been found several genera and species of Crustacea,
three of which are Amphipoda, which are affirmed to be
identical with marine ones, namely, Gammar 'acanthus
loricatus (Sabine, Ross, Kroyer), Pontoporeia affinis (Lind-
strom),*f' and Gammarus cancelloides (Gerstfeldt) \. The first
is now only known to exist in the Arctic seas, the second
in the Baltic, and the last was found in Lake Baikal,
in Central Asia. It is therefore suggested by Loven that
when the land was raised so as to convert these waters
from marine bays into inland lakes, these marine species
were retained within the basins, the waters of which have
since been changed, through the agency of springs, into
fresh-water; and with the gradual transfer of the water the
habits of the animals have also changed gradually, and
that without any outward alteration of form. Prof. Loven
thinks that there is sufficient evidence to show that this
change in the conditions of these lakes must have taken
place during the great glacial period, at a time when the

* Of vers, af Kongl. Vet. Akad. 1861, No. 6.

f Of vers, af Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forkandl. 1855, p. 63.

% Gerstfeldt, Mem. de l'Acad. de St. Petersbourg, viii. pp. 287-8, be. tab.

fig. 8.

Through the kindness of Professor Kinahan, who received them from
Prof. Loven, we have had an opportunity of examining specimens of these
three amphipoda, and, certainly, except in their being of smaller dimensions,
we can perceive no distinction between them and the marine specimens.
With the Siberian G. cancelloides, Gerstfeldt, we are not acquainted, but
observe that the specimen from Sweden is not a Gammarus, and that it bears
no very distant resemblance to Pallasea cancellus (Pallas). Besides the
above, the following marine Crustacea have been taken in these fresh-water
lakes, My sis relicta, N.S., and Idotkea entornon, L.

392 GAMMARTD^.

animals now found in it, (and which are known at this
day only to inhabit the extreme north), could have lived
in the same latitude as the south of Sweden. The
evidence of these fresh-water lakes suggests that similar
changes in the relative position of sea and land may have
been the cause of our having fresh-water Crustacea nearly
allied to marine species in our rivers and inland streams.
A fact, however, recorded by Hosius with regard to the ha-
bitats of the three fresh-water species of western Germany
would seem to discountenance the idea that these animals
can adapt themselves to any great change of situation.
" Inter loca, quae habitant, multum interesse mihi vicletur;
G. puteanus [Niphargus p.~\ tantum in puteo, G. pulex non
nisi in rivis rapide profluentibus atque minime profundis,
G. fluviatilis [Rosel's species] in aquis solum stagnanti-
bus aut lente manantibus ac profundis versatur. Nun-
quam hae ultimas species una mihi occurrerunt, nee si aquas,
in quibus co?nmorantur, inter se conjunct^ erant. Dum
enim, ut exemplum afferam, in piscina Poppelsdorrfiana
G. fluviatilis solus reperitur, in rivo, qui e montibus
hanc in piscinam effunditur, solus G. pulex versatur.
Idem quoque mihi aquas prope Godesbergam perscrutato,
probabile videbatur, ubi rivus, qui a Marienforst in
planitiem defertur, tantum G.pulicem colit, duminstagnis
cum rivo cohserentibus solus G. fluviatilis versatur." —
Dissert, de Gammari Spec. p. 18.

Taking this statement of the diversity in the habitats
of the two species of Gammarus, as here restricted,
into consideration, we anticipate that Rosel's tooth-
backed species will yet be found in some of our
ponds and stagnant waters, although it has not hitherto
been detected. We are also hence enabled to identify
the descriptions of various writers, from the habitat in
which the specimens were found ; thus, where Latreille
says that his Gammarus pulex is found, " dans Peaux

GAMMARUS PULEX. 393

douces des ruisseaux et des fontaines ; " or where
GeofFroy says of his species that it is " trouve commune-
ment dans l'eau courante des petits ruisseaux," we are
convinced that each alludes to the species of De Geer,
found only in running rivulets, although both have
copied Rosel's figure of the tooth -backed species found
only in still and stagnant water.

The earliest notice we meet with of a species named
G. fluviatilis occurs in Ray's work on Insects, p. 44,
where he loosely describes an insect under the name of
Pulex fluviatilis, found " in aquis calidis in specu
Custozse prope Vincentiam, in Italia, ubi nulla anima-
lia vivunt.'' This animal was probably a species of
Niphargus, but Ray added a few words to his description,
which might thence also be supposed to include our fresh-
water species, " quae in nostris rivulis sunt non saltant ut
marinas sed incurvant se et natant podicem exerendo
satis celeriter." We next find Linnaeus in his Iter
(Eland. , pp. 42, 96, speaking of " Cancer Pulex fluviatilis
dictus, Suecis Marta, Scanis Sandhare. Habitat ad littora
maris vulgatissimus, frequens rodens retia, conficiens
sceleta piscium, natat in dorso/' characters and names
which evidently apply only to our Gammarus locusta.
We next find Rosel employing the term Astacus fluvia-
tilis in a generic sense * for several distinct kinds of
long-tailed Crustacea, of which he gives excellent
figures, namely, the cray-fish, the shrimp, and a fresh-
water species of Gammarus, for which the specific name
has been subsequently retained, and which is dis-
tinguished at once by having the middle of the hind
margin of each of the segments of the tail armed with
a strong tooth. This has been named G. Roselii by

* Just as he employs the term " Cimex aquaticus " for the general heading
of the plates of all the species of Water Hemiptera which he figures, including
at least six modern genera.

394 GAMMARIM.

Gervais, who first clearly pointed out the distinction
between it and De Geer's smooth-tailed species, for
which he retained the name of G. pulex. As already
stated, we fear that M. Milne Edwards has fallen
into some confusion in treating upon these fresh-water
species. He placed one, to which he applied the name
of G. fluviatilis, in his section without teeth on the
anterior, but with small spines on the posterior segments
of the tail ; but he refers his species not only to De Geer,
whose figures perfectly agree with this sectional charac-
ter, but also to Rosel, Geoffroy (whose pi. xxi. fig. 6,
is copied from Rosel), and to Gervais, all of whom as
certainly intend a tooth-backed species. To add to the
confusion, M. Milne Edwards expressly says that the
penultimate joint of the peduncle of the superior an-
tennae reaches the tip of the peduncle of the lower ones ;
and adds, under G. marinus, that the sixth pair of caudal
appendages scarcely extend beyond the extremity of the
preceding pair of the same organs. The other fresh-
water species of M. Milne Edwards is still more un-
intelligible ; this he names G. pulex, placing it in the
section which has no teeth on the first three segments,
and no spines on the posterior segments of the tail, and
giving as its references, Geoffroy, Linnaeus (?), Fabricius,
and Latreille, all doubtful, as well as Montagu, Desma-
rest, Zenker, and Gervais, whose species has spines on
the terminal segments of the tail.

i - We have stated above that Linnaeus employed the
name Pulex aquaticus in the Fauna Suecica exclusively for
a marine or littoral species, but in his Systema Natures
he says : " Habitat ad maris littora, etiam in fontibus et
fossis," thus confounding a sea and a fresh-water species
together; but we have not the slightest means of knowing
to what fresh-water species he alluded. Fabricius, on
the other hand, although he quotes De Geer's figures

GAMMARUS PULEX. 395

of the toothless-backed fresh-water species, under G.
pulex, had evidently in view a littoral species : " Habitat
in maris littora frequentissimus saliens, retia destruens,
piscibus infestans, in brachiis ulcera caussans." These
interesting peculiarities of habit are not in the slightest
degree attributable to our fresh -water species ; on the
other hand, the G. locusta of Fabricius evidently com-
prised both a littoral and fresh-water species, M etiam
saepe in fontibus et fossis stagnantibus." The G. pulex
of Latreille, Hist. Nat. Insectes, &c, vol. vi. p. 316,
is a fresh-water species, the description of it is not,
however, precise enough for discrimination ; the habitat
indicates a species found in running streams, but the
figure (pi. lvii. fig. 1) is copied from Rosel's figure of the
tooth-backed species.

There is, however, fortunately, no confusion in the
descriptions and figures of De Geer, Zenker, Burgers-
dijk, Hosius, Gervais, Koch, and Zaddach ; and in em-
ploying the name of Pulex for the present species, as
used by De Geer and subsequent authors, we are
adopting the strict rules of nomenclature, as well as
employing a term which recalls the strong resem-
blance which exists between the appearance and
general movements of our common flea and the fresh-
water shrimp now before us, except that the latter is
unable to leap.

During the winter months these animals bury them-
selves in the mud of the rivulets and streams which they
frequent. On the first warm days of spring, however,
they reappear, when the larger individuals may generally
(as indeed throughout the summer) be seen carrying a
smaller one beneath the body, holding it tightly by
means of the fingers of its two anterior pairs of hands.
These smaller individuals are the females, and this
curious courtship, for such it is, lasts seven or eight

396 GAMMARID.E.

days ; and Desmars, who published a long note upon
the subject (Melanges d'Hist. Nat. 1762, torn. i.
p. 217), states that the young are hatched, and escape
from the pouch-like scales attached to the base of the
legs of the females on the seventh day, after which the
latter immediately cast their skins. The young have
the curious habit of devouring their own excrement.
GeofTroy has also observed that the young take shelter
between the legs of their parents, in order to escape
danger ; and we have found young ones one-tenth of an
inch long in this position.

Rosel states that these animals feed upon vegetable
matter ; but De Geer denies this, and asserts that they
are truly carnivorous, eating flesh and filth, whenever they
can get it, like cray-flsh, as well as their dead com-
panions, leaving not a particle unconsumed ; on giving
them dead flies they immediately crowded around and
devoured them, but were never observed to attack living
insects. It is not improbable, however, that like some
marine species, they will, in default of animal matter,
feed upon vegetables, perhaps in a decaying state. They
shed their skins in the same manner as cray-fish. One
moulted on the 3rd September, whilst under De Geer's
observation, the operation being almost instantaneous,
and the cast skin closing up so as exactly to resemble
the insect itself; but, according to our own observation,
it is slowly and quietly performed, the skin splitting
between the head and first segment of the body, and
between the body and the coxas of the first three or
four pairs of legs as shown in the vignette at p. 360.
When the skin is sloughed off, the head-covering, though
still attached to it, generally falls in an inverted
position, as if thrown forwards. The animals die very
soon if taken out of their native element.

GAMMARUS DUBIUS. 397

I MPH1P0DA . GA MM A RIDES.

NAT ATOM A. > '"

DOUBTFUL SPECIES.

We are under the necessity of introducing in the present situation two species
described as belonging to the present genus, by our late friend Dr. G.
Johnston, of Berwick-upon-Tweed, of which we have unfortunately been un-
able to meet with any specimen, either in the British Museum collection
or amongst the species which he forwarded to us some years since, for
the purposes of the present work. We therefore transcribe his descriptions
of them.

GAMMARUS DUBIUS.

Johnston, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 178.

" Body between two and three lines long, smooth,
corneous; when dead becoming yellowish-brown; marked
across the back with a few red lines. Antennae rather
more than one-half the length of the body, slender,
nearly equal, armed with very short weak spines ; basilar
joint of the superior longer than the second or third,
which indeed might, with as great propriety, be reckoned
amongst the articulations of the last joint [flagellum]
as distinct joints ; basilar joint of the inferior shorter
than the succeeding. Eyes black, roundish, placed at
the base of the antennae. Arms with nearly equal
hands, monodactyle, oblong, and not much dilated, and
sparingly ciliated. They very much resemble those of
G. punctatus* in their form, but are rather smaller in pro-
portion to the body. Legs spiny, spines not collected
into fascicles, but distributed along the whole member ;
and both the short anterior and long posterior legs are

* Amphithoe littoralis. Spence Bate.

!■!

398 GAMMARID.E.

similar in this respect, monodactyle. Natatory fins long,
divided, and beautifully ciliated. Caudal processes three
pairs, long, with aciculate branches. Two rather long
conical spinous processes [the two divisions of the middle
tail-piece] terminate the tail ; and above these are two
much smaller papillae.

" Hab. Amongst confervae in pools left by the tide ;
not rare near Berwick."

Dr. Johnston questions whether it belongs to the
same genus as Pherusa fucicola, Leach, with which at
first he thought it was identical.

"In the figure of Ph, fucicola, in the Supplement
to the Encyclopaedia Britannica, the second joint of the
superior antennae is represented as elongated, the first
pair of feet or arms filiform, without any hand, and the
hand of the second pair oval, with a very small claw.
There is also a considerable difference about the tail, the
Pherusa having no terminal conical processes."

Dr. Walker, of Birkenhead, informs us that he has
taken specimens, which he considers to belong to this
species, occasionally off the mouth of the Mersey, and
along the coast to Dee.

GAMMARUS MACULATUS. 399

A MP HIP OB A . GA MM A RIDES.

NATATOEIA.

GAMMARUS MACULATUS.*

Johnston, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 176.

"Body six lines long, smooth, glossy; back dusky,
with a faint yellow band across each segment, and a row
of yellow spots along each side, most conspicuous on the
posterior half of the body; sides lighter coloured, faintly
marked with yellow. Antennas transparent, unspotted,
ciliated, with long hairs ; superior longest ; basilar joint
shorter than the second or third. The seta [secondary
appendage] is one-half the length of the last joint
[nagellum]. Eyes large, oblong, running backwards,
and having the appearance rather of a blotch of fine red
colour than of eyes. Arms alike, with oval dilated
monodactyle hands, hairy, particularly on their inner
margin. Legs white, monodactyle, armed with bristles.

" Hab. Sea-coast near Berwick ; rare.

" The specimen from which the above description was
taken was found among corallines, dredged from deep
water. It belongs to Leach's restricted genus Gammarus,
of which he has described four species, viz. G. aquaticus
[pulex], locusta, marinus, and campy lops."

Not Gammarus maculatus of Liljeborg.

400 GAMMA RIDiE.

A MPHIPODA . GAMMAR1DES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— MEGAMCERA.

Megamcera. Spence Bate, Cat. Ampli. Brit. Mus. p. 224.

Gammarus (Division A. a a.). Milne Edwards, Hist, cles Crust, iii. p. 48.
Gammarus (Division + 2). Liljeborg, Of vers, af Kongl. Vet. Akad.

Forhandl. 1853, p. 452.

Generic character. Dorsal surface of the pleon without
fasciculi of spines. Eyes rouud. Superior antennae longer
than the inferior. Gnathopoda subchelate, the second pair
being the larger. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous, the
branches generally equal-sized. Telson double.

This genus bears a near resemblance to that of Gam-
marus. It has, however, been considered sufficiently dis-
tinct to be arranged, both by Edwards and Liljeborg, in a
separate division. It does not possess the fasciculi of spines
planted upon the dorsal surface of the last three caudal
segments, which we consider to be characteristic of the
genus Gammarus. The eyes in this genus are generally
round ; and the second pair of legs are constantly larger
than the first pair, and frequently different in form.

It can be distinguished from the genus Moera by the
greater depth of the coxae, by the relative proportions
of the hand of the second pair of legs, and generally by
the greater length of the posterior pair of caudal
appendages.

MEGAMCERA SEMTSERRATA .

AMPHTPODA,

NATATORIA.

401

GAMMARIVES.

MEGAMCERA SEMISERRATA.

Specific character. Third segment of the pleon having the inferior half of
the posterior margin serrated. Eyes oolong. Second pair of gnathopoda
having the propodos not broader than the carpus, ovate. Posterior pair of
pleopoda with the rami equal. Telson double.

Length

\ inch.

Megamcera semiserrata. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 226,

pi. xxxix. fig. 6.

This animal is slender, and lias the inferior moiety
of the posterior margin of the third segment of the tail
serrated. The eyes are small, and more reniform in shape
than in any other species of the genus. The superior
antennae are half the length of the animal, but the
inferior scarcely extend beyond the peduncle of the su-
perior. Both pairs of hands are nearly of the same shape,
but the second pair are larger than the first, and of a
long oval form, having an oblique palm defined by one or
two short spines ; the finger is short and serrated upon
the inner distal half. The coxae of the anterior four
pairs of legs are furnished with a single tooth upon the
infero-posterior angle. The last three pairs of legs
have the posterior margin of the thighs serrated. The
posterior pair of caudal appendages reach far behind

D D

402

GAMMARIDiE.

the preceding, and have the branches of equal length.
The telson is double, the apex of each division
being obliquely truncate, and furnished with a single
hair.

The following vignette represents the Mallard Buoy,
in Plymouth Sound, near which this species was dredged
by us, in company with Dr. Falconer and Professor
Kin ah an.

MEGAMCERA LONGIMANA.

403

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

GAM MA RIDES.

MEGAMCERA LONGIMANA.
(Leach's Long-handed Screw.)

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos three
times as long as broad, with the superior and inferior margins parallel, the
latter finely serrated ; and the dactylos nearly as long as the propodos.
Posterior pair of pleopoda having the rami sub-foliaceous and equal.

Length JA inch.

Gammarus lonyimanus.

Megamcera lonyimana.

Gammarvs Icevis.

Leach, MSS. in Collection Brit. Mus. Thompson,

Ann. Nat. Hist. 1 ser. xx. p. 242. Nat. Hist.

of Ireland, iv. p. 396. Spence Bate, Rep.

Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58. Ann. Nat. Hist.

2 ser. xix. p. 145. White, Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 184. Gosse, Mar. Zool. p. 141.
Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 227,

pi. xxxix. fig. 7.
Bruzelius, Skand. Amph. Gam. p. 60, pi. ii.

fig. 10.

This animal is long and moderately robust. The
inferior margins of the second and third segments of the
tail are serrated. The eyes are round. The superior
antennae are about half the length of the animal ; the
inferior are much shorter. The first pair of legs are
small, having the wrist and hand of nearly equal length.
The second pair of legs have the wrist short and inferiorly
produced to a point ; the lower margin is, moreover,

d d 2

404 GAMMA RID.E.

furnished with several fasciculi of short hairs, curved
and anteriorly directed. The hand is continuous with
the wrist, but scarcely so broad ; it is three times as long
as broad, with the upper and lower margins parallel, and
has no defined palm ; but the finger, which is curved
almost at right angles near the base, reaches, in the
typical specimens, to the anterior extremity of the pro-
jecting point of the wrist. In some which Professor
Kinahan has sent to us from Dublin, we have found the
finger to be not quite so long. This appears to be also
the case in the specimen described as Gammarus laevis by
Bruzelius from Sweden. The three posterior pairs of
legs have the thighs very oval with the posterior margins
serrated. The posterior pair of caudal appendages are
long ; the branches are subfoliaceous, equal in length,
and remarkably free from hairs — a peculiarity that
appears to be characteristic of these appendages through-
out the genus. The telson is double, long, and naked.

This species was long since taken by Dr. Leach on the
south coast of England, and remained undescribed in the
collection of the British Museum. Mr. Thompson next
recorded it from Belfast. We have since received it
from Dublin Bay, where it was taken by Professor
Kinahan. The Rev. George Gordon has sent us
specimens from the Moray Frith, in which the finger of
the second pair of hands resembled the Irish form, as did
also some sent to us by Mr. Webster from St. Michael's
Mount on the coast of Cornwall. Professor Bruzelius
records the same form under the name of G. kevis among
his Skandinavian Gammari, but it does not appear to be
numerous anywhere.

MEGAMCERA OTHONIS.

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA,

405

GAMMA RIDES.

MEGAMCERA OTHONIS.

Specific character. Posterior and inferior margins of the third segment of
the pleon serrated. Inferior margins of the coxa? of the three anterior pairs
of legs serrated. Gnathopoda subequal. Propoda ovate.

Length A inch.

Gammarus Othonis.

Megamcera Othonis.

Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 373, pi. x.

fig. 11. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 50. Spence

Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann. Nat.

Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 144. White, Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 184.
Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 227, pi.

xxxix. fig. 8.

The animal is long ; and has the inferior half of the
posterior margin as well as the posterior half of the
inferior margin of the third segment of the tail serrated.
The eyes are round and black. The superior antennae
are about one-third of the length of the animal ; and the
peduncle is as long as the fLagellum, this latter portion
varies from fourteen to twenty-five articuli, and the
secondary appendage, which is short, from two to three.
The inferior antennae are about one-third shorter than
the superior ; the flagellum is not half the length of the

406 GAMMA RULE.

peduncle, and varies from nine to fifteen articuli. This
great variation in the number of articuli to the flagellum
is dependent upon age, sex, and accident, and demon-
strates the little value, in a specific point of view, which
ought to be placed upon the length of this portion of the
antennae. The flagellum will sometimes double the
number of its articuli in a single moult.

The coxae of the three (or four) anterior pairs of legs
have the inferior margin serrated. The hands of the first
two pairs are long-ovate, slightly tapering, and having
the palm not defined ; the second pair being rather
larger than the first. The last three pairs of legs have
the thighs oval, and the posterior margin serrated. The
last pair of caudal appendages are long, and have the
branches subfoliaceous, and equal in length. The
colour of the animal is whitish, faintly marked with
blotches of rose-colour. The skin, as seen through a
low power of the microscope, is rough ; this is occasioned
by its being covered by a series of minute points, which
appear to stand obliquely from the surface, as shown in
our cut.

We have dredged this animal in Plymouth Sound, and
found it among the refuse brought in by the trawlers.
Mr. Loughrin has sent it to us also from Polperro.

MEGAMCERA ALDERI.

AM PHI POD A,

NATATORIA.

407

GAMMA RIDES.

MEGAMCERA ? ALDERI.

Specific character. Posterior dorsal margin of the third and fifth segments
of the pleon produced to a small tooth. Second pair of gnathopoda larger
than the first, having the propodos ovate, palm oblique, serrated, and denned
by a tooth.

Length 55g inch.

Megammra Alchri. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 228, pi. xl.

fig. 1.

The third segment of the tail is posteriorly produced
in the middle of the dorsal margin into a small point.
The fourth does not appear to be so produced, whilst the
fifth has a small central, and close upon each side a large
lateral, tooth. The eyes are round or oval. The su-
perior antennae are about two-thirds of the length of the
animal ; the flagellum longer than the peduncle, and the
secondary appendage consisting of three articuli. The
inferior antennae reach a little beyond the peduncle of
the superior. The first pair of legs have the wrist
longer than the hand ; the palm is oblique and longer
than the inferior margin. The second pair of legs are
larger than the first ; the hand is nearly of the same form,

408 GAMMAR1M.

but the palm is serrated and defined by a distinct tooth.
The posterior pair of caudal appendages are wanting in
each of the specimens that we have seen. In the Cata-
logue of Amphipoda of the British Museum, this pair of
appendages is represented as having one branch very long
and the other nearly rudimentary, in which respect the
animal differs from the remainder of the British species
of this genus.

The character of this animal appears to justify its
admission as a species in the present genus, but we desire
to express our conviction that it will ultimately be
ascertained to be the female of a species of Melita,
probably M. proximo,. A similar consideration induces
us to forbear adding two or more species which, as we
observed in page 336, only differ in the form of the
hands from certain species of the genus Melita.

Our first specimen of this species was received from
the eminent naturalist after whom we have named it, and
by whom it was dredged on the coast of Northumber-
land. We have since obtained it from Mr. Edward of
Banff.

MEGAMCERA BREVICAUDATA.

409

AMPHIPODA.

NJTATORIA.

OAMMARIDES.

MEGAMCERA BREVICAUDATA.

Specific character. Posterior margin of the first three segments of the
tail slightly serrated. Superior antennas having the flagellum short. Second
pair of gnathopoda larger than the first. Propoda long- ovate. Posterior pair
of pleopoda with the rami short.

Length 56s inch.

Gammarus brevicaudatus.

Mega nicer a b rev ica u data .

Spence Bite, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 58.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 145. White,

Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 185 (not of Milne

Edwards).
Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 228,

pi. xl. fig. 2.

This species was first mistaken, by Mr. Spence Bate,
for Gammarus brevicaudatus of Edwards, with the de-
scription of which it was supposed to correspond. The
opportunity since afforded to us of examining the typical
specimen preserved in the Museum of the Jardin des
Plantes, having demonstrated that the Parisian specimen
belongs to another genus, we have retained the specific
name for the present animal.

The body is robust, with the hinder portion compara-
tively short. The three anterior segments of the tail
have the posterior margin slightly serrated. The su-

410 GAM MA RID ;E.

perior antennae are about one-third of the length of the
animal ; but the peduncle is more than twice the length
of the flagellum. The inferior antennae do not reach
beyond the peduncle of the superior. The first pair of
legs are small, and have the hand ovate, the palm being
oblique, slightly convex, and imperfectly defined. The
second pair of legs are much longer than the first, and
have the wrist very short, the hand is long-ovate, the
palm oblique, and defined by a small point. The last
pair of caudal appendages have the branches scarcely
longer than the peduncle, and reach but little beyond
the preceding pair. The telson has the apex of each
division excavated, and furnished with two or three
hairs.

We have dredged this species off Plymouth ; and have
also received it from the Moray Frith through the kind-
ness of the Rev. Geo. Gordon.

ETSCLADUS. 411

AMPHIPODA. GAMMARIDES.

NATJTORIA.

Genus— EISCLADUS.*

Generic character. Slightly compressed. Eyes on a pro-
minently-advanced lobe between the superior and inferior
antennae. Superior antennae without a secondary appendage.
Gnathopoda subchelate. Coxae of the third pair of pereiopoda
having the anterior lobe as deep as the coxae of the second.
Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous, rami unequal. Telson
squamiform, single.

This genus appears to approximate somewhat closely
to the description given of Melita by Dana, differing only
in the important feature of size of the coxae of the fifth
pair of legs which Dana says are " much shorter than
those of the fourth."

The genus, moreover, has a close affinity with that of
Amphithoe, from wThich it differs only in the form of the
last pair of caudal appendages wThich in this genus
resemble those of Melita,

The eyes are situated on a lobe prominently advanced
between the superior and inferior antennae. The su-
perior antennae have not a secondary appendage, and
are a little longer than the inferior. The hands are
subequal and subchelate. The coxae of the fifth pair
of legs are as deep as those of the fourth. The last
pair of caudal appendages are unequally biramous, one
branch being very minute ; and the middle tail-piece is
squamiform, and consists of a single plate.

* Et$ one, xkaSo; branch, in allusion to the structure of the posterior pair
of pleopoda.

412

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

GAMMARTD.E.

GAMMARIDES.

ETSCLADUS LONGICAUDATUS. N. S.

Specific character. Eyes round. Superior antennae more than half the
length of the animal. Inferior antenna? nearly as long as the superior, both
strongly setose on the inferior margin. Second pair of gnathopoda having
the propodos with the palm excavated. Posterior pair of pleopoda having
the inner ramus rudimentary, the outer one longer than the peduncle, and
tipped with a second joint or strong spine. Telson lanceolate.

Length \ inch.

The body of this animal is arched ; the sixth segment
being nearly three times as deep as the first. The eyes
are round, and situated on a lobe projecting forward
between the superior and inferior antennae. The su-
perior antennae are more than half the length of the
animal, and the peduncle is longer than the flagellum.
The inferior antennae originate posteriorly, and do not
reach quite as far as the superior ; the peduncle is longer
than the flagellum. In both pairs the peduncle as well

EISCLADUS LONGICAUDATUS. 413

as the flagellum is strongly setose along the under surface.
The second pair of hands are a little larger than the first,
of an oval form, with the palm deeply excavated and
slightly ciliated. The walking legs are nearly equal in
length. The ultimate pair of caudal appendages have
the peduncle robust, and as long again as the middle
tail-piece ; the branches are very unequal, the inner
being rudimentary, and the outer longer than the ped-
uncle, and terminating in a small second joint, re-
sembling a short stout spine. The central tail plate is
lanceolate.

This species forms a curious link between the genera
Amphithoe and Melita ; in fact, it is only separated from
the nest-building group by the form of the caudal ap-
pendages.

It was dredged during the last summer for the first
time by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys,
in Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetland, in from two to
five fathoms of water.

414 COROPHIID^.

Subdivision — Domicola.

The animals which are grouped under this subdivision
have either the lower antennae developed into a strong sub-
pediform appendage, on which the hairs as they approach
the distal extremity are developed into strong spines,
more or less curved into the form of hooks, or some of
the caudal appendages are furnished with strong hook-
like organs.

They invariably construct abodes in which they take
shelter and nourish their young. These abodes are, by
some species, built with weed or stones, connected
together by a cement excreted by the animal, by others
of mud only ; while others again excavate a dwelling
in the soft clay at the bottom of the sea, or into sub-
marine timber.

They have the power of swimming, and with but few
exceptions can walk without falling upon their side.

This subdivision represents Milne Edwards' tribe of
Marcheurs, and comprises the two families, CorophiiDjE
and Chelurid^e.

Fam.— COROPHIID.E.

In this Family all the segments of the body and tail
of the animals are present and distinctly developed.

In one genus alone we find the ultimate pair of caudal
appendages reduced to a rudimentary condition, as if
approaching that preliminary step of deterioration which
we find so largely carried out in the Aberrant group of
Amphipoda.

It is synonymous with the same family in Dana's
great work, and consists of two subfamilies, Podo-
cerides and Corophiides.

PODOCERIDES. 415

Subfamily— PODOCERIDES.

Superior antennae shorter than the inferior. Inferior
antennae stouter than the superior. Posterior pair of
pleopoda furnished with hook-like spines.

The species of this subfamily have the superior pair
of antennae less robust than the inferior. The inferior
appear to be always used as legs in climbing, and are
generally strong, sometimes forming a very powerful
organ. This latter appendage is frequently thickly
fringed with hairs, which in some instances, towards the
extremity, stiffen into spines which are curved at the
apex into strong hooks.

The posterior pair of caudal appendages are always
furnished with more or less perfect hooks, and in some
genera the short middle tail-piece also.

They generally build their abodes with materials col-
lected in the vicinity, either in the form of nests or
tubes.

416 C0K0PHI1M.

AMPHIPODA. PODOCER1DES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— AMPHITHOE.

Amphithoe. Leacii, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 402. Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361.

Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 147. Cat.

Ampli. Brit. Mus. p. 233. White, Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 200. Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped. p. 935. (part).

Edwards Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 28. Desmarest,

Consid. sur Crust, p. 268.
Anisopus. Templeton, Trans. Ent. Soc. Ser. i. v. i. p. 188.
Cymadusa. Savigny, Egypte. Crust, pi. 26.
Pleonexes. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 147.

Generic character. Coxa of the third pair of pereiopoda
having the anterior lobe as deep as the coxa of the second,
and the posterior lobe very small. Second pair of gnathopoda
larger than the first. Posterior pair of pleopoda biramous ;
outer ramus, terminating in one or more short slightly curved
spines ; the inner one in a subfoliaceous lamina. Telson single
squamiform.

This genus may at once be identified by the deep
coxa of the fifth pair of legs, the form of the superior
antennae, and the caudal appendages.

The eyes are situated on a lobe between the superior
and inferior antennae. The antennas are subequal ; the
inferior terminating in a multi-articulate flagellum. The
second pair of legs have the hands rather larger than those
of the first. The coxa of the fifth pair of legs has the
anterior lobe as large and as deep as the coxa of the
preceding pair of legs, while the posterior lobe is very
small, the thigh, as usual, articulating between them.
The posterior pair of caudal appendages have the
branches very short, the inner one being subfoliaceous,
and the outer furnished with spines curved like hooks.
The central caudal plate is single, and terminates in a
rounded apex.

PODOCERIDES.

417

This genus appears to have a large geographical range ;
the species having been found both in the Arctic and
Antarctic Seas, as well as in the tropical regions, that is,
if Amphithoe Azteca of Saussure belongs to this genus,
which, however, from the description, appears to be
rather doubtful. One species is recorded by Professor
Say from the freshwater marshes of South Carolina, but
his description is not sufficiently perspicuous for us to
determine whether his Amphithoe dentata really belongs
to this genus or not.

The accompanying vignette of Tynemouth was kindly
drawn for us by Miss Hancock, of Newcastle.

E E

418

AMPIIIPODA,

NATATORIA.

COROPHIID.E.

PODOCERIDES.

AMPHITHOE RUBRICATA.

Specific character. Superior antennas nearly two-thirds the length of the
animal ; peduncle reaching to the extremity of the penultimate joints of the
peduncle of the inferior ; flagellum long and slender. Inferior antennae one-
third shorter than the superior. Gnathopoda having the propoda subequal ;
carpi inferiorly produced to a small extent ; propoda ovate, the palma? oblique
and imperfectly denned. The colour of the adult animal is a bright
crimson.

Length 4 inch.

Cancer (Gammarus) rubricatus.

Gammarus rubricatus.
A mpldthoe rubricata.

Montagu, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 99, pi. v.

fig. 1.
Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 402.
Leach, Edin. Encyc. Append, p. 432.

Linn. Trans, xi. p. 360. Suppl. Enc.

Brit. 1, p. 425. Desmarest, Consid.

Crust, t. 45, fig. 9. Samouelle, Ent.

Comp. p. 104. Thompson, Ann. Nat.

Hist. xx. p. 242 (Oct. 1847). Milne

Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. xx. p. 377.

Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 33. Spence

Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 147.

Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 233. White,

Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 200. Gosse, Mar.

Zool. i. p. 141, fig. 258.

The figure at the head of this description is taken
from Montagu's type in the British Museum. But the

AMPHITHOE RUBRICATE. 419

specimen being a dried one it does not fairly represent
the living animal, which has the back somewhat elevated
near the middle rather than depressed. The eyes are
nearly round, and occupy a position on a lobe between
the superior and inferior antennae. The superior antennas
are about two-thirds the length of the animal ; the
peduncle reaching to the extremity of the penultimate
joint of the peduncle of the inferior ; the flagellum is
long and slender, represented much too short in the
figure, being probably broken in the long-preserved
specimen of Montagu. The inferior antennae are one-
third shorter than the superior, and the flagellum is
scarcely longer than the last joint of the peduncle.
The first two pairs of legs are nearly of the same size.
The wrists are as broad anteriorly as the hands ; the
hands are ovate, having a slightly-defined palm, and the
fingers are serrated in the young but scarcely so in the
adult specimens, while in the very young there is but a
single subapical tooth and several hairs. The next two
pairs of legs are short, but have the thighs broad. The
fifth pair are very short, but the two last are longer
and have the distal extremities not narrowed, and fur-
nished with two or three short stiff spines which assist
in perfecting the prehensile grasp of the finger when
it shuts. The last pair of caudal appendages terminate
in a foliaceous plate and well-developed hooks.

The colour of adult specimens is a brilliant crimson,
spotted with several large blotches of white with small
spots of black near their margins. By the aid of the
microscope the colour is perceived to be due to a close
network of stellate pigment covering a corneous ground.

In the very young animal this corneous tint universally
prevails except the few white blotches. When the
animal is somewhat grown some small spots of red are

e e 2

420 COROPHIID.E.

sprinkled over the surface ; tliese upon examination are
found to possess a more or less stellate condition, which
gradually increases as the animal grows older, until it
ultimately spreads over the entire surface, which appears
of a uniform rich red colour. It was on this account no
doubt that Col. Montagu gave the animal its character-
istic specific name.

This animal generally lives in a nest of its own con-
struction. Its common resting-place is at the roots of
Lami?iaria and other plants, or on the under sides of
stones, at the bottom of the sea in a few fathoms of
water, seeking some secure nook or quiet corner in which
to dwell in peace and safety. Some specimens which we
kept alive built for themselves nests against the surface
of the glass vessel in which they were confined. On the
side of the vessel grew young fronds of weed. Each
position which was selected by one of the animals for
its abode wras swept clean for a distance round the nest
by the long antennae, proving distinctly that the animal
reaches out and collects material to assist in the con-
struction of its cell. Upon placing one of these newly-
constructed dwelling-places under the microscope we
found that the many bits of weed, chiefly green ulva,
were matted together by some exquisitely delicate
fibres. This fibrous material possessed the appearance
of having been spun or twisted, since frequently small
loops were formed by a fibre having been twisted upon
itself.

We have not been able to discover whether this
thread-like web be excreted by the mouth, or whether
or not there be an especial organ for its production, but
we hope that it will not be long before some naturalist
will be able to throw some light upon this curious and
interesting subject.

AMPHITHOE RUBRICATA.

421

In some specimens recently sent to us from Banff we
found these nests to consist chiefly of this exquisitely
fine thread, built and twisted in with very little foreign
material such as straw and weed. One spot in the nest,
which from its thinness and position offered a favourable
place for examination without being ruptured, was
observed under the microscope to be arranged in a loose
kind of network as fairly represented in our vignette.

The type was taken by Col. Montagu on the south
coast of Devonshire, probably at Salcombe. Some speci-
mens were dredged by us in Plymouth Sound, upon
stony ground between the eastern end of the break-
water and Bovisand, of a most brilliant colour. Mr.
Harris, of Sidmouth, sent us a few specimens from
Penzance procured on the shore at low spring tide. The
Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys have taken it in
from two to five fathoms in Outer Skerries Harbour, also
in four fathoms one mile north of Whalsey Lighthouse,
Shetland; Mr. Norman has also sent it to us from
Cullercoats. It is also recorded from Strangford Loch
by Thompson and Hyndman in the " Annals of Natural
History "for 1847.

A portion of the Nest of Amphithoe I'ubricata, as seen under the
microscope, with an object glass of £ of an inch.

422

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

C0R0PH1ID.E.

PODOCERIDES.

AMPHITHOE LITTORINA.

Specific character. Eyes small, round. Superior antenna? not more than
half the length of the animal. Inferior antenna? almost as long as the
superior. Gnathopoda having propoda tapering to the extremities ; palma?
corresponding with the inferior margins ; dactyla not having the inner margin
serrated. Colour, green, with black spots.

Length § inch.

Ampliiihoe littorina.

Amphitkoe punctata.

Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. .1855, p. 59. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Cat. Amph. Brit.

Mus. p. 234, pi. xli. fig. 2. White, Hist. Brit.
Crust, p. 200.

Johnston, Zool. Journ. iii. p. 127 and 490. Ann.
Nat. Hist. xx. p. 243. White, Cat. Crust. Brit.
Mus. p. 50. W. Thompson, Ann. Nat. Hist. xx.
p. 243 (October, 1847) (not of Say, nor of Costa,
Rend. Accad. Sci. di Nap. 1853, p. 176, nor Poclo-
cerus punctatus, Spence Bate).

This species, which is very readily distinguishable
from A. rubricata whilst alive, requires close observation
to determine its identity in a preserved state. The body
is long and laterally compressed. The eyes are small,
round, and black. The antennae are annulated with

AMPH1TH0E LITTORINA. 423

brown, and are nearly of the same length, and are not
quite half the length of the animal ; * the inferior have
the joints of the peduncle armed with strong hairs. The
first two pairs of legs are subequal, but the second is
rather the larger. There is a deep semilunar fissure
between the wrist and the hand and between the wrist
and the preceding joint, which does not occur in A. rubri-
cates The first pair have the hand gradually tapering
to the extremity; the palm is straight and occupies
nearly the whole length of the inferior margin. The
second pair have the hand continuous with the wrist, and
formed much like that of the first pair ; the palm is long
and not clearly defined ;f the finger is nearly as long
as the inferior margin, and has the inner margin smooth.
The first two pairs of walking legs are short and robust.
The three posterior gradually increase in length and
have the inner margins of the hands furnished with a
longitudinal row of short stout spines. The posterior pair
of caudal appendages do not reach beyond the preceding
pair, and have the inner ramus foliaceous and the outer
styliform, and furnished with two short, hook-like spines.
The central tail-plate is obtusely triangular. The colour
of the animal is olive-green, covered all over, especially
on the sides, with minute black spots — changing when
dead to a sand colour — and marked on the back with
numerous impressed punctures.

This species is generally found amongst the weed close
in shore, associated with Gammarus locusta. It may
readily be detected by its size: like " a Triton amongst

* Dr, Johnston describes the upper antennae in his G. pundatus as nearly
as long as the hody.

t Dr. Johnston describes the hands of the second pair as Laving an obsolete
tooth.

424 COROPHITM.

the minnows," it is found one to a hundred of the
Gammari.

■ Johnston found it at Berwick, and presented the speci-
men to the British Museum under the name of G.
punctatus. The G. punctatus of Say, which we take to
be identical with Stimpson's A. virescens, has, in both
Say's and Stimpson's description, parts sufficiently dis-
tinct to separate it from the British species.

A. littorina is to be found most probably all round our
coast. Our friend, the late Mr. Geo. Barlee, sent it to us
from Skye, and the Rev. Geo. Gordon from the Moray
Frith. We have seen a specimen taken by the Rev.
A. M. Norman in the Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetlands.
Dr. Johnston found it very common amongst confervae in
pools left by the tide near Berwick. Mr. Webster has
forwarded to us specimens from Tenby; and we have
found them common between the tide marks at Plymouth.
Professor Kinahan has taken it in county Clare, Ireland.
Mr. Jeffreys has also found it on the coast of Normandy,
but we do not remember its having been among the
Crustacea found by him on the coast of Italy. Mr. Rayner
has found at Hummock's Island, Basse's Straits, a speci-
men that appears to be identical with this species ; and
we can detect no character of sufficient importance that
will identify A. Plcta of Rathke, from the Crimea, as a
distinct species.

We believe that this species frequently constructs its
nest by rolling together the edges of a leaf of growing
seaweed and cementing them together so as to form a
tube open at each end. We observed the fact some time
since but have not since verified it. Dr. Johnston de-
scribes the " burrows " of his G. punctatus as being from
one to two inches long, composed of pieces of seaweed,

AMPHITHOE LITTORINA.

425

and glued internally with a smooth and glutinous mem-
brane ; it is attached to the underside of stones, or is
embedded in some entangled fucus or conferva. A male
and female reside in each furrow, and Dr. Johnston had
observed them, when expelled from it, repeatedly return
and re-enter it.

The following sketch was kindly drawn for this work
by Miss Gordon Gumming, of Altyre. It represents
Hell's Hole, alias Hallis Hale, i. e. the Mouth of the
Harbour.

426

COROPHIID,E.

A M PHI POD A . PODOCERIDE*.

NATATORIA.

AMPHITHOE ALBOMACULATA.

Specific cJiaraclo: Body robust. Antenna? not longer than half the
animal. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long- ovate, with
the palm concave.

Length \ inch.

Ampldthoe albomaculata. Kroyer, Nat. Tidsk. ny Bxekke, andet B.

p. 67. Voyage en Scan. pi. xi. B. fig. 1.

This species closely assimilates to A. rubricata, but is
readily distinguished, by the robust form of the animal,
the shortness of the superior antennae, and the concave
palm of the second pair of hands.

In the Catalogue of Amphipoda of the British
Museum, Mr. Spence Bate, not then having seen a
specimen has (p. 251), with hesitation, followed Bruze-
lius in uniting this species with A. podoceroides of
Rathke. But the specimen from which our figure is
taken so closely corresponds with that of Kroyer in his
magnificent work on the Crustacea, &c, of Scandinavia,
that we do not hesitate to consider our British species
as being identical with it. As connected with our Fauna
it was dredged for the first time in the summer of 1861,
in from seventy to ninety fathoms sixty miles east of
Shetlands, by the Rev. A. M. Norman and Mr. J. G.
Jeffreys.

A M1MIITH0E GAMMAROIDES.

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

427

PODOCERIDES.

AMPH1THOE GAMMAROIDES.

Specific character. Eyes small, round, and black. Superior antenna?
shorter than the inferior. Second pair of gnathopoda larger than the first ;
propodos subquadrate.

Length ^ inch.

Anvphithoe Gammaroides. Spence Bate, Cat. Ainph. Brit. Mus. p. 235,

pi. xli. fig. 4.
Pleonexes Gammaroides. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix.

p. 147. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 199.

The eyes of this species are very small, round, and
black. The superior antennae are more than half the length
of the animal. The first joint of the peduncle is longer
than the head, the second joint is longer than the first,
and the third is not half the length of the second ; the
flagellum, which is imperfect in our typical specimen,
is about the length of the peduncle. In the inferior
antennae the antepenultimate joint of the peduncle ex-
tends to half the length of the first joint of the upper ;
the penultimate as far as the extremity of the second
joint of the upper; while the ultimate is nearly as long
as the two preceding ; and the flagellum is about the
same length as the last joint of the peduncle, and there-
fore reaches beyond the extremity of the superior,
unless the flagellum of the latter be preternaturally long.
It was on account of the greater length of the inferior
to the superior antennae that the original describer first

428 COROPIIIIDiE.

established for it a separate genus, which he has since
cancelled in the " Catalogue of Amphipoda ' for the
British Museum. The first pair of legs have the hands
slightly dilated, and gradually increasing in diameter to
the palm, against which the finger, when shut, closely im-
pinges for the entire length. The second pair of legs have
the wrist dilated and continuous with the hand, which is
large, diagonally quadrate, the palm being oblique and
defined by an obtuse tooth. The third and fourth pairs
of legs are short and strong ; they have the thighs
dilated anteriorly. The fifth, sixth, and seventh have
the distal extremity of the sixth joints dilated so as to
increase their prehensile power, a circumstance which
suggests to us the idea that this imperfectly-examined
animal may belong to the genus Sunamphithoe.

The two or three specimens of this species which we
have seen are dried and imperfect ; they were sent to us
by the late Mr. Barlee, who obtained them at Penzance.

The colour of the specimens is a tolerably fresh green,
spotted with rather large and distant black points, which
are most abundant upon the sides of the animal.

SUNAMPHITHOE. 429

AMPHIPODA. P0D0CEB1DES.

NATATOBIA.

Genus— SUNAMPHITHOE.

Svmamphithoe. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann. Nat.
Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 250.
Synamjphithoe. "White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 201.

Generic character. Like Amphithoe except that the telson
is developed into the form of a hook, and the three posterior
pairs of legs have the sixth joint dilated at its extremity.

This genus is very near to Amphithoe t with which it is
very likely to be confounded. It has, however, the
second pair of hands more frequently larger, and the
walking legs have the hands developed somewhat as in
Isaa, having a small palm at the extremity, so that they
assume the appearance of being as much adapted for
prehension as for walking. The telson is developed into
a distinct and powerful hook, which is evidently a modi-
fication of that organ for some special purpose. It is
this last feature which distinguishes this genus from
every other of the family. As yet but two British
species are known.

430

AMPHIPODA,

NATATOR1A.

COROPHIID.E.

PODOCERIDES.

SUNAMPHITHOE HAMULUS.

Specific character. Antenna? subequal : superior pair one-third as long
as the animal, the flagelluin not heing longer than the peduncle : inferior
pair having the flagellum scarcely longer than the last joint of the peduncle.
Gnathopoda subequal. Telson in the form of a very perfect hook.

Length y inch.

Swmrrvphithoe Hamulus. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148.

Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 250, pi. xliii. fig. 5.
White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 202.

The eyes are small, round, and black. The antennae
are nearly of the same length and about one-third that
of the animal ; in the upper pair the flagellum is about
the same length as the peduncle ; in the lower pair the
flagellum is much shorter, not being longer than the last
joint of the peduncle. The hands of the first two pairs
of legs are nearly of the same size, the second being
slightly the larger, and the fingers of both are serrated.
The first two pairs of walking legs are short and strong ;
the last three are strong and longer ; the distal extremity
of the hand being furnished with a palm armed with two
short, obtuse spines and one long, blunt, spirally-curved
spine, against which the finger, which is obsoletely

SUNAMPHITHOE HAMULUS. 431

serrated, acts and forms a strong prehensile grasp. The
last pair of caudal appendages have the branches short,
the inner being broadly foliaceous, the outer tipped with
two short hooks ; the telson terminates in a strong and
well-formed hook, that is evidently intended for some
special purpose.

We have received specimens of this species, of which
the habits are unknown, from the Moray Frith, where
they were taken by the Rev. Geo. Gordon ; from Rock-
pools, Penzance, where they were found by Mr. Harris.
They have been sent to us from the Shetlands, by the
late Mr. Barlee ; and the Rev. A. M. Norman has
dredged them in from two to five fathoms in the Outer
Skerries harbour in company wTith Mr. Jeffreys.

432

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

COROPHIID.E.

PODOCER1DES.

SUNAMPHITHOE CONFOBMATA.

Specific character. Eyes small, round, and white. Superior antenna?
longer than the inferior. Second pair of gnathopoda much larger than the
first ; propodos long-ovate, tapering to the extremity ; palm very oblique,
waved.

Length 280 inch.

Sunamphitkoe conformata. Spence Bate, Bep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p.- 59.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Cat.
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 251, pi. xliii. fig. 6.
White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 202.

In this species the eyes are round and white, with a
red spot in the middle. The superior antennas are
nearly as long as the animal. The inferior antenna? are
but little more than half the length of the superior.
The second pair of legs are furnished with a hand twice
the size of that of the first pair: it is of a long oval
form, somewhat tapering to the extremity ; the palm is
subparallel with the upper margin, and is waved nearest
to the distal extremity. The first two pairs of walking-
legs have the thighs very broadly developed. The third
pair of walking legs are very short ; the two last longer
and of uniform length. The posterior pair of caudal
appendages have the inner ramus foliaceous, and the
outer terminating in two powerful hooks. The telson
has not been clearly observed, but we believe that it
agrees with our generic description.

SUNAMPHITHOE CONFORMATA .

433

The animal is of a yellowish or fawn colour when alive,
with a few red marks corresponding with the points
where the legs are attached to the body. We obtained
our first specimen at Plymouth, and a second was
sent to us by the late Mr. Barlee, who took it off the
Shetlands.

The following vignette represents some Laver ga-
therers.

F F

434 COROPHIIDJE.

AMPHIPODA. PODOCERIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— PODOCERUS.

Podoccrus. Leach, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 360. Desmarest, Consid. sur
Crust, p. 269. Samouelle, Ent. Comp. p. 185. Ed-
wards, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 63. Spence Bate, Ann.
Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Gosse, Mar. Zool. p. 141.
White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 197. Bruzelius, Skand.
Amph. Ganim. p. 20.

Jassa. Leach, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. Desmarest, Consid. sur

Crust, p. 269. White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 198.

Ischyrocerus. Kroter, Gron. Amfip. p. 59.

CratopJiium. Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 841.

Elasmoims. Costa, Rend, della Reale Accad. delle Scienze di Napoli,
1853, p. 170.

Generic character. Superior antennae having a minute
secondary appendage. Inferior antennas, not multiarticulate,
robust; ilagelluni short and tipped with hooks. Second pair of
gnathopoda having the propodos largely developed. First and
second pair of pereiopoda having the base very broad; third
pair having the coxa scarcely as deep as that of the preceding
pair, and the lobes not equal in size. Posterior pair of pleopoda
biramous, one ramus being furnished with one or more hooks.
Telson squamiform.

This genus has the eyes generally very small, and
situated on a very prominent lobe, projected laterally
between the superior and inferior pairs of antennae ; this
lobe is formed of a plate so thin that we have frequently
observed the ocular mass to stand as a projecting ball on
the inner side. The superior antennas are invariably
furnished with a secondary appendage, which is generally
very small. The inferior antennas are longer, and more
powerful than the superior ; the peduncle is long, and
the flagellum very stout and strong, never multiarticulate,

PODOCERUS. 435

but consisting of three or four very long articuli ; some
of the hairs upon the distal extremity of each articulus
attaining a strong spine-like condition, and becoming
shorter and stronger towards the apex of the organ,
where also they become curved or hooked. The second
pair of legs have the hand much longer than that be-
longing to the first pair. The first two pairs of walking
legs are very short and robust, and the thighs are
generally broadly dilated. The third pair are also short,
and have the lobes of the coxa very large. The last
pair of caudal appendages are double branched, the
branches are very short, and one of them (the inner)
is furnished with two or three hook-like spines.

This genus, as well as that of Jassa, was established
bv Dr. Leach, but, after a careful consideration of the
meagre descriptions of these two genera, as well as an
examination of the specimens preserved in the British
Museum, we have not been able to discover any
character to distinguish the two groups. In this we
are the more confirmed from the fact that specimens of
each genus were mingled together, as also some totally
distinct from either. Dana's description o Cratophium
also appears to be identical with this genus, and we can
only account for that clear observer founding it as a
distinct genus from the fact that Dr. Leach's description
is not sufficient for identification without the assistance
of specimens.

This genus appears to be more generally distributed
in the northern than in the southern hemisphere, although
one species was taken by Dana on the coast of Brazil, and
another in the Eastern Archipelago.

f f 2

436

COROPHIID^.

AMPHIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

PODOCERIDES.

PODOCERUS PULCHELLUS.

Specific character. Superior antenna? not longer than the peduncle of the
inferior. Second pair of gnathopoda having propodos with the palm parallel
with the superior margin, and defined by a long tooth-like process.

Length | inch.

Jassa pulchella.

Podocerus pulcliellus.

Podocerus calcaratus.

Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 433. Suppl. Enc. Brit.

i. p. 426. Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. Desmarest,

Consid. sur les Crust, p. 269. Samouelle, Ent.

Comp. p. 105. Milne Edwards, Regne Animal.

pi. lxi. fig. 3. (Edit. Crochard, from Leach's

type.)
Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 384.

Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 64. Spence Bate, Rep.

Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser.

xix. p. 148. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 253,

pi. xliii. fig. 8. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust.

p. 198. Gosse, Mar. Zool. p. 141.
Ratiike, Nov. Act. xx. p. 91, pi. iv. fig. 9.

Bruzelius, Skand. Amph. Gam. p. 22.

PODOCERUS PULCHELLUS. 437

The eyes are small in most of this genus, but appear
to be particularly so in this species. The superior
antennae do not reach quite to the extremity of the
peduncle of the inferior. The inferior antennae are very
nearly half the length of the animal ; the flagellum is
shorter than the last joint of the peduncle, it consists of
four articuli, and is furnished at the apex with double-
pointed curved spines. The coxae of the first two pairs
of legs are short, but those of the two succeeding are
more than twice the depth of their respective segments
of the body. The first pair of hands are small and sub-
triangular ; the palm oblique and totally straight, fringed
along the margin with long and short hairs, all double-
headed, the shorter being stronger and spine-like ; the
finger is deeply serrated along the distal moiety of the
inner margin. The second pair of hands are large,
equalling in length the head and the first two segments
of the body ; the palm is slightly concave, following a
line parallel with that of the upper margin, and is
defined by a long process or tooth, the apex of which
antagonizes with the extremity of the finger — this thumb-
like process is sometimes nearly as long as the palm and
terminates abruptly. The next two pairs of legs are
short and robust; the last three gradually exceed each
other in length.

Dr. Leach (Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361) describes two
varieties of this species, — a, those with the hands of
the second pair armed with an elongated obtuse tooth ;
and, b, those with the same hands having the internal
edge tridentate. It is possible that these varieties may
be the sexes of the species.

We have a branch of Eudendrium, given to us by our
late lamented friend Mr. Howard Stewart, Sub-curator
of the Royal College of Surgeons, in which a colony

438 COROPHIIM.

of this species has built several nests. These nests
were somewhat pear-shaped, the largest end being
upwards, and the entrance situated laterally near the
top.

The favourite habitat of most of the species of this
genus is among the weeds and zoophytes that grow thickly
at the water-line of buoys. Here we have often taken
them in fine summer weather. But our experience in-
duces us to believe that, when the wind raises high the
waves of the sea, they seek shelter in the quiet depths
of the ocean.

We, as well as Mr. Howard Stewart, have taken this
species frequently at Plymouth ; we have also dredged it
in Oxwich Bay, Glamorganshire. Mr. Norman has sent
it to us from Cullercoats, and Mr. Edward from Banff. Mr.
Robertson has procured some fine specimens at Cumbrae,
and the late Mr. Barlee took it near Penzance.

The near resemblance of this species to Podocerus
validus of Dana, demonstrates, as we have previously
noticed, the close resemblance between the European
and South American Crustacea.

PODOCERUS VARTEGATI S.

439

AMPJIIPODA.

y.lTATORIA.

PO DOC EM DES.

PODOCERUS VARIEGATUS.

Specific character. Eyes small, oblong. Second pair of gnathopoda
having the propodos large, ovate ; palm oblique, fringed with a few plumose
cilia. Dactylos serrated.

Length 270 inch.

Podocerus raricgatus. Leach, Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 433. Linn. Trans, xi.

p. 361. Suppl. Enc. Brit. i. 426. Samouelle,
Ent. Comp. p. 104. Desmarest, Consid. sur
Crust, p. 269. Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci.
Nat. t. xx. p. 384. Regne Animal, pi. Ixi. fig. 4.
(Edit. Crochard, from Leach's type.) Hist, des
Crust, t. iii. p. 63. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit.
Assoc. 1855. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148.
Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 254, pi. xliii. fig. 10.
White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 197. Gosse,
Mar. Zool. i. p. 141.

The back is perfectly smooth.* The eyes are small,

* Prof. Milne Edwards in his Crochard Edition of the "Regne Animal," has
represented the first two segments of the tail postero-dorsally produced into

440 COROPHIID^.

oblong in form, and placed in a very advanced position
on the lateral lobes of the head. The superior antennae
are about one-third the length of the animal, and have
a jointed flagellum, but little longer than the last joint
of the peduncle, and furnished with a secondary ap-
pendage consisting of but a single articulus ; the second
joint of the peduncle is furnished with about twelve, and
the third joint with ten, setose serrations on the under side.
The inferior antennas are scarcely longer than the superior,
and the flagellum is not so long as the last joint of the
peduncle, and consists of four or five large articuli ; the
last three, besides having numerous hairs, some of which
are slightly fringed with cilia, are armed with spines
that assume an increasingly hooked condition as they
approach the extremity of the appendage ; these are
evidently powerful organs, and much used in climbing,
as observed by the late Dr. Leach. The first pair of
legs have the hand ovate and tapering, the finger
serrated. The second pair have the hand very large,
oval in form, except the palm, which is slightly excavated,
and furnished with a few plumose hairs ; the finger is
slightly serrated upon the inner margin. The coxa of
the first pair of legs is much advanced anteriorly, but not
very deep, those of the three next succeeding pairs in-
crease gradually in depth, and are each about the depth
of its respective segment ; the coxa of the fifth pair is
not so deep as the preceding, and subequally divided
into two lobes. The fifth pair of legs are not longer
than the fourth ; the sixth and seventh pairs are longer,
and all are very robust. The posterior pair of caudal

teeth. Although we have no clouht but that the error arises from a miscon-
ception of the artist, yet being in so extensively circulated a work it is liable
to mislead if not noticed.

PODOCERUS VARIEGATUS. 441

appendages have the outer ramus terminating in three
strong hooks, the inner is foliaceous.

The animal derives its specific name from its beautiful
colour, having " the body, legs, and antennae beautifully
variegated with red ; " * but this variegated appearance
is common to several species.

Dr. Leach found his specimen, which he gave as the
type of the genus, on the south coast of Devon. We
have taken specimens of it at Plymouth ; and some were
sent to the British Museum, by Mr. Stevenson, from
Bell Rock, during the period that he was erecting that
lighthouse. We have received from Mr. E. W. H.
Holdsworth, a branch of Tubularia gracilis, the twigs of
which are thickly covered with the tubular nests of this
species; it was found upon rocks on the sea coast of
Devonshire. The Rev. A. M. Norman has dredged it
in forty fathoms of water one mile north of Whalsey
Lighthouse. Mr. Edward has sent it to us from Banff,
and Mr. Loughrin from Polperro.

* Leach.

U2

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORIA.

COROPHND.E.

PODOCERl UES

PODOCERUS CAPILLATUS.

Specific character. Eyes round. Antennae subequal, plumose. Second
pair of gnathopoda having the propodos ovate except where the palm is
deeply excavated and defined by a strong tooth.

Length \ inch.

Podocerm capillatus. Rathke, Nov. Act. Acad. Leop. xx. pi. iv. fig. 8.

Spence Bate, Cat. Ainph. Brit. Mus. p. 255,

pi. xliv. fig. 3.
Jassa capillata. Bruzelius, Skand. Amph. Gfamm. p. 19.

This species so much resembles P. variegatus that we
originally considered them to be varieties of one species.
Our figure, unfortunately drawn from an imperfectly-
developed specimen, scarcely gives a correct idea of the
points which distinguish this species ; the details, how-

PODOCERUS CAPILLATUS. 44o

ever, having been taken from one in a more perfect
condition, will compensate for the circumstance. It may
be readily detected by the plumose antennae (which are so
thickly furnished with hair, each hair being so thickly
furred with fine cilia that the antennae resemble a brush
in appearance rather than the normal organs supporting
hairs) and the second pair of hands, which are ovate,
with the palm deeply excavated on the infero-anterior
margin, the excavation being defined at its posterior
limits by an obtuse but prominent tooth, as shown in the
outline figure, marked i.

This species is beautifully variegated and builds its
nests in a very bird-like manner in submarine forests;
the nest consists chiefly of fine thread-like material,
woven and interlaced, being established firmly in the
branches of Zoophytes; some small extraneous fragments
are often bound in with it, but these appear more the
result of accident than of intention, as is the case with
Amphithoe. The form of the nest is somewhat oval,
the entrance being invariably at the top. These nests
are evidently used as a place of refuge and security,
and in which the parent protects and keeps her brood of
young until they are old enough to be independent of
the mother's care.

Our vignette is taken from a group of these nests one
of which upon being opened was found to be occupied by
a parent animal and a swarm of young, evidently of two
ages, therefore two broods,* demonstrating, wre think,

* We have observed in Atylus carinatus from the Arctic Seas, that the
young, while yet nurtured in the incubatory pouch, attain progressive stages
of development. At first the head is without a rostrum, and the body and
tail without dorsal teeth ; these are afterwards gradually developed, and the
flagella are added to the antenme articulus by articulus. Figures of this
interesting development are given in the Catalogue of Amphipoda for the
British Museum.

444

COROPHIIDiE.

tolerably clearly that the instinct of maternal love hovers
over the young long after they are born.*

We have obtained the species from trawlers off
Plymouth. Mr. Loughrin has sent it us, with their
nests built in Plumularia, from Polperro, from which our
vignette was drawn. Mr. Edward has sent it to us also, with
nests built in Corallina officinalis, taken from rock pools
near Banff; and the Rev. A. M. Norman has dredged it
in from two to five fathoms in Outer Skerries Harbour,
Shetlands, as well as one mile north of Whalsey Lighthouse
in forty fathoms of water. Bruzelius records it from
the coasts of Norway and Bohusia.

* In a note to the Translation of Mr. Spence Bate's Paper on the "Nidi-
fication of Crustacea," reprinted from the Ann. Nat. Hist. Feb. 1858, into the
Annales des Sciences Naturelles, the editor objects to the word ''nests" as
applied to these abodes of Crustacea, but the fact that the young are therein
nurtured and protected justifies us in continuing the term first used.

PODOCERUS FALCATUS.

445

A MP El POD A.

NAT ATOM A.

GAMMAR1DES.

PODOCERUS FALCATUS.

Specific character. Inferior antenna? longer than the superior. Second
pair of gnathopoda having the propodos ovate, palm very oblique, imperfectly
defined, and armed with two obtuse teeth.

Length 57o inch.

Cancer Gammarus faleatus. Montagu, Linn. Trans, ix. p. 100, pi. v. fig. 2.

Cerapus pelagicus (pars).
Podocerus faleatus.

Jassa fedcata.

Cerapus fad cat us.

Milne Edwakds, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 61.
Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 255,

pi. xliv. fig. 1.
White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 198. Leach,

Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. Edin. Encyc. vii.

p. 433.
Thompson, Ann. Nat. Hist. xx. p. 244.

This species may readily be distinguished from the
preceding by the greater length of the inferior pair of
antenna?, which are nearly as long as the body of the
animal. The second pair of hands are large and ovate,
having the palm scarcely defined, but armed with two
powerful but rather blunt teeth, the one situated near

446 COROPHIID.E.

the centre, the other at the anterior extremity of the
palm. It is variegated in its colouring, being, according
to Montagu, crimson, or mottled with a mixture of
white.

Montagu, whose type specimens are in the British
Museum, took it only with a dredge at Torcross, on the
south coast of Devonshire. We have dredged it at
Plymouth, and on the south coast of Wales ; and re-
ceived it from Polperro from Mr. Loughrin, and from
Falmouth as well as Tenby from Mr. W. Webster, and
Mr. Robertson has sent it to us from Cambrae, N. B.

PODOCERUS PELAGICUS.

447

AMPHIPODA,

NATATOTJA.

GAMMARIDES.

PODOCERUS PELAGICUS.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with
the palm lunately excavate, lobed near the base, and defined by two or three
stiff, short, blunt spines.

Length \ inch.

Jassa pelagica. Leach, Linn. Trans, xi. p. 361. Edin. Ency.

vii. p. 433. Desmarest, Consid. snr Crust.

p. 270. White, Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 54.

Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 198.
Podocerus pelagicus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 255,

pi. xliv. fig. 2.
Cerapus pelagicw (pars). Milxe Edwards, Hist. Crust, iii. p. 61. Ctjvier,

Regne An. (Ed. Croch.) pi. 61, fig. 2 (from

Leach's type in British Museum).

The eyes are round ; and the superior antennae are
not so long as the inferior which are not quite half the
length of the animal. The second pair of hands are

448 COROPHIIDiE.

sublunatc, the palm running parallel nearly the entire
length of the hand, and fringed with several equidistant
plumose hairs ; a projecting lobe is situated near the
base of the palm, which is defined by a prominence
covered with a few hairs, and short stiff spines sub-
apically tipped with a single cilium : the finger is
slightly serrated along the interior margin. In a speci-
men received from Ilfracombe, from which the figure
was drawn, the hand has undergone a considerable
variation, the lunate portion is very much shortened,
whereas the two lobes at the base are very much
widened, though not more prominent. The finger like-
wise has undergone a change, being, in the typical form,
somewhat dilated near the centre of the inner margin,
corresponding with the concavity of the palm, whereas
in the Ilfracombe variety there is no dilatation, it is also
more strongly serrated ; but this variation in the finger
is evidently an adaptation to, and dependent upon, the
form of the palm.

There is little in the structure of this species worthy
of attention as differing from the preceding. The
surface of the integument is covered with numerous
minute points, and more thickly covered by exquisitely
fine down, which appears to be arranged in uneven
rows as shown at figure K.

This species appears to live in deeper water, or not
so near the surface as the preceding, and to build its
nests chiefly of mud. These nests, when broken up and
examined by the microscope, do not exhibit any of that
threadlike material which exists so abundantly in the
others.

Our figure and description are taken from specimens
sent to us by Mr. Gosse, who procured them at Tenby

PODOCERUS PELAGICUS.

449

and Ilfracombe. The vignette beneath represents the
nests of this species from both localities. Those grouped
round the Tubularia are from the former place, while
those upon the Viva are from the latter. The Rev.
A. M. Norman and Mr. Jeffreys have dredged it also in
from two to five fathoms of water in the Outer Skerries
Harbour, Shetlands.

G G

450

AMPHIPODA

NAT J TORT A.

OOROPHTJD.E.

PODOCEBTDEV.

PODOCERUS OCIUS.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos long-
ovate ; palm very oblique, denned by an obtuse tooth, and armed with one
strong central tooth and three subapical tubercles.

Length ^ inch.

Podocerus Ocius. Spence Bate, Cat. Aniph. Brit. Mas. p. 257, pi. xliv.

fig. 5.

This species scarcely differs from P. pelagicus. It has
the coxse less deep than in any of the previously-
described species. The inferior antennas have the flagel-
lum consisting of three articuli, the first of which is as
long as the last joint of the peduncle, the second and
third are each abruptly smaller, and furnished with
a single strong, curved, sharp spine amidst fine hairs.
The second pair of hands are long-ovate, the palm being
horizontal and about half the length of the hand, de-
fined by a strong blunt tooth, and armed near the centre
with a long obliquely-pointed tooth, beyond which are
three tubercles. The finger is smooth upon the inner

PODOCERUS OCIUS.

451

margin, a somewhat unusual circumstance, especially as
the finger of the first pair of hands is serrated.

We found this little species in a collection which
Mr. Gosse sent to us. It was taken by him at Ilfra-
combe, near low-water mark, spring-tide, associated with
P. pelagicus.

The following is a sketch of Ilfracombe, showing the
Lantern House and Hillsborough.

ILFRACOMBE. — LANTERN HOUSE AND IIILLSBOROUC.n.

G G

Q

452 COROPHIID^.

AMPHIPODA PODOCERIDES.

NATATORIA.

Genus— CERAPUS.

Cerapus. Say, Journ. Acad. Philacl. i. p. 49. Desmarest, Consid. sur

Crust, p. 271. Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat.
xx. p. 382. Templeton, Trans. Ent. Soc. i. p. 188. White,
Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 189. Gosse, Mar. Zool. i.
p. 140. Spence Bate, Cat. Aniph. Brit. Mus. p. 262.

Ericthonius. Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx. p. 383. Hist, des
Crust, t. iii. p. 59. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855,
p. 59. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. White, Pop.
Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 196.

Cerapodina. Milne Edwards, Hist, des Crust, iii. p. 62.

Pyctilus. Dana, United States' Explor. Exped. p. 973.

Generic character. Body not laterally compressed. Coxae
not so deep as their respective segments of the body. Antennae
subequal : superior pair furnished with a secondary appen-
dage; inferior antennae having the flagellum multi-articu-
late. First pair of gnathopoda subchelate : second pair of
gnathopoda large, complexly subchelate. Posterior pair of
pleopoda unibranched. Telson rudimentary, supporting nu-
merous small, sharp points.

In this genus the body of the animal is not deep
or laterally compressed. The antennae are nearly of the
same length, although the lower are the more powerful
pair of organs. The flagella are multi-articulate. The
first pair of hands are simply subchelate ; the second
pair have the wrist largely developed and inferiorly pro-
duced so as to antagonize at its extremity with the apex
of the finger. All the walking legs have the thighs
equally dilated. The posterior pair of caudal append-
ages are single-branched, and the middle piece is bilobed,
each lobe being studded with minute, sharp, anteriorly-
directed teeth.

CERAPUS. 453

Say, in his character of the genus, described the
flagella to the antennae as consisting of a single joint,
a mode of expression not unusual among authors.
Milne Edwards consequently established his genera
Ericthonius and Cerapodina in consequence of the antennae
terminating in multi-articulate flagella. The former was
founded upon an animal examined by the author, the
latter upon Templeton's inaccurate figure of Cerapus
abditus. Professor Dana has likewise founded his genus
Pyctilus upon a misconception of the figure of Ericthonius
difformis, illustrative of M. Edward's description of that
genus, which the artist has drawn with the coxa of the
first pair of legs fused with the body of the animal,
a circumstance not alluded to in the author's description,
and one that Professor Milne Edwards informs us was
an error of his draughtsman. It is for these reasons
that we are led to consider that these several genera are,
together with Dercotho'e* only synonyms of Cerapus.

The species of this genus are not very numerous, but
they have a tolerably wide geographical range. They
exist mostly in the warm temperate zones. The form of
their abodes appears from Say and Templeton to be
membraneous tubes; the former states them to be un-
attached to any substance, and carried by the free will of
the animal as it swims or walks about — a fact which has
not been corroborated by any subsequent observer. Mr.
Stimpson,inhis "Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan,"
p. 47, writing of Cerapus rubricomis, says, " it inhabits
flexible tubes, of sizes corresponding to that of the
individuals, composed of fine mud and some animal
cement by which it is agglutinated. These tubes are
generally adherent for about one-half the length and
closed below. They are usually found in large groups

* Vide page 459.

454 COROPHIULE.

attached to submarine objects and to each other. The
animals are very active, protruding and retracting the
anterior portion of their bodies, while their antennae
are in continual motion, lashing about in search of some
object which might serve for food. It is very amusing
to watch a colony of these animals, with their comical
gestures in their disputes with each other, and their
awkward celerity in regaining their respective tubes
after having left them on temporary excursions. I have
in no instance met with an individual transporting a
free tube, as is said by Mr. Say to be the case with
C. tubular is."

CERA PUS ABD1TUS.

455

AMPIIIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

PODOCERIDES.

CERAPUS ABDITUS.

Specific character. Eyes transversely ovate. Antenna? subequal. Epi-
stoma produced to a point. Second pair of gnathopoda having the subapical
process of the carpus double -pointed.

Length about \ inch.

Cerapus abditus. Templeton, Trans. Ent. Soc. i. p. 188, pi. xx. fig. 5.

Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 263,

pi.- xlv. fig. 2.
Cerapodina abditus. Milne Ei> warps, Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 62.
Ericthonius difformis. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149.

White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 196 (not Edwards).

The eyes are oval, placed longitudinally in the head,
and red in colour.* The superior antennae (broken off
in the specimen drawn above) are about the same length
as the inferior. The epistoma projects anteriorly in the

* Templeton gives the colour of the eyes of his specimen as black, with a
pale encircling ring.

456 COROPHlIDiE.

form of a long point or process as shown at *. The first
pair of legs have the hand and wrist continuously oval.
The second pair have the wrist as broad again and much
longer than the hand, the subapical process is double-
pointed ; the hand has the inferior margin irregularly
waved, but running subparallel with the superior. The
finger is lanceolate, but slightly curved, and sparingly
fringed with hairs. The first three pairs of legs are
shorter than the last two, the thighs being equally
dilated. The posterior pair of caudal appendages are
very robust ; the short single branch is tipped with
short, slightly-curved, obtuse spines, the middle tail-piece
having several rows of minute sharp teeth upon each
lobe. The colour of the animal is pale yellow or horny,
slightly studded with black spots.

We took our first British specimens in Oxwich Bay,
on the coast of South Wales, and have since taken it in
Plymouth Sound, in company with the late Mr. Howard
Stewart. The Rev. A. M. Norman has sent it to us
from the coast of Northumberland ; but the original
specimen of the species was taken by Mr. Templeton in
the Atlantic Ocean,

Dana describes, under the name of Pyctilus Brasiliensis,
a specimen which agrees with our British form ; and
it is not impossible, since Templeton's sea voyage was
from the southern to the northern hemisphere, that his
species may have been taken off the coast of Brazil, and
therefore identical with Dana's species; at all events
this forms another evidence of the great resemblance
between the British and South American Crustacea.

We have never taken this species within its abode ;
but Templeton figures the cell in the form of a long,
narrow, membraneous tube, about one-fifth of an inch
in length, his specimen being about one-eighth.

CERAPUS DIFFORMIS.

AMPHIPODA

NAT ATOM A.

457

POBOCERIDES.

O

+

CERAPUS DIFFORMIS.

Specific character. Male. — Antennae subequal. Second pair of gnatho-
poda having the carpus longer than the propodos, and the extremity of the
infero-anterior process single-pointed.

Length 7JS inch.

Female. — Second pair of gnathopoda with the wrist rather broader but
not longer than the propodos, having the infero-anterior angle wide, and
slightly produced as a plate along the inferior margin of the propodos.

Length 530 inch.

Eficthon ius difformis.
Cerapus difformis.

Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 382.

Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 60, pi. xxix. fig. 12.

Spence Bate, Cat. Aniph. Brit. Mus. p. 265, pi. xlv.
fig. 5.

The male of this species bears a general resemblance
to the preceding. The eyes are round, small, and black.
The superior antennas are rather more than half the
length of the animal. The inferior antennae are nearly
as long as the superior. The first pair of legs are small,

458 COROPHIID.E.

with the wrist as deeply dilated as the hand, and nearly
of the same form. The second pair have the wrist
longer than, and nearly twice the breadth of, the hand ;
the anteroinferior process produced to a single point ;
the hand having the inferior margin smooth, and nearly
parallel with the superior ; the finger is slightly curved
and pointed.

The female differs from the male in being a less slender
animal : and in having the second pair of legs with the
wrist not longer than the hand, and produced beneath
its inferior surface, not as a strong tooth-like process,
but as a thin plate-like projection. The hand is nearly
round, or broadly oval, being as wide as the wrist. It is
is in fact a perfect specimen of the supposed genus
Dercothoe.

Both male and female specimens are thickly sprinkled
with small spots of black.

We have only seen dead individuals of this species,
and have, therefore, no positive proof that the two
forms above described are the male and female of the
same species. We, however, received them at the same
time from the same locality, and our opinion has since
received a curious corroboration in the circumstance
that, among the specimens sent to us, for examination,
by the Rev. A. M. Norman, one had the right hand of
the second pair of legs developed like that of the male,
while the one upon the left side assumed all the
characteristics of the female organ.

We have received specimens of this species from
Banff, sent to us by Mr. Edward ; from Northumber-
land, where it was procured by the Rev, A. M. Norman ;
and it is recorded by Prof. Milne Edwards as having
been found on the coast of Brittany.

DERC0T1I0E (CERAPUS ^ ). 45(J

A MPJI1POBA . PODOOERIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— DERCOTHOE (CERAPUS $).

DcrcotJwe. Dana, United States' Explor. Exped. p. 9G8.

Dercoihoe (Cerapus $). Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. p. 259.

Generic character. Eyes situated on very advanced lobes.
Superior antenna? furnished with a small secondary appendage.
Coxae moderately deep. Posterior pair of pleopoda single-
branched. Telson armed with several rows of small tooth-like
processes.

The eyes are situated on advanced lateral lobes. The
antennae are nearly of the same length ; the superior
pair furnished with a small secondary appendage. The
coxae are moderately deep. The first pair of hands are
small ; the second large, having the wrist produced along
the inferior margin of the hand. In all other respects
the animals that constitute this genus closely resemble
those of the males of Cerapus,

The absence of positive evidence alone precludes us
from suppressing this genus founded by Dana. We
have little doubt but that the animals of which it con-
sists are the females of Cerapus. But since we have
not been able yet to determine with certainty the males
of certain species, and from Dana having described one
of his as having a secondary appendage to the superior
antennae that consists of three or four articuli, we think
it both desirable and convenient to retain it for the
present.

Kroyer — writing upon the genus Ericthonius, of Ed-
wards,* which we consider to be a synonym of Cerapus —

* Nat. Tidsk. iv. p. 163.

460 COROPHIIDvE.

states it to be the male of Podocerus. The general
resemblance of this genus to Podocerus is very con-
siderable, as may be seen by our figure of D. punctatus,
which was first described as belonging to the genus
Podocerus. We have, therefore, little doubt but that
Kroyer, while he distinguished the true relationship
existing between Cerapus and Dercothoe, was misled,
from the resemblance of the latter to Podocerus, to con-
sider that genus as being the female of Cerapus.

Stimpson, in his descriptions of Cerapi in his " Marine
Invertebrata of Grand Manan," appears to have been
aware, both of the distinction and relationship between
the male and female of the genus Cerapus, without
having fully appreciated its important bearing in relation
to the observations of Dana and Kroyer.

AMPRIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

DERCOTHOE (CERAPUS ? ) PUNCTATUS. 461

Q A MM ABIDES.

DERCOTHOE (CERAPUS $) PUNCTATUS.

Specific character. Eyes round. Antennre subequal. Second pair of
gnathopoda with the carpus and propodos continuous, long-ovate ; carpus
but slightly produced upon the inferior margin of the propodos. Telson
double-lobed.

Length 27g inch.

Dercotkoe {Ccrapus $) punctatus.

Podocerus punclatus $.

Milne Edwards, MS. in Erit. Mus.
Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.
p. 260, pi. xliv. fig. 10.
Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser.
xix. p. 148.

The eyes are round and black. Antennae about one-
third the length of the animal. The first pair of legs
have the hand and wrist forming a continuous oval, of
which the upper margin is the more rounded. The
second pair of hands are larger and longer than the first ;
the wrist is continuous with the hand, but only about

462 COROPHIID.E.

half its length, and but slightly produced upon the
inferior margin ; together they form a long oval, having
the palm not defined ; the finger is finely crenulated
along the inner margin. The coxae are not deep except
in the fifth pair of legs, which, in the specimen from
which our figure is taken, are deeper than the preceding,
— an unusual, and we believe an accidental or abnormal
occurrence. The thighs of the five pairs of walking
legs are broadly dilated, pear-shaped, the distal part
being the broadest. The caudal appendages have the
margins of the branches minutely serrated and armed
with a few small spines ; the posterior pair are very
strong, unibranched, and tipped with two or three short,
hook -like spines. The middle tail-piece consists of two
lobes, each being armed with several rows of short sharp
teeth, one lobe being represented at the upper part of
figure v.

This animal is of a yellow or straw colour, beautifully
marked with fine pigment cells, which appear to be most
abundant on the coxae and along the margins of the
segments of the body of the animal.

We have placed this species in Dana's genus because
we have not had proof of its actual relationship to
Cerapus. We, however, have scarcely any doubt in
considering it as being the female of Cerapus abditus,
especially as Mr. Alder, who sent the specimen to us,
stated that it was the inhabitant of a tube, and as its
sex is indicated by the eggs seen in its egg-pouch.

We received this specimen, from which our description
and figure are taken, from Mr. Alder, who dredged it
on the coast of Northumberland ; and we have a drawing
of a specimen that we took with a dredger some years
since in Oxwich Bay, on the coast of Glamorgan, which
we believe to be identical.

SIPITONCECETES. K53

A MPHIPODA . PODOCERfDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— SIPHONCECETES.

Sqihoncecetus. Kroyer, Nat. Tidsk. i. p. 491. Voyage en Scant!, pi. xx.
fig. 1. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 268.
Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. Rep. Brit. Assoc.
1S55, p. 59. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 196.

Generic character. Superior antennae with a multi-articulate
flagelluru, and no secondary appendage. Inferior antennas
having the flageilum not multi-articulate. Gnathopoda subequal,
subchelate. Pereiopoda short and robust. Posterior pair of
pleopoda very short, terminating in a single ramus tipped with
hooks. Telson furnished with several rows of short, sharp
teeth or spines.

The body of the animals in this genus is not laterally
compressed, and the coxae are very small. The eyes are
situated on projecting lateral lobes of the cephalon.
The superior antennae are shorter than the inferior, and
are furnished with a multi-articulate flageilum, but do
not carry a secondary appendage. The inferior antennae
are developed nearly in the form of true legs, and
generally consist, we believe, of seven joints; at all
events the flageilum is never multi-articulate. The first
two pairs of legs are subchelate, and nearly alike in size,
the second being rather the larger. All the walking legs
are short and tolerably strong. The posterior pair of
caudal appendages terminate in a double-hooked branch.
The middle tail-piece consists of a single lobe, furnished
with numerous small teeth or spines.

Kroyer, in his figure of the type of the genus, re-
presents the posterior pair of caudal appendages as
being double-branched, but if our observation be cor-

464

COROPHIIM.

rect, there is but a single branch, terminating in a double
hook.

This genus appears to be a northern form, and one
which has not been very frequently observed. The
animals dwell in tube-like nests, apparently open only
at one end, and generally of a very cylindrical form.
The inhabitants correspond in form with their abodes,
the legs being short and furnished with sharp minute
fingers which enable them to progress or retire within
their dwellings.

The following vignette represents some Welsh girls
picking cockles off the pier-head at Swansea.

GIRLS PICKING COCKLES.

A MP Ul PO DA.

NAT ATOM A.

STPHONCECETES TYPICUS.

465

PODOCERIDES.

SIPHONCECETES TYPICUS.

Specific character. Antennas cylindrical : superior reaching to the ex-
tremity of the peduncle of the inferior : inferior antennas nearly as long as
the animal ; flagellum with three jointdike articuli, the first and second
greatly elongated.

Length \ inch.

Siphoncecetes typicus. Kroyer, Nat. Tidsk., 2. Ser., i. p. 491, pi. vii. fig. 4.

Voyage en Scand. Crust., pi. xx. fig. 1. Spence
Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 270, pi. xlvi.
fig. 1 (after Kroyer).

The eyes are round. The superior antennae are about
one-half the length of the animal. The inferior have
the peduncle nearly as long as the superior antennae ;
the flagellum consists of two very long and one short
articuli. In Kroyer's figure of this organ the second
articulus is shorter than the first, and, as well as the
third or last, is furnished with a few strong, sharp, and
slightly-curved spines, besides the fine hairs. The first
pair of legs are slender, the wrist being as long as the
hand, of which the palm is extremely oblique. The second
pair are a little stouter than the first, and the hand some-
what less oblique, and more clearly defined. The first
two pairs of walking legs have the thighs but moderately
dilated, and the finger nearly straight. The last three
are very short ; and the penultimate pair of caudal
appendages are as long as the ultimate.

H H

466

COROPHIITXE.

The animal here described was taken by Mr. Jeffreys
and the Rev. A. M. Norman, during the summer of
1861, in from seventy to ninety fathoms water, sixty
miles east of the Shetland group. This is the first
time that the animal has been described as British. In
the Catalogue of Amphipoda for the British Museum,
the species was indicated as Scandinavian, from Kroyer's
description and figure.

The abode constructed by this species is also figured
and described by Kroyer as being built of small stones
and fragments of pebbles cemented together, and open at
one end only.

Never having taken the nest of this species, we are
indebted to Kroyer's figure for the following vignette.

SIPHOXCECETES WHTTET,

467

AMPiriPODA,
NAT.-ITOIIIA.

PODOCERIDES.

SIPHOXCECETES WHTTEI.

Specific character. Superior antenna? having the peduncle but little
longer than the cephalon ; the flagellum short, and apparently exarticulate.

Inferior antennae Grnathopoda with the carpi and propoda

continuously long-ovate ; dactylos of the second pair serrated. First two
pairs of pereiopoda having the dactyla straight.

Length 545 inch.

Cerapus Whitei.

Siphoncecetus Whitei.
Siphoncecetus Kroyeranus.

Gosse, Nat. Rambles, Devonshire, p. 383.

pi. xxii. fig. 12. Mar. Zool. p. 140, f. 253.

White, Brit. Crust, p. 191.

Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 270,

pi. xlv. fig. 10.

Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.

p. 149. White, Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 196.

Our knowledge of this species is limited. The
specimen which we examined, and originally described
as S. Kroyeranus, has the superior antennas shorter
than either the figures of Kroyer or of Gosse ; we
have, nevertheless, associated both under one name,
and it is not improbable that they may prove to be
females of S, typicus. The almost exarticulate flagellum
of the upper antenna}, and the more strongly armed
second pair of hands, may, possibly, be characteristics
of the female sex, but until more specimens are obtained

h h 2

468 COROPHIIDjE.

we hesitate to give the species as identical with S. typicus.
The antennae are represented in Mr. Gosse's figure as
being of nearly equal length, and but little more than
half the length of the animal.

Our specimen was sent to us from Weymouth by
Professor Williamson. Mr. Gosse took his in tubes
attached to tufts of Chondrus crispus (the sea-weed that
is sold in a dry state under the name of Carrageen Moss),
at Ilfracombe, at low-water spring-tide mark ; he has
given, under the name of the Caddis Shrimp, the follow-
ing account of its habits, in the work above quoted : —

" Among these (Algae and various parasite Zoophytes),
and assisting to conceal and metamorphose the plant, you
may find a number of conical tubes, varying from one-
sixteenth to one-eighth of an inch in length, made of a
somewhat tough papery or leathery substance, of a dusky
colour, and of a rough surface. They are stuck upon
the fronds of the seaweed in all directions, without any
order, some laid along, others standing erect, sometimes
singly, sometimes associated." " The animal in its tube
much resembles the larvae of the genus Phryganea, that
anglers value under the name of Caddis-worms. There,
however (and as in S. typicus), the case is composed of a
mosaic of minute pebbles, bits of shells, &c, imbedded in
a glutinous silk, with which the interior is smoothly lined.
In our little crustacean, I do not know of what it is
made, or how, but it seems to be homogeneous, and is
certainly of home manufacture, and not the tube of a
Zoophyte surreptitiously obtained, as has been supposed
to be the case with the Cerapus tubularis of North
America."

It received its specific name from Mr. Gosse in compli-
ment of his friend Mr. A. White.

S1PH0NCECETES CRASSICORNIS.

469

AM PITI POD A.

NATATOIiJA.

PODOCERIDES.

A

SIPHONCECETES CRASSICORNIS $ .

Specific character. Head produced into a rostrum. Superior antenna?
having the first joint large, and supero-anteriorly produced to a porrected
[ » lint. Inferior antenna? but little longer than the superior. Dactyla of the
first and second pairs of pereiopoda short and slightly curved.

Length i inch.

SipJioncecetes crassicornis. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1855, p. 59.

Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. Cat.
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 269, pi. xlv. fig. 9.
White, Pop. Hist, Brit. Crust, p. 197.

The only specimen which we have seen of this species
is a female. It is long and flat, the head being an-
teriorly produced into a rostrum. The eyes are small
and round. The superior antennas are not one-fourth
the length of the animal ; the first joint of the
peduncle is very large, and anteriorly produced, upon
the upper side, to a long horn-like point, whence the
specific name. The inferior antennas are scarcely longer
than the superior, and are considerably shorter than in

470 corophiidjl

the typical species, a circumstance which in some
measure may be due to the specimen being a female.
The first pair of legs are wanting in one specimen. The
second are small, having a long, oval, simple hand, and
short curved finger. The third and fourth pairs of legs
are short, and have the thighs dilated, and the fingers
short and curved ; the branchial sac is as long as the
incubatory flabellum attached to the same appendage.
The fifth pair of legs have the coxa broad, the thigh
short, the meta-carpus and wrist short, and posteriorly
dilated, considerably broader than long ; the hand ovate,
tapering, and the finger short, triple-pointed, and curved.
The sixth pair of legs are longer than the fifth, and
more simple in character, while the seventh pair are the
longest and most simple. The penultimate pair of
caudal appendages are the shortest ; the ultimate ter-
minating in a double-hooked branch. The middle tail-
piece is of a tubercular form, and covered with numerous
small sharp teeth or spines.

Dredged by Mr. Joshua Alder, on the Northumber-
land coast. It lives in small cylindrical mud tubes,
attached to branches of Antennularia. Its colour
appears to be yellow, blotched with patches of white.

NCENIA. 471

A MPHIPODA . PODOCERIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— NGENIA. °/oTLoci/urJi^4 \%a^L

Ncenia. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. p. 271.

Generic character. Antenna? subequal ; superior pair with-
out a secondary appendage ; inferior having the flagelluni
multi-articulate. Guathopoda subchelate. Posterior pair of
pleopoda biramous. Telson cylindrical.

The animals of this genus are somewhat compressed.
The eyes are round. The superior antennae are about
the same length as the inferior ; the latter originate
posteriorly to the superior, and terminate in a multi-
articulate flagellum. The first two pairs of legs have
subchelate hands, the second pair being much larger
than the first. The walking legs are tolerably robust,
and not very long. The posterior pair of caudal ap-
pendages terminate in a pair of styliform branches. The
middle tail-piece is tubular, and tipped with one or two
rudimentary denticles.

This genus bears considerable resemblance to Eurys-
theus, and it is with much hesitation that we have
placed them in different families.* The species are rare,
and it is not improbable, when more individuals are
obtained, that some of the supposed species here de-
scribed, chiefly founded on the structure of the hands,
may prove only varieties of other species.

* "We have not been able to identify the Gammarus spinijoes of Dr.
Johnson (Zool. Journ. iv. p. 417), taken among Sertularia, from deep water
on the Berwickshire coast, but are inclined to refer it either to the jjresent
genus or to Ewrystheus, the character given of the first two pairs of legs
agreeing tolerably well with those of Eurystheus bispinimanus (ante, p. 357).

472

AMPHIPODA.

NATATORTA.

COROPIIIIM.

PODOCERIDES.

NCENIA TUBERCULOSA.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with
the palm armed near the centre with a large double tubercle.
Length \ inch.

Ncenia tuberculosa.

Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 271, pi. xlvi.
fig. 2.

The body of the animal is rather long, and somewhat
compressed. The eyes are round, and not large. The
superior antennae are about half the length of the
animal; having the first joint of the peduncle as long
as the head, the second nearly as long again, whilst
the third is shorter than the first and slighter than the
second ; the flagellum is longer than the last two joints
of the peduncle. The inferior antennae are about the
same length as the superior ; the peduncle, having the
last two joints of nearly equal length, reaches as far as
the extremity of the peduncle of the superior; the
flagellum is about the length of the last joint of the
peduncle. The first pair of legs have the wrrist as long-
as the hand ; neither of these joints are much dilated ;
the hand is oval, with an oblique and imperfectly-defined
palm ; the finger is long, slight, and sharp, being deeply
serrated upon the inner margin. The second pair of
legs have the wrist very short, and the hand long and
broad ; the palm is oblique, defined by an angle, and

NCENIA TUBERCULOSA. 473

armed, near the centre, with a broad double tubercle,
from which the animal derives its specific name ; the
finger is much curved, and not serrated upon the inner
margin. The walking legs are nearly of the same
length, and tolerably strong. The last pair of caudal
appendages terminate in a pair of styliform branches.
The central tail-piece is tubular, the oblique extremity
being furnished with a few minute denticles.

We have taken this species, not unfrequently, with
the dredge off Plymouth, and in Oxwich Bay on the
south coast of Wales. Mr. Webster has also sent it to
us from Tenby, Mr. Edward from Banff, and Mr. Thom-
son procured it in Belfast Bay, Ireland.

474

AMP HIP OD A.

NATATORIA.

COROPHIID.E.

P0D0CERIDE8.

NCENI A 11IMAPA LMATA .

Specific character. Second pair of gnatliopotla having the propoclos with
the palm deeply notched, and the margin veiy delicately crenulated.
Length \ inch.

Noenia rimapalma. Spence Bate, Cat. Ampli. Brit. Mus. p. 272, pi. xlvi.

%. 3.

The eyes are round, and black ; and the antenna?,
which are nearly equal, are about two-thirds of the
length of the animal ; the inferior pair are slightly longer
than the superior ; the flagellum in each pair is longer
than the peduncle. The first pair of legs are long and
slender ; the hand and the wrist being nearly of the
same length, and scarcely broader than the other joints ;
the palm is oblique and concave ; and the finger, which
is longer than the palm, is sharp and distinctly serrated
upon the inner margin. The second pair of legs have
the wrist short ; the hand long-quadrate, with the palm
oblique, having near its middle a deep notch, from
whence the specific name of the animal is derived ; the
margin of the palm is furnished with a row of small,
regular, bead-like protuberances. In all other respects
this species scarcely differs from the preceding.

We first received it from the coast of Northumber-
land, where it was taken by Mr. Joshua Alder. It has

NCENIA RIM AP AIM ATA.

475

since been sent to us from Karnes Bay, C umbrae, by
Mr. Robertson, who informs us that he has repeatedly
found it to be the occupant of almost every Buccinum
shell inhabited by the hermit crab. He therefore
assumes, with some apparent justice, since he has never
found any other species of Amphipod so associated, that
the position must be one of choice, and not an acci-
dental occurrence. We may, therefore, consider that
Ncenia rimapalmata forms one of the " happy family,"
spoken of by Mr. Gosse, Mr. Lubbock, and others,
and exhibited in the vignette below. It has also been
taken by Mr. Jeffreys and the Rev. A. M. Norman, in
from seventy to ninety fathoms of water, sixty miles east
of the Shetlands.

476

COROPIIIIM.

AMPH1PODA.

NAT ATOM A.

PODOCERIDES.

NCENIA EXCAVATA.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with
the palm deeply excavated towards the inferior angle. Dactylos with the
inner margin serrated.

Length \ inch.

Ncenia excavata. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 272, pi. xlvi.

fig. 4.

The antennas of the only specimen which we have
seen of this species were broken off. In all respects
the animal agrees with the preceding, except in the
form of the second pair of hands, which have the
palm deeply and broadly excavated near the inferior
angle, a circumstance which has given rise to the specific
name ; the finger is distinctly serrated.

We received our specimen from Mr. Alder, who pro-
cured it while dredging off the coast of Northumber-
land.

NCENIA UNDATA.

477

AMPHIPODA.

NATAT0R1A.

PODOCERIDES.

NCENIA UNDATA.

Specific character. Second pair of gnathopoda having the propodos with
the palm oblique, imperfectly defined, and slightly waved.
Length \ inch.

Ncenia undata. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 272, pi. xlvi. fig. 5.

The antennae are about half the length of the animal,
the flagellum not being longer than the last joint of the
peduncle. First pair of legs having the hand dilated,
slightly broader than the wrist, and tapering ; the palm
is oblique, occupying the entire under margin, and is
ciliated ; the finger is distinctly serrated. The second
pair of legs have the hands ovate, and the palm oblique,
and undulated (whence the specific name), defined by
two or three short spines, and flanked by two or three
short transverse rows of cilia. In other respects this
species differs little from the last.

It was sent to us by Mr. Alder, who dredged it on the
coast of Northumberland.

478 COROPHIID.E.

A MP HIP OB A . P ODOCEPxIDES.

NATATOJRJA.

Subfamily— COROPHTIDES.

Cephalon and pereion broader than deep. Inferior antennas
subpediform, more powerful than the superior. Coxae small.
Posterior pair of pleopoda subfoliaceous or styliform, not armed
with spines. Telson squamiform, unarmed.

The genera which belong to this subfamily are com-
posed of animals in which the head and body are not
laterally compressed. The coxae are small, consequently
the animals being broader than deep are capable of
walking in an upright position, both in and out of the
water. The inferior antennae are stronger, and generally
longer than the superior, they never terminate in a
multi-articulate flagellum, but assume much of the form
of a true leg, and are made use of in climbing and
grasping substances. The last pair of caudal appendages
are never furnished with hook-like spines, but termi-
nate in styliform or subfoliaceous branches, which are
generally very short, and in some genera rudimentary.
The central tail-piece is always single, and scale-like,
and is never armed with hooks or spines.

CYRTOPHIUM. 479

.1 MPHIPODA . PODOCERIDES.

NATATORTA.

Genus— CYRTOPHIUM.

Cyrtophium. Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 839. Spence Bate, Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 145. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus.

p. 278. White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 195.
Platophiwm. Dana, U. S. Explor. Exped. p. 838.
LcetmcUophylus. Bkuzelius, Skaud Amph. Gramm. p. 11, pi. i. fig. 1.

Generic character. Cephalon subquadrate. Pereion dis-
tended. Pleon narrow. Eyes prominent. Antennae subpedi-
form ; inferior pair the longer. Gnathopoda subchelate ; second
pair much larger than the first pair. Posterior pair of pleopoda
rudimentary. Telson squamiform.

In this genus the animals, when viewed from above,
have the head very square, the body distended to an
oval, while the tail is considerably narrowed, and
generally lies inflected against the under side of the
body. The eyes are prominent. The antennas are
subpediform, the flagella not being multi -articulate ;
and the inferior pair always longer than the superior.
The first two pairs of legs have the hands subchelate,
the second pair being considerably larger than the first.
The last two pairs of walking legs are considerably
longer than the others. The caudal appendages are
successively shorter posteriorly, the last pair being quite
rudimentary, and scarcely longer than the central ter-
minal scale.

It will be perceived that we have united Dana's two
genera into one, since the only distinction that the
author admits between Platophium and Cyrtophium de-
pends upon " the respective lengths of the branches
belonging to the caudal appendages, the more lamellar

480 coROPHriiLE.

form of the inner ramus of each of those caudal ap-
pendages which are normally developed, and the greater
length of their spines ; ' the fundamental character of
both are, however, uniform.

The name of Cyrtophium is preferred, to the one which
Dana more fully described, in consequence of its having
been applied to an European species, previously to our
having determined that the two were congeneric.

This genus will probably be found to have a large
geographical range, since, although but few specimens
have hitherto been found, their habitats have been widely
apart.

Cyrtophium Brasilieuse was dredged by Dana in the
harbour of Rio Janeiro, while he took C. orientate at
Singapore in the East Indies. C. tubercutatus has been
dredged by Bruzelius on the coast of Norway, and the
British species is not rare on the southern coast of
England.

CYRTOPHIUM DARWINII.

481

AMPHTPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

PODOCERIBES.

CYRTOPHIUM DARTVINII.

Specific character. Pereion imbricated. Superior antennce not reaching
beyond the peduncle of the inferior. Second pair of gnathopoda having the
propodos as long as the cephalon and first two segments of the pereion.
Posterior pair of pleopoda scarcely reaching beyond the extremity of the
telson. Telson suborbicular, squamiform.

Length ^ inch.

Cyrtophium Darwinii. Spence Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1859, p. 59. Ann.

Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 148. Cat. Aniph. Brit.
Mus.- p. 274, pi. xlvi. fig. 8. White, Pop. Hist.
Brit. Crust, p. 196.

The dorsal aspect of the head is square, with a small
point anteriorly produced between the superior antennae.
The eyes are prominently situated upon each side of the
anterior lateral angles. The body, seen from above (fig. *),
is oval, every segment of which has the posterior half ele-
vated into a ridge, which, viewed in a lateral aspect, gives
the animal somewhat of an imbricated appearance. The tail

I I

482 COROPHIIDiE.

is very much narrower than the body, and generally lies
bent up against the underside of the body of the animal.
The eyes are prominent. The superior antennas do not
reach beyond the extremity of the peduncle of the
inferior. The inferior antennae are nearly as long as
the animal ; the last joint of the peduncle is very long,
being quite as long as the three preceding ; the flagellum
consists of one very long and one or two minute termi-
nal articuli. The first pair of legs have the hands a
little longer than the wrist, with no defined palm, and a
strong curved finger. The second pair of legs have the
hands very much larger than those of the first pair, being
equal in length to the head and the first two segments
of the body ; they are oval in form, the upper edge being
more arched than the lower ; the palm is crenulated,
defined by a blunt tooth, and runs continuously with
the inferior margin ; the finger is longer than the
palm, narrow, and arcuate. The thighs of the three
posterior pairs of walking legs gradually increase in
dilatation, and the last two pairs are very much longer
than the others. The three pairs of caudal appendages
have subfoliaceous branches, and decrease posteriorly in
length, the last scarcely reaching beyond the extremity
of the terminal scale, which overlays them, and which is
circular and scale-like.

We have only as yet received specimens of this
species from Mr. Webster, some of which he dredged
off Falmouth, the others he obtained on the beach, at
low water, at St. Michael's Mount.

Some specimens (mixed with those of the genus
Podocerus) have long existed unrecognized in the Col-
lection of the British Museum, procured by Dr. Leach,
probably from the South Coast of Devon.

The females of this species appear to differ from the

CYRT0PI1IUM DARWIN1I. 483

males in having the hand of the second pair of legs
smaller, and the body less compressed.

It is our opinion that Lcetmatophilus tuberculatus, of
Bruzelius, may be the female of a species of this genus
in which the penultimate pair of caudal appendages have
been broken off and are undergoing the process of repro-
duction. This suggestion is, indeed, founded only upon
negative evidence; moreover, we think that we should
be doing the author of the " Skandinaviens Amphipocla
Gammaridea " injustice, in the present state of our in-
formation, if we were to insert his genus Lcetmatophilus as
a synonym of Cyrtophium of Dana, although we anticipate
that they will ultimately be proved to be the same.

i i 2

484 COROPHTIDJE.

AMPHJPODA. PODOCERIDES.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— CRATIPPUS.

Cratippus. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 275.

Generic character. Antennae short, subequal ; flagella rudi-
mentary. Superior antennse without secondary appendage.
Gnathopoda subchelate. Coxae small. Pereiopoda subequal.
Three posterior pairs of Pleopoda having short terminal rami.
Telson squamiform.

In this genus the body of the animal is long and not
laterally compressed. The antennas are subequal, ter-
minating in very short flagella : the superior pair are not
furnished with a secondary appendage. The first two
pairs of hands are subchelate. The walking legs are
all nearly of the same length ; and the three pair of
caudal appendages have the terminal branches shorter
than their respective peduncles. The middle tail-piece
is, we believe, a flat, scale-like appendage.

This genus differs from Corophium in the subchelate
character of the second pair of legs, and in the rudi-
mentary condition of the flagellum of the antennse.

CRATIPPUS TENUIPES.

485

AMP HIP OB A.

NAT ATOM A.

P0D0CER1DES.

CRATIPPUS TENUIPES.

Specific character. Eyes small and round. Antenna? subequal, one-
fourth the length of animal ; flagella not longer than the last joint of the
peduncle. Second pair of gnathopoda haring the propodos narrow, not nnich
dilated. Pereiopoda slender, moderately long. Thighs not dilated. Caudal
appendages terminating in short rami.

Length 233 inch.

Cratippus tenuipes. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 276, pi. xlvi.

fig. 10.

The eyes are round and black. The antennse are
not more than one-fourth of the length of the animal,
and are of nearly the same length and size ; the flagella
of each being rudimentary, and consisting of but three
articuli, each being smaller than the preceding, that of
the superior differing from that of the inferior in the
presence of two long auditory cilia (fig. b). The first
pair of legs (omitted in our figure) are long, slender,
and scarcely subchelate. The second pair of legs have
the wrist short ; the hand long, not broader than the

486

COROPHIID.E.

wrist, but three or four times as long, and with the upper
and lower margins parallel ; the palm is oblique, that of
the right hand being developed into the form of a small
cup, possibly an abnormal condition, resulting from some
previous injury to the part, that of the left hand being
armed with a strong tooth near the centre, and a smaller
one which defines its posterior limit. The walking legs are
all of the same length, being tolerably long and rather
slender ; they have the thighs not developed, and the
penultimate joint of the last three pairs are serrated upon
the inner margin. The caudal appendages are short,
and each terminates in short branches.

We know nothing of the habits of this creature,
of which a single specimen only has been sent to us by
Mr. Edward, who took it near Banff.

The following sketch of Covesea Lighthouse, on the
shores of the Moray Frith, was kindly drawn for us by
Miss Gordon Cumming, of Altyre.

COVESEA LIGHTHOUSE.

DllYOPE, 487

A MP HIP OB A . P ODOCERIDES.

XATATORIA.

Genus— DRYOPE.

Dryope. Spencb Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 276.
Unciola. (Josse, Marine Zool. i. p. 141 (not of Say).

Generic character. Body not laterally compressed. Antennae
subequal, terminating in a multi-articulate flagellum ; tbe su-
perior not having a secondary appendage. Gnathopoda sub-
chelate, first pair being larger than the second. Posterior pair
of pleopoda the shortest, double-branched. Telson squami-
form.

In this genus the body of the animal is long and
not compressed. The eyes are small. The antennas are
nearly of equal length, and terminate in multi-articulate
flagella, but there is no secondary appendage to the
superior pair. The hands of the first two pairs of legs
are subchelate ; the second, which is the smaller, might,
indeed, perhaps be described as being imperfectly
chelate. The coxae of ail the legs are small ; and the
caudal appendages have the branches spinous ; the
posterior pair are the shortest. The middle tail-piece is
single and squamiform.

This genus is founded upon an animal discovered by
Mr. Gosse, and supposed by him to belong to Unciola
of Say ; but this genus differs from that of Unciola in
the absence of the secondary appendage to the superior
antennae, in the subchelate condition of the second pair
of hands, and probably also in the form of the telson.

488

A MP II IP OD A.

NJTJTORLL

COROPHITLvE.

PODOCERIDES.

DRYOPE TRRORATA.

Specific character. First pair of gnathopoda having the palm defined
by a large tooth, and with two large obtuse lobes in its middle ; the margin
smooth. Dactylos imperfectly coarsely serrated. Second pair of gnathopoda
having the palm concave ; margin ciliated with a few fine hairs.

Length, \ inch.

Dryope irrorata. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 276, pi. xlvii.

fig. 1.
Unciola irrorata. GtOsse, Mar. Zool. i. p. 141, fig. 256 (not Say).

The body is more than half the length of the animal.
The third segment of the tail has the posterior margin
waved and deeply excavated above the inferior angle.
The eyes are small and round. The superior antennae
are scarcely half the length of the animal, and the
nagellum is not longer than the last joint of the
peduncle. The inferior antennae are scarcely shorter
than the superior ; the nagellnm is about the same
length as that of the superior pair. The first pair of
legs have the wrist and hand continuous ; the postero-
inferior angle of the wrist is produced to a tooth. The
hand is as long as the head, triangular, with the palm
occupying the entire length of the inferior margin, and
being defined at its posterior limit by a strong tooth,

DRYOPE IRRORATA. 489

with two tubercles near its centre, and fringed with
a few cilia, each extending perpendicularly from the
surface ; the finger is tolerably robust, and has the inner
margin imperfectly serrated. The second pair of legs
have the hand much smaller than that of the first, and
not so much dilated, having the superior and inferior
margins parallel, both being fringed with fasciculi of
hairs; the palm is concave, and the inferior angle is
produced anteriorly as far as the superior angle ; it is
also marginate, the edge being crenulated, a fine- cilia
surmounting the points between every indentation. The
last three pairs of walking legs are about equal in
length and sparingly ciliated. The caudal appendages
are short, reaching scarcely beyond the telson.

This species was taken by Mr. Gosse at Weymouth ; and
the specimen having been kindly presented to us, we are
enabled to give a figure and description from the same
animal, which he had previously described as Unciola
irrorata.

r

\

490

AMPHIPODA,

NAT A TORI A.

COROPHIIDiE.

P0D0CER1DES.

DRYOPE CKENATIPALMATA.

Specific character. Propoclos of tlie first pair of gnathopocla having the
palm minutely cremilated ; propodos of the second pair of gnathopoda having
the palm concave and ornately pectinated.

Length |ginch.

Dryope crenatipalma. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 277,

pi. xlvii. fig. 2.

The head of this species has a slight point produced
between the superior antennae. The eyes are round
and situated at the extreme anterior angles of the head.
The superior antennae are about half the length of the
animal ; the flagellum is as long as the second and third
joints of the peduncle. The inferior antennae are shorter
than the superior ; the peduncle being as long as
the peduncle of the superior ; the flagellum is not
longer than the last joint of the peduncle. The first

DRYOPE CRENATIPALMATA. 191

pair of legs have the hand subtriangular ; the superior
margin is arcuate, but not continuous with that of the
wrist ; the palm occupies nearly the entire length of the
inferior margin, it is very oblique, irregularly waved,
minutely crenulate, and defined by a prominent tubercle
or blunt tooth, tipped with a strong spine ; the
finger is as long as the palm, having the inner margin
serrated, except at the apex. The second pair of legs
have the hand nearly twice as broad as long, with the
upper and lower margins subparallel ; the inferior angle
produced; the palm concave, having the deepest part
near the finger ornately pectinated ; near the articulation
of the finger there are several simple sharp-pointed
perpendicular teeth, succeeded by two or three lobes
or tubercles, surmounted with four teeth that spread on
each side like a fan, and lastly, with seven or eight
long, comb-like teeth, just within the limits of the
inferior angle of the palm, the last but one of which is
twice the length and size of the others (fig. h"). The
finger is strongly serrated upon the inner margin. The
last three pairs of wTalking legs have the antero-distal
extremities lobed, and the fingers robust and curved.
The caudal appendages decrease posteriorly in length ;
the branches are shorter than the peduncle, slightly
spinous, a long apical spine tipping every branch, of
which the upper or outer is the longer in the ante- and
penultimate pairs, but the inner one is the longest in the
ultimate. The tail-piece is circular, with a small point
at the dorsal extremity.

This species was sent to us by Mr. Gosse, who took it
off Weymouth.

492 corophiid.e.

a mp hi pod a . podocerides.

NAT ATOM A.

Genus— COROPHIUM.

Gorojphium. Latreille, Gen. Crust, et Ins. i. p. 58. Leach, Edin. Eney.
vii. p. 403. Linn. Trans, xi. p. 362. Desmarest, Cons.
sur les Crust, p. 270. White, Pop. Hist. Crust, p. 193.
Bruzelius, Stand. Amph. Gam. p. 14. Gosse, Mar. Zool.
i. p. 141. Spence Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix.
p. 149. Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 279.

Generic character. Pereion not compressed. Eyes small.
Superior antennae terminating in a niul Particulate flagellum.
Inferior antennas very large, subpecliform, terminating in a
flagellum destitute of articuli. First pair of gnathopoda sub-
chelate; second pair not subcheliform. Posterior pair of
pleopoda terminating in a single branch. Telson squamiform.

In this genus the body of the animal is not com-
pressed. The eyes are small. The superior antennae
are shorter than the inferior, and terminate in a multi-
articulate flagellum. The inferior antennas are longer
and much more powerful than the upper, particularly
in the male. The coxae are very small. The first pair
of gnathopoda are subchelate ; the second are slender
in the male, but somewhat more robust in the other sex.
The last pair of legs are much longer than the others.
The caudal appendages are very short, the last being the
shortest, and terminating in a single branch. The central
tail-plate is scale-like and single.

This genus appears to be confined to the Northern
Hemisphere — a doubtful, but nearly-allied, species (C.
quadriceps) taken at Rio Janeiro, by Dana, being the only
representative yet known from the southern seas.

COROPHIUM LONGICORXE.

493

AMPIIIPODA.

NAT ATOM A.

PODOCERIDES.

COROPHIUM LONGICORNE.

Specific character. Superior antenna? having the inner margin of the first
joint of the peduncle minutely crenulated. The inferior antenna? longer than
the animal in the male ; the penultimute joint of the peduncle armed near
the distal extremity with a tooth upon the inferior surface ; flagellum about
half the length of the last joint of the peduncle, Inarticulate.

Length ^ of an inch.

CoropTiium longicorne.

Gammarus longicom is.

Latreille, Gen. Crust, et Ins. i. p. 59. Lamarck,
Hist, des Anim. sans Yert. v. p. 184. Leach,
Edin. Encyc. vii. p. 403. Linn. Trans, xi,
p. 362. Suppl. Ency. Brit. i. p. 426. Samouelle,
Ent. Comp. p. 105. Desiiarest, Consid. sur
Crust, p. 270, pi. xlvi. fig. 1. Brebisson, Cat. des
Crust, recueillis dans le Dep. du Calvados, 1825,
p. 252. Guerin, Icon. Regne An. 27, £ 1. $ $ .
Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sci. Nat. t. xx.
p. 385. Hist, des Crust, t. iii. p. 66. Regne
An. edit. Croch. Crust, pi. lxi. fig. 1. Bru-
zelius, Skand. Amph. Gamm. p. 15. White,
Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 55. Pop. Hist. Crust,
p. 193, pi. xi. fig. 1.

Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. p. 515. Rcemer, Gen.
Ins. tab. xxxiii. fig. 6.

494 COROPHimE.

Astacvs linearis. Pennant, Brit. Zool. Edit. 1777, iv. p. 17. pi.

xvi. fig. 31.

Otiicus volutator. Pallas, Spec. Zool. ix. p. 59. tab. iv. fig. 9.

Cancel' grossipes. Llnnjeus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 1055.

This species has the eyes small and round. The
superior antennae are about one-fourth of the length of the
animal ; the first joint of the peduncle has the inner
margin crenulated. The inferior antennas are very
powerful, and in the male are longer than the animal
itself; the penultimate joint of the peduncle being
armed upon the inferior distal extremity with a strong
tooth, which appears to assist considerably in holding
any object when the extremity of the antennae is folded
upon itself; this organ appearing to possess the strongest
prehensile power, and being no doubt used as a weapon
of offence in its battles with other animals in its struggle
for existence. The first pair of legs are not powerful
organs, being simply subchelate. The second pair have
the wrist as long as the hand, inferiorly dilated, and
furnished with one or two longitudinal rows of long
hairs ; the hand is not so wide as the wrist, and is
furnished near the carpal articulation with a diagonal
row of long hairs ; the finger is narrower than the hand,
and is short, sharp, and slightly curved. The first two
pairs of walking legs are moderately long, and terminate
in long, straight fingers ; the next two are short, and the
last is nearly as long again as the two immediately pre-
ceding. The natatory appendages have the basal joints-
very short and broadly developed. The caudal ap-
pendages are also short, the last scarcely reaching beyond
the extremity of the telson.

The colour of the animal is grey, mottled with black
stellated markings, appearing to assimilate very nearly
to the colour of the soil which it inhabits. It dwells in

COROPHIUM LONGICORNE. 495

small tubular galleries, excavated in the mud, over which
the tide flows and ebbs. It has not, however, been
ascertained whether the channels in the mud are per-
forated by these Crustacea or by the numerous annelids
that it preys upon. Quaterfages, in his pleasant
" Rambles of a Naturalist," says, " that at about the
end of April they come from the open sea in myriads
(they are called Pernis by the fishermen of the coast of
Saintonge) to wage war with the annelids, which they
entirely destroy before the end of May ; they then
attack the mollusca and fish all through the summer,
and disappear in a single night about the end of October,
and return again the following year." It is one of these
fierce combats with an annelid that we have represented
in our vignette.

This species may probably be found all round the
British coast, and it would be interesting if local na-
turalists should be able to confirm the information
derived from the fishermen on the coast of Saintonge.
We have taken several specimens in calm weather during
the month of July, amongst wTeed attached to a buoy
in Plymouth Sound, associated with Podocerus; but we
have not, among the many that have been sent to us,
received any remarks from our correspondents relative
either to season or situation in which they had been
found, and therefore assume their habitats to be as
commonly reported.

They have been recorded or sent to us from Berwick
by Dr. Johnson ; from the Moray Frith, by the Rev.
G. Gordon ; from Norfolk and the mouth of the Med-
way, by Dr. Leach ; and we have taken them in Loughor
Marsh, Glamorgan. Quatrefages speaks of their abund-
ance on the coast of Saintonge. Mr. D'Orbigny has
recorded them from the Bay of L'Aiguillon, near

496

COROPHIIDJE.

Rochelle ; Brebisson on the coast of Calvados in France ;
Van Beneclen on the shores of Belgium ; and Bruzelius
has found them on the coasts of Sweden and Norway.
Some specimens, which we take to be the young of this
species, we find in the collection sent to us by the Rev.
A. M. Norman, taken in from two to five fathoms, in
Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetlands,

COMBAT BETWEEN AN ANNELID AND COROPHIUM LONGICORNE.

C0R0PH1UM BONELLH.

497

AMPHIPODA.

DOMICOLA.

COROPHIIDES.

COROPHIUM BONELLH.

Specific character. Superior antennae having the inner margin of the first
joint of the peduncle smooth. Inferior antennae scarcely half the length of
the animal ; penultimate joint of the peduncle having the inferior margin
armed with several strong spines.

Length, 54g inch.

Corophium Bonellii. Milne Edwards, Ann. des Sc. Nat. t. xx. p. 385,

Hist, des Crustaces, t. iii. p. 67.

Corophium spinicorne. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 281,

pi. xlvii. fig. 5.

This species differs from the preceding in many points,
some of which may, however, prove to be sexual. For
a considerable time it was our belief that this was but
the female of the preceding species ; but not having
found them commonly associated has induced us, at all
events for the present, to describe such very different
forms as distinct species.

The eyes are small and round. The superior antennae

K K

498 COROPHIID.E.

have the inner margin of the first joint of the peduncle
smooth, armed near the base with three strong stiff
spines ; the second joint is narrower than the first, and
about half as long; the third joint is very small; the
flagellum is nearly as long as the peduncle. The inferior
antennae are scarcely longer than the superior, being
about half the length of the animal ; the second joint of
the peduncle * is internally produced to a point, which
is crowned with a short straight spine ; the third joint
is similarly produced internally, and crowned with three
stiff spines ; the fourth reaches to the extremity of the
peduncle of the superior, it is as broad as the second,
and anteriorly produced upon the inner side to a blunt
point, the inner margin of the joint is furnished with
stiff spines, those nearest the base are inserted at right
angles, but gradually they diverge until the anterior
ones are directed nearly straight forwards ; the flagellum
is uniarticulate, and tipped with several small spines.
In other respects this animal bears a near resemblance
to C. longicorne. This species seems so nearly to cor-
respond with the character given by Milne Edwards
of C. Bonellii, of unknown habitat, that we adopt that
name for it, the term spinicorne having been previously
appropriated by Mr. Stimpson for a Californian species.

It has been sent to us from Yarmouth, where it was
taken by Mr. Jeffreys ; and from Cumbrae, where it was
found by Mr. Robertson. The Rev. A. M. Norman
has also taken it in from two to five fathoms of water
in Outer Skerries Harbour, Shetland. It has also been
taken at Plymouth.

* The peduncle of the inferior antenna in the A mphipods consists con-
stantly of five joints, the first two are commonly closely united and fre-
quently fused together ; they are nevertheless to be regarded and counted as
two distinct joints.

COROPHIUM CRASSICOKNE. 499

AMPHIPODA. COROPHlIDEb.

DOMICOLJ.

COROPHIUM CRASSICORNE.

Specific character. Inferior antennae having the penultimate joint of the
peduncle armed with two teeth.
Length Jg iuch.

Corophium, crassicorne. Bruzelius, Skand. Amph. Gram. p. 15, pi. i.

fig. 2. Spence Bate, Cat. Amph. Crust. Brit.
Mus. p. 228, pi. xlvii. fig. 6.

The head is short, having a small rostrum. The eyes
are situated upon an advanced lobe between the superior
and inferior pairs of antennae. The superior antennas
reach to the extremity of the penultimate joint of the
peduncle of the inferior, which are about two-thirds of
the length of the animal, very robust, and armed at
the inferior distal extremity of the penultimate joint
with two anteriorly-directed teeth, the outer one being
the larger of the two. In other respects this species
bears a near resemblance to C. Bonellii.

We have only seen two specimens of this species, one
dredged by Mr. Jeffreys off the Shetlands, and one re-
cently obtained by the Rev. A. M. Norman in Outer
Skerries Harbour, in from two to five fathoms of water,
which we regard as identical with that of Bruze-

k k 2

500 COROPHTIM.

lius; but in our specimens the teeth which arm the
inferior antennae vary from those represented in the
figure given by that author ; the apex of the teeth
reaching, in our specimens, rather beyond the extremity
of the joint on the right, but not so on the left ; there is
also a small tooth on the fifth joint antagonizing with
those on the fourth. There is also a strong process or
blunt tooth upon the second joint of the left antennae,
but which appears to be less developed on the right. A
few fine hairs exist upon the same antennae, but in
one of ours we only saw a few short stiff points ;
probably these were hairs, as long as those represented
by Bruzelius, when the animal had but recently shed
its exuvium, but which are now rubbed down bv fre-
quent use of the organ in grasping foreign substances.
Bruzelius says that it is found on the coast of Norway
from the most northern point to Bohusia, and is rare.
The last three segments of the tail are very short and
are fused together — a circumstance that has been pre-
viously pointed out by Bruzelius, and which a recent
opportunity has enabled us to confirm.

CHELUR1ILE.

A MP HIP OB A,

501
DOM I COL A.

Fam.— CHELURID^.

Cephalon broad. Pereion not compressed. The
three posterior segments of the pleon fused together.
Telson, as well as the appendages of the cephalon
and pereion, normal ; those of the pleon abnormally
placed.

This family was founded by Professor Allman for
the reception of a single species, which possesses such
peculiar conditions as to exclude it from all those that
had been previously formed. It is distinguished from
the Corophiid.e by the fusion of the last three seg-
ments of the tail and the abnormal character of the
caudal appendages.

WRECK ON SHORE.

502 CHELURIIM.

A M PHI POD A . ON EL URID.E.

DOM1COLA.

Genus— CHELURA.

Clielvra. Philippi in Wiegmann's Archiv. 1839, and Ann. Nat. Hist
iv. pi. iii. fig. 5. Allman, Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 361 .
White, Cat. Crust, p. 56. Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 202
pi. xi. fig. 2. Gtosse, Mar. Zool. i. p. 138. Spence Bate,
Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. vol. xix. p. 149. Cat. Amph. Brit.
Mus. p. 285.

N emeries. White, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847.

Generic character. Superior antennae short, having a multi-
articulate flagellum and a secondary appendage. Inferior
antennae longer than the superior; very robust; flagellum
uniarticulate. Mandibles having an appendage. Third sia-
gonopodos unguiculate. Guathopoda chelate, subequal. Perei-
opoda short, subequal. Ante- and penultimate pairs of
pleopoda biramous, and closely associated ; ultimate pair
unibranched. Telson single.

In this genus the eyes are round. The superior
antennae are shorter than the inferior; they terminate
in a multi-articulate flagellum, and bear a secondary
appendage. The inferior antennae are strong and have
a uni-articulate flagellum of great size and strength.
The mandibles are furnished with a three-jointed ap-
pendage. The maxil'lipedes terminate in a sharp finger.
The first two pairs of legs have chelate hands. The
coxae are short ; the legs are also short and strong. The
ante- and penultimate pairs of caudal appendages are
biramous, and closely associated in their position ; the
ultimate pair are single-branched, and the telson is single
and squamiform.

This genus was first described by Philippi from speci-
mens which he procured from the dockyards of Trieste.

CHELUKA TEREBANS.

503

AMPHIPODA

DOMICOLA.

CHE LURID J?.

s^

CHELURA TEREBANS.

Specific character. Third segment of the pleon posteriorly armed with a
strong centro- dorsal tooth. Inferior, antennae nearly as long again as the
superior. Gnathopoda not having the propoda dilated. Antepenultimate
pair of pleopoda having the peduncle long, narrow, and rami short : penulti-
mate having the peduncle developed into a broad and squamiform plate, the
rami short : ultimate having the peduncle very short, and the ramus broad
and very long. Telson pedunculated and broadly lanceolate.

Length — male 57o inch, female |5 inch.

Chelv.ra tercbans.

Nemerte* new aides.

PHiLippiin Wiegmann's Archiv. vol. v. p. 120, pi. iii.
fig. 5. (1839). Allman, Ann. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 361,
pi. xiii. 1839. Westwood in Gard. Chron. 1849,
p. 388, fig. sin. Spexce Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc,
p. 59. Ann. Nat. Hist. 2 ser. xix. p. 149. Cat.
Amph. Brit. Mus. p. 285, pi. xlviii. fig. 1. White,
Cat. Brit. Crust, p. 56. Hist. Brit. Crust, p. 202,
pi. xi. fig. 2. Gtosse, Mar. Zool. i. p. 138, f.
250.

Leach, MSS. White, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus. 1847,
p. 90.

504 CHELURTD.E.

The male animal in this species is a little larger than
the female, and can readily be recognized by the greater
length of the dorsal tooth, and that of the posterior pair
of caudal appendages.

The third segment of the tail is armed with a large
curved dorsal tooth, situated upon the posterior margin.
The eyes are small and round. The superior antennae
are not longer than the peduncle of the inferior ; the
joints of the peduncle are subequal in length ; and the
flagellum, which consists of six articuli, is not quite
so long as the peduncle ; the secondary appendage is
biarticulate * and slender. The inferior antennae are
about half the length of the body of the animal; the
joints of the peduncle gradually increase in length and
breadth, and are furnished with long hairs ; the flagellum
is of a long elliptic form, laterally compressed, and thickly
fringed with long hairs in the male : it is smaller and rather
more oval in the female. The first pair of legs have the
hand scarcely dilated, the margins being nearly parallel,
the palm straight, and little longer than the diameter of
the hand, caused by the inferior angle being slightly pro-
duced inferiorly. The finger is short, sharp-pointed, and
slightly curved, forming, with the hand, a tolerably per-
fect chelate organ. The second pair of legs have the
hand somewhat longer, and still less dilated than that of
the first, with the inferior angle of the palm anteriorly
produced to a point, which, with the short and curved
finger, forms a perfectly chelate hand. All the walking
legs are short, and none have the thighs dilated : the
last three have the hands strongly spinous upon their
anterior margins. The natatory appendages are short ;
the multi-articulate flexible branches are fixed upon a

* Professor Allman figures it as four- jointed, the three terminal joints
being very minute : it probably varies with age.

CHELURA TEREBANS. 505

dilated peduncle which is as broad as long, and fur-
nished upon the inner margin with two hooked spines
and a few plumose cilia. The antepenultimate pair of
caudal appendages have the peduncle long and narrow ;
the branches are short : the penultimate pair have the
peduncle developed into a large thin plate, produced
upon its inner margin to a breadth quite equal to its
length ; the branches are short, equal in length, the
inner one being not quite so broad as the outer : the
ultimate pair have the peduncle very short, but as if
to compensate, the branch is greatly developed, being
about the length of the inferior antennas, and is very
broad, especially near the base, and flattened. The
middle tail-piece is of the form of a broad lance-head,
attached to the animal by a short foot-stalk.

This species is one of our most injurious xylophagous
Crustaceans. Tt is commonly found associated with Lim-
noria lignorum, but, fortunately for piles and other marine
woodwork, it is not so prolific as that species. Its
excavations, are, however, much larger and more rapidly
executed. It is in fact so destructive that it will destroy
a piece of Memel timber thirteen inches square in less
than ten years. It works into the timber from the level
of the mud to nearly the usual height of neap tides,
avoiding, however, the knots of the wood. In this
manner the wood is riddled in every direction, and is
easily acted upon by the force of the water.

"We have no doubt but that it excavates the saturated
wood for the purpose of food ; but we are unaware as
to the manner in which the canals in which it resides
are made. Our first impression is, that the mouth is the
perforating organ, and the beautiful grooved surface of
the under plate on the inner edge of the mandibles —
carefully figured by Professor Allman in his elaborate

t *, Vm

506 CHELURIDJE.

illustrations of this genus — leaves little doubt but that
such is the case, although it might be thought that the
large plumose antennas would considerably interfere with
the action of the mouth in working the progressive course
of the tube. On the other hand the great and powerful
antennas cannot be used for the purpose of rubbing
down the wood, or we should find evidence in the worn
hairs at the extremity of the organ.*

We believe that the posterior pair of caudal ap-
pendages are important organs in ■ assisting the animal
to effect a retrograde movement when within its chamber.
When free in the water its movements are very active,
swimming chiefly on the back ; and Professor Allman says
that when out of the water it is capable of taking a
considerable spring, the immensely-developed branch of
the last pair of caudal appendages doubtless acting in
the same manner as the fork of the Poduridce.

It appears to us singular, that as the subject of the
destruction of submarine architectural timber has been
so much studied and examined for so many years, in an
economical point of view, this animal, although so much
larger than the well-known Limnoria, should not have
been described until 1839, when it was found by Pro-
fessor Philippi at Trieste. Some specimens, labelled
Britain, in the collection of the British Museum, were
obtained by Dr. Leach, but their locality has not been
preserved, although supposed to have been taken by
himself or Col. Montagu in Devonshire or Cornwall.
Early in 1847 it was procured at Dublin in the piles of

* Being desirous of studying this subject, upon being placed upon the
Committee " For Enquiring into the best Mode of Preserving Submarine
Timber from the Ravages of the Teredo and other Animals," Mr. Spence
Bate applied, through the Admiral Superintendent of the Dockyard at
Plymouth, for permission to make some investigations in that naval arsenal,
a favour which the Admiralty refused.

CHELURA TEREBANS. 507

the jetty in Kingston Harbour, by Mr. Mullins, C. E.,
who gave an account of it in a paper read before the
Institute of Civil Engineers, Ireland ; from the same
neighbourhood the late Mr. Robert Ball had obtained it
some years previously. It has since been sent to us
from Polperro, by Mr. Loughrin ; from Falmouth, where
it was found by the Rev. A. M. Norman, who, as well
as Major Martin, and the Rev. Dr. Lansborough, found
it in Ardrossan Harbour on the Ayreshire coast. We
have taken it at the entrance of the Hamoaze, Plymouth.
Mr. Thompson took it in Belfast Bay, and Mr. H.
Pownall has sent it to us from the Southampton Water.
It is, indeed, probably to be found associated with Lim-
?ioria, all round the coasts of Southern and Western
Europe, as well as the shores of North America.

Our friend, Mr. Townshend, who was recently sent by
our Government to visit the dockyards of the West India
Islands and North America, and who gave considerable
attention to the ravages of animals upon submarine
timber, informs us that the only wood which resisted
the influence of these animals was that of the common
Hemlock- tree of the country, and that only as long as
the bark remained upon it : but we have recently been
informed, by one of the engineers employed at Portland,
that the creosoted timber of the jetty, which has existed
there for upwards of twenty years, has received no injury
from them.

END OF VOL. I.

Printed by WoodfaH and Kinder, Angel Court, Skinner Street, London.

fftAi

P

r^

j *,

^#ri

£$§••

F«

**^

K

■n

^

&t"£^ J

iA

Hfc.

bs. ,

-*'■■
v '-

§f.43

**£

mj%

^ •%»■<

43 < L «Si

s£VT

W

-t*J

K

^

iS

^

\^*.

l*r'

:«w

***

^

*<fc

3**^

V?

re

> ?

1

.v

m

rii

-••*,

^

* *tf

•»

T

•V

_Xi

£?

*f~**^

MM

m

■i ■

Wm

B

K3tS2T